This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
|
-

| --

| -
-
- -
-

- -
- -

-
- -
-

- - -
- -
-
- - -
- -
- - -

- -
- - - -

-
- -

- -
- - -
-
- -
-
-
-

- - -
-
-
-

-
-
- -

-
- -
- - -
-- -
- - - -
-
-
- -

- -
-
- -
-

-
- -
-
- - -
-
-
- - -
- -
| - -
- - - - -
- -
-
-

-
- -
-
-
-
-

| -
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -

-
-
- - - - |
-
-
-
- -
-
 GIFT OF
Seeley W. MUDD
and
GeORGE i. COCHRAN MEYER ELSASSER |

DR. John R. HAYNEs william L. HoNNoLD ||

JAMES R. MARTIN MRs. Joseph F.sARTORI
to the
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
SOUTHERN BranOh

§:
ºšāºš
~

UNIVERs)TY of CALPORN's
A T
*ANGELEs
LIBRARY
—~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~^ —~~– ~）~）~*~*~** → → → → --~~~~ ~~|------
 G R AM MAR
of THE

Portug UESE LANGUAGE,

Compilet from the best $ources,
w

AND CHIEFLY DESIGNED FOR THE USE OF ENGLISHMEN

STUDYING THAT TONGUE WITHOUT. THE
HELP of A MASTER.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

IN THREE PARTS,

to which is Added,

A COPIOUS MERCANTILE WOCABULARY,

ToGETHER WITH SunDRY

COMMERCIAL - LETTERS.

BY JOHN LAYCOCK.

Contente ficarei se preencher

As vezes d'huma pedra de amolar,
Que ao ago dando fio, agudo o faz,
Semellater virtude de cortar. .
HoRActo.

£ettſg:
PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR, BY T, INCHBOLD:
AND sold By thoMAS Boosey AND sons, London; John HEATON,
LEEDs; AND OTHER Bookselle Rs.

1825.
---

* f
• * * ſ: s
 ENTERED AT STATIONERS’ HALL.
- - -

- y --º- --
 PR EFACE,

º
Q
WHEN we consider how extensively the Portuguese
language is spoken in all the four quarters of the globe,
and the immense commercial intercourse that has con
stantly existed between this country and the Portuguese
nation; when we consider also how few of the Portuguese
speak the English language, or are able to correspond with
us in it, it really seems unaccountable that but one gram
mar, that of Vieyra, (a work which can now no longer be
s called modern) should have appeared in England, to assist
us in the acquirement of so useful a language. The public
is indebted, it is true, to a M. Aillaud, for a new edition of
that grammar, in which some improvements have been
made; but they are only just so many as to make us regret
it had not undergone a thorough revision under his hands.
It is still inadequate to the purposes of the learner. The
alterations seem limited to the accenting of the words, and
the substituting of a few extracts from Portuguese writers,
in the place of the former ones. The plan of the grammar
is still the same; and no addition appears to have been
made to any of its rules. We find in it the same erroneous
observations respecting the names of the letters, and the
same defective instructions about pronouncing them, (com
pared with the present practice of the native Portuguese,) as
 iv - - PREFACE.
*

existed in the former editions; namely, of a, c, cc, e, g, j,

q, 7, 8, T, &c.; indeed, we observe in it the same insuffi
cient explanation of the Portuguese orthoepy generally;
so that it would be utterly impossible for any student to
acquire the pronunciation from that grammar alone, with
out the aid of a master.” It must, however, be acknow
ledged, that the reforming of the accents has been of con
siderable utility; notwithstanding the Portuguese seldom
employ accents, except to distinguish from one another
words of different significations, spelled in the same man
ner. Among the principal irregularities and omissions of
the grammar in question, are the following; which we note,
as well in justification of what has been advanced, as for
the student's government. They will be found sufficiently
important to render the publication of some other guide
not merely expedient, but indispensable.
In the imperative mood of the verbs haver and querer,
the second person singular is called hajas and queiras,
as in the former editions; and the second person plural
of the latter verb, which was before called queirai, is now
called queirais, instead of querei.
No notice is taken of many important irregular and
defective verbs; as, rir, caber, sacudir, impedir, engulir,
despedir, destruir, digerir, jazer, feder, precaver, brandir,
compellir, comprir, colorir, demolir, discernir, prazer
and aprazer, erinamir, expellir, monir, munir, reflectir,

* Let the candid reader beware of viewing these remarks as in

vidious. The compiler is as far from wishing to prejudice the sale
of any other grammar, as he is from seeking to establish his own
reputation by indiscriminately praising every thing, at the expense
of truth.
 *
PREFACE. W

repellir, submergir; nor of the irregular participles of

some verbs; such as of, conter, manter, reter; and a very
great number of others which have two participles, the one
regular, the other irregular.
The verbs in uzir; as, conduzir, induzir, produzir, &c.,
which are irregular in the third person singular of the
present indicative, are called regular, and are classed
with the verb admittir.

The learner is no where told in that grammar, that the

verbs dizer and fazer, when followed by the auxiliary
haver, with one or two intervening pronouns, forming a
sort of future of need, are changed into dir and far; as,
dir-lho-hei; fa-lo-ha, &c.”
The verbs in ger and gir, which uniformly change the
g into j, in those tenses in which an a or an o follows it,
for the sake of preserving the sound of the infinitive, are
put down as irregular verbs; while those in cer, which
change the c into q, in the same tenses, and for the same -

reason, are passed over in silence.

Nor do we find in that compilation any allusion (if we
except the third person plural) to the inflection of the
infinitive mood, peculiar to the Portuguese language, and
which incessantly occurs; every verb being susceptible of
this change of ending. This mood, from having in most
cases the same termination as the future subjunctive, seems

* Dir and far are generally considered as contractions of dizer

and fazer; but it would rather seem that these words have been
borrowed from the Italian; the verbs dire and fare in that language,
being commonly written dir and far, when they precede a word be
ginning with a consonant, as well as in many cases when followed
by a vowel.
* a 3
vi PREFACE.

to have been confounded with it. That they differ essen

tially from each other, may be readily perceived from the
verbster, to have; and ir, to go—Infinitive: ter, teres, ter;
termos, terdes, terem—Ir, ires, ir; irmos, irdes, irem.
Future subjunctive: tiver, tivéres, tiver; tivermos, tiverdes,
tivérem—Fór, fºres, for; fºrmos, fordes, forem.
Much might be said also of the syntaxis, as well as of
the orthography of many words. As to the latter, for in
stance, we find no mention made of the verbs ending in
ear and iar, which, according to modern writers, take an
intercalary i in some of their tenses. But we are the less
inclined to animadvert on the orthography of words in
general, as we frequently perceive a discrepance in this s
respect, even among the best authors; for which reason,
it may often be indifferent to which of two or more re
ceived modes of, spelling a word the learner gives the
preference:
“When Doctors disagree,
“Disciples go free.” /

We are not aware that any standard as yet exists in

Portugal to regulate us in these dubious cases; except the
practice of the multitude, which is ever various and uncer
tain. We must therefore wait for the decision of a Por
tuguese Academy on all such doubtful points; and until
that is pronounced, view all orthographical innovations
with a suspicious eye; or rather let us follow, with respect
to them, the advice which Pope gives on the subject of
novel words: -

In words as fashions, the same rule will hold,

Alike fantastic, if too new or old;
Be not the first by whom the new is try’d,
Nor yet the last to lay the old aside.
 PREFACE, vii

The Compiler of the present grammar long paused

before he put it to the press, in anxious (though fruitless)
expectation of seeing some Portuguese, well versed in the
English language, anticipate him in so necessary an un
dertaking. He is actuated by no, interested motives in
bringing it forward now, and therefore avers he should
experience no disappointment at seeing it immediately su
perseded by any other grammar of greater utility: it would,
on the contrary, afford him much satisfaction to have
succeeded in awakening the public attention to a subject
of considerable importance—the cultivation of a useful,
an agreeable and expressive language. t

Owing to the scarcity of books on the Portuguese lan

guage, in this country, the Compiler has been obliged to
have recourse to those in other languages. Among these
the grammar of Lobato, in Portuguese, published at Lisbon,
seems the most modern, and may perhaps be considered
as the best of its size. It is, however, unfortunately, too
concise for the use of foreigners; though well adapted to
the purpose for which it appears to have been intended—
that of instructing the native Portuguese, who are sup
posed already to possess a general knowledge of their lan
guage, acquired by the daily practice of speaking it.
Let us not forget to mention another elementary, but
anonymous work, on the Portuguese language, published
on the Continent, in French, from which most assistance
has been derived. The examples to the majority of its
rules were found appositely chosen, and the rules them
selves, for the most part explicit; the usual characteristic
of grammars written in the French language.
To facilitate the pronunciation of the Portuguese vowels,
- viii PREFACE,

a key of English words is given in this work, to which the

learner is referred, by figures, for equivalent sounds of the
English vowels; according to the method adopted in our
pronouncing dictionaries; and it is hoped that this plan
will contribute towards the acquisition of an accurate pro
nunciation.
The want of suitable books for learning Portuguese,
may have deterred many persons from turning their at
tention to this language; yet we apprehend the neglect of
Englishmen in general in this particular, is to be ascribed
to a higher cause; namely, to the mistaken notions which
have constantly been entertained respecting it. Notwith
standing all that has been said to prove its origin, and its
peculiar fitness for all the purposes of social intercourse, it
has generally been looked upon only as a dialect of the
Spanish, the study of which, it was supposed, rendered
that of the Portuguese language entirely superfluous. This
opinion has, no doubt, been greatly strengthened by the
circumstance of their having so great a resemblance to one
another, a natural consequence of their both being derived
from the same source. But whoever has studied both
these languages, will readily admit that they have a dis
tinct character; that they differ widely from each other,
both in regard to pronunciation and construction; each
following its own peculiar genius.
History tells us that both the Spanish and the Portuguese
language owe their origin to the Romans; that the whole
peninsula being subdued by the latter, adopted their lan
guage, retaining but little of that of the aborigines. Sub
sequently came the Goths. Their language too was in
part adopted; and it was the mixture of this with the
 PREFACE. ix

Latin, that constituted the different tongues which now

prevail in the Peninsula; a very trifling alteration having
been made in them by the Moors, who afterwards overran
the country.
It does not therefore appear, that the Spanish language
has any juster title to originality than the Portuguese; nay,
if we may judge from many ancient poetical works, the
latter was earlier cultivated than the former. It is also
rational to conclude, that as Portugal became independent
of Spain, she was likely to preserve her language in
greater purity than many provinces of the Peninsula which
adopted the Castilian, and have since seen their tongues
degenerate into mere dialects. -

It is far from our intention to depreciate a language so

noble and expressive as the Spanish, which may with
truth be said to contain innumerable beauties, having
received, of late years, a much greater degree of cultivation
than has been bestowed on the Portuguese. What we
mainly object to, is the claim of superiority in point of
origin, set up in favour of the Spanish language, over the
Portuguese. On the strength of this presumption it is,
that the latter is held in sovereign contempt even by the
Spaniards themselves, who usually represent it as quite
unfit for the purposes of friendly conversation, on account .
of its numerous hissing and nasal sounds; yet the French
language from which these were taken, and which abounds
in nasals, is generally acknowledged as preferable to most
others for familiar intercourse. -

May not the Portuguese, with greater plausibility, con

demn the Spanish language for the multiplicity of its
harsh Arabic sounds adopted from the Moors; and which
 x PREFACE.

have been retained in it to the present day? such, for in

stance, as are found in the words muger, paja, navaja,
pareja, escarabajo, &c., the rough gutturals of which have
been softened down by the Portuguese into the more grate
ful sound of li; making mulher, palha, navalha, parelha,
escaravelho, &c. -

Neither can it, we presume, be said, that the lisping

sound, similar to the th of the English language, (so diffi
cult and uncouth in the mouth of every foreigner,) which is
given by the Castilians to their z, when followed by a
vowel; as in, zumo, mozo, zelo, zagalejo, &c.; and to their
c when followed by an e or an i; as in, ceceo, accion, &c.
is at all preferable to the nasal, the hissing, or the buzzing
sound, in the same words in Portuguese; as, ceceo, accáo,
sumo, mogo, zelo, zagalejo. -
We might further instance the sound of l in many
Spanish words; as, placer, esclavo, clavo, blandura, &c.,
which has been replaced in Portuguese by the smoother
liquid r, forming prazer, escravo, cravo, brandura, &c.;
a modification that undoubtedly tends to soften the lan
guage, and render it more apt for colloquial purposes.
Hence we perceive, that the defects are not confined to the
Portuguese language; and if it enjoys less popularity than
the Spanish, we conceive this ought not to be attributed to
any want of fitness to rank with the other European lan
guages, either in point of copiousness, or elegance of diction.
—To what, then, is it attributable?—Why, to men's in
veterate prejudices, against which, reason and argument are
so seldom found to prevail. “If we had nothing but the
reason of men to deal with, and that reason were pure and
' uncorrupted, it would be a matter of no great skill or
 * PREFACE. xi

labour to convince persons of common mistakes, or to per

suade them to assent to plain and obvious truths. But,
alas! mankind stand wrapped round in errors, and in
trenched in prejudices; and every one of their opinions is
supported and guarded by something else beside reason.”
So true are these words of the pious and learned Watts,
and so justly will they apply to the deeply rooted prejudices
which exist against the Portuguese language, that in all
probability it may never again emerge from the neglected
state in which it now lies; unless it should, by some great
and unlooked-for political event, (a circumstance very im
probable, though not impossible,) be one day brought to
supplant the French language, and thus become the ge
neral medium of European commerce, as it is at this
time “that of a great part of Africa, and the whole south
of Asia; namely, from Cape Non, to the Japan Islands;”
besides being the vernacular tongue of the Canary Islands,
and the immense continent of Brasit!
__------------

0000$0000—
 ERRATA.

Page 10 (near the brace), for spelt, read spelled.

— 15, line 6, for learnt, read learned.
— 33, last line but one, for esto, read este.
– 48, line 5, for Aurliary, read Auriliary.
– 89, ... 27, for INDICATIVE MOOD, read
INFINITIVE MOOD.
— 126, ... 23, for MOOOD, read MOOD.
— 136, ... 23, for present, read foresee.
— 220, 9, after desenhos, read della.
— 232, ---
25, for perguntai, read perguntei.
— 263, ---
8, for sangre, read sangue.
— 272, ---
º
17, for venerecăo, read veneração.
-— 285, --- 26, for bautboy, read hautboy.
— 355, 38, for to-morrow morning, read in the morning.
— 403, 7, for a parte, read 4 parte.
— 431 11; for Londres, read Hamburgo.
 Portuguese Grammar.
w

<r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-z-rºr-rºr-r-z-r-r

PART I.
Jºr-r-z-z-z-rrºr-r-z-r-r-z-r-z-r-z-rº-r

OF PRONUNCIATION.
*

Of the Portuguese Letters, and their Names.

THE Portuguese alphabet contains twenty-four letters, all
of the masculine gender. The k and w of the English
alphabet, do not exist in that of the Portuguese language.
In order to convey an exact idea of the names of the
letters, the pronunciation is facilitated by figures placed over
the vowels, referring to corresponding sounds in the follow
ing key of English words. To acquire the pronunciation
perfectly, we must strip the vowels of their attendant conso
nants, preserving the exact sound they had when combined
in the words.

Key of English Words.

4 - 3
Måte, tár, cat, perishāble—mé, nét, hêr-win *

sº, mēve, nãr, pºt—büll—ºil—möänd.

Portuguese Alphabet. Pronounce
0. 2.
b bā
c sä
d dā
e # ,
f ëffé
2 OF PRONUNCIATION.

Portuguese Alphabet. Pronounce

* zhā
ăggá'
i >
c

e
4. t 4. 1 + -

*zhôd, (or é cönsöän'té)

2 2
él’lé
*~~3.
em’me
3-/-3
ºnne

Ö, or oo
vé, (or Ö cönsćdn'té)
shiz
é grâ'gö, (or ipsilën)
Ze

Some grammarians have given the same names as in

French to all the letters, except h, j, q, w, v, r, z.
Others again have attempted to introduce, for the letters
f, g, j, l, m, n, T, S, º, V. the following new pronunciation:
fé, ghè, (the g hard,), zhé, (the z as in the English word
azure,) lé, mē, né, ré, sé, she, ye; which, though more
analagous to their real value than the present names, has
not been generally adopted.

Of the Value of the Portuguese Letterscombined in Syllables.

A.
The vowel a has three sounds in Portuguese; the two
first answering to the a in the English words father, and fat.
The other is found in the word perishable.

* The pronunciation of the names of the letters g and j, (ge and

jod,) cannot be accurately expressed in writing, because their initials
have no equivalent sounds in the English language. Those who
understand French will find these letters to correspond exactly in
sound with the g-in génie, and the j in jonquille,
 OF PRONUNCIATION. 3

When this letter has the accent or stress of the voice on

it, either standing alone, or at the end of a word or syl
lable; or preceding a consonant followed by a final vowel,
it has the long sound of ā, in father, or tar: as, &, to the ;
está', it is ; alvará, a decree; falbalá', a flounce; cé'sa, a
house; fºto, clothes; gåla, gala; amá'va, he did love;
oralā’, would to God; verdà'de, truth; encorpá'do, stout,
&c. Except para, for; and cada, each; in which the
vowel a has the sound of § in both syllables.
In all other cases, a, when not under the accent, has
the sound of the 3 in perishable; as, humá, one; pelá, by
the; fiziá, he did make; Jáneiro, January; sóber, to
know; Arribar, to put into a port; trótar, to treat;
dpresentar, to present; embarcáção, a vessel, &c.
But when it bears the accent, it falls into the sound of the
4 in cat; as, capá'z, capable; &lamo, apoplar; 4'guila, an
eagle; bilsamo, balsam ; carta, a letter; dā'no, injury;
lá'nde, an acorn; constância, constancy; &c.
The a of the feminine article a, as, the; of the conjunction
mas, but; and of the compound monosyllables lia, it to him,
her, or them; lhas, them to him, her, or them; ma, it or
her to me; tas, them to thee; is pronounced like an é,
sounded about double its length. To which we may also
add the preposition_a, to; used after a verb of motion;
as, vow a Londres, I go to London.
B.
B is pronounced as in English,
C.
C is pronounced as in English, except when it is fol
lowed by h. It then sounds as s : example, chapeo, hat;
chaga, a sore; pronounce shápéo, shá'gó.
In words derived from the Greek and Hebrew, ch has the
sound of k: as, Christo, archiduque, chimica, architecto,
cherubim, echo, brachia, Archimedes, cachetico, cacochi
mia, Melchisedech, Archipelago, archanjo, chimera, Cha
ribſles, gerarchia, &c. But the h of these words is generally
left out by modern writers whenever a consonant, or the
vowela, o, or u, follows it. If e or i follows, qu is substituted
for the h : as, quimera, gerarquia, &c.
When a cedilla, or sort of inverted comma is attached to
the c, it is pronounced as an s : example, cabeça, head;
4 OF PRONUNCIATION.

conhego,” I know. Cui is pronounced kw8 : as, cuidado,

care; pronounce kwādād).
D
D is pronounced as in English.
E
This letter may be said to have five different sounds,
the last of which, however, is generally designated mute.
The beauty of the Portuguese orthoepy depends, in a great
measure, on a nice discrimination between the respective
sounds of this vowel.
The first is an open sound, like the d in mate ; as; f,
faith; sé, a bishop's see; pé, a foot; céo, heaven; déz,
ten; péga, a piece, &c.
The second sound is equivalent to the 3 in the word met;
as, cascavél, a rattle; broquël, a shield; pagém, a page;
hontém, yesterday; amém, they may love, &c.
The third sound of e, has no exact equivalent in English.
The nearest approach to it, is é and #, pronounced in
rapid succession; as, ém, in; abstém, they abstain; aman
hecár, to grow day; idéa, idea; leira, a bed in a garden;
apénas, hardly; aldéa, a village; desejo, desire, &c.:
pronounce éing, abstèing, amanhecºir, &c.
E, (not accented,) at the end of a word, as well as
at the beginning when a consonant immediately succeeds,
has nearly the sound of the short # in the word pin;
as, lie, to him, or her; amizade, friendship; amasse,

* Words which formerly began with ca, go, ºu; such as gapato, a
shoe; cotea, a flat roof; ;umo, juice, &c., are now written with s :
as, sapato, sotea, sumo, &c. But the c is still retained in the mid
dle of words between two vowels, one of which is a, o, or u ; as
raça, a breed; peca, a piece; maço, a mallet; cobica, covetous
ness; soluço, a sob; &c.; because no other letter could here replace
it. To substitute the s for it, would be to subvert the true pronun
ciation of these words, by introducing the buzzing sound which that
letter has in Portuguese whenever it occurs between two vowels,
one or both of which are a, o, or u ; instead of the hissing sound
expressed by the c.
The same objection would apply to z, and this letter would,
moreover, create ambiguity in the meaning of some words; for
instance, azogue, quicksilver, might be mistaken for acougue,
shambles; vou cazar, I am going to be married, for vou caçar,
I am going a hunting; &c.
 OF PRONUNCIATION. 5

I might love; está, it is; especial, special; esperança,

hope; &c.; pronounce lhi, amizadi, special, &c.
The conjunction e, and; has also the same short sound:
as, constante e forte; pronounce, constant; # fort#.
The fifth and last sound of e, is that which is found in
the English word her ; as, pessoa, a person; seguro, insur
ance; venerador, a reverencer, &c.; pronounce pessoa, or
p'ssoa, séguro, vénérador.
In all adjectives ending in avel, evel, ovel, wel, of more
than two syllables, we find the e of the last syllable in
variably mute, or sounded like the é in her.
- F.
Fis pronounced as in English.
G
G, when followed by e or i, has no equivalent sound in
English. It is pronounced as in French: example, general,
a general; girandola, a branched candlestick: French,
général, girandole.
G, before a, o, and u, sounds as in English. It has also
the same hard sound when followed by wa; as, guarda, a
guard: pronounce guarda.
Gue, and gui are pronounced as in the English words
guess and guinea, except in a few words; as, arguir,
ensanguentar, arguinte, arguidor; and the compounds
redarguir, and redarguidor, in which gue sounds gwé;
and gui, as gwě.
H.
H is mute in Portuguese. Some modern writers are
beginning to dispense with this letter entirely at the begin
ning of words. In the word arithmeticamente, neither the
t nor the h is sounded. -

I
I has two sounds, a long, and a short one. The first is
like the éin me; as mina, a mine; cobardia, cowardice;
abanico, afan, &c.; pronounce, mê'na, cobardéa, abané'co.
The other sounds like the # in the word pin; as, pintór, a
painter; facil, easy; solido, solid, &c.; pronounce pintór,
jäcil, sālādo.
J.
J has no equivalent sound in English. It is pronounced
as in French: example, jardim, a garden; jogo, play:
French, jardin, jeu.
B 2
6 OF PRONUNCIATION.

L.
L, as in English; except when followed by h. Lh is
pronounced like gl in the word seraglio: as, filho, a son;
palha, straw: pronounce, filyo, palya. It is the same as
the ll in Spanish, the gl in Italian, or the liquid ll in
French. M.
JM, preceded by a vowel in the same syllable with it, has
a nasal sound, which has no equivalent in the English lan
guage. The nasal n of the French comes nearest to it: as,
bom, good; digam, (digão, ) let them say; fazem, they do;
in which the m sounds nearly as in the French words bon,
gant, dessein. When m has an a, or o before it, its sound
is very obtuse, and should be learnt viva voce. M, at the
beginning of a word or syllable, is pronounced as in English.
When a word ends with ā, or ào, it is to be considered,
in regard to pronunciation, as if ending in am, which ortho.
graphy is adopted by some authors; though it is not general.
N
N, beginning a word or syllable, is pronounced as in
English; otherwise it gives only a nasal sound to the vowel
that precedes it: as, cées, or caens, dogs, &c.
N, followed by an h, has the same sound as the Italian
gn, the Spanish n, or the liquid gn in French: example,
banho, a bath; estanho, tin; ganhar, to gain: Italian,
bagno; Spanish, estaño; French, gagner. This sound is
nearly expressed by ni in English: as, banho; pronounce
bannio. O

O, at the end of words, has a short obtuse sound like 6

pronounced half its length. . The masculine article, and the
pronoun o, are pronounced in the same manner.
When o has the acute accent over it, it has an open sound,
like 3: as, pörta, door; dé, pity; filhó, fritter; avó,
grandmother; póde, he can, &c. The circumflex accent
gives it a sound like ô in note : as, póvo, people; påde, he
could; Lisbóa, Lisbon. We often find this close sound
of Ö before the liquids l, m, n, r, as, falha, leaf; está
mago, stomach; cºnta, * ; força, force, &c.
P, and ph, are pronounced as in English.
Q
Q, with its inseparable companion u, is pronounced,
 OF PRONUNCIATION. 7

when an e follows, as h : example, queda, a fall: pro

nounce, kā'da. Except in the following words: frequente,
consequente, consequencia, consequentemente, delinquente,
and a few others, in which qu is pronounced as kw.
Qu, followed by o, is pronounced ko : as, quotidiano,
daily; &c.
Qu, followed by an i, is pronounced as k : example,
quina, bark : pronounce kéna. Except, antiquissimo,
exquisito, tranquillamente, adguirir; in which qu is sound
ed as kw.
Qu, followed by a, is pronounced as in English; as,
quando, when: pronounce kwando. Except in !".
fourteen; quatorzada, aquatorze; (at piquet,) and quator
zeno, fourteenth; in which it has the sound of k.
R.
R, at the beginning of a word, and rº, are pronounced
with a stronger jarring sound than in English; example,
reo, a criminal; rosa, a rose; parra, a vine-leaf, &c.
R has this strong sound also when preceded by l, m, n, s:
or by the Latin prepositions de, pre, pro, ab, ob, sub, at
the beginning of a word: as, melro, a blackbird; Amrāo,
Amram; enredo, an intrigue; desramado, lopped; derogar,
to derogate; prerogativa, prerogative; prorogar, to pro
rogue; abrogar, to abrogate; obrepticio, obreptitious;
subrepºão, subreption. -

But when this letter follows any other consonant than

l, m, n, s, or occurs between two vowels, it has a very soft
sound: as, brando, soft; escravo, a slave; comprehensão,
comprehension; palavra, a word; para, for: fero, fierce.
Lastly, it has the same soft or liquid sound at the end of
words, when it is preceded by a short et as, deve de ser, it
must be: fazer seu dever, to do one's duty, &c.
S
S and ss, are pronounced as in English, with the follow
ing exceptions: at the end of words, s is pronounced with a
feeble hissing sound: as, os homens fortes, strong men;
meninas gentis, graceful girls: unless the next word begins
with a vowel, in which case it sounds like z : as, os adjudi
cow, he awarded them; pronounce oz adjudicou.
In the plural articles os and as, before nouns beginning
with r, thesis so feebly pronounced by the native Portuguese,
 8 OF PRONUNCIATION.

as scarcely to be heard: example, os Romanos, the

Romans; as räs, the frogs. S between two vowels, has the
sound of z, especially in words ending in oso, and esa ; as,
mesa, a table; fastidioso, tiresome. It is also pronounced
as a z, in the word transito, passage.
T is pronounced as in English.
- U
U sounds as oo, or 3: example, ruina, ruin; urso, a
bear: pronounce, rooe'na, oor’so, or róē'na, ār’so.

V is pronounced as in English.
X has the sound of sh, except in the following cases:
1. When it is preceded by e, and followed by another
vowel; it is then pronounced as iz : as, exame, examination;
eractamente, exactly; exemplo, example: pronouncebizame,
ézactamente éâzemplo. In grave discourse, however, the
sound of ss is sometimes given to the a. in this instance: as,
connero, connected; seco, sex; neiro, bond; connero,
connexion: pronounce connesso, sesso, &c.
2. When r is followed by a consonant, it is to be pro
nounced as s, or ss: example, exprimir, to express; excel
lente, excellent; extenção, extension; secto, sixth; pro
nounce, esprimir, escellente, estenção, sesto.
3. X has the sound of ss, in the following words: mar
imo, very great; proximo, near; defluxo, catarrh; firo,
fixed; flexivel, flexible; and a few others.
Y has the same sound as i. which letter most modern
authors have substituted for it; except in words derived from
the Greek, in which the y is preserved to show their origin.
Z is pronounced as in English; only at the end of words
a sharp hissing sound like s is given to it; except when the
following word begins with a vowel, in which case it pre
serves its buzzing sound; as, rapaz, a boy: pronounce
rapass; rapaz enganhoso, a deceitful boy: pronounce
rapa-zenganhoso.
Double consonants are pronounced as single ones: ex
ample, aquella, that; fallar, to speak, accento, an accent;
 OF PRONUNCIATION. 9

gallo, a cock; gemma, the yolk of an egg; panno, cloth;

communicar, to communicate, &c.; pronounce aquela,
falar, acento, &c. In writing, both letters are preserved,
chiefly to show the etymology of the words.
When the following consonants occur together, the first of
them is silent; viz. ct, mm, pc, gn pt, bs; as,
Pronounce
Victoria, victory. vitoria.
Somno, sleep. SO720.

Excepgåo, exception. excegāo.

Assignação, assignation. assinação.
Optimo, very good. otimo.
Observação, observation. oservação.

***In learningthe Portuguesepronunciation, the student's

first attention should be paid to the following letters, as dif
fering most widely from the English: a, e, i, u, g, j, final
m, lh, nh, ch, que, qui, au, eu, ai.

Of Diphthongs,
The union of two vowels in the same syllable, is termed
a diphthong. They are pronounced in rapid succession,
dwelling somewhat longer on the first, than on the latter
vowel. Examples:
ay) Pronounce
:•.

ae
22
āş; as in
-

-
22 2 22
måås, more; páē, or pāi,a father.
2 2 -

º:- āā; —
*2
céilsa, a cause; pâû, orpää, astick.
2
ez ez : — 3i, a law; pèto, a breast.
:O
&#; — Dáils, temää,
or Dáðs, God; tem?il, or
he feared.

#; — rió, or rid, a river.

#; — d'é, it aches; fi, he went.

ou 3: — estàu, I am; dāutor, a doctor,
.# #; — aziłłs, blue; fº, I went,
10 OF ACCENTS.

The dative case of the definite article, in the masculine

gender, singular number, is pronounced as 6; example,
ao tio, to the uncle.
Two vowels in different syllables form no diphthong;
each of them must therefore be pronounced distinctly: as
in ceos, the heavens; correo, the post.
At Lisbon, and in most other parts of the South of Por
tugal, the diphthongou, issounded like di. They pronounce,
for instance:

Cousa, a thing, coisa.

Couro, leather, coiro.
.Acoute, a whip, açoite.
-Affowto, bold, ...t: affoito.
Ouro, gold, #. oiro.
Mouro, a Moor, >: Moiro.
Thesouro, a treasure, º tesoiro.
...Agouro, an omen, <! agoiro.
Souto, a thicket, soito.
JManjadoura,amanger, manjadoira.
Tesoura, scissars; &c. J tesoira, &c.

Some authors have adopted the latter mode of spelling

these words; though we find them mostly written with ou,
and this seems the most proper, especially when the etymo
logy of the word requires it, as in ouro, touro, &c.
OF ACCENTS.

Three accents were formerly used in Portuguese; the

acute, descending from the right to the left (!); the cir
cumfler, thus (°); and the grave accent, which descends
from the left to the right, (‘). This last was used to denote
a short sound of any vowel, such as the aim figãdo, or terrá;
the e in opéra, or vaidade; the i in perfido, or lapis ; the
o in indöle, or bancô; the win consill, or tribi); &c. * The
grave accent is now abolished; so that the acute, and the cir
cumfler, are the only ones remaining in use. Both of them
serve to indicate along sound of the vowel on which they are
placed; as in séria, serious; seria, I should be; filhò, a
fritter; casa, a house; bahti, a trunk, &c.
 OF ACCENTS. 11

When an accent is placed on e or o, it denotes the nature

of its sound, as well as its quantity; the acute accent
giving it an open sound, and the circumflex a close one,
the reverse of their use in the French language: example,
café, coffee; mercé, favour; pā, dust; dār, pain: pro
nounce, caffā, mercă, pö, dor.
But the use of accents in the Portuguese language is now
chiefly confined to distinguishing words spelt in the same
manner, from one another; viz. está, he is, from esta,
this; né, a knot, from no, in the ; forma, form, from
forma, a last; médo, a sand-heap, from médo, fear;
avó, dfather, from avó, grandmother; lerá, he will
read, from léra, he had read; pode, he can, from påde, he
could ; ... to preach, from pregar, to nail; (de/cór,
(by) heart, from cór, colour; córte, a cut, from cdrte, a court;
divida, a doubt, from duvida, he doubts; vém, they see,
from ven, they come; pdr, to put, from por, for, or by, &c.
An accent placed on one of two vowels, denotes that
those vowels form no diphthong, but must be pronounced
separately: as, bainha, a scabbard; navío, a ship; salade,
health; poéma, a poem; doido, affected, &c.

Of the Til.
The til, or curved hyphen, placed over a vowel, implies an
m, oran n suppressed. It always indicates a nasal sound:
for instance, lä, wool; cffo, a dog; dirão, they will say;
póes, thou puttest; irºná, sister; .cies, dogs, are pro
nounced lång, cóng, dirá'ung, irmāng, cèings.
Of the Apostrophe.
The apostrophe is used to denote the elision of a vowel,
and sometimes the suppression of more letters along with it:
as, d' alma, for da alma, of the soul; c' o, for com o, with
the ; n' um, and n' ila, for em hum, and em huma, in a ;
q' este, for que este, than this. But these last contractions
ought rather to be considered as a poetical licence, not to be
initated in prose.---Wide Prepositions, PART II.
12 OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

OF ARTICLES.
Articles are small words placed before nouns to show
their gender, and fix their vague signification. They have
no meaning when standing alone. /
Articles are either definite, or indefinite.

Of the Definite Article.

The definite article has three genders in Portuguese;
namely, o for the masculine, a for the feminine, and o for
the neuter. The two first take ans in the plural; but the
neuter article has no plural . It is chiefly used before adjec
tives taken absolutely, to which neither the masculine nor
the feminine gender can be attribute : as, o bom, what is
good; 0 máo, what is bad; o grande, what is great, &c.
The neuter article is declined like the singular number of
the masculine article. ~~

Declension of the Definite Article.

MASCULINE—SINGU LAR. MAsculine—PLURAL.
Nominative, o, the. os, the.
Genitive, do, of the. dos, of the.
Dative, ao, to the, aos, to the.
Accusative, o, ao, the. os, aos, the.
.* } do, from the.
- Ablative,”- mo, in the.
dos, from the.
mos, in the.
pelo, by the. pelos, by the.
FEMININE–siNgular. FEMININE–Ptural.

Nominative, a, the. as, the.

Genitive, da, of the. das, of the.
Dative, d, to the. ds, to the.
Accusative, a, d, the. as, ds, the.
da, from the. das, from the.
, Ablative, } pela, by the.
na, in the. mas, in the.
pelas, by the.

., *, Do, no, pelo, are contractions of de 0, em o, poro. The same

collision takes place in the feminine, as well as in both the plurals;
viz. na, for em a ; pelos, for poros, (per os; ) das, for de as, &c.
 DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 13

The vocative is like the nominative, and the ablative the

same as the genitive—For the use of the two accusatives,
see vFRBs Active, Part II.
With the noun Rei, king, the Spanish article el is gene
rally used in Portuguese, in the singular number. It may
be written either with a large, or a small letter: as, el Rei,
(or El Rei,) d’el Rei, a el Rei.

Of the Indefinite Article. º

The numerical adjective hum, huma, placed before a

noun, becomes the indefinite article, and is declined by the
help of prepositions. In the plural it makes huns, humas,
which is englished by some, the indefinite article having no
plural in the English language.

Declension of the Indefinite Article.

Masculine—singulah. MASCULINE-PLURAL.

Nom. hum, a. huns, some.

Gen. de hum, of a. de huns, of some.
Dat, a hum, to a. a huns, to some.
Abl }
de hum, from a. de huns, from some.
* 7 em hun, in a. em huns, in some.

Wreminine—sing ULAR. TEM.ININE-PLURAL.

Nom. huma, a. humas, some.

Gen. de huma, of a. , de humas, of some.
Dat. a huma, to a. a humas, to some.
Abl }de huma, from d. de humas, from SOme.
* & em huma, in a. em humas, in some.

DECLENSION OF NOUNS.

The Portuguese nouns have no other variation than that

of gender and number, the cases being determined by the
articles prefixed, as follows:
c;
 14 DECLENSION OF NOUNS.

MASCU i.INE-SINGULAR. MASCU LiNE–pi, URAf,

Nom. o duque, the duke. os duques, the dukes.

Gen. do duque, of the duke.
Dat. ao duque, to the duke.
Acc. o, ao duque, the duke.
Abl. do, pelo duque, from,
by the duke.
º
dos duques, of the dukes.
aos duques, to the dukes.
os, aos duques, the dukes.
dos, pelos duques, from,
by the dukes.

FEMININE-SINGui,AR. FEMININE–PLURAL.

Nom. a rainha, the queen. as rainhas, the queens.

Gen. da rainha, of the queen.
Dat. 4 rainha, to the queen.
Acc. a, d rainha, the queen.
Abl. da, pela rainha, from, by
the queen.
das rainhas, of the queens.
as rainhas, to the queens.
as, ds rainhas, the queens.
das, pelas rainhas, from,
by the queens.

MASCULiNE–81NGULAR. MASCULINE–PLURAL.

Nom. o cio, the dog. os câes, the dogs.

Gen. do cdo, of the dog. dos cóes, of the dogs.
Dat. ao cdo, to the dog. aos cóes, to the dogs.
Acc. o câo, the dog. os cóes, the dogs.
Abl. do, pelo cao, from, by dos, pelos cóes, from, by
the dog. the dogs.

FEMININE–SINGULAR. FEMININE--PLURAL.

Nom. a cadeira, the chair. as cadeiras, the chairs.

Gen. da cadeira, of the chair. das cadeiras, of the chairs.
Dat. 4 cadeira, to the chair. d's cadeiras, to the chairs.
Acc. a cadeira, the chair. as cadeiras, the chairs.
Abl. da, pela cadeira, from, das, pelas cadeiras, from, by
by the chair. . the chairs.
 GENDERS OF NOUNS. 15

Of the Masculine Gender.

All substantives in the Portuguese language, whether
representing animate, or inanimate objects, are either of the
masculine, or feminine gender. Custom, which is ever
arbitrary, having alone fixed these genders, no certain rules
can be laid down for many of them. They must be learnt
by use. The masculine gender is, however, assigned to all
objects of the male kind, as is the feminine to those of the
female kind; and they take the masculine, or the feminine
article accordingly.
The masculine gender is also always assigned to the
names of mountains, seas, oceans, rivers, winds; to the let
ters of the alphabet, and the months of the year: as, Etna,
oceano, Atlantico, Baltico; Tejo, Elba; Norte, Mordeste;
Janeiro, Julho, &c.
Nouns ending in a are feminine: as carta, a letter;
orelha, an ear; perma, a leg; lenha, wood; Roma, Rome;
&c. To this rule there are the following exceptions:
1. The words dia, a day; dogma, a dogma; mappa, a
map; mannā, manna; softsma, asophism; alvará,a decree;
tafetá, taffety. -

2. Nouns expressing arts or sciences, and the ranks, dig

nities, trades, &c. belonging to a man; as, patriarca, a pa
triarch; poeta, a poet; Bacá, a Bashaw; Jesuita, a Jesuit;
mariola, a porter, &c.
3. Words derived from the Greek: as, emblema, an em
blem; thema, a theme; theorema, a theorem; anagramma,
an anagram; antipodas, antipodes; arioma, an axiom;
clima, a climate; dilemma, a dilemma; idioma, an idiom;
symptoma, a symptom; sistema, a system; drama, a drama;
diploma, a diploma; planeta, a planet; epigramma, an
epigram, &c. -

All the other rules given by grammarians to distinguish

the gender of nouns by their endings, are so replete with
exceptions, that they only tend to perplex the learner, and
lead him into error. Practice is the surest guide.
Of the Formation of Feminine Wouns.
Masculine nouns ending in o, which adopt a feminine
signification, change the o into a as, amo, a master; ama,
 16 GENDERS OF NOUNS.

a mistress; amigo, a friend, amiga, afemale friend; neto, a

grandson; neta, a granddaughter.
.Av6, a grandfather, makes in the feminine avā; reo, a
criminal, makes ré.
Conde, an earl, orcount, makes condessa; duque, a duke,
duqueza ; heróe, a hero, heroina; mestre, a master, mestra;
rei, a king, rainha; perú, a turkey, perita.
Those nouns which end in a consonant, take an a in the
feminine; as, Hespanhol, Hespanhola; Inglez, Ingleza :
Senhor, Senhora; protector, protectora.
Actor, makes actriz : cantor, or cantador, makes can
tatriz, or cantadeira; Eleitor, Electriz; imperador, im
peratriz.
Nouns ending in do, the plural of which is dos and
des, make their feminine in i ; as, irmāo, a brother,
irmá; Alemão, a German, Alemá; orfäo, an orphan,
Orfã.
%. other nouns in do, the plural of which is des, make
their feminine in 6a, and ona ; as, ledo, a lion, leda;
pavão, a peacock, pavóa ; tecelāo, a weaver, tecelóa;
poltrão, a coward, poltrona; folgazāo, an idler, folgazona.
Willāo, a peasant, makes villā, or villóa.
Cào, a dog, makes cadella; cabrāo, a he-goat, makes
cabra; ladrão, a thief, makes ladra.
JVote. Some substantives are of both genders: as, artifice,
an artisan; guarda, a guard; martyr, a martyr; virgem,
a virgin; vigia, a sentinel; espia, a spy; interprete, an -
Interpreter.
Others, termed epicene nouns, admit only the masculine
article: as, o crocodilo, the crocodile; o routinol, the
nightingale; o lagarto, the lizard; o golfinho, the dolphin;
o corvo, the crow. When we wish to particularize the sex
of these nouns, it can only be done by qualifying them
with the words macho, and femea ; as, o crocodilo macho,
the male crocodile; o crocodilo femea, the female croco
dile; o lagarto macho, o lagarto femea, the male, and
female lizard. Lastly, there are some nouns which take
the feminine article only: as, a onça, the lynx; a serpente,
the serpent; a aguia, the eagle; a corvina, the cabot,
(a sea fish,) &c.
 OF THE PLURAL OF NOUNS. 17

Formation of the Plural of Nouns.

All Portuguese nouns in the singular number end in one
of the six vowels, or in the letters l, m, n, r, s, z; and the
last letter of their plural will always bes. , Nouns occurring
with any other ending, may be considered as foreign words.
Nouns ending in a vowel, form their plural by adding s
to the singular; as, lei, a law, leis; rosa, arose, rosas; rio,
a river, rios; principe, a prince, principes; javali, a wild
boar, javalis; perú, a turkey, perits.
Those which end in a consonant take es in the plural;
as, perdiz, a partridge, perdizes; mez, a month, mezes; cruz,
a cross, cruzes; pintor, apainter, pintores; canon, an eccle
siastical canon, canones; Inglez, an Englishman, Inglezes;
Deos, God, deoses.
Anomalies. Caliz, calice, makes calices—Alferes, an
ensign; arrats, a captain; caes, a quay; pires, a saucer; and
ourives, a goldsmith, remain unaltered in the plural. Pioz,
a jess, makes pioz, and piozes.
The other exceptions to the above rule, are comprehended
in the following remarks:
Nouns ending in al ol, ul, change the l into es; as, sal,
salt, saes; caracol, a snail, caracoes; taful, a gamester,
tafues—Except mal, an evil, which makes males; consul,
a consul, consules ; real, a ree, (a coin), reis.
Those in el, change that syllable into eis; as, papel,
a paper, papeis; bacharel, abatchelor, (of arts,) bachareis;
movel, furniture, moveis.
Those ending in il, change the l into s : as, barril,
a barrel; barris; perfil, a profile, perfis.
Nouns ending in a and m, form their plural in ns; as,
lä, wool, lams; dom, a gift, or a title, dons; atum, a tunny
fish, atuns; mançã, an apple, mangans; tom, a tone, tons.
Gentilhomem, a nobleman, makes gentilhomens ; but when
it signifies an officer of the king's household it is more
commonly gentishomens; as, gentishomens da camara,
'gentlemen of the bed-chamber.
The nouns in ào, are those which present the most dif
ficulty in the formation of their plurals. They may be
divided into three classes, as follows:
l. Those which follow the general rule, by taking an s
only in the plural; as, aldeño, a peasant, aldedos; andos,
C 3
18 OF THE PLURAL OF NOUNS.

dwarfs; ancidos, elders; christãos, christians; cidaddos,

citizens; comarcãos, neighbours; cortezāos, courtiers;
grãos, corn; irmāos, brothers; maios, hands; orfäos,
orphans; orgāos, organs; pagãos, pagans; rabãos, horse
radishes; sotăos, subterranean dwellings; väos, empty
spaces; villāos, clowns.
2. Those which change the āo, into des: as, escrivão,
a scrivener, escrivães; Alemão, a German, Alemães;
Catalàes, Catalonians; påes, loaves, or corn; peães, foot
soldiers; tabellides, notaries; cfies, dogs; capellāes, chap
lains; capitães, captains; charlatāes, quacks; guardiáes,
guardians; gaviães, hawks.
3. All the rest, which change ào into Čes: as, accào, an
action, accàes; tostóes, villóes, milhães, opinióes, bençóes,
leåes, pertençóes, varães, &c.
The vowel o, which sounds close in the penultimate syl
lable of some words in the singular number, is changed to
an open sound in the plural: for instance,
sINGULAR. PLURAL.

.Abrólho, a caltrop, abrólhos.

apódo, a jeer, apódos.
avó, a grandfather, avós.
bisavó, a great-grandfather, bisavos.
cachópo, a boy, cachópos.
carógo, a stone in fruit, carógos.
chóco, a brood, chócos.
córo, a choir, córos.
córpo, a body, córpos.
cóvo, a cage for fowls, covos.
despójo, a booty, despójos.
entrefºrro, a false roof, entreförros.
epôdo, an epode, epódos.
firro, a lining, förros.
fösso, a ditch, fossos.
foro, a court of justice, foros.
frno, can oven, förnos.
fºgo, a fire, fºgos.
gafanhóto, a locust, gafanhôtos.
grósso, a bulk, róssos.
hórto, a garden, 6rtos.
jógo, a game, jógos.
minháto, a kite, minkótos.
 OF THE PLURAL OF NOUNS. 19

singul, AR. PLURAL.

miólo, pith, miólos.

mórto, a dead man, mortos.
6lho, an eye, 6lhos.
6vo, an egg, 6vos.
6sso, a bone, 6ssos.
póvo, a people, póvos.
pórto, a port, pórtos.
pórco, a pig, pórcos.
póço a well, pógos.
perdigéto, a male partridge, perdigótos.
pescógo, a neck, pescáços.
rógo, a prayer, régos.
rendvo, a sprig, renovos.
trisavó, a great-great-grandfather,trisavés.
tórno, a lathe, tórnos.
tijólo, a brick, tijólos.
tójo, furze, tójos.
tordo, a thrust, tordos.
tórto, a injury, tortos.
tramógo, a lupine, tramógos.
tróco, change. tröcos.

The same change takes place between the masculine and

feminine gender, having different significations: as,
MASCULINE. FEMININE.

Bólo, a cake. bóla, a ball.

cachópo, a boy. cachópa, a girl.
cóvo, an osier basket. cova, a cave.
dóbro, double. dóbra, a plait.
dóno, a master. dóna, a lady.
hórto, a garden. hórta, a kitchen-garden.
mófo, mouldiness. mófa, scorn.
6vo, an egg. 6va, spawn.
pórco, a hog. pórca, a sow.
pórto, a port. pórta, a door.
pósto, a place. pósta, a post.
ródo, a corn-shovel. róda, a wheel.
sdbro, a cork-tree. sóbra, (sôbras) remnants.
sógro, a father-in-law. sógra, a mother-in-law.
toldo, an awning. tólda, mould on wine.
tróco, change. tróca, an exchange.
 20 AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES.

Of the Augmentatives.
The Portuguese, like the Italians and Spaniards, can add
to a great number of their nouns the signification of great,
little, ugly, pretty, by annexing only a few letters to them;
whereas in the English and French languages this can only
be done by employing adjectives to express that meaning.
The formation of the augmentatives is very irregular. They
sometimes end in do, ona ; and sometimes in ago, az, or
aça - thus, from rato, a rat, is formed ratio, a big rat;
from homem, a man, homemzarrão, a great strong man;
rapaz, a boy, rapagão, a great boy; tolo, a fool, toleirão,
a great fool; mariz, a nose, marigào, a large nose; carta, a
letter, cartona, a large letter; mogo, a youth, mocetăo, a
stout youth; moga, a girl, mocetona, a big stout girl; mulher,
a woman, mulherhaga, or mulherona, a big, fat woman;
cacho, a thick neck, cachaço, a very thick neck; cavallo, a
horse, cavallä0, a great horse.
Some nouns undergo a change in gender: as, acaa a,
the box, o carāo; a carta, the letter, o cartão.
JWote. Primitive nouns having a termination similar to
that of the augmentatives, must not be mistaken for them;
as, furāo, a ferret; atafona, a mill; furacáo, a hurri
cane, &c.

Of the Diminutives.
The diminutives are formed by changing the last vowel
of the primitive into inho, inha : as, primo—a, a cousin,
priminho-a, a little cousin; to which a z is sometimes
prefixed, but then the vowel of the primitive is preserved;
as, céo, a dog; céozinho, a little dog; homem, a man,
homemzinho, a little man.
When nouns ending in ga, and go, are made diminutives
by adding inha and inho, the last vowel of the primitive
must be changed into u, to preserve the sound; as, pinga,
a drop ; pinguinha 3 figo, a fig; figuinho. -

In like manner, primitives ending in ca and co, change

the final vowel into qui as, boca, a mouth, boguinha;
saco, a bag, saquinho.
 NUMBER AND GENDER OF ADJECTIVES. 21

The diminutives, besides conveying the idea of small

ness, denote tenderness and flattery; as, bicho, a worm,
bichinho, a poor little worm; moga, a girl, mocinha, a
É. little girl; Francisca, Frances, Francisquinha, pretty
ittle Frances; cabeça, a head; cabecinha, a fine little
head; máo, a hand, māozinha, a pretty little hand; casa,
a house, casinha, a snug little house; amigo, a friend,
amiguinho, a dear little friend, &c.
Adjectives may also become augmentatives and diminu
tives: as, rico, rich, ricaço; doudo, silly, doudarrão, or
dowdivánes; secco, dry, seccarrão; ladro, or ladrão, thiev
ish, ladravaz; grande, large, grandinho; gordo, fat, gord
inho; louco, foolish, louquinho; só, single, sozinho;
galante, gallānt, galantinho; coitado, unhappy, coitadinho;
bonito, pretty, bonitinho ; pouco, little, poucochinho;
negro, black, negrinho.
There are also a few diminutives in ete; as, alegre,
merry, alegrete; pobre, poor, pobrete.
The primitives in inho and inha, such as, moinho, a
mill; espina, a fish-bone, &c. must not be confounded
with the diminutives.

Of the Plural of Adjectives.

The plural of adjectives is formed exactly like that of the
nouns: as, feliz and felice, happy; felizes and felices,
&c.
Exceptions. Simplez, simple, makes simplices; real,
royal, reaes.
Those ending in il, change the l into s, whenever that
syllable is long: as, vil, vile, vis: but when it is short,
it is changed into eis; as, häbil, skilful, habeis; difficil,
difficult, diffices; ſtil, useful, ſiteis; reptil, creeping,
repteis, &c. Pénsil, hanging, makes pénsiles.

Of the Gender of Adjectives.

Adjectives ending in o, make their feminine in a ; ex
ample: lindo, pretty, linda; cheio, full, cheia.
Anomalies. S6, single, is of both genders; as, hum sé
 22. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

homem, a single man; humasó forma, a single form. The

plural issos, . both genders.
Those ending in do, make d in the feminine; as, sāo,
healthy, så vão, vain, vä; lowgāo, sprightly, lougā, &c.
Except villāo, clownish, which makes villóa.
JMāo, bad, makes md 5 nit, naked, nua; crit, raw, crua.
Bom, good, makes boa. Algum, some, alguma ; men
hum, not any, nenhuma. -

Adjectives ending in or, and those of nations ending in

a consonant, take an a in the feminine: as, merecedor,
worthy, merecedora; Francez, French, Franceza ; Ham
burguez, Hamburg, Hamburgueza ; Hollandez, Dutch,
Hollandeza.
All the rest are common to both genders; as, o and a
constante, leal, singular, sagaz, &c. the constant, loyal,
strange, sagacious, &c.
Those ending in m, follow the same rule: as o and a
commum, the common; though some authors make the
feminine in a ; as, a commua obrigação, the reciprocal
duty, &c.
The same change of pronunciation takes place in the
penultimate syllable of adjectives, as in substantives, ex
ample: formøso, handsome; formása, formásos; névo,
new ; nºva, névos : márto, dead; morta, mártos.

DEGREES OF COMPARISON. |

Of the Comparative Degree.

The comparative degree is formed by placing mais, more;
or menos, less, followed by the conjunction que, before the
positive: as, mais branco que a neve, whiter than snow;
menos laborioso que seu irmāo, less industrious than his
brother.
Sometimes the word do, joined to the conjunction que,
gives an elegance to the expression, especially when a verb
follows: as, o, vosso jardim he mais comprido do que o
meu, your garden is longer than mine; isto he mais do que
eu lie disse, that is more than I told him.
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 23,

The comparative of equality is made by the adverb tſio,

followed by como, example; os Inglezes sáo táo doutos
como os Francezes, mas não São igualmente cortezes, the
English are as learned as the French, but not so polite as
thev.
Sºme adjectives denote in themselves a comparison; as,
maior, greater; menor, smaller; melhor, better; peor,
worse; anterior, anterior; posterior, posterior; superior,
superior; inferior, inferior, &c. none of which undergo
any alteration in the feminine. The four first of these
may be expressed also by mais, more, being placed before
the positive degree; as, mais grande, greater; mais pequeno,
smaller, &c. -

But mais bom, and mais mao, for melhor, and peor, are
considered rather inelegant. Mais pequeno, is, however,
more frequently used than memor; and mais grande for
mayor, occurs very often, though generally in a moral
sense: as,
O cavallo de meu pai he My father's horse is a good
bom ; mas o de vn.* he one, but yours is better.
melhor. (not mais bom.)
He mao este châ2 — Peor Is this tea bad?—It cannot
mão póde ser. (not mais be worse.
mdo.)
Elle he hum pouco mais He is not quite so tallas I.
pequeno que eu.
Qual quer wm.* tomar 2— Which will you have 3–The
O maior. largest.
-

Napoleão foi o guerreiro Napoleon was the greatest

mais grande da Europa. warrior in Europe.

Of the Superlative Degree.

The superlative degree is formed in three different
ways, viz:
1. By placing muito before the positive; as, muito sabio,
very learned; muito feliz, very happy. Muito is some
times abbreviated into mui: as, mui poderoso, e mui
clemente Senhor, almighty, and most merciful Lord.
 24 COMPARISON of ADJECTIVES

2. By placing the definite article before the positive de

gree: as, o mais virtuoso dos reis, the most virtuous of
kings; a maior parte dos meus bens, the greatest part of
my property. - - -

3. By adding issimo, issima, according to the following

rules:
When the positive ends in a vowel, that vowel is changed
into issimo, and issima : example, alvo–a, white, alvis
simo—a, brando–a, soft, brandissimo—a; prudente,
prudent, prudentissimo-a, &c.
Anomalies—Amigo, friendly, makes amicissimo.
Mau, or mao, bad, – malissimo.
Antigo, ancient, — antiquíssimo.
Humilde, humble, – humillimo, and
humildissimo.
Frio, cold, — frigidissimo.
M?sero, miserable, – misérrimo.
Nobre, noble, — mobilissimo.
JAspero, harsh, — aspérrimo.
Sagrado, sacred, — sacratissimo.
Acre, tart, — acérrimo.

When the positive ends in co, ca, this syllable is changed

* - into quissimo—a as, rico-a, rich, riquíssimo-a; parco-a,
tigal, parquissimo—a. Those endingin go, and ga, change
last vowel into wissimo—a, as, largo—a, broad, lar
o—a, &c.
"the final syllable is do, äa, the last letter is left
º, suppressed n implied by the til inserted in its
ch issimo, or issima, is then added: thus, from
comes vanissimo ; from sáa, or sā, healthy,
from folgazāo, lazy, folgazan'ssimo.
—Christão, christian, makes christianissimo.
tive ends in z, that letter must be changed into
capaz, capable, capacissimo—a , atroz. atro
S17710-d.
adjective ends in any other consonant, issimo—a
...t: as, habil, skilful, habilissimo—a ; singular,
ingularissimo—a; fertil, fertile, fertilissimo—a.
alies—Cruel, cruel, makes crudelissimo; fiel;
---
*
 COMPARISON of ADIECTIVES 25

faithful, fidelissimo; facil, easy, facillimo; bom, good,

bonissimo ; difficil, difficult, difficillimo.
The following adjectives express in themselves a super
lative degree: infimo, the meanest; supremo, the loftiest;
máximo, the greatest; summo, the highest; optimo, the
best; péssimo, the worst; minimo, the least. Examples:
Esta manteiga he pessima; This butter is very bad; the
aquelloutra parece optima. other appears very good.
Este acucar he de infima This sugar is of a very infe
qualidade. rior quality.
But it is often better to use the superlative formed from
the positive: as,
Oque o mais grande homem What the greatest man ap
approva, mem sempre he proves, is not always the
muito bom. best.
Este tabaco he de muito mao This tobacco is of the worst
sortimento. class.

Contractions.

Some letters in the following adjectives are occasionally

suppressed, viz:
Maior, greater, is abridged to mór, especially in names
implying an office or employment: as, guarda mór, the
captain of the guard; monteiro mór, the master of the
chase; alcaide mér, a chief magistrate; capitão mór, a
captain general; provedor már, a commissary general;
tambor mor, a drum-major, &c.
Grande, great, is often abridged into gram, grão, gram,
or grá, which are invariable in gender and number; for we
find in the best authors o Gram-Mestre, the Grand
Master; o Gråo-Turco, the Grand Seignior; gram pena,
great pain; grá parte, a great part; gráo or gram tropel,
a great crowd; Gran-Cruzes, Grand Crosses.
Santo, before a proper name beginning with a consonant,
is changed into São; as, São João, St. John; São Pedro,
St. Peter; São Marcos, St. Mark.
Except—Santo Thomás, St. Thomas; Sant' Iago,
(Santiago, y St. Jago, or St. James.
D
26 CARDINAL NUMBERS.

In the feminine we say, Santa Maria, St. Mary; Sant'

Anna, St. Ann; Santa Ursula, St. Ursula. Cento, a
hundred, is changed into cem when it is immediately fol
lowed by a noun; as, cem annos, a hundred years; cem
libras, a hundred pounds. Except, cem mil, a hundred
thousand.

CARDINAL NUMBERS. g

Hum, one. Winte e tres, &c. twenty-three, &c.

Dous, two. Trinta, thirty.
Tres, three. Trinta e hum, thirty-one.
Quatro, four. Trinta e dous, &c. thirty-two, &c.
Cinco. five. Quarenta, forty.
Seis, six. Cincoenta, fifty.
Sete, seven. Sessenta, sixty.
Oito, or outo, eight. Setenta, seventy.
JWove, nine. Oitenta, eighty.
Dez, ten. JWoventa, ninety.
Onze, eleven. Cem, a hundred.
Doze, twelve. Cento e hum, a hundred and one.
Treze, thirteen. Cento e dous, i.
a hundred and
Quatorze, fourteeen, Duzentos, two hundred...[two, &c,
(pron. katorze.) Trezentos, three hundred.
Quinze, fifteen. Quatrocentos, four hundred.
Dezaseis, sixteen. Quinhentos, five hundred.
Dezasete, seventeen. Seiscentos, six hundred.
Dezoito, or dezouto, Selecentos, seven hundred.
eighteen. Oitocentos, eight hundred.
Dezanove, nineteen. Novecentos, nine hundred.
Pºinte, twenty. Mil, a thousand.
*Winte e him, twenty- JMile cento, eleven hundred.
Orie. Dez mil, ten thousand.
Pºinte e dous, twenty- Cem mil, a hundred thousand.
tWO. Milhão, or conto, a million.
The two first of the above cardinals, and all those com
posed of cento, are declined before nouns, viz: hum, huma,

* The copulative conjunction e, following the word winte, is fre

quently left out, to avoid the hiatus occasioned by the two els, and
we say, winte-hum, vinte-dous, &c.
 ORDINAL NUMBERS. 27

huns, humas; dous, duas; duzentos, duzentas, &c. as,

huns soldados, some soldiers; humas crianças; some
children; duzentas mulheres, two hundred women.
When we speak of the Portuguese money called reis,
we use conto instead of milhão, to denote a million; as,
hum conto de reis, a million rees. But we say, hum mil
hão de cruzados, a million crusades. Hum milhão de
libras Esterlinas, a million pounds Sterling.
JMilhar is used in some cases to express a thousand,
example: dezenas de milhares, tens of thousands; hum
milhar de contos, a thousand millions.
A series of numbers is expressed in Portuguese as fol
lows:
Setecentos e cincoenta e nove, 759.
Duzentos trinta e move milhães ;
setecentas e noventa e seis mil,
quinhentas e quarenta e duas L 239,796,542 St.g.
libras Esterlinas.
O anno de nosso Senhor, mil, oito- & The year of our Lord,
centos e vinte e cinco. : 1825.

ORDINAL NUMBERS.

Primeiro, first. Décimo-serto, sixteenth.

Segundo, second. Décimo-setimo, seventeenth.
Terceiro, third. Décimo-oitavo, eighteenth.
Quarto, fourth. Décimo-nono, nineteenth.
Quinto, fifth. Vigésimo, twentieth.
Serto, sixth. Vigésimo-primeiro, &c. twenty
Sétimo, seventh. rst, &c.
Oitavo, eighth. Trigésimo, thirtieth.
Nono, ninth. Quadragésimo, quarantésimo,
Décimo, tenth. fortieth.
Undécimo, (onzeno) ele- Quinquagésimo, fiftieth.
venth. Seragésimo, sixtieth.
Duodécimo, twelfth. Septuagésimo, seventieth.
Décimo-terceiro, (tre- Octogésimo, octagésimo, eigh
zéno,) thirteenth. tieth.
Décimo-quarto, or qua- Monagésimo, ninetieth.
torzeno, fourteenth. Cent&simo, hundredth.
Décimo-quinto, fif- Millésimo, thousandth.
teenth.
28 OF PRONOUNS.

All the ordinal numbers are declined: thus we say, a

primeira edigào, the first edition; a causa segunda, the
second cause; a decima parte, the tenth part, &c.
We say terga feira for Wednesday; and terga parte is
often used to express, the third part.
After oitavo, the cardinal numbers generally take the
place of the ordinals, and we say: no anno doze da repub
lica Franceza, in the twelfth year of the French republic:
ella morreo em (de) trinta e dous annos de idade, . died
in the thirty-second year of his age.
The days of the month, except the first, are always ex
pressed by the cardinal numbers, example: partio para
França em cinco de Julho, he set out for France on the
fifth of July: aos quatorze (dias) de Fevereiro me veio
.l__
a moticia, the news reached me on the fourteenth of
February: estamos em winte de Agosto, it is the twentieth
of August.
There are, besides, some collective nouns; as, hum par,
a pair; huma oitava, an octave or eighth; huma novena,
a ninth; huma dezena, a tithe, or half a score; huma
dizia, a dozen; humaquinzema, a fifteenth; huma wintena,
a score; huma trintena, a score and a half; huma centena,
(more usually hum cento,) five score; hum milleiro, a
thousand.
To this class of numbers we may also add the following
distributives; hum quarto, a quarter; huma metade, a
half; humaterga parte, a third part; meio, meia, half; hum
quinto, hum decimo; instead of huma quinta parte, &c.
hum a hum, one by one; dous a dous, two by two; hum
dia sim, outro não, or, de dous em dous dias, every other
day; em meado de Maio, in the middle ofMay. -

The proportional numbers are simplez, single; dobro,

double; triplo, or tresdobro, treble; quadruplo, quad
ruple, or fourfold; centuplo, a hundredfold, &c.
Dobrado, or duplicado, doubled; tresdobrado, or tri
plicado, trebled.
OF PRONOUNS.

Pronouns are either personal, demonstrative, possessive,

relative, or interrogative.
 OF PRONOUNS. 29

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

First Person—JMasculine and Feminine.

SINGULAR. PLURAL.

Nom. eu, I. Nom. nás, we.

Gen. de mim, of me. Gen. de nés, of us.
Dat. a mim, me, to me. Dat. a nós, mos, to us.
Acc. a mim, me, me. Acc. a nós, mos, us.
Abl. de mim, from me. Abl. de nés, from us.

Second Person–Masculine and Feminine.

SINGULAR. PLURAL,

Nom. tu, thou. Nom. vös, you.

Gen. de ti, of thee. Gen. de vös, of you.
Dat. a ti, te, to thee, Dat. a vös, vos, to you
Acc. a ti, te, thee. Acc. a vös, vos, you.
Abl. de ti, from thee. Abl. de vös from you.
Third Person—JMasculine.
singULAR. PLURAL.

Nom. elle, he, it. Nom. elles, they.

Gen. delle, of him, of it. Gen. delles, of them,
Dat. a elle, lhe, to him, to it. Dat. a elles, lhes, to them.
Acc. a elle, o, him, it. Acc. a elles, os, them.
Abl. delle, from him, from it. Abl, delles, from them.
Third Person—Feminine.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.

Nom. ella, she, it. Nom. ellas, they.

Gen. della, of her, of it. Gen. dellas, of them.
Dat. a ella, lhe, to her, to it. Dat. a ellas, lhes, to them.
Acc. a ella, a, her, it. Acc. a ellas, as, them.
Abl. della, from her, from it. Abl. dellas, from them.
The pronounsi, oneself, himself, herself, themselves, is of
both genders and numbers, and has the following cases:
Gen. de si, of oneself, &c.
Dat, a si, se, to oneself, &c.
Acc. a si, se, oneself, &c.
Abl. de si, from oneself, &c.
D 3
30 OF PRONOUNS.

JWote. The initial vowel of the masculine pronouns élle

and élles, has a close sound; but in the feminine gender it
takes the open sound: as, élla, ćllas.
When me and te precede o, os, a, as, the vowel e is sup
pressed, and the two words are incorporated, making mo,
mos; ma, mas; to, tos; ta, tas, example: máo mo repitas :
já ; prometo, do not mention it to me again: I promise it
to thee.

Nos and vos, followed by the above pronouns, make

molo, nolos; mola, molas ; volo; volos; vola, volas, ex
ample: se nolo prometteis, volas entregaremos, if you pro
mise it to us, we will deliver them up to you.
Se forms selo, selos ; sela, Selas; as, elle selo propoz,
he Fº it.
he and lhes make lho, lhos ; lha, lhas, example: eu
mão lho direi, I will not tell it him; se pedem a minha
opinião, lha declararei, if they ask my opinion, I will give
it them.
When the verb governing the pronouns o, os, a, as,
which come after it, ends in r, s, or z, these three letters
are changed into l; as, ama-lo, to love him ; vé-la to see
her; defendémo-los, we defend them; eu fi-lo, I did it;
instead of amar-o, vér-a, defendémos-os, eu fiz-0.
The same takes place after the adverb eis, behold, this
word being derived from heis, the second person plural of
the present tense, indicative mood, of the verb haber, to
have, which is now, except in a few cases, superseded by
haveis, example: ei-lo aqui, here he is; ei-las alli, there
they are.
When the above-mentioned pronouns o, os, a, as, follow
a verb ending in do, (am) or em, an n is prefixed to them
for sound's sake: as, proclamāo-no, they proclaim him;
accusáo-na, they accuse her; defendem-mos, they defend
them; transformárão-nas, they transformed them; foi
preciso levarem—no ao hospital para ser alli curado, they
were obliged to take him to the hospital to be cured. But
no change takes place in the pronoun in any of the above
cases when it precedes the verb; for we say, elles o chamão,
they call him; para a ver, to see her; os defendémos, we
defend them; eu o fiz, I did it; elles a accusá0, they accuse
her, &c.
 OF PRONOUNS. 31

Personal pronouns follow the gerund or active participle,

and never precede it; as, procurando-0, seeking him;
dando-lho, giving it to him; imputando–se-lhe, being im
puted to him. -

When one person speaks in behalf of several, or of any

particular body of persons of which himself forms a part,
the pronoun nés is followed by outros : as, nás outros se
guimos diversa opinião, we (or our party) are of a
different opinion. Vás outros is made use of in the same
Imanner.

With me is rendered by comigo, or com migo; with

thee, by comtigo; with him, with oneself, wit herself,
with itself, with themselves, by comsigo; with us, by com
nosco; with you, by comvosco; as, elle não irá comtigo
nem comigo, he will neither go with thee nor with me; elles
nunca trazem dinheiro comsigo, they have never any money
about them.

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

Singular.
MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER.

N. este, this. esta, this. isto, this.

G. deste, of this. desta, of this. disto, of this.
D. a este, to this. a esta, to this. a sto, to this.

Plural.
MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER.

N. estes, these. estas, these.

G. destes, of these. destas, of these.
D. a estes, to these. a estas, to these.

Singular.
MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER.

N. esse, that. essa, that. isso, that.

G. desse, of that. dessa, of that. disso, of that.
D. a esse, to that. a essa, to that. a isso, to that.
 32 OF PRONOUNS.

Plural. -

MASCULINE, FEMININE. NEUTER.

N. esses, those. essas, those.

G. desses, of those. dessas, of those. -

D. a esses, to those. a essas, to those.

Singular.
MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER.

N. aquelle, that. aquella, that. aquillo, that.

G. daquelle, of that. daquella, of that, daquillo, of that.
D. dguelle, to that. 4quella, to that. 4quillo, to that.
Plural,
MASCULINE. PEM.ININE. NeuTER,

N. aquelles, those. aquellas, those.

G. daquelles, of those daquellas, ofthose.
D. dguelles, to those. 4quellas, to those.
The accusative is like the nominative; the ablative like
the genitive.
The vowel e, which is close in éste, ésse, aquélle, takes
the open sound in the feminine: as, ésta, ćssa, aquélla.
When the above pronouns, in the singular number, are
followed by the word outro, an elision of their final vowel .
takes place, and the two words are united: as, estoutro—a,
essoutro-a, aquelloutro-a. Insteadofemeste, wesay neste, &c.
Isto, isso, and aquillo, refer only to things, and have no
plural. They are never put before substantives, example:
isto he bem feito, this is well done; que he isso que vn.”
tem nas māos ? what is that you have in your hands 2
aquillo #: se refere de Catáo, what (or º which) is
related Oof Cato.

Singular.
MASCULINE. FEMININE.

Nom. o, that. Nom. a, that. w

Gen. do, of that. - Gen. da, of that.

Dat. ao, to that. Dat. d, to that.
Acc. o, ao, that. Acc. a, d, that.
Abl, do, from that. Abl, da, from that.
 OF PRONOUNS. 33

Plural.
MASCU Lin E. - FEMININE.

Nom. os, those. Nom. as, those.

Gen. dos, of those. Gen. das, of those.
Dat. aos, to those. Dat. ds, to those.
Acc. os, a0s, those. Acc. as, ds, those.
Abl. dos, from those. Abl. das, from those.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

Singular.
MASCULINE. FEMININE.

JMeu, my; mine. JMinha, my; mine.

Teu, thy; thine. Tua, thy; thine.
Seu, his, her; his, hers. Sua, his, her; his, hers.
Nosso, our; ours. JVossa, our; ours.
Vosso, your; yours. Vossa, your; yours.
Séu, their; theirs. Sua, their; theirs.
Plural.
MASCULINE. FEMININe.

Meus, my; mine. JMinhas, my: mine.

Teus, thy; thine. Tuas, thy; thine.
Seus, his, her; his, hers. Suas, his, her; his, hers.
JWossos, our; ours. Nossas, our; ours.
Wossos, your; yours. Vossas, your; yours.
Seus, their; theirs. Suas, their; theirs.
The above pronouns, having the signification of my, thy,
&c. are always joined to their substantives, and may either
take the article or not: as, o meu chapeo, or mew chapeo,
my hat; o vosso cavallo, or vosso cavallo, your horse:
the article, however, gives them a more definite signification.
In the vocative case, the article is always omitted.
Before a noun of quality or kindred in the singular num
ber, the article is alwaysleft out: as, mosso Rei, our king;
sua magestade, his majesty; meu pai, my father; seu
filho, his, her, or their son.
.Absolute possessive pronouns are such as are used alone,
or not immediately joined to a substantive; they take the
article: as, tome vm.* o seu livro, e não o meu, take your
own book, and not mine; de quem he esto chapeo?—He a
seu, whose hat is this?—It is his.
34 OF PRONOUNS.

Yet we say: he meu, it is mine; isto he meu, this is

mine; tomou lhe o que era sew, he took from him what
was his.
When these absolute pronouns are used substantively,
signifying relations or connexions, the article must never be
omitted, for instance: os meus me perseguem, my people
persecute me; os seus não o querem receber, his parents
will not receive him. º

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

There are four relative pronouns, viz: qual, que, quem,

cujo.
Singular.
MASCULINE. feminine.

O qual, which. A qual, which.

- Plural.
Os quaes, which. As quaes, which,
Singular and Plural, of both Genders,
Quo, which, that.
Singular.
MASculine. FEMinine.

Cujo, whose, of which, Cuja, whose, of which.

Plural.

Cujos, whose, of which, Cujas, whose, of which.

Singular and Plural, of both Genders.
Quem, who, whoever, he who, she who, &c.
Examples.
Fallei como sacristão, o qual I spoke to the sexton, who
me disse, &c. told me, &c.
Orio que banha estes prados. The riverwhichwatersthese
meadows.
.4 senhora cujas filhas sáo The lady whose daughters
tão lindas. are so handsome.
Ben mostrarão quem havião They soon shewed who they
de ser, Were,
 OF PRONOUNS. 35

Another class of pronouns is formed by adding the word

quer, to qual, quaes, and quem, example:
Qualpuer casa possue esses Such furniture may be found
trastes. in any house. -

Os criminosos devemser ads- Criminals should be punish

tigados quaesquer sejão. ed whoever they be.
Quaesquer ondas do mar, quaesquer outeiros,
Estranhos, assim mesmo como dos 770SS0s,
Receberào de todo o illustre os ossos.

Quemguerque seja. Be it who it may.

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.

The interrogative pronouns are qual, que, quem, cujo,

Singular. Plural.
MASCU LINE AND FEMININs. MAsculine AND FEMININE.

Qual, which, what. Quaes, which, what.

This pronoun does not admit of an article before it, ex
ample:
Qualdestes dous cavallos lhe Which of these two horses do
agrada mais ? you like best ?
Quaes sáo as fazendas que Which are the goods you
vm.” comprou? have bought?
The other three aré precisely the same as in the relative
pronouns: as,
Que quer wm.” beber 2 What will you drink?
Com que se sustenta ? What does he live on 2 -

Quem sáo os que passarāo ? Who are those thatpassed by?

De quem fallais ? Of whom do you speak 2
Cujo filho he elle? Whose son is he *
Cujafarda (libré) trazes tu? Whose livery do you wear?
The last pronoun is but little used as an interrogative.
INDEFINITE PRONouns.
They are as follows: cada, certo, qual, quem, hum, al
gum, alguem, membum, nunguem, outro, outrem, todo.
36 of PRONOUNS.
Cada, each, every, is of both genders, but has no plural:
as, cada dia succederāo novas revoluções, new revolutions
broke out every day, (or daily;) cada huma d’ellas, every one
of them.
Certo, certa, certos, certas, certain: as, certo sugeito, a
certain person; certas expressóes, certain expressions.
Qual, quaes, some : as, qual corre ds armas, qual se
esconde, some run to arms, others hide themselves.
Quem, some, is used in the same sense as qual; as, quem
canta, quem ri, e quem chora, some sing, some laugh, and
Some cry.
Hum, huns, huma, humas, one, Some: as, hum e outro,
both; hums aqui, outros ali, some here, somethere; humas
com outras, one with another.
JAlgum, alguns, alguma, algumas, some : as, algum
delles o fez, some one of them did it; segundo algumas tra
ducq6es, according to some translations.
Alguem, somebody, is of both genders, and has no plural:
as, esteve aqui alguem 9 did any one call?
Nemhum, menhuma, menhuns, menhumas, no, no one, none,
example: muitos mandão, e menhum obedece, many com
mand, and no one obeys; menhuma materia me agrada
mais que esta, I like no subject better than this; não quero
menhuins destes, I will have none of these.
JWinguem, nobody, no one, is of both genders, but has no
plural: as, minguem påde servir a dous senhores, no man
can serve two masters; minguem me acóde, nobody comes
to my assistance.
Outro, outra, outros, outras, other, used in a general
sense, take no article: as, ide chamar outro, go and call
another; huns entrarão ; outros sahirão, some went in ;
others went out; de outra casta he o meu mal, my disorder
is of another kind; nem hum, mem outro, neither.
Outrem, others, is a collective of both genders: as, ow
trem minguem, no one else; contai isso a outrem, tell that to
somebody else; máo devemos desejar os bens de outrem,
we must not covet other people's property.
Todo, toda, todos, todas; neuter tudo, all; as, todo o sew
cabedal, all his capital, (his whole stock;) toda a familia,
the whole family; de todos aquelles que estavāo em Roma,
of all those who were in Rome; deitudo o que tinha, Igave
all I had. -
 OF VERBS. 37

Note. Todo, toda, in the sense of every, is often fol

lowed by an article in Portuguese when there is none after it
in English, example: em todo o lugar, in every place;
toda a mulher he curiosa, every woman is curious; toda a
cousa, every thing; por toda a parte, every where; vinho
de toda a qualidade, all sorts of wine; toda a classe de
leitores, every class of readers.

OF VERBS.

Verbs are of six kinds: active, passive, neuter, reflected

or reflective, impersonal, and defective.
A VFRBACTIVE expresses an action performed by the per
son spoken of, and an object acted upon: as, ama a virtude,
he loves virtue; escrewed huma carta, he wrote a letter.
A verb PASSIVE expresses an action received or suffered,
and always implies an agent by which the object is acted
upon. It is formed by placing the verb sér, to be, before
the past participle: as, ser amado, to be loved; ser abor
recido, to be hated; elle he amado, he is loved; ellas São
aborrecidas de todos, they are hated by every one.
A verb NEUTER has neither an active, nor a passive sig
nification, it serves merely to denote an essence: as, eit
repouso, I rest; ella ri, she laughs.
Some neuter verbs are followed by an object, and seem to
partake of the nature of verbs active. They may, not im
properly, be termed neuter-transitives: as, sonhar hum
sonho, to dream a dream; dormir a sesta, to sleep the
afternoon's nap; dormir seu sono cheio, to sleep one's sleep
out; andar sew caminho, to go one's way; correr hum
grão risco, to run a great risk; correr a mesma sorte, to
run the same chance; wiver huma vida feliz, to lead a
happy life; viver humatriste vida, to lead a sad life.
RECIPRocal” or REFLECTED VERBs, are those in which

* Since two or more persons are required to constitute reciprocity,

the term reciprocal can, properly speaking, be applied only to the
plural number of these verbs, and that only when the pronoun can
be rendered in English by one another: as, matāo-se, they kill one
another; congratulamo-nos, we congratulated one another, &c.
In all other cases they are reflected verbs.
E

*
&

º. . . . .;
.. -* -
*
}
38 - VERBS,

the agent and the object acted upon, are one and the same
person: as, amar-se, to love oneself; lembrar-se, to re
member, or recollect; ella se ama, she loves herself; elles
mão se lembrāo, they do not remember.
VERBs IMPERSONAL are such as throughout their tenses
are used only in the third person: as, chove, it rains; acaece
or acaece-se, it happens; importa, it matters; aprouve, it
pleased, &c.
VERBs DEFECTIVE are those which can only be used in
some of their tenses and persons: as, precaver, to prevent an
accident; feder, to smell rank, &c. Some of the defective
verbs are at the same time impersonal; as, prazer, to
please, &c. ***

Of Auriliary Verbs.
Auxiliary verbs are so called, because they help to con
jugate the compound tenses of all other verbs, regular and
irregular. They are ter and haver, to have; ser and estar,
to be.

Conjugation of the Verb TER, to have.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.
-

- * -

Eu tenho, I have. . .
tw tems, thou hast.
elle, ou ella tem; he, or she has.
mós temos, we have.
vös tendes, you have.
elles, ou ellas tem, they have.
All the Portuguese verbs may be conjugated either with;
or without the personal pronouns. . In conversation they
are usually left out, except when they are emphatical or
tend to give greater perspicuity to the sentence, as in ella
falla melhor que vm.ee, she speaks better than you; foi
elle, entio ella queofez, it was he, and not she who did it.
 VERBS. 3o
-

In the subsequent verbs, the personal pronouns will be

omitted.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Tinha, I had.
tinhas, thou hadst.
tinha, he had.
tánhamos, we had.
t?nheis, you had.
tinhão, they had.
PERFECT TENSE.

Tive, I had, or I have had.

tiveste, thou hadst, or thou hast had.
teve, he had, or he has had.
tivémos, we had, or we have had.
tivestes, you had, or you have had.
tiveráo, they had, or they have had,
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Tivéra, I had had.

tivéras, thou hadst had.
tivera, he had had.
tive ramos, we had had.
tivéreis, - you had had.
tivérão, they had had.
- FUTURE TENSE.

Terei, I shall or will have.

terás, thou shalt or wilt have.
terd, he shall or will have.
teremos, we shall or will have.
teréis, you shall or will have.
terão, they shall or will have.
A second future may be formed of the infinitive mood,
receded by the other auxiliary verb haver, to have; as, hei
deter, I shall have, or I am to have, &c.
40 VERBS.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que tenha, that I may have.

tenhas, thou mayst have.
tenha, he may have.
tenhämos, we may have.
tenhais, you may have.
tenhão, they may have.

conditionAL TENSE.

Terta, I should or would have.

terías, thou shouldst or wouldst have.
tería, he should or would have.
tertamos, we should or would have.
terfeis, you should or would have.
tertão, they should or would have.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que tivéra, that I might have.

tivéras, thou mightst have.
tivéra, he might have."
tivéramos, We might have.
tivéreis, you might have.
tivérāo, they might have.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que tivesse, that I might have.

tivesses, thou mightst have.
tivesse, he might have.
tivéssemos, we might have.
tivésseis, you might have.
tivéssem, they might have,
 VERBS. 41

Whenwemeet with the conjunction if before the imperfect

tense of the indicative mood, we must use the first or second
preterit tense of the subjunctive: as, if I had, se tivéra, or
se tivesse; if I did sing, se cantára, or se cantasse ; and so
in all other verbs; the subjunctive mood being always em
ployed in Portuguese when we speak by way of wish or
desire. Indeed, it will generally be found, that the verb
in English also, in such cases as the above, is in the sub
junctive mood; but as the imperfect tense of this mood, in
most English verbs, is the same as the imperfect of the
indicative, (except in the second person singular,) young
beginners are too apt to consider the verb as being in the
latter mood, and translate it into Portuguese accordingly.
In the following phrases, for instance: if you loved me, you
would rejoice at my prosperity; if he had more sense, he
would behave better; the verbs loved and had, are in the
subjunctive mood in English, and must be rendered by the
first, or second preterit of the subjunctive also in Portu
guese; thus: se vös me amáreis, (or amasseis,) havieis de
folgar da minha prosperidade; se tivéra (or tivesse) mais
juizo, haver-se hia melhor; and not se amaveis, and se
tinheis. Wide Syntax of Verbs, Part II, on the first and
second preterit tenses.
On the other hand, when the verb expresses no wish or
desire, but refers only to a time past, the imperfect tense of
the indicative mood must be used: as, if he had wealth, he
did not employ it in doing good to the poor, se tinha ri
quezas, não as empregava em beneficio dos pobres; and
not se tivera, or se tivesse.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando tiver, when I shall have.

tivéres, thou shalt have.
tiver, he shall have.
tivermos, we shall have.
tiverdes, you shall have.
tiverem, they shall have.

E3
 42 VERBS.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
#

Tem, have (thou).

tenha, let him have.
tenhämos, let us have.
tende, have (you).
tenhão, let them have.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Ter, to have.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Tendo, having. Past. Tido, had.

The compounds of ter; as, deter, to detain; conter, to
contain; manter, to maintain; reter, to retain; are con
jugated like ter; only that the past participles of the three
last are more frequently conteudo, manteudo, and reteudo,
than contido, &c.

Of the Compound Tenses of Verbs.

The compound tenses of verbs are formed by the auxiliary
verb ter, placed before the past participle of the verb we
are conjugating. The following may serve as a model for
the compound tenses of all the verbs.
TER TIDO, to have had.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

compound of THE PRESENT FENSE.

Tenho tido, I have had.
tens tido, thou hast had.
tem tido, he has had.

* The imperative mood has no first person singular, because one

cannot speak to one's self without making use of the second person.
 VERBS. 43

temos tido, we have had.

tendes tido, you have had.
tem tido, they have had.

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE.

Tinha tido, I had had.

tinhas tido, thou hadst had.
tinha tido, he had had.
tinhamos tido, we had had.
t?nheis tido, you had had.
tinháo tido, they had had,

COMPOUND OF THE PERFECT TENSE.

Tive tido, &c., I had had, &c.—This tenseisnever used.

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE TENSE.

Tere; tido, I shall have had.

terdis tido, thou shalt or wilt have had.
terd tido, he shall or will have had.
teremos tido, we shall have had.
tereis tido, you shall or will have had.
terão tido, they shall or will have had.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

compound OF THE PRESENT TENSE.

tenha tido, that I may have had.

tenhas tido, thou mavst have had.
tenha tido, he may have had.
tenhämos tido, we may have had.
tenhdis tido, you may have had.
tenhão tido, they may have had.
44 WERBS.

COMPOUND OF THE CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Terta tido, I should or would have had.

tertas tido, thou shouldst or wouldst have had.
tería tido, he should or would have had.
tertamos tido, we should or would have had.
terteis tido, you should or would have had.
tertão tido, they should or would have had.
COMPOUND OF THE FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que tivéra tido, that I might have had.

tivéras tido, thou mightst have had.
tivéra tido, he might have had.
tive ramos tido, we might have had.
tivéreis tido, you might have had.
º tivérão tido, they might have had.
COMPOUND OF THE SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que tivesse tido, that I might have had.

tivesses tido, thou mightst have had.
tivesse tido, he might have had.
tivéssemos tido, We might have had.
tivésseis tido, you might have had.
tivessem tido, they might have had.
COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE TENSE.

Quando tiver tido, when I shall have had.

tiveres tido, thou shalt have had.
tiver tido, he shall have had.
tivermos tido, we shall have had.
tiverdes tido, you shall have had.
tiverem tido, they shall have had. º

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Ter tido, to have had.

Present Participle. Tendo tido, having had.
 VERBS. 45

We sometimes meet with instances in which the com

pounds of the two preterit tenses, and the present partici
ple, are formed by haver instead of ter; as, houvéra, or
houvesse tido, I might have had; havendo tido, having
had, &c.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb HAVER, to have.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Hei, I have.
has, thou hast.
ha, he has.
havemos, we have.
haveis, you have.
häo, they have.

IMPERFECT TENSE,

Havia, I had.
havías, thou hadst.
havia, he had.
haviamos, we had.
havteis, you had.
havião, they had.

PERFECT TENSE.

Houve, I had, or I have had.

houveste, thou hadst, or thou hast had.
houve, he had, or he has had.
houvemos, we had, or we have had.
houvestes, you had, or you have had.
houvérāo, they had, or they have had.
46 VERBS,

PLU PERFECT TENSE.

Houvéra, I had had.

houvéras, thou hadst had.
houvéra, he had had.
houvéramos, we had had.
* houvéreis, you had had.
houvérāo, they had had.
FUTURE TENSE.

Haverei, I shall or will have.

haverds, thou shalt or wilt have.
haverd, he shall or will have
haveremos, we shall or will have.
havereis, you shall or will have.
haverdo, they shall or will have.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

PRESENT TENSE.

Que haja, that I may have.

hajas, thou mayst have.
haja, he may have.
hajdmos, we may have.
hajdis, you may have.
hajão, they may have.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Havería, I should or would have.

haverflas, thou shouldst or wouldst have.
haverta, he should or would have.
haveríamos, we should or would have.
haverteis, you should or would have.
havertão, they should or would have,
 VERBS, 47

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que houvéra, that I might have.

houvéras, thou mightst have.
houvéra, he might have.
houvéramos, we might have.
houvéreis, youmight have.
houvérão, they might have.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que houvesse, that I might have.

how vesses, thou mightst have.
howvesse, he might have.
houvéssemos, we might have.
houvésseis, you might have.
houvéssem, they might have.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando houver, when i shall have.

houveres, thou shalt have.
houver, he shall have.
houvermos, we shall have.
houverdes, you shall have.
houverem, they shall have.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

•Ha, have (thou).

haja, let him have.
hajámos, let us have.
havei, have (you).
hajão, let them have.

- ...The person, which was formerly have (du), is seldom or never

ºrsed.
48 VERBS.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Haver, to have.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Havendo, having. Past. Havido, had.

Conjugation of the Aurliary Verb SER, to be.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENse.

Sou, I am.
es, thou art.
he, he is.

Somos, We are.

sois, you are.

são, they are.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Era, I was.
éras, thou wast.
éra, he was.
éramos, We Were.

éreis, you were,

érão, , they were.
PERFECT TENSE.

Fui, I was, or I have been.

foste thou wast, or thou hast been,
foi, > he was, or he has been.
fömos, we were, or we have been,
fostes, you were, or you have been.
förå0, they were, or they have been.
 VERBS. 49

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Fóra, I had been.

föras, thou hadst been.
fºra, he had been.
föramos, we had been.
foreis, you had been.
forão, they had been.
FUTURE TENSE.

Serei, I shall or will be.

serás, thou shalt or wilt be.
será, he shall or will be.
seremos, we shall or will be.
sereis, you shall or will be.
será0, they shall or will be.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que seja, that I may be.

sejas, thou mayst be.
seja, he may be.
sejámos, we may be.
sejaws, you may be.
sejão, they may be.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Seria, I should or would be.

serias, thou shouldst or wouldst be.
seria, he should or would be.
seriamos, we should or would be.
serteis, you should or would be.
seriào, they should or would be.
F
50 VERBS.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que fora, that I might be.

foras, thou mightst be,
fora, he might be.
Öramos, we might
§ be.
fºreis, you might be.
fºrão, they might be.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que fosse, that I might be.

fosses, thou mightst be.
fosse, he might be.
fissemos, we might be.
fosseis, you might be.
fissem, they might be.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando for, when I shall be.

fores, thou shalt be.
for, he shall be.
formos, we shall be.
fordes, you shall be.
Orem, they
y shall be:

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Sé, be (thou).
seja, let him be.
sejómos, let us be.
sede, be (you).
sejão, let them be.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Ser, to be.
 VERBS. 51

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sendo, being. Past. Sido, been.

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verb ESTAR, to be.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Estou, I am.
estás, thou art.
esta, he is.
estamos, We are.
estais, you are.
estào, they are.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Estava, I was.
estavas, thou wast.
estava, he was.
estavamos, We Were.

estaveis, you were.

estavāo, they were.
PERFECT TENSE.

Estive, I was, or I have been.

estiveste, thou wast, or thou hast been.
esteve, he was, or he has been.
estivemos, we were, or we have been.
estivestes, you were, or you have been.
estiverão, they were, or they have been.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Estivéra, I had been.
estivéras, thou hadst been.
estivéra, he had been.
estivéramos, we had been.
estivéreis, you had been.
estivérāo, they had been.
52 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Estarei, I shall or will be.

estarás, thou shalt or wilt be.
estard, he shall or will be.
estaremos, we shall or will be.
estareis, you shall or will be.
estarão, they shallor will be.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que esteja, that I may be.

estejas, thou mayst be.
esteja, he may be.
estejámos, we may be.
estejáis, you may me.
estejão, they may be.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Estaria, I should or would be.

estarías, thou shouldst or wouldst be.
estarta, he should or would be.
estartamos, we should or would be.
estarteis, you should or would be.
estartão, they should or would be.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que estivāra, that I might be.

estivéras, thou mightst be.
estivéra, he might be.
estivéramos, we might be.
estivāreis, you might be.
estiverão, they might be.
 VERBS. 53

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que estivesse, that I might be.

estivesses, thou mightst be.
estivesse, he might be.
estivéssemos, we might be.
estivéssets, you might be.
estivéssem, they might be.
FUTURE TENSE,

Quando estiver, when I shall be.

estiveres, thou shalt be.
estiver, he shall be.
estivermos, we shall be.
estiverdes, you shall be.
estiverem, they shall be.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Está, be (thou).
esteja, let him be.
estejámos, let us be.
estai, be (you).
estejão, let them be.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Estar, to be.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Estando, being. Past. Estado, been.

Of the Conjugations.
. The Portuguese regular verbs terminate in the infinitive
in three different ways, viz.: in ar, er, and ir; consequently
F3
54 VERBS.

they may be reduced to three conjugations. We shall

give a specimen of each, at length. Cantar shall serve
for the verbs in ar; comer, for those in er; and applaudir,
for those in ir.

First Conjugation, of the Verbs in -ar.

CANTAR, to sing.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

* PRESENT TENSE.

Canto, I sing, or am singing. -

cantas, thou singest.

canta, he sings.
camtam,0s, we sing.
cantais, you sing.
cantão, they sing.

* IMPERFECT TENSE.

Cantava, I did sing, or was singing.

cantavas, thou didst sing.
cantava, he did sing.
cantávamos, we did sing.
cantáveis, you did sing.
cantáváo, they did sing.

* The present and imperfect tenses of verbs may also be

expressed by the verb estar, joined to the present or active
participle, thus: estow cantando, I am singing; estava
comendo, escrevendo, &c., I was eating, writing, &c.; estava
eu jantando quando entrou no quarto, I was dining when
he entered the room.
 WERBS. 55

PERFECT TENSE.

Cantei, I sung, or I have sung.

cantaste, - thou sungest, or thou hast sung.
Cantow, he sung, or he has sung.
cantámos, we sung, or we have sung.
cantástes, you sung, or you have sung.
cantarão, they sung, or they have sung.
PLU PERFECT TENSE.

Cantára, I had sung.

cantaras, thou hadst sung.
cantára, he had sung.
cantaramos, we had sung.
cantareis, you had sung.
cantárão, they had sung.
FUTURE TENSE.

Cantarei, I shall or will sing.

cantards, thou shalt or wilt sing.
cantará, he shall or will sing.
cantaremos, we shall or will sing.
cantareis, you shall or will sing.
cantarão, they shall or will sing.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que cante, that I may sing. ."

Cantes, thou mayst sing.
camte, he may sing.
cantemos, we may sing.
canteis, you may sing.
cantem, they may sing.
56 VERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Cantaria, I should or would sing.

cantarias, thou shouldst or wouldst sing.
cantaria, he should or would sing.
cantariamos, we should or would sing.
cantarieis, you should or would sing.
cantariáo, they should or would sing.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cantára, that I might sing.

cantáras, thou mightst sing.
cantára, he might sing.
cantaramos, we might sing.
cantareis, you might sing.
cantárào, they might sing.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cantasse, that I might sing.

cantasses, thou mightst sing.
cantasse, he might sing.
cantassemos, we might sing.
cantassets, you might sing.
cantássem, they might sing.

FUTURE TENSE.

Kluando camtar, when I shall sing.

cantares, thou shalt sing.
cantar, he shall sing.
cantarmos, we shall sing.
cantardes, you shall sing.
cantarem, they shall sing.
 VERBS. 57

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
z

Canta, sing (thou).

cante, let him sing.
cantemos, let us sing.
cantai, sing (you).
cantem, let them sing.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Cantar, to sing.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Cantando, singing. Past. Cantado, sung.

Verbs ending in car change the c into qu in those tenses

where the c would be followed by an e, for instance: ficar,
to remain, makes in the perfect tense of the indicative
mood, fiquei, ficaste, &c. In the present tense of the sub
junctive mood it makes fique; which change takes place
to preserve the same hard sound as in the infinitive.
The following Verbs are of the same Class.
...Arriscar, to risk. Peccar, to sin.
Atacar, to attack; attach. Pescar, to angle.
.4 vocar, to call. Picar, to prick.
Brincar, to sport. Revocar, to recall.
Buscar, to search. Rascar, to scratch.
Communicar, to communicate. Sacrificar, to sacrifice.
Domesticar, to tame. Seccar & dessecar, to dry.
Educar, to educate. Significar, to signify.
Modificar, to modify. Tocar, to touch.

For the same reason verbs in gar take a w after the g in

those tenses in which it would otherwise be followed by an
e, for instance: julgar, to judge, makes in the perfect tense,
julguei; and in the present of the subjunctive, julgue.
58 VERBS.

The following verbs undergo the same change,

Affagar, to coax. Negar, to deny.
.Affogar, to stifle. Pagar, to }.
.Alongar, to lengthen. Pegar, to stick.
Cavalgar, to ride. Rasgar, to tear.
Cegar, to blind. Revogar, to revoke,
Chegar, to arrive. Rogar, to beg.
Entregar, to deliver. Subjugar, to subdue.
Indagar, to investigate. Vingar, to avenge.
Jogar, to play. Wagar, to ramble.

Some verbs of the first conjugation change the radical

vowel from a close to an open sound, in some of their
tenses; for example : adornar, to adorn, has the close
sound of 6 throughout its conjugation, except in the fol
º tenses and persons, in which it takes the open sound
OI O.

INDICATIVE MOOD. -

PRESENT TENSE.

singULAR. PLURAL.

Adärno, I adorn.
adērnas, 1&

adórna, adórnão.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Adórne, let him adorn. adórnem,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Adârne, I may adorn.

adórnes, s
adórne, adjrnem.

The same change takes place in the verbs forçar, to

force, and esforçar, to strengthen.
 VERBS, 59

Modern orthography requires that an i should be inserted

after the e, in the first, second, and third person singular,
and third person plural of the two present tenses; and in
the third person singular, and third person plural of the
imperative mood of verbs ending in ear; as, semear, to sow;
gear, to freeze; atear, to light up, &c.; example:

ATEAR, to light up.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Ateio, I light up.

ateias, thou lightest up,
ateia, he lights up.
ateamOS, we light up.
ateais, you light up.
ateido, they light up.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

PRESENT TENSE.

Que atele, that I may light up.

ateles, thou mayst light up,
ateie, . he may light up.
atečmos, we may light up.
atečis, you may light up.
atéiem, they may light up.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Atea, light (thou) up.

atele, let him light up.
ateemos, let us light up.
ateai, light (you) up.
ateiem, let them light up.
60 VERBS.

Verbs ending in iar take also an e before the i in the

two present tenses and in the imperative mood, in the same
persons as above; example:
MEDIAR, to intervene.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Medeio, I intervene.
medeias, thou intervenest.
medeia, he intervenes.
mediamos, we intervene.
mediais, you intervene.
medeiào, they intervene.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que medeie, that I may intervene.

medeies, thou mayst intervene.
medeie, he may intervene.
mediémos, we may intervene.
mediéis, you may intervene.
medéiem,
º
they may intervene. -

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

JMedia, intervene (thou).

medeie, let him intervene.
mediemos, let us intervene.
mediai, intervene (you).
medeiem, let them intervene.

This is the only verb which strictly conforms to the above

rule; for we find most of the others written by the best
authors in the regular way: as, eu allumio, I light; eu me
glorio, I boast, &c.
 VERBS. 61

Second Conjugation, of the Verbs in -er.

COMER, to eat.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Como, I eat, or am eating.

comes, thou eatest.
Come, he eats.

commemos, We eat.
comeis, you eat.
comem, they eat.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Comża, I did eat, or was eating.

comías, thou didst eat.
comża, he did eat.
comíamos, we did eat.
comżeis, you did eat.
comião, they did eat.
PERFECT TENSE.

Comi, I eat or ate, or I have eaten.

comeste, thou eatest, or thou hast eaten.
COmeo, he eat, or he has eaten.
comémos, we eat, or we have eaten.
comestes, you eat, or you have eaten.
comerāo, they eat, or they have eaten.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Coméra, I had eaten.

coméras, thou hadst eaten.
coméra, he had eaten.
coméramos, we had eaten.
coméreis, you had eaten.
coméráo, they had eaten.
G:
62 VERBS,

FUTURE TENSE.

Comerei, I shall or will eat.

comeras, thou shalt or wilt eat.
comerd, he shall or will eat.
comeremos, we shall or will eat.
comereis, you shall or will eat.
comerāo, they shall or will eat.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que Coma, that I may eat.

Comas, thou mayst eat.
coma, he may eat.
comámos, we may eat.
comáis, you may eat.
comão, they may eat.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Comería, I should or would eat.

comerias, thou shouldst or wouldst eat,
comeria, he should or would eat.
comeríamos, we should or would eat.
comerteis, you should or would eat.
comertào, they should or would eat.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que coméra, that I might eat.

coméras, thou mightst eat.
coméra, he might eat.
coméramos, We might eat.
coméreis, you might eat.
coméráo, they might eat.
 VERBS. 63

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que comesse, that I might eat.

comesses, thou mightst eat.
comesse, he might eat.
comésssemos, we might eat.
comésseis, you might eat.
coméssem, they might eat.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando comer, when I shall eat.

comeres, thou shalt eat.
comer, he shall eat.
comermos, we shall eat.
comerdes, you shall eat.
comerem, they shall eat.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Come, eat (thou).

coma, let him eat.
comámos, let us eat.
comei, eat (you).
comão, let them eat.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Comer, to eat.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Comendo, eating. Past. Comido, eaten.

The verbs of this conjugation which end in the infinitive

in ger, as, abranger, to contain; reger, to rule; proteger,
64 VERBS.

to protect, &c., change the g into j in those tenses where

an o or an a follows, in order to preserve the sound of the
infinitive; example:
ELEGER, to elect.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Elejo, I elect,
eleges, thou electest.
elege, he elects.
elegemos, we elect.
elegeis, you elect.
elegem, they elect.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que eleja, that I may elect.

elejas, thou mayst elect.
eleja, he may elect.
elejámos, we may elect.
elejáis, you may elect.
elejão, they may elect.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Elege, elect (thou).

eleja, let him elect.
elejamos, - let us elect.
elegei, elect (you).
elejão, let them elect.

For the same reason, the verbs ending in cer must have
a cedilla or sort of inverted comma attached to the c when
an o or a comes after it, as in the following verb.
 VERBS.

conBECER, to know.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Conhego, I know.
conheces, thou knowest.
conhece, he knows.
conhecemos, we know.
conheceis, you know.
conhecem. they know.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que conhega, that I may know.

conhegas, thou mayst know.
conhega, he may know.
conhegdmos, we may know.
conhegdis, you may know.
conhegåo, they may know.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Conhece, know (thou),

conhega, let him know.
conhegamos, let us know.
conhecei, know (you).
conhegåo, let them know.

The following verbs are of the same class:

Amadurecer, to grow ripe. Acontecer, to happen.
Agradecer, to thank. ..Aborrecer, to abhor.
.Apparecer, to appear. Crecer, to grow.
.Amanhecer, to grow day. Destecer, to unravel.
Anoitecer, to grow night. Defender, to defend.
Amortecer, to deaden. Engrandecer, to enlarge,
66 VERBS.

Enraivecer, to grow mad. Obedecer, to obey.

Emmagrecer, to make lean. Offerecer, to offer.
Ennobrecer, to ennoble. Madurecer, to ripen.
Empobrecer, to grow poor. Nacer, nascer, to be born.
Engrecer, to seed. Pacer, pascer, to graze.
Encarecer, to exaggerate. Padecer, to suffer.
Fallecer, to die. Parecer, to look.
Florecer, to blossom. Torcer, retoreer, to twist.

Third Conjugation, of the Verbs in -ir.

APPLAUDIR, to applaud.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Applaudo, I applaud, or am applauding.

applaudes, thou applaudest.
applaude, he applauds.
applaudſmos, we applaud,
applaudis, you applaud.
applaudem, they applaud.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

.Applaudia,
applaudias, thou applaud,
I did didst or was applauding.
applaud. g

applaudia, he did applaud.

applaudiamos, we did applaud.
applaudteis, you did applaud.
applaudiáo, they did applaud.
PERFECT TENSE.

Applaudí, I applauded.
applaudiste, thou applaudedst.
applaudio, he applauded.
applaudimos, we applauded.
applaudistes, you applauded.
applaudirão, they applauded.
 WERBS. 67

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

JApplaudira, I had applauded.

applaudtras, thou hadst applauded.
applaudira, he had applauded.
applaudiramos, we had applauded.
applaudireis, you had applauded.
applaud?rdo, they had applauded.

FUTURE TENSE.

Applaudirei, I shall or will applaud.

applaudirás, thou shalt or wilt applaud.
applaudira, he shallor will applaud.
applaudiremos, we shall or will applaud.
applaudireis, you shall or will applaud.
applaudirač, they shall or will applaud,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que applauda, that I may applaud.

applaudas, thou mayst applaud.
applauda, he may applaud.
applaudámos, we may applaud.
applaudáis, you may applaud.
applaudāo, they may applaud.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Applaudiria, I should or would applaud.

applaudirias, thou shouldst or wouldst applaud.
applaudiria, he should or would applaud.
applaudiriamos, we should or would applaud.
applaudirteis, you should or would applaud.
applaudiriáo, they should or would applaud.
68 VERBS.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que applaudira, that I might applaud.

applaudiras, thou mightst applaud.
applaudira, he might applaud.
applaudiramos, we might applaud.
applaudíreis, you might applaud.
applaudirão, they might applaud.
}
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que applaudisse, that I might applaud.

applaudisses, thou mightst applaud.
applaudisse, he might applaud.
applaudissemos, we might applaud.
applaudisseis, you might applaud.
applaudissem, they might applaud.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando applaudir, when I shall applaud.

applaudires, thou shalt applaud.
applaudir, he shall applaud.
applaudirmos, we shall applaud.
applaudirdes, you shall applaud.
applaudirem, they shall applaud,

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
JApplaude, applaud (thou).
applauda, let him applaud.
applaudámos, let us applaud.
applaudi, applaud (you).
applaudāo, let them applaud.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

.Applaudir, to applaud.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Applaudindo, ap lauding,

Past. Applaudido, applauded.

*-
 VERBS. 69

The verbs of this conjugation which end in gir, have

the same variation with regard to the g, as those of the
second conjugation in ger—The following are a few of
them.

Affligir, to afflict. Fingir, to feign.

Corrigir, to correct. Frigir, to fry.
Colligir, to infer. Mugir, to bellow.
Cingir, to gird. Rugir, to roar.
Compungir, to affect. Tingir, to die.
Dirigir, to direct. Ungir, to anoint.
Thus we say, afflijo, I afflict; afflija, I may afflict, &c.

Regular Verbs of the three foregoing Conjugations.

First Conjugation.
Acabar, to finish. .Mencionar, to mention.
Borrar, to efface. Obrigar, to oblige.
Convidar, to invite. Privar, to deprive.
Duvidar, to doubt. Queimar, to burn.
Fechar, to shut. Saldar, to balance.
Governar, to govern. Tapar, to stop up.
Instar, to urge. Untar, to anoint.
Jejuar, to fast. Voltar, to turn.
Louvar, to praise. Zurrar, to bray.
Second Conjugation.
Aprender, to learn. Lamber, to lick.
Beber, to drink. Meter, metter, to put.
Entender, to understand. Sofrer, soffrer, to suffer.
Fender, to cleave. Temer, to fear.
Gemer, to groan. Verter, to shed.

Third Conjugation.
.4brir, to open. Fundir, to melt.
Cortir, to steep. Influir, to influence.
Concluir, to conclude. Presidir, to preside.
Dirimir, to settle. Restituir, to restore.
Esculpir, to carve. Supprir, to make up.
70 WERBS.

TABLE TO FA CILITATE THE CONJUGATION OF

THE REGULAR PER BS.

To conjugate the regular verbs of the three terminations,

we have only to cut off the last syllable of their respective
infinitives, and put the following ones in its stead.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

1". Conjugation -ar. -o, -as, -a; -amos, -ais, -ão.

2d. Conjugation -er. –0, -es, -e; -emos, -eis, -em.
3". Conjugation -ir, -o, -es, -e; -imos, -is, -em.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

-0!?. -ava, -avas, -ava; -avamos, -aveis, -avão.

-er. —ia, -ias, -ia; -iamos, -ieis, -iño,
-ir. -ia, -ias, -ia; -iamos, -ieis, -iāo. |
|
PERFECT TENSE.
- -
-a”. -el, -aste, -Ou ; -ámos, -astes, -arão.
~e?". -i, -este, -eo(or eu); -ēmos, -estes, -erao.
-ir. -i, -iste, -io (or iu); -imos, -istes, -irão.

PLUPERFECT TENSE,

-6.7°. -āra, -áras, -ára; -áramos, -áreis, -árão.

-e?”. -êra, -ēras, -éra; -éramos, -ēreis, -ērāo.
-ir. -ira, -iras, -ira; -iramos, -íreis, -īrāo.

FUTURE TENSE. |

-07”. -arei, -arás, -ará; -aremos, -areis, -arão.

-0.7°. -erei, -erás, -erá; -eremos, -ereis, -erao.
-ir, -irei, -irás, -irá; -iremos, -ireis, -irão,
 VERBS, 71

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

ur. -e, -es, -e; -emos, -eis, -em.

er. -a, -as, -a; -amos, -ais, -ão.
ir. -a, -as, -a; -amos, -ais, -ão.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

-0.7". -aria, -arias, -aria; -ariamos, -arieis, -ariáo.

-er. -eria, -erias, -eria; -erlamos, -eries, -eriao.
+ir. -iria, -irias, -iria; -iriamos, -irieis, -irião.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
-0!?". -āra, -áras, -ára; -áramos, -áreis, -árão.
-er. –éra, -ēras, -éra; -ēramos, -ēreis, -ērāo.
-ir. -īra, -iras, -íra; -iramos, -ireis, -irão.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

-0.7". -asse, -asses, -asse; -ássemos, -ásseis, -assem,

—esse, -esses, -esse; -èssemos, -ēsseis, -essem.
-isse, -isses, -isse; -issemos, -ísseis, -issem.
FUTURE TENSE.

-ar, -ares, -ar; -armos, -ardes, -arem.

-er, -eres, -er; -ermos, -erdes, -erem:
-ir, -ires, -ir; -irmos, -irdes, -irem.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
-017". -a, -e; -emos, -ai, -em.
-er. -e, -a; -amos, -ei, -ão.
-ir. -e, -a; -amos, -i, -ão.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Past.
-0.7". -ando. -ado.
-07". -endo. -ido.
-ir. —indo. -ido,
72 VERBS,

We may perceive from the preceding table that there ex

ists a certain analogy in the formation of the different tenses
of each conjugation, which will greatly facilitate the learning
and retaining of them to beginners; for instance, the plu
perfect tense, the first and second preterit tenses, and the
future tense of the subjunctive mood, are all derived from the
third person plural of the perfect of the indicative; as, tiverão,
they had : tivéra, tivesse, tiver. The third person singular,
and the first and third person plural of the imperative
mood, are formed from the present tense of the subjunctive
mood; as, tenha, I may have : tenha, tenhamos, tenhão.
The second person plural of the imperative mood, from the
second person plural of the present tense of the indicative
mood; namely, by cutting off the finals : except in the
verb ser—vos sois, you are; sede, be (you).

OF VERBS PASSIVE.

Verbs passive are conjugated by adding the past participle

to the auxiliary verb ser, through all its tenses; as follows:
-

sER AMADo, to be loved.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Sou amado,-a, I am loved.

es amado,-a, thou art loved.
he amado,-a, he or she is loved.
somos amados, as, we are loved.
sois amados, as, you are loved.
såo amados, as, they are loved.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
f -

Era amado, I was loved.

éras amado, thou wast loved.
éra amado, he was loved.
éramos amados, we were loved.
éreis amados, you were loved.
érão amados, they were loved.
 VERBS. 73

PERFECT TENSE.

Fui amado, I was loved, or have been loved.

joste amado, thou wast loved.
foi amado, he was loved.

fomos amados, we were loved.

jostes amados, you were loved.
forão amados, they were loved.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Fóra amado, I had been loved.

föras amado, thou hadst been loved.
föra amado, he had been loved.
föramos amados, we had been loved.
jöreisamados, you had been loved.
förão amados, they had been loved.

FUTURE TENSE.

Serei amado, I shall or will be loved.

serás amado, thou shalt or wilt be loved.
será amado, he shall or will be loved.
seremos amados, we shall or will be loved.
sereis amados, you shall or will be loved.
serāo amados, they shall or will be loved.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que seja amado, that I may be loved.

sejas amado, thou mayst be loved.
seja amado, he may be loved.
sejámos amados, we may be loved.
sejáis'amados, you may be loved.
sejão amados, they may be loved.
H
74 VERBS,

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Seria amado, I should or would be loved.

serias amado, thou shouldst or wouldst be loved,
serta amado, he should or would be loved.
ser?amos amados, we should or would be loved.
serieis amados, you should or would be loved.
seriffo amados, they should or would be loved,
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que fora amado, that I might be loved.

föras amado, thou mightst be loved.
fora amado, he might be loved.
föramos amados, we might be loved.
foreis amados, you might be loved.
forão amados, they might be loved.
second PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fosse amado, that I might be loved.
fosses amado, thou mightst be loved.
fosse amado, he might be loved.
fossemos amados, we might be loved.
fosseis amados, you might be loved.
fossem amados, they might be loved.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando for amado, when I shall be loved.

fores amado, thou shalt be loved.
jor amado, he shall be loved.
formos amados, we shall be loved.
fordes amados, you shall be loved.
forem amados, they shall be loved.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sé amado, be (thou) loved.
seja amado, let him be loved.
sejamos amados, let us be loved.
sede amados, be (you) loved.
sejão amados, let them be loved.
 VERBS. 75

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Ser amado, to be loved.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sendo amado, being loved.

Past. Amado, loved.

OF VERBS NEUTER.

Verbs neuter are conjugated in the same manner as verbs

active. They take the auxiliary ter to form their com
pound tenses: as,
Tem morrido muitagente este Many people have died this
0.707&O. year.
Tenho dormido em huma ca I have slept in an arm
deira de braços. chair.
Ainda não tem chegado o cor The post has not yet ar
TeO. rived.
Seus irmāos tem cahido. Your brothers have fallen
down.
O sol tem mascido tarde. The sun has risen late.
Os inimigos tinhão chegado. The enemy had arrived.

Though the compound tenses of neuter verbs are very fre

quently used, as in the above examples, yet the Portuguese
usually prefer, especially in conversation, expressing them
by the perfect and pluperfect tenses, which have the same
signification—See the Conjugations.
- Examples.
.Ainda não chegou o correo. The post has not yet arrived.
Já deo dez horas. The clock has struck ten.
Acabei o meu thema. I have finished my exercise.
Dizem que chegåra hum It is said that a new general
novo general. had arrived.
76 WERBS,

OF VERBS REFLECTED.

Reflective or reflected verbs are so called because they

return the action upon the agent that produces it. They
are conjugated throughout their tenses with the conjunc
tive pronouns me, te, se, nos, vos, se.” . The following ex
ample will serve for all the reflected verbs.

DEITAR-SE, to go to bed, or to lie down.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Eu me deito, I go to bed, or am going to bed.

tw te deitas, thou goest to bed.
elle ou ella se deita, he or she goes to bed.
nés nos deitamos, we go to bed.
vös vos deitais, you go to bed.
elles ou ellas se deitão, they go to bed.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Ew me deitava, I did go to bed, or I was going to
tu te deitavas, thou didst go to bed. [bed.
elle se deitava, he did go to bed.
nós nos deitávamos, we did go to bed.
vös vos deitáveis, you did go to bed.
elles se deitäväo, they did go to bed.
PERFECT TENSE.

JEw me deitei, I went to bed, or I have gone to

tu te deitaste, thou wentest to bed. [bed.
elle se deitou, he went to bed. -

mós nos deitámos, we went to bed.

v6s vos deitãstes, you went to bed.
elles se deitárão, they went to bed.

• Nearly all the active verbs may become reflected by joining

to them the pronouns me, te, se, mos, tos, se.
 WERBS. 77

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Ew me deitära, I had gone to bed.

tw te deitäras, thou hadst gone to bed.
elle se deitãra, he had gone to bed.
nds nos deitáramos, we had gone to bed.
vös vos deitáreis, you had gone to bed.
elles se deitárão, they had gone to bed.
FUTURE TENSE.

Eu me deitarei, I shall or will go to bed.

tw te deitarás, thou shalt or wilt go to bed.
elle se deitará, he shall or will go to bed.
nds nos deitaremos, we shall or will go to bed.
v6s vos deitareis, you shall or will go to bed.
elles se deitarão, they shall or will go to bed.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Queew me deite, that I may go to bed.

tw te deites, thou mayst go to bed.
elle se deite, he may go to bed.
nés nos deitemos, we may go to bed.
vás vos deiteis, you may go to bed.
elles se deitem, they may go to bed.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Eu me deitaria, s I should or would go to bed.

tu te deitarias, thoushouldstor wouldstgo to bed.
elle se deitaria, he should or would go to bed.
nós nos deitaríamos, we should or would go to bed.
vós vos deitarteis, you should or would go to bed.
elles se deitariáo, they should or would go to bed,
H 3
78 VERBS,

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que eu me deitára, that I might go to bed.

tu te deitäras, thou mightst go to bed.
elle se deitára, he might go to bed.
nós nos deitáramos, we might go to bed.
vós vos deitáreis, you might go to bed.
elles se deitàrào, they might go to bed.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que eu me deitasse, that I might go to bed.

tw te deitasses, thou mightst go to bed.
elle se deitasse, he might go to bed.
nés nos deitassemos, we might go to bed.
vös vos deitassets, you might go to bed.
elles se deitassem, they might go to bed.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando eu me deitar, when I shall go to bed.

tu te deitares, thou shalt go to bed.
elle se deitar, he shall go to bed.
nés nos deitarmos, we shall go to bed.
v6s vos deitardes, you shall go to bed.
elles se deitarem, they shall go to bed.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Deita-te (tu), go (thou) to bed.

deite-se (elle), let him go to bed.
*deitemo-nos (nds), let us go to bed.
deitai-vos (cés), go (you) to bed.
deitem-se (elles), let them go to bed.

* The finals of the first person plural of the imperative mood

is always suppressed in reflected verbs. The same takes place in
the other tenses when the conjunctive pronoun nos is made to fol
low instead of precede the verb: as, fomo-nos andando, we began
to walk on ; provemo-nos do necessario, we supplied ourselves with
the needful; vamo-nos lisonjeando, we are continually flattering
ourselves.
 WERBS. 79

INFINITIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Deitar-se, to go to bed.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Deitando-se, going to bed,

Past. Tendo-se deitado, having gone to bed.

Compound Tenses of Reflected Verbs.

The compound tenses of reflected verbs are formed in
the same manner as those of the other verbs, that is, by
joining the past participle to the verb ter, through all the
tenses. A single tense may serve as a paradigm for all the
rest.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT TENSE.

Eu me tenho deitado, I have gone to bed.

tu te tens dºitado, thou hast gone to bed.
elle se tem deitado, he has gone to bed.
nós nos temos deitado, we have gone to bed. .
vós vos tendes deitado, you have gone to bed.
elles se tem deitado, they have gone to bed.

The first of the two pronouns or the nominative case, is

generally omitted in reflected verbs as well as in all others,
and we say, me lembro, I recollect; instead of eu me
lembro. Se vai, he or she goes away; instead of elle or
ella se vai. Que nos arrependámos, for, que més nos arre
pendámos, that we may repent, &c. -

The conjunctive pronouns, or those which give the reci

procity to the verb, may be placed either before or after it
in the tenses of the indicative mood, and also in the con
ditional tense; thus we may say, me deito, or deito-me, I
80 WERBS.

lay myself down; vos importa, or importa-vos, you must,

or it behooves you; vos divertis, or divertis-vos, you amuse
yourselves; se lembrou, or lembrou-se, she recollected;
me tenho alegrado, or tenho-me alegrado, I have rejoiced;
me iria, or iria-me, I would go away.
The same may be observed of the infinitive mood when
a preposition precedes it; as, para se deitar, or para deitar
se, to go to bed; para vos escusardes, to excuse yourselves;
os authorizou a separarem-se, he authorized them to se
parate.
When the pronoun se is used with active verbs, in the
third person singular, to give them the passive form, it may
either precede or follow the verb; though at the beginning
of a sentence it is most usual to put the verb first; as, ama
se a virtude, or a virtude se ama, virtue is loved.
The conjunctive pronouns come after the verb in the
imperative mood, and after the present participle; as like
wise after the infinitive mood when an impersonal verb pre
cedes it ; example: levanta-te pronto, rise (thou) quickly;
lavando–se, washing oneself; he necessario lembrar-se, it
must be remembered; importa humilhar-se, we must hum
ble ourselves.
Further, when the first preterit tense of the subjunctive
mood is used without a conjunction or other particle before
it, to express a desire or wish, the pronoun is placed after
the verb; as, dispensara-me de fallar misso, I could wish
to avoid speaking of that; contentára-me com a metade,
I would willingly content myself with half.
In all other cases the conjunctive pronouns must pre
cede the verb; as, que se va, that he may go; que me
levantara, that I might rise; quando me vestir, when I
shall dress myself; se cu me gloriasse, if I boasted.

OF IMPERSONAL VERBS.

Those verbs are denominated impersonal which cannot

be conjugated with the pronouns of the first or second person,
eu and tu, I and thou; being only used in the third person
singular.
 VERBS. 8]

Examples.
Chove, it rains. Acontece, succede, it happens.
Gela, geia, it freezes. Ha mister, it is necessary.
Neva, it snows.
Chovisca, it drizzles. Chovepedra,
Cahe saraiva, it hails.

Troveja, it thunders. Relampagueia,

Importa, it behooves. Fusila, it lightens.

Conjugation of the Impersonal Verb chover, to rain.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Chove, it rains, or is raining. .*

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Chovāa, it did rain, or was raining.

PERFECT TENSE.

Choveo, it rained, or has rained.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Chovéra, it had rained.

FUTURE TENSE.

Choverd, it will rain.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que chova, that it may rain.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Choveria, it would rain.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que chovéra, that it might rain.

82 - WERBS.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que chovesse, that it might rain.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando chover, when it shall rain.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Chover, to rain.
- PARTICIPLES.

Present. Chovendo, raining. Past. Chovido, rained.

Though the above verbs are always termed impersonal in
the language of grammarians, yet they are strictly speaking
not so. We frequently find them occur both in an active
and neuter sense, especially when used figuratively: as,
Chovem pragas. It pours down curses.
Choveo fogo, e enrofre do It rained fire and brimstone
CeO. from heaven.
Trovejava (com a voz). He roared out, or spoke with a
thundering voice.

Conjugation of the Verb HAver used impersonally.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Ha, there is, or there are.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Havſa, there was, or there were.

PERFECT TENSE.

Houve, there was, or there were; there has been, or

there have been.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Houvéra, there had been.
 WERBS. 83

UOMPOUND OF THE PRESENT TENSE.

Tem havido, there has, or there have been.

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT TENSE.

Tinha havido, there had been.

FUTURE TENSE.

Haverd, there shall or will be,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

PRESENT TENSE.

Que haja, that there may be.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Haveria, there should or would be.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que houvéra, that there might be.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que houvesse, that there might be.

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT TENSE.

Que tenha havido, that there may have been.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando houver, when there shall be.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Haver, there to be.

PARTICIPLEs.
Present, Havendo, there being.
Past, Tendo, or havendo havido, there having been.
84 - VERBS.

OF IRREGULAR WERBS.

Irregular verbs are such as do not form all their tenses

according to the rules given in the table of endings, hor admit
of being classed in conjugations like the regular verbs,
though they terminate in the infinitive in the same manner,
namely, in ar, er, ir, with the exception of pér, to put,
(a contraction of the old verb pomer) and its compounds.
Compound verbs must be understood to follow the con
jugation of their primitives, when no other conjugation is
g Wen.
The trifling change which some of the regular verbs
undergo in certain tenses, as noted after the verbs cantar,
comer, and applaudir, must not be considered as ren
dering them irregular; since that deviation takes place ac
cording to fixed rules, and merely for the sake of preserving
the sound of the infinitive. .
The few other regular verbs in ar, which according to
modern grammarians take an intercalary i in some of their
tenses, as mentioned in page 59 and 60, may be said to
do it solely in favour of the pronunciation, for that ortho
graphy is by no means general. The only irregular verb,
therefore, of the first termination, is

DAR, to give.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Dou, I give.
dás, thou givest.
dá, he gives.
damos, we give.
dais, you give.
dāo, they give,
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Dava, &c. I did give, &c,

 VERBS. - 85

PERFECT TENSE,

#Dei, I gave.
déste, thougavest.
déo, or dew, he gave.
démos, we gave.
déstes, you gave.
dérá0, they gave.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Déra, I had given.

déras, thou hadst given.
déra, he had given.
déramos, we had given.
déreis, you had given.
déráo, they had given.
FUTURE TENSE.

Darei, &c., I shall or will give, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Que dé, that I may give.

dés, thou maySt give.
dé, he may give.
démos, we may give.
déis, you may give.
dém, they may give.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Daria, &c., I should or would give, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que déra, that I might give.

déras, thou mightst give.
déra, he might give.
déramos, we might give.
déreis, you might give.
déréo, they might give.
86 VERBS.

SECOND PRETER it t ENSE.

Que desse, that I might give.

desses, thou mightst give.
desse, he might give.
dessemos, we might give.
dessels, you might give.
dessem, they might give.
FUTURE TENSE.
Quando der, when I shall give.
deres, thou shalt give.
der, he shall give.
dermos, we shall give.
derdes, you shall give.
derem, they shall give.

IMPERATIVE MOOD,

Dá, give (thou).

dé, let him give.
démos, let us give.
dai, give (you).
dém, let them give.
INFINITIVE MOOD.

Dar, to give.
PARTICIPLEs.
Present. Dando, giving. Past. Dado, given.

In the verb dar, as in all other irregular verbs, there are some
tenses that are regular. Of these, the first person only is given.
The irregular tenses are conjugated at length.
Sobstar, sostar, or sustar, which we sometimes meet with, is an
improper orthography for sobreestar, to suspend or discontinue;
which verb, being a compound of the auxiliary estar, is conjugated
like it; example: quer wm.ce que mosso canto sobreesteja 2 shall we
leave off singing?—Solreesteja o juiz appellado ma causa, e nāo
proceda pelo feito em diamte, let the chief justice suspend the
suit, and proceed no further according to the pleadings.
 WERBS. 87

Irregular Verbs of the second Termination.

PERDER, to lose.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Perco, I lose.
perdes, thou losest.
perde, he loses.
perdemos, we lose.
perdeis, you lose.
perdem, they lose.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Perdia, &c., I did lose, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Perdei, &c., I lost, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Perdéra, &c., I had lost, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Perderei, &c., I shall or will lose, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.
Que perca, that I may lose.
percas, thou mayst lose.
perca, he may lose.
percámos, we may lose.
percáis, you may lose.
percão, they may lose.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Perderei, &c., I should or would lose, &c.

88 VERBS. *

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que perdéra, &c., that I might lose, &e.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que perdesse, &c., that I might lose, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando perder, &c., when I shall lose, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Perde, lose (thou).
perca, let him lose.
percámos, let us lose.
perdei, lose (you).
percão, let them lose.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Perder, to lose.
PARTICIPLES.

Present, Perdendo, losing. Past. Perdido, lost.

CRER, to believe.
INDICATIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Creio, I believe.
crés, - thou believest.
cré, he believes.
Cremos, ...we believe.
, credes, you believe.
crém, they believe.
iMPERFECT teNSE.

Cría, &c., I did believe, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Cri, &c., I believed, &c.

 VERBS. 89

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Créra, &c., I had believed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Crerei, &c., I shall or will believe, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que creia, that I may believe.

creias, thou mayst believe.
creia, he may believe.
credmos, we may believe.
credis, you may believe.
creifio, they may believe.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Creria, &c., I should or would believe, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que créra, &c., that I might believe, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cresse, &c., that I might believe, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando crer, &c., when I shall believe, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Cré, believe (thou).
creia, let him believe.
credmos, let us believe.
crede, believe (you).
creifio, let them believe.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Crer, to believe.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Crendo, believing. Past. Crido, believed.

I 3 *
 VERBS.

LER, to read.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT Tense.

Leio, I read.
lés, thou readest.
bé, he reads.
temos, we read.
Jedes, you read.
lém, they read.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Lía, &c., I did read, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Li, &c., I read, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Léra, &c., I had read, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Lerei, &c., I shallor will read, &c.

- SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que leia, that I may read.

leias, thou mayst read.
leia, he may read.
ledmos, we may read.
ledis, you may read.
leido, they may read.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Lerta, &c., I should or would read, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que lèra, &c., that I might read, &c.

 VERBS. 91

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que lesse, &c., that I might read, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando ler, &c., when I shall read, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Lé, read (thou).
leia, let him read.
led mos, let us read.
lede, read (you).
beiào, let them read.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Ler, to read.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Lendo, reading. Past. Lido, read.

VALER, to be worth.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Valho, I am worth.
vales, thou art worth.
vale ou val, he is worth.
valemos, we are worth.
valeis, you are worth.
valem, they are worth.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Valia, &c., I was worth, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Wali, &c., I was worth, &c.

92 VERBS.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Valéra, &c., I had been worth, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Valerei, &c., I shall or will be worth, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que valha, that I may be worth.

valhas, thou mayst be worth.
valha, he may be worth.
valhãmos, we may be worth.
valhãis, you may be worth.
valhão, they may be worth.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Valeria, &c., I should or would be worth, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que valéra, &c., that I might be worth, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que valesse, &c., that I might be worth, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando valer, &c., when I shall be worth, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Vale, be (thou) worth.

valha, let him be worth.
valhãmos, let us be worth.
valet, be (you) worth.
valhão, let them be worth.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Valendo, being worth.

Past. Valido, been worth.
 VERBS. 93

FAZER, to do, or to make.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Faço, I do.
fazes, thou doest or dost.
faz, he does.
fazemos, we do.
fazeis, you do.
fazem, they do.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Fazia, &c., I did, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Fiz, I did. "

jizeste, thou didst.
jez, - he did.
jizemos, we did.
fizestes, you did.
fizerāo, they did.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Fizéra, I had done.

fizéras, thou hadst done.
fizéra, - he had done.
fizéramos, we had done.
fizéreis, you had done.
fizéráo, they had done.
FUTURE TENSE.

Farei, I shall or will do.

farás, thou shalt or wilt do.
jará, he shall or will do.
faremos, - we shall or will do.
fareis, you shall or will do.
farão, they shall or will do.
94 VERBS.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que faça, that I may do.

. . faças, thou mayst do.
faça, he may do.
façámos, we may do.
façãis, you may do.
jação, they may do.
CONDITIONAL TENSE. -

Faria, I should or would do.

farías, thou shouldst or wouldst do.
faría, he should or would do.
fartamos, we should or would do.
faríeis, ou should or would do.
fartão, they should or would do.
First preterit tense.
Que fizéra, that I might do.
fizéras, thou mightst do.
fizéra, he might do.
fizéramos, we might do.
fizéreis, you might do.
fizéráo, they might do.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE

Que fizesse, that I might do.

fizesses, thou mightst do.
fizesse, he might do.
fizessemos, we might do.
fizessets, you might do. .
, fizessem, they might do.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando fizer, when I shall do.

fizeres, thou shalt do.
fizer, he shall do.
fizermos, we shall do.
fizerdes, you shall do.
fizerem, they shall do.
 VERBS. 95

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Faze, Do (thou).
jaga, let him do.
jaçámos, let us do.
fazei, do (you).
fação, let them do. -

PARTICIPLESe

Present. Fazendo, doing. Past. Feito, done.

In the same manner are conjugated the compounds

refazer, to do again; desfazer, to undo; contrafazer, to
counterfeit; satisfazer, to satisfy ; perfazer, to perfect.

TRAZER, to bring, or carry.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

- PRESENT TENSE.

Trago, I bring.
trazes, thou bringest.
tráz, he brings.
trazemos, we bring.
trazeis, you bring.
trazem, they bring.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Trazia, &c., I did bring, &c.

PERFECT TENSE:
Troute, or trousse, I brought.
trouaceste, or trousseste, thou broughtest.
trouace, or trousse, he brought.
trouacemos, or troussemos, we brought.
troutestes, or troussestes, you brought.
trouzerāo, or trousseráo, they brought.
96 VERBS.

PLUPERFECT TEN SE,

Trouzéra, or trousséra, I had brought,

trouzéras, or trousséras, thou hadst brought.
trouzéra, or trousséra, he had brought.
troutéramos, or trousséramos, we had brought.
trouréreis, or trousséreis, you had brought.
trouzéráo, or troussérá0, they had brought,
FUTURE tense.

Trarei, I shall or will bring.

trarás, thou shalt or wilt bring,
trará, he shall or will bring.
traremos, we shall or will bring.
trareis, you shall or will bring.
trarão, they shall or will bring,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Que traga, that I may bring,

tragas, thou mayst bring.
traga, he may bring.
tragámos," we may bring.
tragáis, you may bring.
tragão, they may bring,
CONDITIONAL TENSE,

Traria, I should or would bring.

trarias, thou shouldst or wouldst bring,
traria, he should or would bring.
trariamos, we should or would bring.
trarżeis, you should or would bring.
traráčo, they should or would bring,
 VERBS. 97

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que trouzéra, or trousséra, that I might bring.

trouzéras, or trousséras, thou mightst bring.
trouvéra, or trousséra, he might bring.
trouzéramos, or trousséramos, we might bring.
-trouvéreis, or trousséreis, you might bring.
trourérāo, or trousséráo, they might bring.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

{\we trouzesse, or troussesse, that I might bring.

troua.esses, or troussesses, thou mightst bring.
troutesse, or troussesse, he might bring.
trouzessemos, or troussessemos, we might bring.
trouzesseis, or troussessels, you might bring.
trottace'ssem, Or troussessem, they might bring.
FUTURE TENSE.

quando trouwer, or trousser, when I shall bring.

trouzeres, or trousseres, thou shalt bring.
trouzer, or trousser, he shall bring.
trouwermos, or troussermos, we shall bring.
trouacerdes, or trousserdes, you shall bring.
trouzerem, or trousserem, they shall bring.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Traze, bring (thou).

traga, let him bring.
tragámos, let us bring.
trazei, bring (you).
tragão, let them bring.

INFINITIVE MOOD,
Trazer, to bring.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Trazendo, bringing.

Past. Trazido, brought.
K
 VERBS,

BIZER, to say or tell.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Digo, I say.
dizes, thou sayest.
diz, he says.
dizemos, we say.
dizeis, you say.
dizem, they say.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Dizia, &c., I did say, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Disse, I said.
disseste, thou saidst.
disse, he said.
dissemos, we said.
dissestes, you said,
disserāo, they said.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Disséra, I had said.

disséras, thou hadst said,
disséra, he had said:
disséramos, we had said.
disséreis, you had said.
disséráo; they had said.
FUTURE TENSE.
Direi, I shall or will say.
dirds, - thou shalt or wilt say.
dirá, he shall or will say.
diremos, we shall or will say.
direis, you shall or will say,
diráo, they shall or will say.
 WERBS. 99

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

gue diga, that I may say.

digas,
diga, thou mayst
he may say.say. w

digámos, we may say.

digáis, you may say.
digão, they may say.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Diria, I should or would say.

dirías, thou shouldst or wouldst say.
diria, he should or would say.
diriamos, we should or would say.
dirãeis, you should or would say.
dirtão, they should or would say.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que disséra, that I might say.

disséras, thou mightst say.
disséra, he might say.
disséramos, we might say.
disséreis, you might say.
disséráo, they might say.
SECOND PRETERIt TENSE.

Que dissesse, that I might say.

dissesses, thou mightst say.
dissesse, he might say.
dissessemos, we might say.
dissessets, you might say.
dissessem, they might say.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando disser, when I shall say.

disseres, thou shalt say.
disser, he shall say.
dissermos, we shall say.
disserdes, you shall say.
disserem, they shall say.
100 VERBS.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Dize, say (thou).
diga, let him say.
digámos, let us say.
dizei, say (you).
digão, let them say.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Dizer, to say.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Dizendo, saying. Past. Dito, said.

In the same manner are conjugated the compounds con

tradizer, to contradict; desdizer, to retract; condizer, to
suit; predizer, to foretell.

QUERER, to be willing.
, INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Gluero, I am willing.
queres, thou art willing.
quer, he is willing.
queremos, we are willing.
querets, you are willing.
querem, they are willing.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Quería, &c., I was willing, &c.

PERFECT teNSE.

Quiz, I was willing.

quizeste, thou wast willing.
quiz, he was willing.
quizemos, we were willing.
quizestes, you were willing.
quizerao, they were willing.
 VERBS. 101

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Quizéra, I had been willing.

quizdras, thou hadst been willing.
quizera, he had been willing.
quizéramos, we had been willing.
quizéreis, you had been willing.
quizéráo, they had been willing.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quererei, &c., I shall be willing, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que queira, that I may be willing.

queiras, thou mayst be willing.
queura, he may be willing.
queirãmos, we may be willing.
queirãis, you may be willing.
queirão, they may be willing.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Quererta, &c., I should or would be willing, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que quizéra, that I might be willing.

quizéras, thou mightst be willing.
quizéra, he might be willing.
quizéramos, we might be willing.
quizerets, you might be willing.
quizéráo, they might be willing,
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que quizesse, that

I might be willing,
quizesses, thou mightst be willing.
quºzesse, he might be willing.
quizessemos, we might be willing.
quizessets, you might be willing.
quizessem, they might be willing,
K3
102 VERBS,

FUTURE TENSE.
Quando quizer, when I shall be willing.
quizeres, thou shalt be willing.
quizer, he shall be willing.
quizermos, we shall be willing.
quizerdes, you shall be willing.
quizerem, they shall be willing.
# IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Quere, be (thou) willing.
queira, let him be willing.
queirãmos, let us be willing.
querei, be (you) willing.
queirão, let them be willing.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
• Querer, to be willing.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Querendo, being willing.

Past. Querido, been willing.

SABER, to know.
INDICATIVE MOOD.

PRESENT TENSE.

Sei, I know.
sabes, thou knowest.
sabe, he knows.
sabemos, we know.
sabels, you know.
sabem, they know.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Sabia, &c., I did know, &c.

* The imperative mood of this verb is omitted in most gram

mars, its use being confined to a very few cases.
 WERBS. 103

PERFECT TENSE.

Soube, I knew.
soubeste, thou knewest.
soube, he knew.
soubemos, we knew.
soubestes, you knew.
sowberào, they knew.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Soubéra, I had known.

soubéras, thou hadst known.
soubéra, he had known.
soubéramos, we had known.
soubéreis, you had known.
soubéráo, they had known.
FUTURE TENSE.

Saberei, &c., I shall or will know, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

saiba, - that I may know.

saibas, thou mayst know.
saiba, he may know.
saibdmos, we may know.
saibdis, you may know.
saibāo, they may know.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Saberia, &c., I should or would know, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TenSE.

Que soubéra, that I might know.

soubéras, thou mightst know.
soubéra, he might know.
soubéramos, we might know.
soubereis, you might know.
souberào, they might know,
 104 VERBS.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE

Que soubesse, that I might know.

soubesses, thou mightst know.
soubesse, he might know.
soubessemos, We might know.
soubesseis, you might know.
soubessem, they might know.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando souber, when I shall know.

souberes, thou shalt know.
souber, he shall know.
soubermos, we shall know.
souberdes, you shall know.
souberem, they shall know.
/ IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sabe, know (thou).
saiba, let him know.
saibamos, let us know.
sabei, know (you).
saibào, let them know.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Saber, to know.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sabendo, knowing. Past. Sabido, known.

PODER, to be able.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Posso, I can, or am able.

pddes, thou Canst.
póde, he can.
podemos, We Can.

podeis, you can.

pódem, they can.
 VERBS. 105

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Podia, &c., I could, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.
I could. z

Pude,
pudeste, thou couldst. .
póde, he could.
pudemos, we could.
pudestes, you could.
puderāo, they could.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Pudéra, I had been able.

pudéras, thou hadst been able.
pudéra, he had been able.
pudéramos, we had been able.
pudéreis, ou had been able.
pudéráo, they had been able.
FUTURE TENSE.

Poderei, &c., I shall be able, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que possa, that I may be able.

possas, thou mayst be able,
possa, he may be able.
possámos, we may be able.
possáis, you may be able.
possão, they may be able.
conditionAL TENSE.
Poderia, &c., I should be able, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que pudéra, that I might be able,

pudéras, thou mightst be able.
pudéra, he might be able.
puderdmos, we might be able.
pudéreis, you might be able.
pudérá0, they might be able.
 106 VERBS.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que pudesse, that I might be able.
pudesses, thou mightst be able.
pudesse, he might be able.
pudessemos, we might be able.
pudessels, you might be able.
pudessem, they might be able,
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando puder, when I shall be able.

puderes, thou shalt be able,
puder, he shall be able.
pudermos, we shall be able.
puderdes, you shall be able.
puderem, they shall be able,

* IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Póde, be (thou) able.
possa, let him be able.
possámos, let us be able.
podei, be (you) able.
possào, let them be able,

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Poder, to be able.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Podendo, being able,

Past. Podido, been able,

* The imperative mood of this verb is inserted in compliance

with the custom of some Portuguese grammarians; but the student
may very well dispense with learning it, as he will hardly meet
with an instance in which it can be used. Surely nothing could
be so absurd, as for a person to command himself or another to be
able /
 WERBS. 107.

VER, to see,
INDICATIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.
Vejo, I see.
vés, thou seest.
vé, he sees.
vem0s, We See.
vedes, you see.
vém, they see.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Wła, &c., I did see, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.
Vi, I saw.
viste, thou sawest.
vio, he saw.
vimos, We Saw.

vistes, you saw.

virão, they saw.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Vira, I had seen.
viras, thou hadst seen.
vira, he had seen.
vtramos, we had seen.
v£reis, you had seen.
virão, they had seen.
FUTURE TENSE.

Verei, &c., I shall or will see, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que veja, that I may see.

vejas, thou mayst see,
veja, he may see.
vejámos, we may see.
vejóis, you may see.
vério, they may see.
108 WERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Veria, &c., I should or would see, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que vira, that I might see.

viras, thou mightst see.
vºra, he might see.
viramos, We might See.
vireis, you might see.
virão, they might see.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que visse, that I might see.

visses, thou mightst see.
visse, he might say.
vissemos, we might see.
vissets, you might see.
vissem, they might see.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando vir, when I shall see.

vires, thou shalt see.
vár, he shall see.
vármos, we shall see.
värdes, you shall see.
v?rem, they shall see.
IMPERATIVE MOOD,
Wé, see (thou).
veja, let him see.
vejāmos, let us see.
véde, see (you).
vejão, let them see.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Ver, to see.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Wendo, seeing, Past. Pisto, seen,
 VERBS. 109

The compounds antevér and prevér, to foresee; and

revér, to see again, are conjugated after the same manner.
The other compound, provér, to take care for, or look to,
will be found conjugated in another place; as also the same
verb when used in the signification of to provide, or to lay
wn provisions.

JAZER, to lie.
This verb is conjugated like fazer, except in the future
and conditional tenses, in the perfect of the indicative, and
the other tenses derived from it. Its use is chiefly confined
to the third person, viz:
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Jaz, he lies.
jazem, they lie.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Jazia, he did lie.

jazīāo, they did lie.
PERFECT TENSE.
Jouve, - he lay.
jouverāo, they lay.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Jouvéra, he had lain.

jouvérāo, they had lain.
FUTURE TENSE.

Jazerá, , he will lie.

jazerā0, they will lie.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que jaça, that he may lie.

jação, they may lie.
L.
110 WERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Jazeria, he would lie.

jazertão, they would lie.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que jouvéra, that he might lie.

jouvérāo, they might lie.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que jouvesse, that he might lie.

jouvessem, they might lie.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando jouver, when he shall lie.

jouverem, they shall lie.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Jaça, let him lie.
jação, let them lie.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Jazendo, lying. Past. Jazido, lain.

Instead of jaca, jagão, we sometimes meet with jaza,
jazāo, or jasca, jascăo, for the third persons of the impe
rative and subjunctive. The perfect tense is now often used
also in the regular form: jazi, &c.

CABER, to be contained.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Caibo, I am contained.
cabes, thou art contained.
cabe, he is contained.
cabemos, we are contained.
cabeis, you are contained.
cabem, they are contained.
 VERBS. 111

iMPERFECT TENSE.

Cabia, &c., I was contained, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Coube, I was contained.

cowbeste, thou wast contained.
cowbe, he was contained.
cowbemos, we were contained.
coubestes, you were contained.
couberào, they were contained.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Coubéra, I had been contained.

coubéras, thou hadst been contained.
coubéra, he had been contained.
coubéramos, we had been contained.
cowbéreis, you had been contained.
coubérāo, they had been contained.
Future TENSE.

Caberei, &c., I shall or will be contained, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que caiba, that I may be contained.

caibas, thou mayst be contained.
caiba, he may be contained.
caibamos, we may be contained.
caibais, you may be contained.
caibāo, they may be contained.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Caberia, &c., I should or would be contained, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cowbéra, that I might be contained.

coubéras, thou mightst be contained.
coubéra, he might be contained.
cowberamos, we might be contained.
coubéreis, you might be contained.
coubérāo, they might be contained.
112 VERBS.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que coubesse, that I might be contained.

coubesses, thou mightst be contained.
cowbesse, he might be contained.
coubessemos, we might be contained.
coubesseis, you might be contained.
coubessem, they might be contained.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando cowber, when I shall be contained.

cowberes, thou shalt be contained.
couber, he shall be contained.
coubermos, we shall be contained.
cowberdes, you shall be contained.
cowberem, they shall be contained.
# IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Cabe, be (thou) contained.
caiba, let him be contained.
caibamos, let us be contained.
cabei, be (you) contained.
caibáo, let him be contained.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
+ Caber, to be contained.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Cabendo, being contained.

Past. Cabido, been contained.

* The learner may omit this mood, as it can very seldom be used.
+ Caber is chiefly used in the third person. Besides its original
meaning of to be capable of being contained in another thing, it has
some other acceptations. These may, however, generally be traced
to the literal signification of the verb. Não cabe em espiritos
nobres accāo táo indigna, so mean an action is incompatible with
noble minds. Nāo caibo em mim de contentamento, I am overjoyed,
or, I cannot contain myself for joy. Coube-me em (por) sorte a
honra de vos servir, the honour of serving you has fallen to my lot.
Não cabe mais, that is the ne plus ultra.
 VERBS. 113

PRover, to provide, furnish, supply, or to make provision.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Provejo, I provide.
provés, thou providest.
prové, he provides.
provemos, we provide.
provens, you provide.
provém, they provide.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Provia, &c., I did provide, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Provi, &c., I provided, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Provéra, &c., I had provided, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Proverei, &c., I shall or will provide, &c,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que proveja, that I may provide.

provejas, thou mayst provide.
proveja, he may provide.
provejámos, we may provide.
provejas, you may provide.
provejao, they may provide,
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Proverta, &c., I should or would provide, &c,

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que provéra, &c., that I might provide, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que provesse, &c., that I might provide, &c.

L 3
 114 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando prover, &c., when I shall provide, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Prové, provide (thou).

proveja, let him provide.
provejámos, let us provide.
provei, provide (you),
provejdo, let them provide.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Prover, to provide.
PARTICIPLes

Present. Provendo, providing. Past. Provido, provided.

Examples.
JWeste tempo me provejo de At this season I provide my
lenha e roupa para o in- self with wood and clothing
vermo. for the winter.
Seu irmāo o prové do dinhei- His brother supplies him
ro preciso para viver. with the money necessary
* , for his subsistence.
Provei-vos de bolsas que se Provide yourselves bags
nāo gastão com o tempo. which wax not old.
Deos proved-nos o corpo de God gave to our bodies feel
sentidos; os membros de ing; to our limbs strength
força e agilidade. and activity.
Era Berzellai de Gallaad Barzillai the Gileadite was a
muito welho, isto he, de very aged man, even four
oitenta annos, e. elle mes- score years old : and he
mo tinha provido o Rei de had provided the king of
viveres, quando estava nos sustenance while he lay
arraiaes: porque era mui- encamped : for he was a
to rico. very great man.
 VERBS. 115

PRover, to provide for or against, to take care for, to look

to, or watch over.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Provenho, I provide for.

provens, thou providest for.
provem, he provides for.
provimos, we provide for.
provindes, you provide for.
provem, they provide for.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Provia, &c., I did provide for, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Provi, I provided for.

proviste, thou providedst for.
provºo, he provided for.
provimos, we provided for.
provistes, you provided for.
provirao, they provided for.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Provira, I had provided for.

provtras, thou hadst provided for.
provira, he had provided for.
proviramos, we had provided for.
provireis, you had provided for.
provirão, they had provided for,
FUTURE TENSE.

Proverei, &c., I shall or will provide for, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que provenha, that I may provide for.

provenhas, thou mayst provide for.
provenha, he may provide for.
provenhamos, we may provide for.
provenháis, you may provide for.
provenhão, they may provide for.
116 WERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Proveria, &c., I should or would provide for, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que provira, that I might provide for.

proviras, thou mightst provide for.
provira, he might provide for.
proviramos, we might provide for.
prov?reis, you might provide for.
provirão, they might provide for.
Second PreTERIT TENSE.

Que provisse, that I might provide for.

provisses, thou mightst provide for.
provisse, he might provide for.
provissemos, we might provide for.
provisseis, you might provide for.
provissem, they might provide for.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando provir, when I shall provide for.

provires, thou shalt provide for.
provir, he shall provide for.
provirmos, we shall provide for.
provirdes, you shall provide for.
provirem, they shall provide for.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Prové, F. (thou) for.
provenha, et him provide for.
provenhamos, let us provide for.
provéde, provide (you) for.
provenhão, let them provide for.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Prover, to provide for.
PARTICIPLES. -

Present. Provendo, providing for.

Past, Provisto, provided for.

I
 WERBS. 117

Examples.
Hum bom governador pro- A good governor provides for
vem à segurança publica. the public safety.
Importa que vm.” provenha You must take the greatest
com muito cuidado não lhes care that they do not want
jaltem mantimentos. for provisions.

Irregular Verbs of the third Termination.

DISTINGUIR, to distinguish,
INDICATIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Distingo, I distinguish.
distingues, thou distinguishest.
distingue, he distinguishes.
distinguimos, we distinguish.
distinguis, you distinguish.
distinguem, they distinguish.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Distinguta, &c., I did distinguish, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Distingui, &c. I distinguished, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Distingutra, &c., I had distinguished, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Distinguirei, &c, , I shall or will distinguish, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que distinga, that I may distinguish.

distingas, thou mayst distinguish.
distinga, he may distinguish.
distingámos, we may distinguish.
distingáis, you may distinguish.
distingão, they may distinguish,
118 VERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Distinguiría, &c., I should or would distinguish, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que distingutra, &c., that I might distinguish, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE

Que distinguisse, &c., that I might distinguish, &c.

- FUTURE TENSE.

Quando distinguir, &c., when I shall distinguish, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Distingue, distinguish (thou).
distinga, let him distinguish.
distingámos, let us distinguish.
distingui, distinguish (you).
distingão, let them distinguish.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Distinguindo, distinguishing.

Past. Distinguido, distinguished.

The verb extinguir, to extinguish, is conjugated in the

Same manner.

DoRMIR, to sleep.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Durmo, Isleep.
dormes, thou sleepest.
dorme, he sleeps.
dormimos, we sleep.
dormis, you sleep.
dormen, they sleep.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Dormia, &c., I did sleep, &c.

 VERBS, 119

PERFECT TENSE.

Dormi, &c., I slept, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

- Dormíra, &c., I had slept, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Dormirei, &c., I shall or will sleep, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que durma, that I may sleep.

durmas, thou mayst sleep.
durma, he may sleep.
durmámos, we may sleep.
durmais,
durmäo, r
you may
they may sleep.
sleep.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Dormiria, &c., I should or would sleep, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que dormtra, &c., that I might sleep, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que dormisse, &c., that I might sleep, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando dormir, &c., when I shall sleep, &c.

* IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Dorme, sleep (thou).
durma, let him sleep.
durmamos, let us sleep.
dormi, sleep (you).
durmä0, let them sleep.
+ f INFINITIVE MOOD.
Dormir, to sleep.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Dormindo, sleeping. Past. Dormido, slept.

120 VERBS.

HIR or IR, to go.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Wow, I go.
vais or vds, thou goest.
vai, he goes.
vamos or imos, we go.
ides, you go.
tão, they go.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Hła, I did go.

hias, thou didst go.
hia, he did go.
hiamos, we did go.
hteis, you did go.
häo, they did go.
- PERFECT TENSE.
Fui, I went.
foste, thou wentest.
foi, he went.
fomos, We Went.
fostes, you went,
jorão, they went.
- PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Fóra, I had gone.

föras, thou hadst gone.
jöra, he had gone.
fºramos, we had gone.
foreis, you had gone.
forão, they had gone.
FUTURE TENSE.

Irei, I shall or will go.

irds, thou shalt or wilt go.
ird, he shall or will go.
tremos, we shall or will go.
treis, ou shall or will go.
irão, they shall or will go.
 VERBS. 121

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Que va, that I may go.
vás, thou mayst go.
vá, he may go.
vámos, we may go.
vades, you may go.
vão, - they may go.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Iria, I should or would go.
trias, thou shouldst or wouldst go.
irta, he should or would go.
iržamos, we should or would go.
iržeis, you should or would go.
träo, they should or would go.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fºra, that I might go.
foras, thou mightst go.
fora, he might go.
fºramos, we might go.
foreis, you might go.
forão, they might go.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fosse, that I might go.
fosses, thou mightst go.
fosse, he might go.
fossemos, we might go.
fosseis, you mightgo.
fossem, they might go.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando for, when I shall go.

fores, thou shalt go.
for, he shall go.
formos, we shall go.
fordes, you shall go.
forem, they shall go.
122 VERBS,

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Wai, go (thou).
vá, let him go.
vámos, let us go.
ide, go (you).
vão, let them go.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Hir, or ir, to go.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Indo, going. Past. Ido, gone,

Hir-se, or ir-se, to go away, follows the same conjuga

tion.

Of the Verbs in -uzir.

The verbs of this termination; as, luzir and reluzir, to
shine; induzir, to induce; conduzir, to conduct; pro
duzir, to produce; reduzir, to reduce; &c., are irregular
only in the third person singular of the present tense, indi
cative mood: as, conduz, he conducts; reluz, it shines, &c.

ORDIR, to warp (in a loom).

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Urdo, I warp.
wrdes, thou warpest.
wrde, he warps.
ordimos, we warp.
ordás, you warp.
urdem, they warp.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Ordia, &c., I did warp, &c.
- PERFECT TENSE.
Ordi, &c., I warped, &c.
 VERBS. 123

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Ordira, &c., I had warped, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Ordirei, &c., I shall or will warp, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que urda, that I may warp.

wrdas, thou mayst warp.
wrda, he may warp.
wrdámos, we may warp.
wrdāis, you may warp.
urdão, they may warp.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Ordiria, &c., I should or would warp, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que ordira, &c., that I might warp, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.
Que ordisse, &c., that I might warp, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando ordir, &c., when I shall warp, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Urde, warp (thou).
wrda, - let him warp.
wralámos, let us warp.
ordi, warp (you).
urdão, let them warp.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Ordir, to warp.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Ordindo, warping. Past. Ordido, warped.

JVote. Urdir, which is regular, is commonly used in
stead of ordir.
124 VERBS.

PARIR, to bring forth.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Pairo, I bring forth.
pares, thou bringest forth.
pare, he brings forth.
parimos, we bring forth.
paris, you bring forth.
parem, they bring forth.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Paria, &c., I did bring forth, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Pari, &c., I brought forth, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Partra, &c., I had brought forth, &c.

FUPURE TENSE.

Parirei, &c., I shall or will bring forth, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que paira, that I may bring forth.

patras, thou mayst bring forth.
patra, he may bring forth.
pairámos, we may bring forth.
pairáis, you may bring forth.
pairão, they may bring forth.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Parirta, &c., I should or would bring, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que partra, &c., that I might bring forth, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que parisse, &c., that I might bring forth, &c.

 WERBS. 125
4

FUTURE TENSE. [forth, &c.

Quando parir, &c., when I shall or will bring
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pare, bring (ho) forth.
paira, let him bring forth.
pairámos, let us bring forth.
pari, bring (you) forth.
pairão, let them bring forth.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Parir, to bring forth.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Parindo, bringing forth.
Past, Parido, brought forth.

RIR, to laugh.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Río, I laugh.
ris, thou laughest.
Ti, he laughs.
rimos, we laugh.
rides, you laugh.
rim or riem, they laugh.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Ria, &c., I did laugh, &c.

- PERFECT TENSE.

Ri, &c., I laughed, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Ríra, &c., I had laughed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Rirei, &c., I shall or will laugh, &c.

M 3
 126 VERBS.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que ria, that I may laugh.

rías, thou mayst laugh.
ria, he may laugh.
riámos, we may laugh.
- - ridis, you may laugh.
riào, they may laugh.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Rirta, &c., I should or would laugh, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que rira, &c., that I might laugh, &c.

SEconID PRETERIT TENSE.

Que risse, &c., that I might laugh, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando rir, &c., when I shall laugh, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Ri, laugh (thou).
rºa, let him laugh.
riámos, let us laugh.
ride, laugh (you).
riáo, let them laugh.
INFINITIVE MOOOD.
Rir, to laugh.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Rindo, laughing. Past. Rido, laughed.

SEGUIR, to follow.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Sigo, I follow.
segues, thou followest.
segue, he follows.
 WERBS.

Seguimos, we follow.
seguts, you follow.
seguem, they follow.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Seguía, &c., I did follow, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Segui, &c., I followed, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Segutra, &c., I had followed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE,

Seguirei, &c., I shall or will follow, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que siga, that I may follow.

sigas, thou mayst follow.
siga, he may follow.
sigámos, we may follow.
sigáis, you may follow.
sigão, they may follow.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Seguiría, &c., I should or would follow, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que segutra, &c., that I might follow, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE

Que Seguisse, &c., that I might follow, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando Seguir, &c., when I shall follow, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Segue, follow (thou).
siga, let him follow.
sigámos, - let us follow.
segui, follow (you).
sigão, let them follow.
128 VERBS.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Seguir, to follow.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Seguindo, following. Past. Seguido, followed.

Conjugate after the same manner the compounds con
seguir, to obtain; perseguir, to persecute; and proseguir,
to prosecute.

SERVIR, to serve.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Sirvo, I serve,
serves, thou servest.
serve, he serves.
servimos, We Serve.

servis, you serve.

servem, they serve.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Servia, &c., I did serve, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Servi, &c., I served, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Servira, &c., I had served, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Servirei, &c., I shall or will serve, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Çue sirva, that I may serve.

sirvas, thou mayst serve.
sirva, he may serve.
sirvámos, we may serve.
sirváis, you may serve.
sirvāo, they may serve.
 VERBS. 129

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Serviria, &c., I should or would serve, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que servira, &c., that I might serve, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que servisse, &c., that I might serve, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando servir, &c., when I shall serve, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Serve, serve (thou).
sirva, let him serve.
sirvámos, let us serve.
servi, serve (you).
sirvāo, let them serve.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Servir, to serve.
PARTICIPLEs,
Present. Servindo, serving. Past. Servido, served.

SAHIR, to go out.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Saio, I go out.
sahes, thou goest out.
sahe, he goes out.
sahimos, we go out.
sahis, you go out.
sahem, they go out.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Sahia, &c., I did go out, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Sahi, &c., I went out, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Sahtra, &c., I had gone out, &c.

 130 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Sahirei, &c., I shall or will go out, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Que saia, that I may go out.
saias, thou mayst go out.
saia, he may go out.
saidmos, we may go out.
saidis, you may go out.
saido, they may go out.
CoNDITIONAL TENSE.
Sahiria, &c., I should or would go out, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sahtra, &c., that I might go out, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que Sahisse, &c., that I might go out, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando sahir, &c., when I shall go out, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sahe, go (thou) out.
saia, let him go out.
saidmos, let us go out.
sahi, go (you) out.
saido, let them go out.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Sahir, to go out.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sahindo, going out. Past. Sahido, gone out.

In the same manner are conjugated all other verbs ending
in hir; as, cahir, to fall; descahir, to decay; recahir,
to relapse, &c.
 VERBS, 13.

PEDIR, to ask.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Peço, I ask.
pedes, thou askest.
pede, he asks.
pedimos, we ask.
pedis, you ask.
pedem, they ask.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Pedia, &c., I did ask, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.

Pedi, &c., I asked, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Pedira, &c., I had asked, &c.

FUTURE TENSE

Pedirei, &c., I shall or will ask, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Cue pega, that I may ask.

pegas, thou mayst ask.
pega, he may ask.
pegåmos, we may ask.
pegåis, you may ask.
pegå0, they may ask.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Pediria, &c., I should or would ask, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que pedira, &c., that I might ask, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que pedisse, &c., that I might ask, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando pedir, &c., when I shall ask, &c.

132 VERBS.

IMPERATIVE MOOD,

Pede, ask (thou). -

peºa, let him ask.

pegåmos, let us ask.
pedi, ask (you).
pegão, let them ask.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pedir, to ask.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Pedindo, asking. Past. Pedido, asked.

IMPEDIR, to hinder.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Impido, I hinder.
wnipedes, thou hinderest.
impede, he hinders.

impedimos, we hinder.
impedis, you hinder.
impedem, they hinder.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Impedia, &c., I did hinder, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Impedi, &c., I hindered, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Impedira, &c., I had hindered, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

impedirei, &c., I shall or will hinder, &c.

 WERBS. 133

SUBJEJNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE,

Que impida, that I may hinder.

impidas, theu mayst hinder.
impida, he may hinder.
impidamos, we may hinder.
impiddis, you may hinder.
impidio, they may hinder.
cond ITIONAL TENSE.
Impediria, &c., I should or would hinder, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que impedira, &c., that I might hinder, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que impedisse, &c., that I might hinder, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando impedir, &c., when I shall himder, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Impede, hinder (thou).
impida, let him hinder.
impiddmos, let us hinder.
impedi, hinder (you).
impidae, let them hinder.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Impedir, to hinder.
PARTICIPLEs.
Present. Impedindo, hindering.
Past. Impedido, hindered.
The verb despedir, to dismiss, is conjugated in the same
manner; though by some referred to the conjugation of
edir, to ask. Others pretend that impedir and despedir
ve no first person in the * and subjunctive.
134 VERBS,

"ouvik, to hear,
INDICATIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.
Ouço, I hear.
Ouve5, thou hearest.
oute, he hears.
ouvimos, we hear.
ouvis, … --> you hear,
ouvems, they hear,
...tmperfect TENSE.
Ouvia, &c., I did hear, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.

Ouvi, &c., I heard, &c. …

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Ouvīra, &c., I had heard, &c.
FUTURE TENSE. -

Ouvirei, &c., I shall or will hear, &c,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE. **

Que ouca, that I may hear.

ouças, thou maySt hear,
ouga, he may hear.
oucámos, we may hear.
ougáis, - ºr you may hear.
oução, they may hear.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Ouvirta, &c., I should or would hear, &c.
FIRST PRETERIt TENSE.
Que ouvira, &c., that I might hear, &c.
seconD PRETERIT TENSE
Qwe ouvisse, &c., that I might hear, &c.
Future tense.
Quando ouvir, &c., when I shall hear, &c.
 VERBS. 135

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Ouve, hear (thou).
ouga, ºr * * let him hear.
ouçámos, let us hear.
ouvi, hear (you).
oução, let them hear.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Ouvir, to hear. .
PARTICIPLEs.
Present. Ouvindo, hearing. Past. Ouvido, heard.

sENTIR, to feel.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
| PRESENT Tense.
Sinto, I feel.
sentes, - thou feelest.
Semte, he feels.
sentimos, we feel.
sentis, you feel.
sentem, they feel.
- IMPERFECT TENSE.

Sentia, &c., I did feel, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.
Senti, &c., I felt, &c.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Sentira, &c., I had felt, &c.

FUTURE TENse.
Sentirei, &c, , I shall or will feel, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que sinta, " " that I might feel.

sintas, ` thou mightst feel.
sinta, he might feel.
I36 VERBS.

Sintámos, we might feel.

sintáis, you might feel.
sintão, they might feel.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Sentirta, &e., I should or would feel, &e.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sentira, &c., that I might feel, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sentisse, &c., that I might feel, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando sentir, &c., when I shall feel, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sente, feel (thou).
sinta, let him feel.
sintámos, let us feel.
senti, feel (you).
sintáo, let them feel.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Sentir, to feel.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sentindo, feeling. Past. Sentido, felt.

The compounds assentir, to assent; consentir, to con

sent; dissentir, to dissent; presentir, to present; follow
the same conjugation.

vesTIR, to dress.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Visto, I dress.
westes, thou dressest.
veste, he dresses.
vestimos, we dress.
vestis, you dress.
testem, they dress.
 VERBs. 137
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Westta, &c., I did dress, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Westi, &c., I dressed, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Vestira, &c., I had dressed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Vestirei, &c., I shall or will dress, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Que vista, that I may dress.

vistas, thou mayst dress.
vista, . he may dress.
vistámos, we may dress.
vistdis, you may dress.
vistão, they may dress.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Westirta, &c., I should or would dress, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que vestira, &c., that I might dress, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que vestisse, &c., that I might dress, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando vestir, &c., when I shall dress, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Weste, dress (thou).
vista, let him dress.
vistámos, let us dress.
vesti, dress (you)"
vistão, let them dress,

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Westir, to dress.
N 3
138 VERBS.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Vestindo, dressing. Past. Vestido, dressed.

Conjugate after the same manner the compounds revestir,

to dress again; and investir, to attack.

ADVERTIR, to warn.
INDICATIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

.Advirto, I warm.
advertes, thou warnest.
adverte, he warns.
advertimos, We Warn.

advertis, you warn.

advertem, they warn.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

.Advertia, &c., I did warn, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Adverti, &c., I warned, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

.Advertºra, &c., I had warned, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Advertirei, &c., I shall or will warn, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que advirta, that I may warn.

advirtas, thou mayst warm.
advirta, he may warn.
advirtámos, we may warn.
advirtdis, you may warn.
advirtão, they may warn.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Advertiria, &c., I should or would warn, &c.

 VERBS. 139

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que advertira, &c., that I might warm, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que advertisse, &c., that I might warn, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando advertir, &c., when I shall warn, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Adverte, warn (thou).
advirta, let him warn.
advirtámos, let us warn.
adverti, warn (you).
advirtão, let them warn.

INFINITIVE MOOD,
Advertir, to warn.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Advertindo, warning.
Past. Advertido, warned.

DESPIR, to strip.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
| PRESENT TENse.
Dispo, I strip.
despes, thou strippest.
despe, he strips.
despimos, We strip.
despis, you strip.
despem, they strip.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Despia, &c., I did strip, &c,

PERFECT TENSE. ,

Despi, &c., I stripped, &c.

138 VERBS.

PARTICIPLES.

Present. Vestindo, dressing. Past. Vestido, dressed.

Conjugate after the same manner the compounds revestir,

to dress again; and investir, to attack.

ADVERTIR, to warn.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

.Advirto, I warn.
advertes, thou warnest.
adverte, he warns.
advertimos, We Warn.

advertis, you warn.

advertem, they warn.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

.Advertia, &c., I did warn, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Adverti, &c., I warned, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

.Adverttra, &c., I had warned, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Advertirei, &c., I shall or will warm, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que advirta, that I may warn.

advirtas, thou mayst warm.
advirta, he may warn.
advirtámos, we may warn.
advirtáis, you may warn.
advirtão, they may warn.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Advertiria, &c., I should or would warn, &c.

 VERBS. 141

DIGERIR, to digest.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Digiro, I digest.
digeres, thou digestest,
digere, he digests.
digerimos, we digest.
digerts, you digest.
digerem, . they digest.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Digeria, &c., I did digest, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Digeri, &c., I digested, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Digerira, &c., I had digested, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Digerirei, &c., I shall or will digest, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT, TENSE,

Que digira, that I may digest.

digiras, thou mayst digest.
digira, he may digest.
digirámos, we may digest.
digiráis, you may digest.
digirão, they may digest.
conditionAL TENSE.

Digeriria, &c., I should or would digest, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que digerira, &c., that I might digest, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que digerisse, &c., that I might digest, &c.

142 , VERBs.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando digerir, &c., when I shall digest, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Digere, digest (thou).
digira, let him digest.
digirámos, let us digest,
digeri, - digest (you).
digirão, let them digest.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Digerir, to digest.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Digerindo, digesting.

Past, Digerido, digested.

FERIR, to wound.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Firo, - I wound.
feres, thou woundest,
fere, he wounds.
ferimos, we wound.
jerís, you wound.
ferem, they wound.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Feria, &c., I did wound, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Feri, &c., I wounded, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Fertra, &c., I had wounded, &c.

 VERBS, 143

FUTURE TENSE.

Ferirei, &c., I shall or will wound, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que fira, that I may wound.”

Jiras, thou mayst wound.
jira, he may wound.
firámos, we may wound.
firáis, you may wound.
firão, they may wound.
CoNDITIONAL TENSE.
. Feriria, &c., I should or would wound, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que fertra, &c., that I might wound, &c.

sEconD PRETERIT TENSE.
Que ferisse, &c., that I might wound, &c.
FUTURE TENSE

Quando ferir, &c., when I shall wound, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Fere, wound (thou).
jira, let him wound.
firámos, let us wound.
feri, wound (you).
y
firão, , ,, , let them wound.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
*Ferir, to wound.
* PARTICIPLEs.
Present. Ferindo, wounding. Past. Ferido, wounded.
Conjugate in like manner, afferir, to stamp weights and
measures; conferir, to confer; deferir, to defer; differir,
to differ; inferir, to infer; preferir, to prefer; proferir,
to utter; referir, to refer.
144 VERBS,

FREGIR, to fry.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Frijo, I fry...
yreges,
g
thou friest.
he fries
rege, e tries.

fregimos, we fry.
jregis, you fry.
fregem, they fry.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Fregia, &c., I did fry, &c.

PERFECT TENSEs

Fregi, &c., I fried, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Fregtra, &c., I had fried, &c.
FUTURE TENSE,

Fregirei, &c., I shall or will fry, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Que frija, that I may fry.
frijas, thou mayst fry.
jrija, he may fry.
frijámos, we may fry.
frijáis, you may fry.
jrijão, they may fry.
conditionAL TENSE.
Fregiria, &c., I should or would fry, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fregira, &c., that I might fry, &c.
SEcoMD PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fregisse, &c., that I might fry, &c.
 VERBS. 145

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando fregir, &c., when I shall fry, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Frege, fry (thou).
frija, let him fry.
frijámos, let us fry.
fregi, fry (you).
jrijão, let them fry.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Fregir. to fry.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Fregimdo, frying. Past. Fregido, fried.

, Mote. It is better to use frigir than fregir, the first

being regular.

MENTIR, to lie.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

JMinto, I lie.
memtes, thou liest.
mente, he lies.
'mentimos, we lie.
mentis, you lie.
*nemtem, they lie.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Mentia, &c., I did lie, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.

JMenti, &c., I lied, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

JMentira, &c., I had lied, &c.

O
146 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Mentirei, &c., I shall or will lie, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que minta, that I may lie.

mintas, thou mayst lie.
minta, he may lie.
mintámos, we may lie.
mintais, you may lie.
mintão, they may lie.
CONDITIONAL TENSE,

Mentiria, &c., I should or would lie, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que mentira, &c., that I might lie, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.
Que mentisse, &c., that I might lie, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.
Quando mentir, &c., when I shall lie, &c.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
JMente, lie (thou).
minta, let him lie.
mintámos, let us lie.
menti, lie (you).
mintão, let them lie,

INFINITIVE MOOD,
Mentir, to lie.
PARTICIPLES,
Present. JMentindo, lying. Past. Mentido, lied.

The compound desmentir, to give the lie, is conjugated

in the same manner.
 VERBS. - 147

REPETIR, to repeat.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Repito, I repeat.
repetes, thou repeatest.
repete, he repeats.
repetimos, we repeat.
repetis, you repeat.
repetem, they repeat.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Repetta, &c., I did repeat, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Repeti, &c., I repeated, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Repetira, &c., I had repeated, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Repetirei, &c., I shall or will repeat, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que repita, that I may repeat.

repitas, thou mayst repeat.
repita, he may repeat.
repitámos, we may repeat.
repitáis, you may repeat.
repitão, they may repeat.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Repetiria, &c., I should or would repeat, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que repetira, &c., that I might repeat, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que repetisse, &c., that I might repeat, &c.

148 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando repetir, &c., when I shall repeat, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Repete, repeat (thou).
repita, let him repeat.
repitámos, let us repeat.
repeti, repeat (you).
repitão, let them repeat.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Repetir, to repeat.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Repetindo, repeating. Past. Repetido, repeated.

MEDIR, to measure.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

JMego, I measure.
medes, thou measurest.
nede, he measures.
medimos, We measure.

medis, you measure.

medem, they measure.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Media, &c., I did measure, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

JMedi, &c., I measured, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

JMedtra, &c., I had measured, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Medirei, &c., I shall or will measure, &e.

 VERBS. - 149

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que mega, that I may measuré.

negas, thou mayst measure.
mega, he may measure.
megámos, we may measure.
negdis, you may measure.
megáo, they may measure.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.
JMediria, &c., I should or would measure, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que medira, &c., that I might measure, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE,

Que medisse, &c., that I might measure, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.
Quando medir, &c., when I shall measure, &c.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
JMede, measure (thou).
mega, let him measure.
megámos, let us measure.
medi, measure (you).
megåo, let them measure.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
.Medir, to measure.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Medindo, measuring. Past. Medido, measured.

soRTIR, to supply; also to produce or take effect.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Sorto, I supply.
surtes, thou suppliest.
surte, he supplies.
o3
150 VERBS.

Sortimos, we supply.
sorts, you supply.
surtem, they supply.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Sortia, &c., I did supply, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Sorti, &c., I supplied, &c.

PLUPERFCET TENSE.

Sortra, &c., I had supplied, &c.

FUTURE TENse.
Sortirei, &c., I shall or will supply, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que surta, that I may supply.

surtas, thou mayst supply.
surta, he may supply.
surtámos, - we may supply.
surtais, you may supply.
surtāo, they may supply.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Sortiría, &c., I should or would supply, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sortira, &c., that I might supply, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sortisse, &c., that I might supply, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando sortir, &c., when I shall supply, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Surte, supply (thou).
Surta, let him supply.
surtámos, let us supply.
sorti, supply (you).
surtā0, let them supply.
 VERBS. 151

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Sortir, to supply.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sortindo, supplying,

Past. Sortido, supplied.

SUBIR, to ascend.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Subo, I ascend.
sóbes, thou ascendest.
sóbe, he ascends.
subimos, we ascend.
subts, you ascend.
sGbem, they ascend.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Subla, &c., I did ascend, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.

Subi, &c., I ascended, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Subtra, &c., I had ascended, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Subirei, &c., I shall or will ascend, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que suba, &c., that I may ascend, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Subirta, &c., I should or would ascend, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que subtra, &c., that I might ascend, &c. |
 VERBS.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que subisse, &c., that I might ascend, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando subir, &c., when I shall ascend, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sóbe, ascend (thou).
suba, let him ascend.
subámos, let us ascend.
subi, ascend (you).
subăo, let them ascend.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Subir, to ascend.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Subindo, ascending. Past. Subido, ascended.

ACUDIR, to help; to have recourse to.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

.Acudo, I help.
acódes, thou helpest.
acóde, he helps.
acudimos, we help.
acudis, you . -

acódem, they help.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

.Acudia, &c., I did help, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Acudi, &c., I helped, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

.Acudira, &c., I had helped, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

.4cudirei, &c., I shall or will help, &c.

 VERBS. 153

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que acuda, &c., that I may help, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Acudiria, &c., I should or would help, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que acudira, &c., that I might help, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que acudisse, &c., that I might help, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando acudir, &c., when I shall help, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
.Acáde, help (thou).
acuda, let him help.
acuddmos, let us help.
acudi, - help (you).
acudaio, let them help.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
.4cudir, to help.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Acudindo, helping. Past. Acudido, helped.

Sacudir, to shake, has the same inflections.

BULIR, to move or stir.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Bulo, I stir.
bóles, thou stirrest.
bóle, he stirs.
bulimos, we stir.
bulis, you stir.
- bólem, they stir.
154 - VERBS.

IMPERFECT, TENSE.

Bulia, &c., I did stir, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Buli, &c., I stirred, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Bulira, &c., I had stirred, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Bulirei, &c., I shall or will stir, &c,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que bula, &c., that I may stir, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Buliria, &c., I should or would stir, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que bulira, &c., that I might stir, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que bulisse, &c., that I might stir, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando bulir, &c., when I shall stir, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Bóle, stir (thou).
bula, let him stir.
bulámos, let us stir.
buli, stir (you).
bulā0, let them stir.

INFINITIVE MOOD,
Bulir, to stir.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Bulindo, stirring. Past. Bulido, stirred.

Engulir, to swallow, is conjugated in the same manner.

 VERBS. 155

CONSTRUIR, to construct.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Construo, I construct.
constróes, thou constructest.
conströe, he constructs.
construimos, We COnStruct.
construts, you construct.
constróem, they construct.
IMPERFECT TENSE. - ,-

Construña, &c., I did construct, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.
Construi, &c., I constructed, &c.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Construira, &c., I had constructed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.
Construirei, &c., I shall or will construct, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Que construa, &c., that I may construct, &c.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Construirta, &c., I should or would construct, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

que construtra, &c., that I might construct, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.
Que construisse, &c., that I might construct, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Çuando construir, &c., when I shall construct, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Constróe, construct (thou).
construa, let him construct.
construdmos, let us construct.
construi, construct (you).
construáo, let them construct.
156 VERBS,

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Construir, to construct.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Construendo, constructing.

Past. Construido, constructed.
Destruir, to destroy, follows the same conjugation.

CONSUMIR, to consume.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Consumo, I consume.
consómes, thou consumest.
consóme, he consumes.
consumimos, We COnSume.

consumis, you consume,

consómem, they consume.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Consumia, &c., I did consume, &c.
PERFECT TENse.
Consumi, &c., I consumed, &c.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Consumira, &c., I had consumed, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Consumirei, &c., I shall or will consume, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que consuma, &c., that I may consume, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Consumiria, &c., I should or would consume,

FIRST PRETERIT TENse.
Que consumira, &c., that I might consume, &c.
 VERBS. 157

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que consumisse, &c., that I might consume, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando consumir, &c., when I shall consume, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Consóme, consume (thou).
consuma, let him consume.
consumámos, let us consume.
consumi, consume (you).
consumão, let them consume.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Consumir, to consume.
PARTICIPLES.
Present, Consumindo, consuming,
Past. Consumido, consumed.

CUBRIR, to cover.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Cubro, I cover.
cóbres, thou coverest.
cobre, he covers.
cubrimos, We COWer.
cubris, you cover.
cóbrem, they cover.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Cubria, &c., I did cover, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Cubri, &c., I covered, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Cubrira, &c., I had covered, &c.

- FUTURE TENSE.

Cubrirei, &c., I shall or will cover, &c.

P
158 VERBS,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,
PRESENT TENSE.

Que cubra, &c., that I may cover, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Cubriria, &c., I should or would cover, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cubrira, &c., that I might cover, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cubrisse, &c., that I might cover, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando cubrir, &c., when I shall cover, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Cóbre, cover (thou).
cubra, let him cover.
cubrámos, let us cover.
cubri, cover (you).
cubrāo, let them cover.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Cubrir, to cover.
PARTICIPLES. w

Present. Cubrindo, covering. Past. Cubrido, covered.

The compounds descubrir, to discover; and encubrir,
to conceal, are conjugated in the same manner. But pre
fer cobrir, descobrir, and encobrir, which are regular.

CUSPIR, to spit.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Cuspo, I spit.
cóspes, thou spittest.
cóspe, he spits.
cuspimos, we spit.
cuspás, you spit.
cóspem, they spit.
 VERBs, 159

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Cuspia, &c., I did spit, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Cuspi, &c., I spit, or spat, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE,

Cuspíra, &c., I had spit, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Cuspirei, &c., I shall or will spit, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que cuspa, &c., that I may spit, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Cuspiría, &c., I should or would spit, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cuspíra, &c., that I might spit, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que cuspisse, &c., that I might spit, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando cuspir, &c., when I shall spit, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Céspe, spit (thou).
cuspa, let him spit.
cuspámos, let us spit.
cuspi, spit (you).
cuspáo, let them spit.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Cuspir, to spit.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Cuspindo, spitting.
Past, Cuspido, spit.
160 VERBS.

FUGIR, to flee.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Fujo, I flee.
föges, thou fleest.
föge, he flees.
fugimos, we flee.
fugiº, you flee.
fgem, they flee.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Fugia, &c., I did flee, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Fugi, &c., I fled, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Fugira, &c., I had fled, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Fugirei, &c., I shall or will flee, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que fuja, &c., that I may flee, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Fugiria, &c., I should or would flee, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que fugira, &c., that I might flee, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que fugisse, &c., that I might flee, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando fugir, &c., when I shall flee, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Föge, flee (thou).
fuja, let him flee.
fujámos, let us flee.
fugi, flee (you).
fujão, let them flee.
 VERBS. 161

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Fugir, to flee.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Fugindo, fleeing. Past. Fugido, fled.

º

SUMIR, to sink.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Sumo, I sink.
sómes, thou sinkest.
sóme, he sinks.
sumimos, we sink.
sum?s, you sink.
sómem, they sink.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Sumta, &c., I did sink, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Sumi, &c., I sunk, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Sumira, &c., I had sunk, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Sumirei, &c., I shall or will sink, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que suma, &c., that I may sink, &c.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Sumirta, &c., I should or would sink, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sumira, &c., that I might sink, &c.

Secon D PRETERIT TENSE.

Que sumisse, &c., that I might sink, &c.

P 3
162 VERBS.

FUTURE tense.

Quando sumir, &c., when I shall sink, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sóme, sink (thou).
Suma, let him sink.
sumdmos, let us sink.
sumi, sink (you).
sumão, - let them sink.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Sumir, to sink.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Sumindo, sinking. Past. Sumido, sunk.

surgir, to come to an anchor.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Surjo, I come to an anchor.

sorges, thou comest to an anchor.
sórge, he comes to an anchor.
surgimos, we come to an anchor.
surgis, you come to an anchor.
sórgem, they come to an anchor.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Surgia, &c., I did come to an anchor, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Surgi, &c., I came to anchor, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Surgºra, &c., I had come to an anchor, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Surgirei, &c., I shall or will come to an anchor, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que surja, &c., that I may come to anchor, &c.

 VERBS. 163

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Surgirta, &c., I should or would come to an anchor, &c.

- FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que surgira, &c., that I might come to an anchor, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que surgisse, &c., that I might come to an anchor, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando surgir, &c., when I shall come to an anchor, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sórge, come (thou) to an anchor.
surja, let him come to an anchor.
surjámos, let us come to an anchor.
surgi, come (you) to an anchor.
surjão, let them come to an anchor.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Surgir, to come to an anchor.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Surgindo, coming to an anchor.

Past. Surgido, come to an anchor.

TUSSIR, to cough.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Tusso, I cough.
tosses, thou coughest.
tosse, he coughs.
tussimos, we cough.
tussts, you cough.
tossem, they cough.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Tussta, &c., I did cough, &c.

164 VERBS.

PERFECT TENSE.

Tussi, &c., I coughed, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Tusstra, &c., I had coughed, &c.
FUTURE TENSE
Tussirei, &c., I shall or will cough, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Que tussa, &c., that I may cough, &c.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Tussirta, &c., I should or would cough, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Que tusstra, &c., that I might cough, &c.
sEcond PRETERIT TENSE.
Que tussisse, &c., that I might cough, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.
Quando tussir, &c., when I shall cough, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Tösse, cough (thou).
tussa, let him cough,
tussdmos, let us cough.
tussi, cough (you).
tussào, let them cough.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Tussir, to cough.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Tussindo, coughing.
Past. Tussido, coughed.

. Note: Instead of tussir we frequently use tossir, which

is regular.
 VERBS. 165

VIR, to COme.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Wenho, I come.
vems, thou comest.
vem, he comes.
vimos, - We COme.
vindes, you come.
vem, they come.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Winha, I did come.
vinhas, thou didst come.
vinha, he did come.
vinhamos, we did come.
vinheis, you did come,
vinhão, they did come.
PERFECT TENSE.
Vim, I came.
vieste, thou cameSt.
veio, he came.
viemos, We Came.
viestes, you came.
vieråo, they came.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Viéra, I had come.
vièras, thou hadst come.
viéra, he had come.
viéramos, we had come.
wiéreis, you had come.
viéráo, they had come.
FUTURE TENSE.

Wirei, &c., I shall or will come, &c,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que venha, that I may come.

venhas, thou mayst come.
venha, he may come.
166 VERBS.

Wenhámos, we may come.

venhais, you may come.
venhão, they may come.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Viria, &c., I should or would come, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que viéra, that I might come.

viéras, thou mightst come.
vićra, he might come.
viéramos, we might come.
viéreis, you might come.
viéráo, they might come.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que viesse, that I might come.

viesses, thou mightst come.
viesse, he might come.
viéssemos, we might come.
viésseis, you might come.
vièssem, they might come.
FUTURE TENSE.
Quando vier, when I shall come.
vieres, thou shalt come.
vier, he shall come.
viermos, we shall come.
vierdes, you shall come.
vierem, they shall come.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Wem, come (thou).
venha, let him come.
venhámos, let us come.
vinde, come (you).
venhão, let them come.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Wir, to come.
PARTICIPLES.

Present, Windo, coming. Past, Windo, come.

 VERBS. 167

The compounds convir and avir-se, to agree; provir, to

proceed; sobrevir, to happen; disconvir or desconvir, to dis
agree, follow the same conjugation.

PöR, to put or place.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Ponho, I put.
pöes or páis, thou puttest.
pöe or pāi, he puts.
pomos, we put.
pondes, you put.
pöem, they put.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Punha, I did put.

punhas, thou didst put,
punha, he did put.
punhamos, we did put.
punheis, you did put.
punhão, they did put.
PERFECT TENSE.

Puz, I put.
puzeste or pozeste, thou puttest.
póz, he put.
puzemos or pozemos, we put.
puzestes or pozestes, you put.
puzéráo or pozerāo, they put.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Puzéra or pozéra, I had put.

puzéras or pozéras, thou hadst put.
puzéra or pozéra, he had put.
puzéramos or pozáramos, we had put.
puzéreis, or pozèreis, you had put.
puzéráo or pozērāo, they had put.
FUTURE TENSE.

Porei, &c., I shall or will put, &c.

168 VERBS.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Que ponha,
that I may put.
ponhas, thou mayst put.
ponha, he may put.
we may put.
ponhámos,
you may put.
ponháis,
ponhão, they may put.
CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Poria, &c., I should or would put, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que puzéra or pozéra, that I might put.

puzéras or pozéras, thou mightst put.
puzéra or pozéra, he might put.
puzéramos or pozéramos, we might put.
puzéreis or pozéreis, you might put,
puzéráo or pozērāo, they might put.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que puzesse or pozesse, that I might put.

puzesses or pozesses, thou mightst put.
puzesse or pozesse, he might put.
puzessemos or pozessemos, we might put.
puzesseis or pozessels, you might put.
puzessem or pozessem, they might put.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando puzer or pozer, when I shall put,

puzer or pozer, thou shalt put.
puzer or pozer, he shall put.
puzermos or pozermos, we shall put.
puzerdes or pozerdes, you shall put.
puzerem or pozerem, they shall put.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.

póe or pāi, put (thou).

ponha, let him put. .
ponhámos, let us put.
ponde, put (you).
ponhão let them put,
 VERBS. 169

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pór, to put.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Pondo, putting. Past. Posto, put.

The compounds of pdr are conjugated in the same man

ner, viz:
..Antepôr, to put before.
Compór, to compose.
Depór, to depose.
Descompér, to discompose.
Dispór, to dispose.
Expór, to expose.
Impôr, empór, to impose.
Indispór, to indispose.
Interpór, to interpose.
Oppér, to oppose.
Pospór, to postpone.
Prepôr, to prefer.
Presuppér, to presuppose.
Propór, to propose.
Repôr, to put again.
Sotopór, to put under.
Suppor, to suppose.
Transpár, to transpose.

DEFECTIVE VERBS.

APRAZER and PRAZER, to please. (impersonal)

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

JApraz or praz, it pleases.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Aprazia, it did please.

PERFECT TENSE.

JAprouve or prouve (prove), it pleased.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Aprouvéra or prouvéra (prouvéra), it had pleased.

FUTURE TENSE.

Aprazerá, it will please.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PERFECT TENS E.

Que apraza or praza, that it may please.

Q
176) VERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Aprazeria, it would would please.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que aprouvéra or prouvéra (provéra), that it might

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE. [please.
Que aprouvesse or prouvesse, that it might please.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando aprouver or prouver (prover), when it shall

PARTICIPLES. ſplease.
Present. Aprazendo or prouvendo (provendo), pleasing.
Past. .Aprazido, pleased.

Desaprazer, to displease, and comprāzer, to please, are

inflected after the same manner.

PRECAveR, to prevent (an accident).

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Precaves, thou preventest.

precave, he prevents.
precavemos, we prevent.
precaveis, you prevent.
precavem, they prevent.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Precavia, &c., I did prevent, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.

Precavi, &c., I prevented, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Precavéra, &c., I had prevented, &c.

FUTURE TENSE

Precaverei, &c., I shall or will prevent, &c.

 VERBS. 171

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Precavería, &c., I should or would prevent.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que precavéra, &c., that I might prevent, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que precavesse, &c., that I might prevent, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando precaver, &c., when I shall prevent, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Precave, prevent (thou).

precavei, prevent (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Precaver, to prevent.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Precavendo, preventing.
Past. Precavido, prevented.
Feder, to stink, is defective in the same persons as pre
caver; namely, where an o or an a would follow the d.

BRANDIR, to brandish.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

brandimos, we brandish.
Abrandis, you brandish.
172 WERBS.

IMPFRFECT TENSE.

Brandta, &c., I did brandish, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Brandi, &c., I brandished, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Brandíra, &c., I had brandished, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Brandirei, &c., I shall or will brandish, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

conditionAL teNSE.

Brandiria, &c., I should or would brandish, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que brandira, &c., that I might brandish, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que brandisse, &c., that I might brandish, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando brandir, &c., when I shall brandish, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

brandi, brandish (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Brandir, to brandish.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Brandindo, brandishing.
Past. Brandido, brandished.
 WERBS. 173

CARPIR, to weep.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

carpimos, we weep.
carpīs, you weep.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Carpia, &c., I did weep, &c.

PERFECT TENSE. *.

Carpi, &c., I wept, &c.

PLU PERFECT TENSE.

Carptra, &c., I had wept, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Carpirei, &c., I shall or will weep, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Carpirta, &c., I should or would weep, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que carptra, &c., that I might weep, &c.

SEconD PRETERIT TENSE.
Que carpisse, &c., that I might weep, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando carpir, &c., when I shall weep, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

carpi, weep (you).

Q 3
174 VERBS.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Carpir, to weep.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Carpindo, weeping. Past. Carpido, wept.

comprin, to fulfil, or comply with.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

comprimos, we fulfil.
compris, you fulfil.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Compria, &c., I did fulfil, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.
Compri, &c., I fulfilled, &c.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Comprira, &c., I had fulfilled, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Comprirei, &c., I shall or will fulfil, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

Compriria, &c., I should or would fulfil, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que comprira, &c., that I might fulfil, &c.

SECOND PRETERIt teNSE.

Que comprisse, &c., that I might fulfil, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando comprir, &c., when I shall fulfil, &c.

 VERBS. 175

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

compri, fulfil (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Comprir, to fulfil.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Comprindo, fulfilling.

Past. Comprido, fulfilled.
JVote. Instead of comprir we now use cumpril, which
is a regular verb: example,
Elle não cumpre (com) a sua He does not keep his word.
palavra.
Rogo-lhes que cumpräo com I beg you to comply with
o desejo de meu irmāo. my brother's desire.
.4 Inglaterra espera que cada England expects every man
hum cumpra o seu dever. to do his duty.

CoLoRIR, to colour. -

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

colorimos, we colour.
coloris, you colour.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Coloria, &c.; I did colour, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Colori, Śc., I coloured, &c.

 176 VERBS.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Colortra, &c., I had coloured, &c.

- FUTURE TENSE.

Colorirei, &c., I shall or will colour, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Coloriria, &c., I should or would colour, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que colortra, &c., that I might colour, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que colorisse, &c., that I might colour, &c.

- FUTURE TENSE.

Quando colorir, &c., when I shall colour, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

colori, colour (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Colorir, to colour.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Colorindo, colouring. Past. Colorido, coloured.

DEMoLIR, to demolish.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

demoles, thou demolishest.

demole, - he demolishes.
 VERBS. 177

Demolimos, we demolish.
demolis, you demolish.
demolem, they demolish.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Demolia, &c., I did demolish, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Demoli, &c., I demolished, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Demolira, &c., I had demolished, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Demolirei, &c., I shall or will demolish, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Demoliria, &c., I should or would demolish, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que demolira, &c., that I might demolish, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que demolisse, &c., that I might demolish, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando demolir, &c., when I shall demolish, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
demole, demolish (thou).

demoli, demolish (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Demolir, to demolish.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Demolindo, demolishing.
Past. Demolido, demolished.
178 WERBS.

DiscERNIR, to discern.
INDICATIVE MOOD. "
PRESENT TENSE.

discernimos, we discern.
discernis, you discern.

IMPERFECT TENSE.

Discernia, &c., I did discern, &c,

PERFECT TENSE.

Discerni, &c., I discerned, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Discernira, &c., I had discerned, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Discernirei, &c., I shall or will discern.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Discerniria, &c., I should or would discern.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que discernira, &c., that I might discern, &c.

seconD PRETERIT TENSE.
Que discernisse, &c., that I might discern, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando discernir, &c., when I shall discern, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

discernt, discern (you).

 VERBS. 179

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Discernir, to discern.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Discernindo, discerning.
Past. Discernido, discerned.

EXINANIR, to annihilate,

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

eſcinanimos, we annihilate,
exinants, - you annihilate.

IMPERFECT TENSE.
Erinanta, &c., I did annihilate, &c.
PERFECT TENSE.
Erinani, &c., I annihilated, &c.
PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Erinamitra, &c., I had annihilated, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.
Erinamirei, &c., I shall or will annihilate, &c.
z SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE. * .

CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Erinamiria, &c., I should or would annihilate, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.
Queerinantra, &c., that I might annihilate, &c.
SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.
Queerinamisse, &c., that I might annihilate, &c.
 VERBS.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando eximanir, &c., when I shall annihilate.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
-- -

-- -

exinani, annihilate (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Erinamir, to annihilate.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Erinamindo, annihilating.
Past. Erinamido, annihilated.

ExPELLIR, to expel.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

expelles, thou expellest.

expelle, he expels.
expellimos, we expel.
expellis, you expel.
expellem, they expel.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Expellia, &c., I did expel, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Erpelli, &c., I expelled, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Expellira, &c., I had expelled, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Expellirei, &c., I shall or will expel, &c.

 VERBS. 181

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Expelliria, &c., I should or would expel, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que erpellira, &c., that I might expel, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que expellisse, &c., that I might expel, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando expellir, &c., when I shall expel, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Expelle, expel (thou).

expelli, expel (you.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Expellir, to expel.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Expellindo, expelling.
Past. Erpellido, expelled.

Compellir, to compel, and repellir, to repel, are defective

in the same persons.

MONIR, to admonish.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
182 VERBS.

JMonimos, we admonish.
monts, you admonish.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Monta, &c., I did admonish, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

JMoni, &c., I admonished, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

JMontra, &c., I had admonished, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

JMonirei, &c., I shall or will admonish, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Moniria, &c., I should or would admonish, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que montra, &c., that I might admonish, &c.

second PRETERIT TENse.
Que monisse, &c., that I might admonish, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.
Quando monir, &c., when I shall admonish, &c.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.

moni, admonish (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Monir, to admonish.
PARTICIPLES.
Present, JMonindo, andmonishing.
Past, JMonido, admonished.
 VERBS, 183

MUNIR, to stock, store, or supply.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

munimos, We store.
munis, you store.

IMPERFECT TENSE

Munta, &c., I did store, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Muni, &c. I stored, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Munira, &c, , I had stored, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Munirei, &c., I shall or will store, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

JMunirta, &c., I should or would store, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que munira, &c., that I might store, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que munisse, &c., that I might store, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Quando munir, &c., when I shall store, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
--

muni, store (you).

184. VERBS.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Munir, to store.
PARTICIPLES.

Present. Munindo, storing. Past. Munido, stored.

REFLECTIR, to reflect.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TFNSE.
-

reflectes, thou reflectest.

reflecte, he reflects.
reflectimos, we reflect.
reflectis, you reflect.
reflectem, they reflect.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Reflectia, &c., I did reflect, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Reflecti, &c., I reflected, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.
Reflectira, &c., I had reflected, &c.
FUTURE TENSE.
Reflectirei, &c., I shall or will reflect, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PESENT TENSE.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.
Reflectiria, &c., I should or would reflect, &c.
FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que reflectra, &c., that I might reflect, &c. f

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que reflectisse, &c., that I might reflect, &c.

 VERBS. 185
w
FUTURE TENSE.

Quando reflectir, &c., when I shall reflect, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Reflecte, reflect (thou).

Teflecti, reflect (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Reflectir, to reflect.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Reflectindo, reflecting.
Past. Reflectido, reflected.

SUBMERGIR, to sink.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

submerges, thou sinkest.

submerge, he sinks.
submergimos, we sink.
submergis, you sink.
submergem, they sink.
IMPERFECT TENSE.

Submergia, &c., I did sink, &c.

PERFECT TENSE.

Submergi, &c., I sunk, &c.

PLUPERFECT TENSE.

Submergira, &c., I had sunk, &c.

FUTURE TENSE.

Submergirei, &c., I shall or will sink, &c.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.

R 3
186 VERBS.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

Submergiria, &c., I should or would sink, &c.

FIRST PRETERIT TENSE.

Que submergira, &c., that I might sink, &c.

SECOND PRETERIT TENSE.

Que submergisse, &c., that I might sink, &c.

FUTURE TENSE. -

Quando submergir, &c., when I shall sink, &c.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Submerge, sink (thou).

submergi, sink (you).

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Submergir, to sink.
PARTICIPLES.
Present. Submergindo, sinking.
Past. ' Submergido, sunk.

SOER, to be wont.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
Soe, he is wont.
30em, they are wont.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Soia, he was wont.
soiâ0, they were wont.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.

Soendo, being wont.

 PAST PARTICIPLES. 187

OF PARTICIPLES.

The regular past participles of all verbs of the first con

jugation end in ado, and those of the second and third
conjugations in ido; but there are some verbs in each
conjugation which have two past participles, the one regular
the other irregular. They are as follows:
First Conjugation.
INFINITIVE. REG. PART. IRREG. PART,

.Aceitar, to accept, aceitado, aceito.

Affeiçoar, to enamour, affeiçoado, affecto.
..Annexar, to annex, annexado, 0.707062000,

Confessar, to confess, confessado, confesso.

Descalçar, to pull off one's descalçado, descalço.
shoes and stockings,
Entregar, to deliver, entregado, entreque.
Enzugar, to dry up, enzugado, ema:uto.

Exceptuar, to except, exceptuado, excepto.

Eaccusar, to excuse, excusado, €3:CMSO,

Expressar, to express, expressado, expresso.

Expulsar, to expel, expulsado, erpulso.
Fartar, to satiate, fartado, farto.
Fitar, to fix, fitado, jito.
Ficar, to fix, firado, firo.
Gastar, to spend, gastado, gasto.
Isentar, to exempt, isentado, isento.
Juntar, to join, - juntado, junto.
.Matar, to kill, matado, 7,707 to.

JMisturar, to mix, misturado, mixto or misto.

Occultar, to conceal, occultado, occulto.
Pagar, to pay, pagado, pago.
Sepultar, to bury, sepultado, sepulto.
Situar, to seat, situado, sito.
Soltar, to let go, soltado, solto.
Sujeitar, to subdue, sujeitado, sujeito.
 188 PAST PARTICIPLES.

Second Conjugation.
INFrniTIVE. REG. PART. IRREG. PART.

Suspeitar, to suspect, suspeitado, suspeito.

.Absolver, to absolve, absolvido, absoluto or
absolto.
.Absorber, to absorb, absorbido, absorto.
.Accender, to light, accendido, aCC680,

Benzer, to bless, benzido, bento.

Convencer, to convince, convencido, convicto.
Converter, to convert, convertido, conversO.

Corromper, to corrupt, corrompido, corrupto.

Defender, to defend, defendido, defeso.
Dissolver, to dissolve, dissolvido, dissoluto.
Eleger, to elect, elegido, eleito.
Envolver, to wrap up, envolvido, envolto.
Escrever, to write, escrevido, escrito.
Estender, to extend, estendido, estenSO.

Incorrer, to incur, tncorrido, incurso.

Intender, to increase, *ntendido, intenso.
Interromper, to interrupt, interrumpido, interrupto.
Morrer, to die, morrido, 7morto.

JWascer, to be born, mascido, mado.

Perverter, to pervert, pervertido, perverso.
Prender, to catch, prendido, preso.
Resolver, to resolve, resolvido, resoluto.
Romper, to break, rompido, Toto.

Suspender, to suspend, suspendido, suspenso.

Torcer, to twist, torcido, torto.

Third Conjugation.
Abrir, to open, abrido, aberto.
Abstrahir, to abstract, abstrahido, abstracto.
Affligir, to afflict, affligido, afflicto.
 PAST PARTICIPLES. 189

In FINITIVE. REG. PART. IRREG. PART,

Concluir, to conclude, concluido, concluso.

Confundir, to confound, confundido, confuso.

Contrahir, to contract, contrahido, contracto.

Cubrir, to cover, cubrido, cuberto.

Cobrir, to cover, cobrido, coberto.

Diffundir, to diffuse, diffundido, diffuso.

Dirigir, to direct, dirigido, directo.

Distinguir, to distinguish, distinguido, distinto.

Distrahir, to distract, distrahido, distracto.
Dividir, to divide, dividido, diviso.
Erigir, to erect, erecto.
erigido,
Extinguir, to extinguish, extinguido, extincto.
Erhawrir, to exhaust, exhaurido, exhausto.
Erimir, to exempt, eximido, exempto.
Erpellir, to expel, expellido, expulso.
Exprimir, to express, exprimido, expresso.
Extrahir, to extract, extrahido, ertractO.

Fregir, to fry, fregido, frito.

Imprimir, to print, imprimido, impresso.
Incluir, to include, incluido, £ncluso.

Infundir, to infuse, infundido, infuso.

Inserir, to insert, inserido, inserto.
Instruir, to instruct, tnstruido, instructo.
Omittir, to omit, omittido, omisso.
Opprimir, to oppress, opprimido, oppresso.
Possuir, to possess, possuido, possesso.
Prevenir, to prevent, prevenido, prevento.
Remittir, to remit, remittido, remisso.
Reprimir, to repress, reprimido, represso.
Submergir, to submerge, submergido, submerso.
Surgir, to cast anchor, surgido, Surto.

Tingir, to die, tingido, tinto.

190 PAST PARTICIPLES.

The verb querer, to like, has also a regular and an irre

gular participle; but the latter is principally used with the
adverbs bem and mal; as, elle he bem ou mal quisto de
todos, he is beloved or disliked by all.
Prescrever, to prescribe, and proscrever, to banish, have
each but one participle in use : prescripto and proscripto.

The regular past participles serve chiefly to form the

compound tenses of the active and neuter verbs, in con
junction with the verb ter. They admit of no variation in
gender or number in this case: thus we say,
Tenho pagado as duzentas I have paid the two hundred
libras. pounds.
Temo-los prendido. We have caught them.
Tinha resolvido evitar as He had resolved to avoid dis
desordens. turbances.
Já tinha morrido. She had died already. She
was already dead.
Teräo Bociado a miudo. They would have yawned
frequently.
Tinhão rompido a carta. They had torn the letter.
.Minda não tinha dado cem He had not walked a hun
passos quando parou para dred paces, when he stop
examinar o sacco. ped to examine the wallet.
Morrérão sem werem of uto They did not live to see the
das sementes que tinhão fruits of the seed they had
langado. SOWn.

The second kind, or the irregular participles, are used

as adjectives with the verbs ser, estar, ficar, andar, tra
zer, &c.; and also to form the passive voice. They are
subject to variation of gender and number; example:
O segredo foi roto por The secret was divulged by
Luiza. Louisa.
..Winguem foi excluso da sua No one was excluded from
liberalidade. his liberality.
 PAST PARTICIPLES. 191

Estes livros forão impres These books were printed

sos em Londres. in London.
Todos os criados forão pa All the servants were paid
gos, e despedidos. and dismissed.
Estamos pagos. We are paid.
Estava resoluta a perder. She was determined to lose.
Ficão entregues das cartas. They have received the let
ters.
Ficarão ambos os retratos Both the portraits remained in
suspensos e imperfeitos. in suspense, and unfinished.
.4 paz e a tranquillidade Peace and tranquillity go
andāo annexas 4 mansi hand in hand with meek
dāo. neSS.

This is the general practice. It must, however, be ob

served, that no positively invariable rule can be established
for the respective uses of the two kinds of participles; for
in some cases we find them employed in direct opposition
to the foregoing examples. It is quite proper, for instance,
to say:
Devem ser incluidos. They must be included.
Estão suspeitados, aceita They are suspected, accept
dos. - ed.
Tinha gasto a maior parte He had spent nearly his
da vida no serviço mili whole life in the army.
tar.
Havia roto a guerra. War had broken out.
A maior ligão que o Ceo ja The grandest lesson that
mais ha dado di terra. Heaven ever gave to earth.
Ficou mal pagado da sua He was ill rewarded for his
probidade. probity. .
Anda sempre distrahido com Gaming and bad practices
vicios e jogos, de suas keep him alienated from
obrigaçães. his duty.
The learner will do well to keep to the regular way of
combining the participles, until he is enabled, by frequently
perusing good authors, to discriminate those cases in which
he may safely depart from the general rule.
192 PAST PARTICIPLES.

Many words resembling the irregular participles, and

which are put down as such in some grammars, are but
pure adjectives. The following is a list of them; to which
we annex the verbs they were originally derived from, and
their participles. -

ADJECTIVES. VERBS. PARTICIPLES.

JAttento, attentive. Attender, to attend, attendido.

Cativo, captive. Cativar, to captivate, cativado.

Cego, blind. Cegar, to blind, cegado.
Cheio, full. Encher, to fill, enchido.
Cognito, known. Conhecer, to know, comhecido.
Escuro, dark. Escurecer, to darken, escurecido.
Faito, wanting. Faltar, to want, faltado.
Ignoto, unknown. ignorar, to be ignorant, ignorado.
Infesto, offensive. Infestar, to infest, infestado.
Inquieto, restless. Inquietar, to disturb, inquietado.
Liberto, free. Libertar, to set free, libertado.
Limpo, clean. Limpar, to clean, timpado.
Livre, free. Livrar, to deliver, tivrado.
JManifesto, manifest. Manifestar, to manifest, manifestado.
JMolesto, troublesome. Molestar, to molest, molestado.
JMurcho, withered. Murchar, to wither, murchado.
Patente, evident. Patentear, to manifest, patenteado.
Perfeito, perfect. Perfeiçoar, to perfect, perfeiçoado.
Presente, present. Presentar, to present, presentado.
Professo, professed. Professar, to profess, professado.
Quieto or quedo, quiet. Quietar, to tranquillize, quietado.
Salvo, safe. Salvar, to save, salvado.
Seguro, sure. Segurar, to ensure, segurado.
Wago, vacant. Wagar, to be vacant, vagado.
 PAST PARTICIPLES. 193

Participles employed in a double capacity.

Several of the regular past participles are also taken in
an active signification, and are then equivalent to verbal
adjectives. The following are of this number.
Affectado, aspired to, and unnatural, affected.
Agradecido, thanked, and grateful, thankful.
Apressado, hurried, and expeditious, diligent.
Arrecadado, recovered, and careful, saving.
Arriscado, hazarded, and venturous, venturesome,
Attentado, weighed, and cautious, prudent.
Atreviao, dared, and audacious, bold.
Avisado, advised, and discreet, prudent.
Calado, unmentioned, and reserved, silent.
Cançado, tired, and tiresome, fatiguing.
Comedido, regulated, and civil, moderate.
Confiado, entrusted, and bold, impertinent.
Considerado, considered, and considerate, discreet.
Conhecido, known, and conscious, aware of.
Desattentado, neglected, and negligent, careless.
Desconfiado, distrusted, and distrustful, suspicious.
Desesperado, despaired, and desperate.
Determinado, resolved, and resolute.
Dissimulado, dissembled, and crafty, disingenuous.
Desenganado, undeceived, and sincere, guileless.
Desmayado, discouraged, and spiritless.
Encolhido, contracted, and timid, modest.
Entendido, understood, and intelligent.
Esforçado, fortified, and strong, powerful.
Fingido, feigned, and false, deceitful.
Honrado, honoured, and honourable.
S
194 PAST PARTICIPLES;

Lido, read, and learned, well-read.

Moderado, moderated, and moderate.
Occasionado, occasioned, and provoking.
Ousado, dared, and daring, hardy.
Pausado, paused, and slow, tedious.
Porfiado, contested, and obstinate.
Presumido, presumed, and presumptuous.
Prevenido, prepared, and provident.
Privado, deprived, and private.
Recatado, preserved, and cautious, wary.
Resguardado, protected, and circumspect.
Reconhecido, acknowledged, and grateful.
Sabido, known, and clever, knowing.
Sentido, felt, and sensible, feeling.
Sobrado, remained over, and superfluous.
Soffrer, suffered, and patient, resigned.
Valido, availed, and favourite, favoured.

Examples.
Nós outros estamos privados de muitas commodidades
que desfrutdo as pessoas privadas daqui, we are deprived
of many comforts enjoyed by the private persons of this
place, Teria-se mostrado muito reconhecido se o tives
semos reconhecido por legitimo successor, he would have
been very grateful #. had acknowledged him as the law
ful successor.
We may add also to the foregoing participles, that of the
verb cear, to sup; and those of the verbs comer, beber,
and fallar, when preceded by the adverbs bem or mal; as,
mão creio que venhão ceados, I do not believe they will
have º when they come. Hum criado bem comido
e melhor bebido, a servant that has eaten well, and drunk
better. Hum dos mais bem fallados homens, one of the
most eloquent men.
 PREPOSITIONS. 195

OF PREPOSITIONS.

The preposition is an indeclinable part of speech, which

serves to show the relation which words have with one ano
ther. It is set before nouns, pronouns, and the infinitive
moods of verbs.
Some prepositions govern the genitive case; others are
put before the nouns without any particle at all after them.
Examples of prepositions governing the genitive.
Abaixo de mim, below me.
Acima delle, above him.
Alem dos montes, beyond the mountains.
Antes do dia, before day-light.
Aquem do rio, on this side the river.
Acerca de este negocio, about this business.
Atraz de minguem, behind no one.
Apar de mim, close to me. . .
A pesar de meus inimigos, in spite of my enemies.
A’ roda or em roda da casa, round about the house.
A travez do pateo, across the yard.
Ao lado do estanque, close to the pond.
Ao longo or de longo da praya, along the shore,
Ao pé da igreja, near the church.
Ao redor #. cidade, round the city.
Debazo da cama, under the bed.
Decima do tecto, from the top of the roof.
De fronte de vn.”, opposite to you.
Dentro de hum anno, within a year.
Depois da cea, after supper.
Detraz da porta, behind the door.
Diante de mim, before me.
Em cima da cama, upon the bed.
Longe do porto, far from the haven.
Perto de huma hora, near an hour.
Por cima do muro, over the wall.
Para cima das muvens, over the clouds.
Por baco do ponte, under the bridge.
Para baro do outeiro, down the hill.
 196 PREPOSITIONS.

The following are put before the noun, without any

particle after them.
A Deos, to God. -

Ante mim, before me.

Até hoje, until this day.
Com cuidado, with care.
Contra a sua honra, against his honour.
De Londres, from London.
Desde o meio dia, até a noite, from noon till night,
Durante a minha vida, during my life-time.
Em segredo, in private.
Entre m6s, between us.
Excepto João, except John.
Mediante a graça de Deos, by God's grace.
Não obstante isso, notwithstanding that.
Para meu pai, for my father.
Perante o juiz, before the judge.
Por José, by Joseph.
Segundo a lei de Moysés, according to the law of Moses.
Sem chapeo, without hat.
Sob sew amparo, under his protection.
Sobre a meza, upon the table.
Traz mim, behind me.
Visto isto, seeing this.
Some prepositions may be either followed by the genitive,
or be used without any particle at all after them: as,
Após (pós) noite, o dia, after night comes.day.
Após (pós) disso, after that.
#. de perigo, out of danger.
Fora os tres primeiros, except the three first.
Diante de mim, before me.
Diante mim, before me.
Junto and em torno, admit both de and a after them; as,
Junto da casa, near the house.
Junto ao rio, near the river.
Em torno da cidade, round the town.
Em torno ao sol, round the sun.
 ADWERBS, 197

Pegado, close to, takes only a after it: as, pegado à

igreja de São João, close to St. John's church.
Em quanto, when it signifies as for, has always a after
it: as, em quanto a mim, as for me.
Conforme may be used either with the dative or accu
sative: as, conformed calidade dos males, according to the
nature of the diseases; conforme os tempos, e as pessoas,
according to times and persons.
Arriba is synonimous with acima and para cima; but it
is only used in familiar discourse.

OF ADVERBS.

Adverbs are either simple or compound. A simple or

primitive adverbisone that cannot be reduced to any adverb
of greater simplicity in the language; as, pouco, little,
quando, when, &c. Compound adverbs are those which
are composed of two or more words, either combined, or
standing alone; as, entretanto, in the mean time; a torto
e a direito, at random.
Adverbs are divided into several classes according to their
meaning, the chief of which are as follows:

Adverbs of Time.
º *

A manhã, to-morrow. As vezes, sometimes.

Ora, now. Antigamente, heretofore.
Logo, immediately. Promptamente, quickly.
Ontem, yesterday. Sempre, always.
Tarde, late. Entretanto, mean-while,
Cedo, Soon, early. Já, already.
Presto, quick. Jámais, never.
Quando, when. Nunca, never.
Até, until. Então, then.
De quando em quando, now and then.
De tempos a tempos, from time to time
A tempose tempos, -

s3
 198 ADVERBS.

The adverbs of place, aqui, alli, and ahi, having the

preposition de, or sign of the ablative case prefixed to, and
incorporated with them, are often used in reference to time.
In this case they belong also to the preceding list: as,
Adeos / não posso tornar Adieu ! I shall not be able
mem daqui a duas horas. to return these two hours.
Daqui a alguns dias. A few days hence.
Daquiem ſpor/diante. Henceforward, henceforth.
Chegou dalli a pouco em sege He arrived soon after in a
de aluguel. hackney chaise.
Dalli dous dias. Two days afterwards.
Dahi a hum instante veio She came in an instant and
ella pessoalmente abrir de opened the door softly,
vagarinho a porta. herself.
Voltámos dahi a nada. We came back immediately.
Of Order.
Antes, before. Ultimamente, lastly.
Depois, afterwards. Finalmente, finally.
Primeiramente, first of all. Em caterva, in a crowd.
Juntamente, together. Antecedentemente,previously.
Alternativamente, by turns. De envolta, pell-mell.
Of Quantity.
Demasiado, too much. Sufficientemente,sufficiently.
Demasiadamente, too much. Quasi, almost.
Quando muito, at most. Muito, much.
Quando menos, at least. Mais, more.
Nimiamente, far too much. O mais, the most.
Amiudo, often. Tanto, so much, as much.
Amiude, often. Assas, assaz, enough.
Pouco, little. Bastante, enough.
Menos, less. Ao mais, at most.
O memos, the least. Pouco a pouco, littleby little.
Quanto, how much. Abundantemente, abundant
[ly.
Of Quality.
Mal, ill. Melhor, better.
Peor, worse. O melhor, the best.
O peor, the worst. Optimamente, very well.
Bem, well, Pessimamente, very ill.
 ADWERBS, 199

Most of the adverbs of quality or manner, as well as those

of quantity, end in mente. They are formed by adding
this termination to the positive degree of adjectives ending
in e, or in a consonant: as, pobremente, poorly; humilde
mente, humbly; prudentemente, wisely ; suavemente,
softly; elegantemente, elegantly ; constantemente, con
stantly; felizmente, happily, fortunately; commummente,
commonly; subtilmente, artfully, &c.
But if the adjective ends in o, we then add mente to the
feminine of the positive or superlative degree: as, douto,
learned; douta, doutamente. Piedoso, pious; piedosa,
piedosamente. Alto, high; altamente. Rico, rich; rica
mente. Fortissimo, strongly; fortissima, fortissimamente.
Só (m. and f.), sole, single; makes sómente, solely, singly.

Of Affirmation.
Sim, yes. Certamente, certainly. [edly.
Seguramente, surely. Indubitavelmente, undoubt
Certo, indeed, verily. Verdadeiramente, truly.
Of Place.
Ahi, there. Onde querque, wheresoever.
Alli, ali, thither, there. Cerca, near.
Lá, thither, there. Longe, far.
Aqui, hither, here. Dentro, within.
Cá, here. Fora, without.
Acolá, yonder. Abaixo, below.
Onde, where. Arriba, above.
Adonde, to the place whence. De fronte, over against.
Aonde, whither, where. Atraz, behind.
Para onde, whither, where. Acima, above.
Donde, whence. Debazo, below.
Por onde, which way. Por cd, this way, hereabouts.
Two or more adverbs of place are sometimes translated
in English by one and the same word; as, aqui and cá,
here; ahi, alli, lá, there; but they cannot be indiscrimi
nately used in Portuguese to express that word, each having
a distinct application, as will be seen by the following ex
plication, and the examples subjoined.
200 ADWERBS.

Aqui, signifies hither, or here, (where I am).

Cá, here, hereabouts, (near the place where I am).
Ahi, there (where you are).
Ali, alli, lá, thither, or there, (in any place).
Acolá, yonder, (a place where neither the person speaking,
nor the person spoken to, is).
Examples.
Torne win.” 4 manhã aqui Come hither again to-mor
d mesma hora. row at this time.
Aquidesfrutopoucasaudade. I enjoy but poor health here.
Até aqui chegards, e máo Hitherto shalt thou come,
passarás mais longe; e but no further; and here
aqui quebrarás as tuas shall thy proud waves be
empolladas ondas. stayed.
Cinco ou seis pessoas häo de Five or six persons are to
cájantar. dine here.
Não ha por cá sitio mais There is not a worse place in
ruim. this ...}
Isso he cousa que cá náo There is nothing of the kind
ha. among w8.
Fique win.” ahi, até que eu Stay where you are till I let
lhe avise. you know.
Ahi, onde tu moras, já Sáo There, where you live, the
Outros ares. air is more salubrious.
E melhores ainda alli no And still better on the hill
outeiro. there.
A terra em que tumorreres, Where thou diest, will I die,
messa quero eu morrer, e and there will I be bu
r1ied.
alli terei o meu sepulcro.
Lá nos weremos. I shall see you there.
Wamos para lá morar. Let us go and live there.
Acolá no monte hafogo. There is fire on the moun
tain yonder.
Assental-vos aqui, em quan Sit here, while I go yonder.
to eu vow acolá.

The adverbs adonde and donde, are often erroneously

used (even by many native Portuguese) for aonde and
onde, where: the true signification of donde (de onde)
being whence, and of adonde, to the place whence. This
 ADWERBS, 20 I

perversion is a much more vitious one, than the employing

of from hence, and from thence in English, for hence and
thence.
Aonde ought also, in strictness, to be distinguished from
onde; the former being more correctly used with verbs of
motion, and the latter with those implying quiescence. But
this distinction seems lost, or is, at least, as little regarded
at present, as that between the English words here and hi
ther, there and thither, where and whither.
The proper application of these adverbs may be learned
from the following examples: .
Por onde iremos 2 Which way shall we go?
O lugar onde maro he muito The place where I live is very
Sadio. healthy.
A aldea aonde vow. The village to which I am
going.
A companhia para onde fui, The company I went to.
A terra donde está banido. The country from which he
is banished.
Donde vindes 2 Whence do you come?
Elle tornow a donde sahira. He went back to the place
from whence he came.
Ondequerque sejas (estejas), Live as an honest man where
vive honrado. ever thou art.

The following adjectives are used likewise as adverbs.

Alto, high. Continuo, continual.
Attento, attentive. Junto, annexed.
Certo, certain. Manso, tame; soft.
Claro, clear. S6, single.
Rijo, strong. - Subito, sudden.
Examples.
Fallow alto (or rijo), claro, He spoke loud, distinctly, and
e continuo. uninterruptedly.
Escutava attento. He was listening attentively.
Fallemos manso. Let us speak softly.
Certo tem affirmado. He has certainly asserted.
O vento assopra rijo. The wind blows hard.
O vento acalmow subito. The wind fell suddenly,
202 CONJUNCTIONS.

O encontrei sã. I found him alone.

Elles vendem por junto. They sell by wholesale.
There are also several prepositions which have frequently
an adverbial signification, such as the following:
Vai fora. He is going out.
Segundo dizem. As is said.
Woltow para traz. He turned back.
Ferido por diante. Wounded in the fore-part.
Ficar de cima. To keep the upper-hand.
Cahimos ambos, mas eu fi We both fell; but I remain
quei de cima. ed uppermost.
Está em cima. He is above.
Veja-se mais acima, mais See above, below.
abazo.
A maré sóbe para cima. The tide rises.
Este caminho vai para baro. This road leads downwards.
Elle cahio da escada abaſco, He fell down stairs, and dis
e torceo hum braço. located his arm.
Subi pela escada acima, e In going upstairs, my coat -

fiquei agarrado com o caught fast.

vestido.
O moinho anda 4 roda, (or The mill goes round.
em roda).

OF CONJUNCTIONS.

The conjunction is an undeclinable part of speech which

serves to join words and sentences together; thereby show
ing their relation or dependence upon one another.—With
out entering into a detail of the various kinds of conjunctions
enumerated by marians, we shall merely instance
those which are likely to offer the most difficulty to be
ginners. -

Já, already, and ora, now, when repeated, are englished

as follows:
Já, já, disse elle, eu vos en- Yes, yes, said he, I under
tendo. stand you.
Já agua, jà vinho. Sometimes water, sometimes
wine.
 CONJUNCTIONS. 203

Ora hum, ora outro. First one, then another.

Ora o mar horrendos abismos descubria,
Ora, com nova furia, ao ceo subia.
Now the wild sea in frightful chasms lies,
Now its mad waves again salute the skies.
Para que, sometimes signifies why? to what purpose?
and sometimes in order that; example:
Para que quer vm.* que lho Why will you have me tell
diga 2 it him *
Para que saiba, o que ha That he may know what he
de fazer. has to do.

Porque signifies why? and because: as,

Porque não ven? . Why does he not come 3
Porque está doente. Because he is indisposed (ill).
Não porque, is rendered by not that: as,
Não porque a cousa seja Not that the thing is impos
impossivel; mas porque— sible; but because—
Por, separated from que by an adjective or adverb, is
rendered in English by how—soever, however; as,
Por grandes que sejão. How great soever they may
be. f

Por pouco que erreis. However triflingyour mistake

may be.
Por mais pobre que seja. How poor soever he may be.
Por pequeno que seja o cut- However little care you may
dado que tenhäis. take.
Por mais bem que eu tra- However well I work, I can
balhe, não o posso conten- not please him.
tar.

Por muito bello e agrada- How fine and pleasantsoever

vel que seja o campo, en- the country may be, with
fada a gente quando nelle out society or books, one
mão se acha companhia, becomes tired of it.
ou livros.
Pois signifies then, well, for, &c.; as,
que quer wm.” pois fazer 2 What will you do then
 *

204 CONJUNCTIONS.

Pois, porque não vemº Well,why does he not come?

Não o verei hoje, pois está I shall not see him to-day,
elle no campo. for he is in the country.
Cuida vm.ee em deicar-nos Do you think of leaving us
hoje ?–Pois / to-day ?—Certainly!
Quer when a conjunction, is always repeated: as,
Quer elle venha, quer nåo. Whether he come or not.
Se quer signifies at least: as,
Se vös não quereis ser por If you will not be for him,
elle, se quer não Sejáis at least do not be against
contra elle. him.

Nem may be used instead of tâ0 pouco, neither: as,

Nem eu o tenho visto, or eu Neither have I seen him; or
tão pouco o tenho visto. I have not seen him either.

Nem se quer, not even: as,

Nem se quer olhou para mim. He did not even look at me.
Nem sequerhum só escapou. Not a single one escaped.
There is no conjunction in the Portuguese language more
frequently employed than que, that. Besides its use as a
simple conjunction, it is joined to various other words,
forming what are called compound conjunctions, such as
the following:
Ainda que, although. De maneira que, so that.
Antes que, before. De sorte que, so that. ,
Bem que, though. Comtanto que, provided that. ,
Assim que, so that. Depois que, since.
Caso que, in case that. Pois que, since.
Até que, until. Logo que, as soon as.
Em quanto que, whilst. Wisto que, seeing that.
Já que, since; as soon as. A fim que, in order that.
Sem que, unless. Menos que, unless.
Tanto que, as soon as. * Quer que, whether.
Posto que, though. Entretanto que, whilst.
Primeiro que, before. Para que, that, in order that.
Com isto que, provided that. Supposto que, supposing.
 INTERJECTIONS. 205

Com tal que, provided that. Não obstante que, notwith

Com condigáo que, on con- standing.
dition that.

OF INTERJECTIONS.

Interjections are particles which serve to express some

emotion of the mind, as joy, grief, admiration, &c.; ex
ample:
Ah / hal
Ai / ay! pho! (expression of grief)
Ay de mim / alas! woe is me! lack a-day !
Eia / hurra! (expression of encouragement)
Fora! away! fy
Irra! away! fy
Nada / away! fy!
Oh / oh
Hui / (expression of surprise and reproach)
Oralá / would to God God grant
Provéra a Deos / would to God! God grant!
Tá / sohol gently keep cool
Olá / hollo!
Aqui del Rei / murder help !
Apage / fy! away! go along!
Tira lá / fie! away!
Adeos / adieu ! farewell ! good bye!
Apre! fie! shame! pshaw!
Wiva / huzza!
Guarda! clear the way!
Ora sus! come ! come on
Arre / gee ho! go along !
 PART II.

THE principal use of this part is to show the arrangement

of words in a sentence, their various modifications, and the
peculiar construction of the Portuguese language.

OF THE ARTICLE.

RULE 1.
The definite article is placed before common nouns used
in a general sense, or including a whole species of objects;
before the names of metals, of countries, and of some
towns, though they may have no article in English: as,
A caridade nāo he compati Charity is incompatible with
vel coma inimizade. enmity.
Se a fortuna me concedeo a If fortune hasgiven me abun
abundancia, porque me dance, why should osten
farei pobre com a osten tation make me poor—if
tação; e se me coube em. poverty has fallen to my
sorte a pobreza, porque lot, why should not con
me máo fará rico o con tentment make me rich 3
tentar-me della?
Ojuizo dos homens he low The wisdom of men is folly.
quice.
A herva e o feno, sáo o ali Grass and hay are the food
mento do gado. of cattle.
0 aipo e as azedas, São bons Celery and sorrel are good in
no caldo. broth.
A França he a mação mais France is the most polite na
civilisada da Europa. tion in Europe.
A Inglaterra e a Escocia Great Britain comprises Eng
compáem a Grão-Breta land and Scotland.
mha.
 208 ARTICLES.

O Porto está situado ao Oporto lies to the north of

morte de Lisboa. Lisbon.
Note. The word Portugal is always used without any
article.
RULE 2.
Senhor and Senhora, Mr. and Mrs., must be preceded
by the article, even though a surname should follow: as,
O Semhor Hume. Mr. Hume.
A Senhora Simpson. Mrs. Simpson.
O Senhor Jorge Hill. Mr. George Hill.
O Senhor Presidente. The President.
A Senhora Condessa. The Countess.
Os Senhores Baring. Messieurs Baring.
RULE 3.
The noun of the weight, measure, or number of the
things bought, requires the definite article in Portuguese;
whereas the indefinite article is used in English: as, -

O acucar vale oitenta reis Sugar costs eighty rees a

o arratel. pound.
As laranjas se vendem a Oranges are sold at two shil
dous relins a duzia. lings a dozen.
RULE 4.
When two or more substantives come together, the arti
cle belonging to them (if they are nouns which require
an article), must be repeated before each of them: as,
A castidade, a modestia, e a Chastity, modesty, and hu
humildade, sāo amaveis mility, are lovely virtues.
virtudes.
A impiedade desenfréa to- Impiety gives an impulse to
das as pairães baras, a every base passion; to cu
cubiga, o egoismo, a vat- pidity, selfishness, vanity,
dade, o ciume, &c. jealousy, &c.
Exception.
When the objects mentioned are near akin to one ano
ther, or of a nature not totally dissimilar, the repetition
of the article is often dispensed with, though the nouns be
 ADJECTIVES. 211

of different gº-vos sem li- I will tell you candidly what

emphatical: aa que vos acho I think you fit for.
O ouro e prat - -

unicas precino se havião It is not known how the an

produz aquel!! manobra cients proceeded in work
As perolas, esmºrata. ing gold and silver.
methystos, iaiose sabe. It is not yet known when.
outras pedras , 4° 9 The time present is better
abundad alli, than the time to come.
Seus irmāos e irmās
ao campo.
A ina
ambigão, crueldade, e
de Athalia. WJECTIVES.

Rux 10.
The article is omitted beforth its substantive in gender
numbers, when they follow the .
and this they always do, when tºearned man.
surname, or is joined to a proper or * house.
Carlos II. (Segundo), Charles the Secews.
Afonso V. ğ. Alphonso the Fifts ladies.
º: George the Fourth; Luiz XVIII. V.
ewis the Eighteenth.* - `--
RULE 6. al

Numerical adjectives may either precede or follow the

moun in quoting the chapter, article, page, &c. of a book,
or the book itself; but with this difference, that if the num
ber comes last, no article is employed: as, Tomo terceiro,
Volume III.; Livro secto, Book VI.; Capitulo segundo,
Chapter II.
When the numerical precedes the noun, it takes the
article: as, o primeiro livro, the first book; o setto tomo,
the sixth volume; &c. Nevertheless, in the title page of a
book, we may write terceira edigão, the third edition;

* When we wish to distinguish in a particular manner one sove

reign from others having the same Christian name, we sometimes
prefix the article to the numerical: as, El Rei Dom Afonso o Ter
ceiro, sobrinho d’ El Rei Dom João o Primeiro, Alphonso the Third,
nephew of King John the First.
T3
 208 ARTICLES. - - -

winta wnpres
- :... ºticle.
O Porto está situado ao Oporto lies ject treated on,
- morte de Lisboa. Lisbon. - - -

- as, Historia de
Note. The word Portugal is always Ensaio sobre o
article. ticas de Roberto
RULE 2. irns; &c.
Senhor and Senhora, Mr. and Mrs
by the article, even though a surname
7
O Senhor Hume.
WES.
A Senhora Simpson.
O Senhor Jorge Hill. -

O Senhor Presidente. verbs, and particles, are

A Senhora Condessa. **
Os Senhores Baring. /LE 7.
fused substantively, it invariably
The noun of the ".
things bought,
whereas req”“ verde
the indº’ ‘de II like
li tter than
green better than blue.
blue
O acuc ao agradavel. I prefer profit to pleasure.
a nada mais bello que There is nothing so fair as
overdadeiro. truth.

RULE 8.
The infinitives of verbs may be used either with or with
out the article, though it is most usual to prefix the article
to them; example:
Ler, or oler he proveitoso. Reading is useful.
O dar he obrigação do rico, It is the duty of the rich to
e o receber não deve en- give; and the poor ought
vergonhar ao pobre. not to be ashamed to re
ceive.
He facilo dizer. It is easy to say.
Sempre me appliquei a ler, I was always attentive to
or ao ler. reading.
RULE 9.
When particles are taken substantively, the article must
be prefixed to them, as:
 ADJECTIVES. 211

Vow declarar-vos sem li- I will tell you candidly what

sonja, o paraque vos acho I think you fit for.
proprio.
Ignora-seo como se havião It is not known how the an
os antigos na manobra cients proceeded in work
do ouro e da prata. ing gold and silver.
O quando ainda não se sabe. It is not yet known when.
O agora vale mais que o The time present is better
depois. than the time to come.

OF ADJECTIVES.
RULE 10.

The adjective must agree with its substantive in gender

and number : as,
O homem sabio. The learned man.
A bella casa. The fine house.
Os rapazes preguiçosos. The lazy boys.
As lindas damas. The handsome ladies.
RULE 11.
When two or more substantives singular or plural, of
different genders, come together, the adjective or participle
belonging to them must be in the masculine plural: as,
Thomás e Maria estāo con- Thomas and Mary are be
tratados para casarem. trothed.
As passas e figos estavāo Raisins and figs were dear
caros no anno pasado. last year.
RULE 12.
If it so happen that one of the substantives is in the sin
gular, and the other in the plural, and that they are of dif
ferent genders, the adjective common to both must agree
with the last: as,
Elle tinha os braços e a His arms and leg were swell
perna inchada, or elle ed.
tinha a perma e os bra
gos inchados.
 212 ADJECTIVES.

Situation of Adjectives.
RULE 13.
The most appropriate place for adjectives, in every lan
guage, would undoubtedly be after the substantives, for
as their use is to qualify substantives, it seems most na
tural that the object qualified should be named first. But
this is as little observed in Portuguese, as in most other
modern languages, a great number of adjectives being, for
the sake of euphony, and elegance of diction, put before
their nouns. Others again may, with equal propriety, be
placed either before or after them. . No precise rule can be
given, in many cases, respecting them. Practice and the
perusal of good authors will be found the best masters.
W. may nevertheless remark, that in general the same
method is adhered to in this respect in Portuguese, as in the
French and Italian languages.
The following adjectives are always put after the noun.
1. Adjectives of colour: o urso branco, the white bear;
a chinela verde, the green slipper.
2. The names of nations: as, a cantora Italiana, the
Italian singer; a magāo Britanica, the British nation.
3. Adjectives of form, or figure: as, a mesa redonda,
the round table; o jardim quadrado, the square garden.
4. Adjectives expressing some physical or natural qua
lity: as, o ferro quente, the hot iron; os pāes maduros,
the ripe corn; o estalajadeiro corcovado, the hunch-backed
landlord.
5. Verbal adjectives and participles: as, o tempo limitado,
the limited time; o homem divertido, the merry man; a
criatura intelligente, the intelligent being; a lingua delin
quente, the offending tongue, &c.
*** This last case admits of a few exceptions in fa
vour of euphony, for we may also say: a seguinte geração,
the next generation; a elevada jerarquia, the exalted
hierarchy; a pretendida sciencia, the supposed knowledge;
o desenfreado amor, the licentious love; a desmediala
antiquidade, the extraordinary antiquity, &c.
Most other adjectives may be indifferently placed before
or after the substantive, unless it should be found necessary,
 ADJECTIVES. 213

on account of some uncouth sound, to prefer one situation

to another—example:
A continua agitação. The constant agitation.
A febre continua. The continual fever,
A historia sagrada. Sacred History.
Osagrado fogo. The holy fire.
Ograve e irrefragavel teste The serious and irrefutable
munho. testimony.
A occulta e devoradora The secret and devouring
chama. flame.
RULE 14.
When a noun has three or more adjectives, they must
come after it; example:
As leis primordiaes, invari The primordial, invariable,
aveis, e indestructiveis. and indestructible laws.

If we here and there meet with an exception to this

rule, it is chiefly in cases of poetical licence: as,
Oh, descoberto engano inopinado /
Oh, perfida, inimiga, e falsa gente!
RULE 15.
Some adjectives denoting need, space, plenty, desire, &c.,
require the preposition de after them: as,
Sciente de mathematica. Learned in mathematics.
Amante de novidades. Delighting in innovations.
Falto de dimheiro. Short of money.
Capaz de dizer. Capable of saying.
Cançado de ler. Tired of reading.
Abundante de frutas. Abundant in fruit,
Avido de noticias. Greedy of news.
Digno de castigo. Meriting punishment,
Pobre de talentos. Poor in understanding.
Contente disso. Satisfied with that.
Conhecido de todos. Known to (by) all.

Rico, rich; and ignorante, ignorant; take the prepo

sition em after them : as, rico em virtudes, rich in virtues;
ignorante nas artes, ignorant of the arts.
214 PRONOUNS.

RuLE 16.
Adjectives expressing dimension, and coming after words
of measure, have the preposition de before them: as,
Onze pés de largo, e sete de Eleven feet broad, and seven
cumprido. feet long.
De longo move polegadas, e Nine inches long, and eight
de ancho outo. inches broad.

The dimension may also be expressed by the substantive,

but then it must always be preceded by de; as,
Seis pés de altura. Six feet high.
The English adjective is sometimes expressed in Por
tuguese by a noun of the same signification, with de after
it: example,
O velhaco de meu criado / My rascally servant!
O diabo do homem / The devilish man |
Coitadinha da pobre menina! Poor little girl
RULE 17.
The article belonging to the superlative degree is omitted
when the adjective follows a noun which an article
already prefixed: as,
O comego mais ignorante de The most illiterate canon of
todo o cabido. the whole chapter.
Eu estava persuadido de I was convinced she would
que viria a ser a mulher one day be the most happy
mais feliz do mundo. woman in the world.
Receou toda a sua vida que While alive, he was always
lhe faltassem as cousas afraid of wanting the ne
mais necessarias. cessaries of life.

OF PRONOUNS.
RULE 18.

The personal pronouns mim, ti, and si, cannot be used

without a preposition; nor nés and vôs (when accented),
except in the nominative case; example:
 PRONOUNS. 215

Agradeci-lhes a alta idea I thanked them for the high

que tinhão de mim. opinion they had of me.
Eis-aqui huma carta que Here is a letter concerning
falla em ti. thee.
Se algum tem parasi que he if a man think himself to be
alguma cousa, não sendo something, when he is no
nada, elle mesmo a sise thing, he deceiveth him
engana. self.
Entre nós fique o segredo. Let the secret go no further.
Só de vös espero soccorro. I look to you alone for help.
RULE 19.
Me, te, se, lhe, lies, o, os, a, as”, as well as nos and vos
(when not accented), are always joined to verbs without
any preposition before them, on this account they are often
called conjunctive pronouns. In some of the tenses they
are put before, in others after the verb that governs them.
See page 80.
They may also, sometimes, either precede or follow the
verb, even in the same tense; though when the pronoun
follows, the verb generally begins the sentence, or at least
has a short pause before it: as, dito isto, mandou-me em
bora, having said this, he sent me away.
As it is of the highest importance that the learner should
be well acquainted with the manner of construing the pro
nouns in every situation, we shall here subjoin examples in
all the persons.
Levow-me a sua casa, para He took me home with him,
me dar posse do emprego in order to initiate me in
que me destinava. the employment for which
I was designed.
Seguro-te que te pödes far I assure thee thou mayst de
na minha palavra. pend on my word.

* We have already remarked (page 80), that when the pronouns

o, a, os, as, immediately follow a verb ending in ào or em, an eu
phonic n is always prefixed to them. Some authors write them in
this manner also, after any other part of speech that has the same
nasal ending: as, busquei-o, mas não no achei, I sought him, but
did not find him. Pegou ma carta, e a rasgow sem na ler, he seized
the letter and tore it, without reading it,
216 PRONOUNS.

Vestio-se o mais depressa He dressed himself with all

que póde, e se retirou sem speed, and went away
despedir-se dos seus ami without taking leave of
OS.
his friends.
Fiz-lhe hum comprimento. I paid him a compliment.
Não pude deirar de dizer I could not help telling them
lhes tudo o que me pa my sentiments, at the ha
receo, na contingencia de zard of their displeasure.
lhes desagradar.
Suetonio nos diz que Cali Suetonius tells us, that Cali
gula estimava tanto hum gula loved his horse to
cavallo, quelhe deo huma such a degree, that he be
casa ricamente ornada, stowed upon him a house
com officiaes para o ser richly furnished, with of.
vir; e que até o queria ficers to wait on him; and
fazer consul. even designed to make him
a consul.
Deira-os envelhecerem casa, He lets them grow old in his
sem se lembrar de Os ac service, without ever think
commodar. ing of procuring them a
settlement.
Saudel-a com profundo I bowed to her very respect
respeito, ainda que não fully, though I had not the
timha a honra de a conhe honour of knowing her.
ce?”.
Fez-nos assentar a huma He made us sit down at a
ma meza, onde nos trouace little table, and brought
shum pouco de pāo, algu us some bread, a few
mas cebolas, c huma quar onions, and a pitcher of
Water.
ta de agoa.
ogo-vos que vos retireis. I beg you will retire.
RULE 20.
When me, thee, us, &c. in the accusative or dative case,
are emphatical in English, they are usually rendered in
Portuguese by a mim, a ti, a mós, &c., instead of me, te,
hos, &c. This is always the case when two of these pronouns
are placed in opposition: example,
A mim o dice vºm.** Do you tell that to me?
A elle so serviras. Him only shalt thou serve.
Quer a timim, e máo a ti. He wants me ind not thee,
 PRONOUNS. 217

A mim está confiada a ma- The preservation of order is

nutenção da ordem ; a ti left to me, and the punish
o castigo do crime. ment of crime to thee.
O que a vös despreza, a mim He that despises you despises
despreza. 7776.

RULE 21.
Sometimes two pronouns in the same case are elegantly
put as the regimen of one verb, either to give greater
force to the expression, or for the sake of a more obvious
distinction. One of them is then always preceded by a
preposition, and may also admit the word mesmo, self, after
it: as,
A manutenção da ordem. The preservation of order is
esta-me confiada a mim. left to me.
A mim, que o sei, e que os It appears a dream to me
vi, me parece sonho. who know it, and have
seen them.
Elle teama a ti mais que a He loves thee more than me.
mim.
Salva-te a timesmo, e a más Save thyself and us.
OutroS.
Que te vai a ti nisso 2 What is that to thee 2
Eu lhe darei a elle a terra To him will I give the land
que calcou. he has trodden upon.
A vös vos importa que elles It is of consequence to you
assistão todos aos Officios that they should all attend
Divinos. Divine Service.

Manner of addressing Persons.

The same absurd custom which ceremonious politeness
has established among the Italians, Spaniards, and Germans,
of addressing one another in different persons, prevails also
among the Portuguese. They do not confine themselves to
the practice of the ancients, who, when speaking to an in
dividual, used the second person singular exclusively; but
they make use both of the second and third person sin
ular; and sometimes, too, of the second person plural, in
imitation of the French and English, though only addressing
a single person. Parents speak to their children in the
U
218 PRONOUNS.

second person singular. Brothers and sisters use the same

person in addressing one another; and masters when speak
ing to their servants. The second person plural is generally
adopted in the pulpit, and on the stage; yet the adjective
and participle do not take the plural form in this case, unless
more than one person is spoken to: as,
Vos sois sem divida estran- You are, no doubt, a stranger.
geiro. - -

Amigo, vös ereis bem apres- You were in great haste,

Sado. friend.
Sois muito Cortez. You are very polite.
But the prevailing custom in society in general, is to ad
dress persons in the third person singular, substituting vossa
mercé (literally, your grace or your worship) for the pro
noun elle ; as,
Lembro-me do que vim,” I remember what you men
me falla. tion.
Não imaginata eu que vim.” I did not imagine you would
tomasse tal resolução. come to such a resolution.
Wm.ce he muito bom, meit You are very kind, Sir.
Senhor. -

Senhores, querem win.” Gentlemen, will you dine

jantar commosco 2 with us?
Segundo a attenção com que You observe me, as if I were
vm.ee me observa, devo not altogether unknown
ser seu conhecido. to you.
32/
Vossa mercé is pronounced vôsmécèi’, (in familiar con
versation vöscèi), and is always expressed in writing by
the initials V. M., v. m., or vim.”
The third personal, then, being that which is most com:
monly used, all the pronouns employed must correspond.
with it in the same person; as,
Seu irmāo mo deo. Your brother gave it to me.
Quando win.” tornar aqui I will give them to you when
eu lhos darei. you come here again.
hi amº ontem na praça; I saw you yesterday on the
has não o vi ante ontem. Exchange; but I did not
see you the day before.
 PRONOUNS. 219

Não bebāo vm.* agoa só, Drink no longer water, but

mas usem de hum pouco use a little wine for your
de vinho por causa do stomach's sake, and your
seu estomago, e das suas frequent infirmities.
frequentes enfermedades.
Vossa Senhoria, Vossa Excellencia (pronounce, Vos
senhoria and Voscencia), are used in speaking to persons
who have titles of honour. They take an s in the plural,
but do not require the adjective or participle to agree with
them in the feminine gender; example:
Senhor, pego a V. Senhoria I entreat your Lordship to
me seja propicio. befriend me.
W. Excellencia esteja per- Be assured that I shall ever
suadido que lhe hei de remain grateful to your
ficar eternamente agra- Excellency.
decido.
W. Senhoria pøde ficar se- Your Lordship may rely that
guro, de que não hei de you shall have no cause
desmentir a sua infor- to regret your recommen
mação. dation.

PossEssive PRONouns.

IRULE 22.
The possessive pronouns always precede the nouns to
which they belong, and agree with them in gender and
number : as,
O meu bastão. Mystick.
Minhas tias. My aunts.
Os teus esforç0s. Thy endeavours.
Tua avó. Thy grandmother.
O sew livro. His, her, or their book.
As swas capas. His, her, or their cloaks.
O seu papagato. Your parrot.
Sua Magestade. Your Majesty.
As suas follias. Its leaves.
Os mossos amigos. Our friends.
As vossas palavras. Your words.
 220 PRONOUNS.

We see from these examples, that sew, sua, seus, suas,

may signify his, her, its, their, or your; it is, therefore,
often difficult to know which pronoun is meant in English,
where the context does not clearly point it out. This am
biguity may, however, be obviated as regards his, her, and
their, by superadding the pronouns delle, della, delles,
dellas, or using them in lieu of the possessives: as,
A sua egoa delle. His mare.
Os seus debuzos (desenhos). Her drawings.
O sew armazem delles. Their warehouse. (masc.)
As suas acgóes dellas. Their actions. (fem.)
A charpa della. Her scarf.
Os que desprezāo a scien Those who despise learning,
cia, não conhecem o valor do not know its value.
della.

Observation.
It was formerly the custom never to use the possessive
pronouns with an article: as, mossos mogos, e seus, our
servants and theirs; meu pais, e vosso, my country and
yours; minha he a prata, e meu he o ouro, the silver is
mine, and the gold is mine—except when something habi
tual was spoken of, or when some particular distinction was
to be made: as, estow com a minha dor, my pains are
come on. Mew cavallo corre melhor que o vosso, my
horse runs better than yours. Esta espada he minha; a
vossa he aquella, this sword is mine—that is yours. At
present it seems preferable to prefix the article to these
pronouns, unless they refer to a noun of dignity or kindred
in the singular number, in which case the article must be
omitted,
RULE 23.

The possessive pronouns agree in gender and number

with the object possessed, and not with the possessor as in
English—example:
A mái ama a seu filho. The mother loves her son.
O pai ama a sua filha. The father loves his daughter.
Este dedal māo he seu. This thimble is not hers.
Esta casa he a sua. This house is his.
 PRONOUNS. 221

RULE 24.
us, film
herefº, The pronoun possessive, in English, is changed into an
English article in Portuguese, when the possession is already suf
his am. ficiently marked by a noun or personal pronoun going
er, an before: as,
delki,
Retirei-me com as lagrimas I retired with tears in my
nos olhos. eyes.
JDoe-me a cabeça. My head aches.
A mula algando a cabeça e The mule raising her head,
as orelhas, parow no meio and pricking up her ears,
da estrada. stood still in the middle of
the highway.
ling, Poe-lhe hum braço. He has a pain in one of his
arinS.

A este cavalheiro he, que This is the gentleman to

minha prima deveahonra whom my cousin owes
e a vida. her honour and her life.

sive *** In all cases where the use of the article would
Our render the sense equivocal, we employ the pronoun posses
sive in Portuguese, as in English; example: I will give
thee three shillings a day for thy expenses, dar-te-hei tres
relins por dia para osteus gastos. Till I was seven years
old they had me always in their arms, até à idade de sete
annos estive sempre nos seus braços. Show me thy faith
without thy works, and I will show thee my faith §my
works, mostra-me a tua fé sem obras, e eu te mostrarei
a minhafé pelas minhas obras.
RULE 25.
Possessive pronouns, joined to a noun denoting any part
of the body, and coming after a verb, are rendered in Por
tuguese by the definite article, and the corresponding per
sonal pronoun in the dative case: as,
Cortarão lhe a cabeça. They cut off his head.
Wós me quebrastes os dentes. You have broken my teeth.
Elle se lavow o rosto. He washed his face.
Os Mouros, tendo-lhe atado The Moors having tied his
os pés, e as māos, lhe hands and feet, put out
tiraráo 0s olhos. his eyes.
U 3
222 PRONOUNS.

RULE 26.
If the possession is expressed by a noun, or relative
pronoun in the genitive case, we put that noun or pronoun
in the dative in Portuguese, and the object of the verb is
preceded by the definite article as in the preceding rule: as,
Judith cortou a cabeça a Judith cut off Holofernes'
Holofernes. head.
Eu vi o marinheiro ao qual I have seen the sailor whose
levow hum tiro cego as legs were carried off by a
permas. random shot.
David cortou muito de David cut off the skirt of
mansinho a orla do manto Saul's robe privily.
a Saul.
w

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

RULE 27.
The demonstrative pronouns este, esta, isto, this, refer to
objects near to the individual who speaks, or about his per
SOn : as,

Quer wmº. este canivete 2 Do you want this penknife 2

(which I have in my hand)
Como se chama esta rua 2 What is the name of this
street? (in which I am)
Adivinhai que he isto, que Guess what this is, that I
tenho fechado na mão. have in my hand.
RULE 28.
Esse, essa, and isso, that, allude to objects nearer the
person spoken to, than to the person speaking: as,
De quem he esse cào? Whose dog is that (which
is lying near you)
De-me essa penna. Give me that pen. (you have
in your hand)
Guarde vm.ee isso para seu Keep that (which is in your
irmāo. possession) for your bro
ther.
 PRONOUNS. 223

RULE 29.

Aquelle, aquella, and aquillo, that, relate to objects

neither near the person speaking, nor the person spoken
to : aS,
Forão d sua casa, e ficarão They went to his house, and
lá aquelle dia. remained there that day.
Este he aquelle Moysés que This is that Moses which
disse— said—
Aquella senhora que nos fal- That lady who spoke to us
low ontem. yesterday.
Nada vi mais bonito que I saw nothing prettier than
aquillo. that.

The neuters isto, isso, and aquillo are indeclinable.

They signify, of themselves, this or that thing; and are
therefore never joined to nouns,
RULE 30

Esta and essa are often used absolutely in writing, to

signify this and that town or place: as,
Chegwei a esta em cinco dias I arrived at this place five
depois da minha partida days after leaving Lisbon.
de Lisboa.
As ruas sáo aqui mais al- The streets here are steeper
cantiladas (ingremes), que than in your town.
neSSa.

RULE 31.
The words former and latter, referring to nouns going
before, are translated by este and aquelle; as,
Insensivelmente se forma A sort of alienation insensi
huma especie de divorcio bly takes place between
entre quem recebe hum him who receives a favour,
favor, e quem ofdz; este and him who bestows it;
por vaidade affecta o não the latter, through vanity,
lembrar-se do beneficio affects not to remember
feito, aquelle tem pejo de the benefit conferred, the
haver-se esquecido delle; former is ashamed at for
hum e outro se retira, getting it—they withdraw
from each other.
224 PRONOUNS.

RULE 32.
He who, or he that, she who, they who, or those who,
are translated by ogue, or quem, a que, os que, as que; or
by aquelle que, aquella que, aquelles que, aquellas que.
That which, or what, is rendered by ogue, or aquillo
que—example:
Qual he maior, o que está Whether is greater, he that
sentado à meza, ou o que sitteth at meat, or he that
serve? serveth 2
Quem máo tem vergonha, He who has no shame, has
náo tem honra. no honour. -

Não he este aquelle que es Is not this he that sat and

tava assentado, e pedia begged.
esmola 9
Eis aqui o que quero de ti. This is what I require of
thee.
Aquillo que me dissestes. That which (or what) you
you told me.
RULE 33.
The words o, a, os, as, are liable to various constructions.
When they precede a noun, they are articles: as, o ana
coreta (ermitão), the hermit; a rapariga, the girl; os
cachimbos, the pipes; as façanhas, the exploits. When
they are joined to verbs, they are pronouns in the accusa
tive case: as, eu não deicarei de O tratar como o merece,
I shall not fail to treat him as he deserves. In other situa
tions they are demonstrative pronouns, and are, for the
most part, followed by the relative que—example:
1)e todos os homens he o I esteem him above all men.
we mais estimo.
Elle foi o primeiro dos que He was the first of those that
se aventuraráo. ventured.
Não acho erro no que win.” I find no error in what you
'me most row. - have shown me.
Esta capella perience à que This wreath belongs to her,
nunca faltou aos seus de who never neglected her
wereS. duty.
Não sabemos que casas serāo We know not which houses
vendidas, as minhas, ow will be sold, mine or
as delles. theirs.
 PRONOUNS. 225

PRONOUNS RELATIVE.

RULE 34.
Qual, who, which, or that.
The relative qual, quaes, is used for greater emphasis,
as well as to prevent ambiguities, by pointing out more
clearly the antecedent, or noun to which it refers. It is
applied to both persons and things: as,
Hum principe Gentio, se Aprince of the Gentiles took
appellidou Philadelphos, the name of Philadelphos,
ow amante deseus irmāos, or a lover of his brothers,
o qual tinha adquirido a though it was by putting
coroa pela morte que lhes them to death, that he had
deo. obtained his crown.
O Marquez de Pombal es The Marquis of Pombal es
tableceo escolas, as quaes tablished schools which
tem adiantado muito as have greatly promoted
sciencias. knowledge.
Jerobođo, primeiro Rei de Jeroboam, first king of Israel,
Israel, introduzio diver introduced various kinds
sos modos de idolatria, a of idolatry, which conti
qual persistio todo o tem nued throughout the reign
po de seus successores. of his successors.
Os Turcos acharāo meio de The Turks found means
supprir a falta de esca to supply the want of
das, com gatos de ferro, ladders, by cramp-irons,
Os quaes pregarāo na mu which they drove into the
ralha da cidade. city-wall.
Opobre méo tinha mais do The poor man had but one
que huma ovelha, a qual sheep, which he fed and
criou e nutrio, como se brought up as though it
fora sua filha. were his daughter.
RULE 35.
Que, who, which, that.
The relative pronoun que always refers to the noun or
pronoun which immediately precedes it: as,
O que me mandastes mas What you sent me by the
náos que vierāo, me foi ships that arrived, was de
dado, livered to me,
226 PRONOUNS.

Os que dizem isto, enganāo- Those who say so are mis

Se. taken.
Ignora o perigo a que se He does not know the dan
expóe. ger he is exposed to.
Importa muito escolher os We ought carefully to select
amigos, a que se quer dar the friends in whom we
confiança. intend to confide.

The pronoun que, between two verbs, is often englished

by to ; as,
Não tenho nada que dizer. I have nothing to say.
Ha muito que temer. There is much to be feared.

The English preposition to, is also frequently rendered

by prepositions in Portuguese: as,
Que tendes vós de escrever? What have you to write?
Não me fica mais parapa- I have now nothing more
gar. to pay.
Todos os que o virão co- All those that beheld him
megarāo a fazer zomba- began to mock him.
ria delle.
RULE 36.
The affirmative and negative particles sim and mão, yes
and no, coming after a verb, are preceded by que: as,
Diz que sim. He says yes.
Supponho que não. I º not.
Mudou o vento 2–Creio Has the wind changed?—I
que sim. believe it has.
He dia de gala hoje?—Jul- Is this a gala-day —I ima
go que não. gine not.
RULE 37.
Cujo, whose, of which.
The relative pronoun cujo, cuja, cujos, cujas, is em
ployed as the genitive of the two foregoing pronouns qual
and que. . It is always followed by a noun, to which it
refers, and with which it agrees in gender and number: as,
João, de cuja casa eu ve- John, from whose house I
nho. COrne,
 PRONOUNS. 227

De cujo pai recebi este pre- From whose father I received

Sente. this present.
A senhora, cujos olhos sáo The lady whose eyes are so
tão lindos. fine.
A pessoa cujas acqāes vos The person whose actions
admirais. you admire.
RULE 38.
Quem, who,
The pronoun relative quem, is applied only to persons,
or things personified: as,
Eu não Sei quem sáo. I know not who they are.
Não se descuidou de attrahir He took care to bring over to
ao sew partidotodos aquel- his party all those grandees,
les grandes do reyno, a to whom he was not afraid
quem não receava declarar to make known his project.
o sew designio.
A pessoa com quem eu fallo. The person I am speaking to.
Não creio que seja täo con- I do not think that he can
stante no aborrecimento, be so constant in hatred,
quem o he tāo pouco no who is so fickle in love.
0.77007”.

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
RULE 39.

Algum, any.
The indefinite pronoun algum, alguma, is placed after
the substantive in negative sentences: as,
Nāose valeo de preterto al- He did not resort to any pre
gum. text.

Eu não lhe responderei I shall not give him any re

cosa alguma. ply.
And not algum preterto, alguma cousa.
RULE 40.
Wothing, is translated by nada; as,
Nada troutemos para este We brought nothing into
mundo; e he sem divida, this world, and it is cer
i.ada mão podemos
delle,
levar tain we can carry nothing
out of it.
 228 PRONOUNS.

RULE 41.
The English indefinite one, is sometimes expressed in
Portuguese by hum, and sometimes by se?” as,
Por mais que resplandega Whatever virtues one may
hum em virtudes. display.
Não se póde pedir a quem One can ask nothing of him
nada tem. who has nothing.
RULE 42.

Both, is rendered by ambos, ambas: as,

Não verá vrm.* mem. Anna, You will neither see Ann
mem. Amalia, pois ambas nor Amelia, for both of
ellas estão doentes. them are ill.
Remittio-lhes elle a ambos He forgave them both their
a divida. debt.
Porque serei eu privada de Why should I be deprived of
ambos os meus filhos em both my sons in one day ?
hum dia?

• We generally employ the pronoun se in those cases where the

indefinite pronoun on of the French is used, which is rendered in
English by one, they, we, men, or people, but more commonly by
the passive voice. On may also be expressed in Portuguese by a
verb active, in the third person plural.
Examples.
On ne sauroit plaire Não se påde agra One cannot please
a tout le monde. dar a todos, every one.
On boit de bon vin Bebe-se bom vinho They drink good
en France. cm França. wine in France.
On dit qu’il est Fazem-no ser muito They say it is very
très bon. bom.
On wouloit mous Queriáo-nos enga They wished to
tromper. 7tar. - cheat us.
On doit avoir pitié Devemos compade We ought to pity
des pauvres. cer-nos dos pobres. the poor.
On m'a pas tout ce Não se tem quanto Men have not all
que l’on veut. se deseja. they wish for.
On en parle. Falla-se disso. People talk of that.
On dit bien des Se dizem muitas Many lies are told.
mensonges. mentiras.
On dit que nous Dizem que teremos It is said that we
aurons la paix. paz. shall have a peace.
On me l’a dit. Assim se me disse, I was told so.
 VERBS. 229

OF VERBS.

RULE 43.

The nominative case may be placed after the verb, with

out making it interrogatory, and words in general may be
transposed in Portuguese, whenever it tends to add force to
the expression: as,
Levantárāo-se os Reis da The kings of the earth stood
terra. up.
Nemhum livro tomará elle He ºil. take none of the
daquelles, que win.” lhe books you propose to
, propoe. him.
A meia moite cantão matt The friars chant matins in
mas os religiosos no cºro. the choir at midnight.
RULE 44.

Collective nouns require the verb to agree with them in

the singular number: as,
o exercito he bem discipli The army is well disciplin
mado. ed.
A gente está muito satisfeita. The people are well satisfied.
A plebe procura divertir-se. The multitude pursue plea
. Sure.
Havia—se retirado do mutto He had conveyed himself
povo que estava maquelle away, a multitude being
lugar. in that place.
A multidio das cousas que They are dazzled and con
vem, os confunde, e céga. founded by the multipli
city of the things they see.

OF THE MOODS AND TENSES.

RULE 45.
The imperfect tense of the indicative mood is often used
instead of the conditional : as,
Se eu não fosse Alexandre, If I were not Alexander, I
queria ser Diógenes. should wish to be Diogenes.
X
230 VERBS.

Ainda que vös trouzetseis If you brought news from

novas do papa, não v0s the pope, I would not in
introduzia agora no sew troduce youto hischamber
quarto. InOW.

RULE 46.
The compound of the present may be expressed either
by the same tense in Portuguese, or by the perfect tense;
the latter is generally preferred: as,
Elle me tem declarado a sua He has declared to me his
intenção. intention.
Eu volo disse agora antes I have already toldyou before
que succeda; para que it takes place, that when it
quando succeder creais does take place you may
7te 670, 807. believe that I am he.
Foi vrm.* hoje bem afortu You have been very fortu
mado, nate to-day.
RULE 47.
In the same manner, the pluperfect tense is put for the
compound of the imperfect, especially in sublime dis
course: aS, "

Todas as conjecturas, todos Behold ! all the conjectures,

os temores, todas as espe fears, and hopes, which
ranças, que a imagina the imagination had found
căo fundára sobre os suc ed on the no less rapid
cessos téo rapidos como than extraordinary success
extraordinarios dos eter of the Russian armies in
citos Russos ma Italia, Italy vanished.
eis se desvanecem /
Retirei-me muito escanda I retired, greatly offended at
lizado da dureza com que the severity with which he
me tratāra. had treated me.
Em quanto aos manuscritos, As to the manuscripts, the
o mais curioso consistia most curious of them con
mos autos de huma de sisted in the pleadings
manda, que o comego ti of a law-suit which the
véra acerca da sua pre canon had had about his
benda. living.
-
 VERBS. 231

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

The subjunctive mood has five simple tenses, the present,

conditional, first and second preterit, and the future tense.
It is always preceded or followed by some verb, expressed
or understood, on which it depends, and without which it
cannot form a complete sense; thus, these words: elle quiz
que et calára, he wished me to hold my tongue, form a
complete sense; but the words que eu calára alone, would
have no meaning at all.
This mood is much more frequently employed in Por
tuguese, than in English; and where the nature of the
phrase prescribes its use, the indicative cannot be substi
tuted for it; though this is sometimes done in English
without any apparent solecism. It would be impossible to
lay down fixed rules for every case in which the subjunc
tive ought to be employed; but we may remark, that the
verb immediately following the conjunction que, ought to
be put in the indicative, when the other verb with which
it stands connected, expresses a direct, positive, or absolute
affirmation; as, o mosso preceptor diz, que vm.” falla sem
pre rijo, our tutor says that you speak always loud.
Ainda que ment tio Sahe 4 manhã, māo cheqarā a tempo,
though my uncle sets out to-morrow, he will not arrive in
time. In both these instances, the verb being in the indi
cative, excludes all doubt about your speaking loud, or my
uncle's setting out.
But the verb which comes after que must be in the sub
junctive, when the other verb on which it depends, ex
presses a wish, doubt, motive, desire, fear, surprise, con
dition, &c.; as, o mosso preceptor quer que vn.” falle
sempre rijo, our tutor wishes you to speak always loud.
Ainda que meu tio saia & manhã não chegará a tempo,
though my uncle should set out to-morrow, he will not
arrive in time: the word falle here denotes the wish that
you may speak, loud; and saia expresses a doubt about
my uncle's setting out to-morrow; both these verbs are
therefore properly put in the subjunctive. The same
observations apply to the other cases in which this mood
is employed, as in the following examples:
 232 VERBS.

Rogo-vos que não venháis I desire you will not come

tarde. late.
Não me assombro que tenha I am not surprised that he is
tanto medo dos duendes. so much afraid of ghosts.
Quando máo queirãis crer em. If you will not believe me,
mim, crede as minhas obras. believe my works.
Duvido que elle haja de I doubt whether he will suc
succeder. ceed.
Esperamos que a nossa ul- We hope our last has come
tima lie chegasse à mao. safe to hand.
Se eu tivéra hum cavallo, If I had a horse I would ride
o passearia cada dia. him every day.
Se 4 manhã tiver dinheiro If I should have any money
darei a vm.* to-morrow, I will give you
SOme.

CONDITIONAL TENSE.

RULE 48.
Besides the import of this tense common to both lan
guages, it is sometimes employed in Portuguese to denote
proximity, or to express any circumstance in a vague and
uncertain manner: as,
Seriào seis horas quando It might be six o'clock when
acordei. I awoke.
Vendo que se approximava As dinner time approached,
a hora de jantar, pergun- I asked the lady of the
tai & minha patroase ha- house if there was not an
veria por alli perto algw- inn in the neighbourhood.
ma estalagem.
Euteria onze annos quando I was about eleven years old
deixei a patria. when I left my country.
RULE 49.
The conditional tense is sometimes put instead of its own
compound, in the same manner as the perfect tense sup
plies the place of the compound of the present: as,
Teria certamente a paciencia I should certainly have had
de estar all: #. a 7700- the patience to stay there
mhä, se elle me máo tirasse the whole morning, had he
este trabalho. not spared me that trouble,
 VERBS. 233

Seria bem do seu agrado en- He would gladly have taught

sinar-me a lingua Latina. me the Latin tongue.
Que penas, que desgostos, What troubles and sorrows
me pouparia a morte! would my death have pre
vented /
Se o pai de familia sou- If the good man of the house
besse a que hora havia de had known at what hour
vir o ladrão, vigiaria sem the thief would come, he
divida, e máo deixaria would surely have watch
minar a sua casa. ed, and would not have
suffered his house to be
broken up.
THE TWO PRETERIT TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.

The construction of the first and second preterits is often

perplexing to beginners, on account of the multiplicity of
ways in which these tenses are employed, and the differ
ent meaning they assume in each instance. Sometimes
they are equivalent to should, would, and might. At other
times they supply the place of the present, imperfect, and
pluperfect of the indicative, as well as of the compound of
the present and imperfect subjunctive. . The infinitive
mood in English, is likewise often rendered by one or other
of these tenses. We annex a variety of examples, as the
best manner of elucidating their diversified signification.
Não se passava dia em que Not a day passed in which
mão visitassemos cada hum we did not each of us visit
outo ou dez doentes. eight or ten patients.
Seo fizéras, eu seria muito If thou wert to do it, I should
enfadado comtigo. be very angry with thee.
Ignoro o que succederia se I know not what would have
elle máo tropegasse, recu- happened, if he had not
ando, e máo Cahisse de made a false step in re
costas. treating, and fallen back
ward.
Ainda que fora necessario Though it were required that
morrer eu comtigo. I should die with thee.
Como a tarde fosse serena As the evening was fine I
fui passear. took a walk.
x 3
234 VERBS.

Eu disse-lheque se erguesse. I told him to get up.

Quizéra que este caso não My desire is, that this affair
tivesse consequencias mas. may have no bad conse
quences.
Oralá que estivéras bom/ Would to God thou wert in
good health !
Fosse quem fosse. Whoever he might be.
Estimo que já lá fosseis. I am glad you have been
there.
Prouvéra a Deos que assim Would to God that were the
fosse case !
Desejára elle que chegasse He would be glad if his fa
sew pat. ther had arrived.
Permittisse o Ceoque estives Would to heaven we were
semos já no mosso retiro! already in our retreat!
O meu intento era de hirao My intention was to go into
campo, se o tempo mo the country if I had had
permittisse. time.
Feliz de mim, se o excesso da
Happy! had the excess of
minha magoa me tirasse my affliction, at that time,
entāo a vida A put an end to my life
Se o tempo não fora täo If the weather were more fa
mdo, pudéramos hir a pas vourable, we might take a
Sear, walk.
Até cheguet a abrir-lhe a I even went so far as to offer
minha bolça, para que se him my purse, that he
servisse do dinheiro que might take out of it what
quizesse. money he wanted.

OF THE FUTURE TENSE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

The future subjunctive is so called, from being always

joined to a conjunction, an adverb, or a pronoun, to express
a future contingent action: as,
Nāo me tornes a Olmedo Do not return to Almedo till
em quanto não tiveres thou hast made the tour of
andado toda a Hespanha. Spain.
Quando elle vier nos annum When he comes he will tell
ciará todas as cousas. us all things.
 VERBS. 235

Sejão quaes forem os mo- Whatever his motives may

tivos porque o tratow as- be for treating you thus.
sim.
Escolhereis qual quizerdes. You shall choose which you
please.

The following rules, if attentively perused, will direct

the learner in the construction of this tense generally.
RULE 50.
The future subjunctive must be employed whenever the
verb is governed by the conjunction se, if, referring to
some circumstance or event yet to take place: as,
Contentar-vos-hei, se me If you serve me well, you
contentardes. shall have no reason to
complain.
Se quizer wm.* tomar o tra- If you will give yourself the
balho de chegar 4 minha trouble to call at my house,
casa, verá hum dos seus you will there see one of
maiores amigos. your best friends.
Se elle vier esta noite lho If he should come this even
direi. ing I will tell it him.
RULE 51.
We make use of the future subjunctive, when the verb
alludes to something yet to happen, or to be performed,
and comes after one of the following pronouns: o que, a
que, os que, as que, aquelle que, &c.; provided that verb
is itself preceded or followed by another verb expressing
an action, or state of being, which the rest of the sentence
makes depend on choice or accident: as,
Aconteca o que acontecer. Let what will happen.
Cedo-te de hoje por diante From this day I shall allow
a quarte parte do que me thee one fourth of what
trouxerêS. thou shalt bring me.
Todo o que receber este me- Whoever shall receive this
mino em mew mome, a mim child in my name, receiv
me recebe. - eth me.
236 VERBS.

RULE 52. )
The future subjunctive is employed, when the verb
denotes a future action or state, and is preceded by the
adjective quanto-a, quanto-as, in the sense of todo o que,
toda a que, todos os que, todas as que, with another verb
in the sentence, as mentioned in the preceding rule: as,
Convidai para as bodas As many as ye shall find,
quantos achardes. bid to the marriage.
Dar-lhe-hei quantos livros I will give you as many
lhe forem necessarios. books as you may require.
RULE 53.
The future subjunctive must be used, when the verb
relates to a future action or state, and is preceded by quem
(pronoun relative), in the sense of aquelle que, &c., with
another verb in the sentence, as expressed in the foregoing
rules: as,
Walei-vos dequen quizerdes. Have recourse to whom you
please.
Quem quizer estar de saide He who would enjoy good
mão commetta excesso al- health, should commit no
70771. exceSSes.

Quem adivinhar o enigma He who shall guess the rid

ganhard o premio. dle, will win the prize.
RULE 54.

We employ the future tense of the subjunctive mood,

when the verb implies a future action or being, and is go
verned of the adverb quando, when, with another verb in
the future tense in the same sentence : as,
Wm.ee lerá este livro quando You will readthis book when
quizer. you please.
Quando estes Senhores volta- When these gentlemen re
rem, pedir-lhes-hemosque turn, we will desire them
nos fação huma visita. to call on us.
Quando amanhecer jū terei I shall have read the book
lido o livro. before day-light.
 VERBS. 237

IMPERATIVE MOOL).

This mood is employed to command, exhort, entreat,

and permit: as, espera ahi, stay there; guarde vm.* a sua
palavra, keep your word; vamos 4 opera, let us go to
the opera; diga o que quizer, let him say what he please.
In these examples the imperative mood is used in Portu
guese precisely in the same manner as in English; but it
must be remembered, that there is one instance in which
the two languages differ, namely, when it is used for for
bidding, for then it is always expressed by the subjunctive
mood in Portuguese; the imperative never being used nega
tively: as,
Não venhas tarde. Do not come late.
Não togueis, nem proveis, Touch not, taste not, handle
mem manuseeis. not.
Não falleis mal huns dos Speak not evil one of ano
Outros. ther.
Não temas nada, nem te Dread not, nor be dismayed.
desalentes.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

There is a peculiarity with regard to the infinitive mood

in Portuguese, unknown to the other European languages;
which is, that when it has an immediate reference to the
nominative case, it is subject to certain variations of ending;
es being added to the second person singular, and to the
three persons of the plural number, the syllables mos, des,
and em. The first and third person singular remain un
altered. The following examples will abundantly explain
its use throughout the six persons.
Wenho para ver os quartos I am come to see the rooms
que vn.* tem para alu you have to let.
gar.
Ser eu desgraçado, e seres tu My being unfortunate, and
venturoso, sîo indicios de thou lucky, proves that
vivermos em hum mundo we live in a world of ine
de desigualdade. quality.
238 PARTICIPLES.

Dipois detrabalhares album When thou shalt have had

tempo far-te-hei aggregar a little practice, I will
4 mossa corporação. have thee admitted into
our society.
He estimado porter piedade. He is esteemed for his piety.
Entramos em huma esta We stepped into an inn, to
lagem para conversarmos COInVerse more at Our ease.
mais d vontade.
Com que suppondes, que So you imagine that to ob
para vos livrardes, māo tain your liberty, you have
ha mais que dizerdes, que only to say you had no
mão tivestes parte na as hand in the pie.
Sadura.
Forão—se embora sem me They went away without
dizerem palavra. saying a word to me.
Ora pergunto, se vio alguem Now I ask whether any per
figurarem as pessoas deste sons of this description
caracter em mossas turbu have ever been seen taking
lencias; se alguem as vio a partin our disturbances;
aviltarem-sepor demasias, whether they have been
associarem—se a persegui seen disgracing themselves
góes, opulentarem—se por by excesses, participating
todos os meios, denuncia in persecutions, enriching
rem, atraigoarem, assas themselves by every pos
sinarem; em huma pa sible means, laying in
lavra, envolverem—se em. formations, betraying, as
scenas de tamanho hor sassinating; in short, whe
7'Or. ther they have been seen
implicating themselves in
scenes of so horrible a
nature.

OF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.

The gerund, or active participle, is variously and very

frequently used in Portuguese. It is in every case inde
clinable: as,
Fico devendo a vm.ee vinte I am still owing you twenty
tibras. pounds.
Chegáráo muitos corréos Many posts have arrived
trazendo a mesma nova. with the same news.
 PARTICIPLES. 239

RULE 55.

The present participle may be employed instead of the

conjunctions ainda que, although; porque, because; posto
que, since; quando, when, &c.; as,
Sendo rico, se fez pobre por Though he was rich, yet for
770SSO (177107°. your sakes he became poor.
Nunca me respondestes, You have never answered
tendo-vos escrito tantas me, though I have written
QezeS. to you so often.
Não vos está bem fallar tāo Since you are very young,
livremente, sendo ainda it does not become you
muito mogo. to speak so boldly.
He pouco instruido, sendo He is not learned, because
tão preguiçoso. he is so idle.
Tendo acabado este negocio, When I had concluded this
jui passedr. business, I went and took
a walk.

RULE 56.
When the present participle is
sition em, with another verb in the
º: by the prepo
uture tense in the same
sentence, it implies futurity, and may be considered as equi
valent in signification to the future subjunctive: as,
Em vindo mew irmáo iremos When my brother comes we
para o museo. will go to the museum.
Em achando justa a conta, If you find the account
'mo avisard vnt.” correct, you will let me
know.

Rule 57.
The present participle, construed with the verbs andar
and hir, denotes an action doing, or about to be done im
mediately: as,
Vamos andando. Let us be going.
Que andais fazendo? What are you about? or what
are you going to do?
Amda trabalhamdo em He is composing a great
huma grande obra. work,
 PARTICIPLES.

OF THE PAST PARTICIPLE.

RULE 58.
When the past participle is employed with the verb ter
or haver, to form the compound tenses of verbs active and
neuter, it is indeclinable, as has been already mentioned
page 190—example:
As mulheres se tem ido. The women are gone away.
Elles tem escrito outo cartas. They have written eight let
terS.

Os livros que tenho lido. The books I have read.

Minhas irmās tem bailado My sisters have danced a
huma contra-dansa. country-dance.
Tenho achado difficuldades, I have met with difficulties
we nāo timha previsto. which I had not foreseen.
ElPei se alegrava de haver The king was glad to have
achado dous homems & met with two men, such
vontade de todos. as every one wished for.
Havemos tido informação We have been informed that
que muitos piratas infes many privateers infest
tão aquelles mares. those seas.

Eacception.
We must exclude from this rule those cases in which the
verb ter, construed with the past participle, is employed as
a verb active. It is then, by some authors, made to agree
with the direct object: as, a muita honra que misso tendes
ganhada, the great honour you have thereby acquired. Era
a mesma curiosidade que alli os tinha congregados, it was
curiosity alone that had brought them together there. As
munigóes, em grande j. gastadas, tinhão reduzidos os
wossos a perigoso estado, the . part of the ammuni
tion being consumed, our soldiers were reduced to a dan
gerous situation.
- RULE 59.
The past participle, not being construed with ter or
haver, assumes all the properties of a verbal adjective, and
is declined accordingly—example:
 TER AND HAVER. 241

O Rei (El Rei) foi coroado . The king was crowned with
sem que lá fosse admitti out the queen's being ad
da a Rainha. mitted.
Alguns se fazem despreza Some people render them
dos pela sua preguiça. selves contemptible by
their laziness.
Os homens foráo culpados; The men were pronounced
mas as mulheres forão guilty; but the women
libertadas. were acquitted.
Ficarão enterrados debaico They were buried under the
das ruinas da cidade. ruins of the city.
Lisonjeo-me de vm.” esta I flatter myself you will be
rem satisfeitos com a qua pleased with the quality
lidade da fazenda. of the goods.
RULE 60.

The English gerunds having and being are often sup

pressed, and the past participle in Portuguese elegantly used
as a case absolute; as,
Dito isto, de hum modo ma Having said this with a very
turalissimo, sahio, e fica natural air, he went out,
mos todos cheios de admi
leaving us in the greatest
ração e susto. consternation.
Acabadas as festas, todos se The feast being ended, they
despedirão. all took leave.
Feita a paz, voltow d casa. Peace being concluded, he
returned home.
Acabado o almogo, erguémo Breakfast being over, we
mos, e continuamos o mosso got up and continued our
caminho. journey.

Of the verbs Ter and Haver.

Ter and haver, though generally denominated auxiliary

verbs, have sometimes an active signification also, as in the
following examples:
Não tenho nada. I have nothing. -

Temos muitos amigos. We have many friends.

Tende paciencia. Have patience.
-

y
 242 TER AND HAVER.
Elle houve o perdão del Rei. He obtained the king's par
don.
He preciso haver muita mo- We must have a great deal
deração. of moderation.

Haver is now much less frequently used than ter; indeed,

as an active verb it seems nearly obsolete. In its auxiliary
capacity it serves chiefly to form a sort of future of need, in
conjunction with the preposition de, throughout the tenses:
aS,

Agora hei de fallar. Now I shall speak; or, I

must now speak.
Sabe como ha de haver-se. He knows how to behave.
Que ha de ser de ti. What will become of thee *
Se eu houvera (or houvesse) I would not do such a thing
de ter todas as riquezas for all the treasures of
do Perú, não faria tal. Peru.
Hei de Ser a causa da sua I shall be the cause of his
dita. happiness.
Que hemos de fazer neste What is to be done in this
caso 2 case ?
Espero que elle haja de ter I hope he will take care.
cuidado.
Hei de amar a quem me I must love those who love
Cz77?g. In 62,

RULE 61.
When we wish to express an absolute necessity, we form
the above-mentioned future with the verb ter, instead of
haver: as,
Tenho de estar alid manhá. I must be there to-morrow.
Estes abusos tem de ser re These abuses must neces
formados com os progres sarily be reformed by the
sos da razāo. advancement of reason.
RULE 62.
When the sentence contains one or two pronouns, cus.
tom requires that the auxiliary verb haver should be placed
after the infinitive, and the particle de be suppressed: as,
 SER AND ESTAR. 243

Perder-te-has. Thou wilt be ruined.

Temé-lo-haveis. You must fear him.
Dar-mos-ha. He will give them to me.
JMandar-volo-hāo. They will send it to you.'
Pagar-lho-hei. I will pay it to him.
In this instance we use dir and far, instead of dizer and
fazer—example:
Dir-te-hei. I shall tell thee.
Di-lo-hei a vosso pai. I will tell your father of it.
Far-vos-ha elogios. He will praise you.
Fa-lo-ha. He will do it.
Far-nos-heis hum grande You will render us a great
serviço. Service.

RULE 63.
The first and second persons plural havemos and haveis,
and the imperfect havia, are commonly abridged to hemos,
heis, and hia, in such examples as the foregoing: as,
Contar-mo-heis. You will relate it to me.
Dar-mo-hias. Thou oughtest to give it me.
Ser-vos-hei favoravel. I shall be friendly to you.
Ser-te-hia fatal. It would be fatal to thee.

Pagar-lhe-hemos o que lie We must pay him what we

devemos. owe him.
Far-me-heis o favor de vir You must do me the favour
já para minha casa. to come to my house im
mediately.

Of the Verbs Ser and Estar.

Both these verbs signify in English to be, but they can

not be used indiscriminately. Ser, in conjunction with an
adjective, has a very different meaning from that which
would be conveyed by estar. The respective uses of these
two verbs should be carefully attended to, as explained in
the following rules.
244 SER AND ESTAR.

RULE 64.
The verb ser is employed when we speak of the natural
essence or essential properties of any object, and of the qua
lities of the mind or heart; when we speak of any science,
dignity,employment, or trade; or of the dimensions of an ob
ject; and lastly, it is used in the conjugation of verbs passive.
Examples.
Eu sow Inglez. I am an Englishman.
São instruidos, They are learned.
Somos mortaes. We are mortal.
Sois prudentes. You are wise.
Erão dantes amigos. They were formerly friends.
He doente, or doentio. He is of a sickly constitution.
Ser alto, pequeno, gordo, To be tall, little, fat, lean,
magro, bom, grande, &c. good, large, &c.
Ser rei, primeiro ministro, To be a king, a prime mi
general, alfaiate, sapa nister, a general, a tailor,
teiro, &c, -
a shoemaker, &c.
Ser bonito(lindo), feio, cégo, To be pretty, ugly, blind,
coro, &c. lame, &c.
Ser comprido, curto, largo, To be long, short, broad,
estreito, &c. narrow, &c.
Ser amado, aborrecido, &c. To be beloved, hated, &c.
Rule 65.
The verb estar must be applied in speaking of adven
titious circumstances, as of any sudden emotion or sensa
tion; when we speak of the state of our health, or of the
accidental situation or existence of a person or thing in any
place.
Examples.
Estar bom, doente. To be well, ill. (in health)
Estar pållido, vermelho, &c. To be pale, red, &c.
Estar empé, assentado. To be standing, sitting.
Estar contente, enfadado To be pleased, angry,
(agastado).
 SER AND ESTAR. 245

Estar em. casa, no campo, To be at home, in the coun

no jardim. try, in the garden.
Estou persuadido que vm.” I am persuaded that you are
tem razáo. in the right.
Está para casar-se. She is going to be married.
Estáo tremendo, fallando, They are trembling, speak
procurando, &c. ing, seeking, &c.
Estar bem ou mal com al To be on good or bad terms
guem. with a person.
RULE 66.
The same adjective mayoften be preceded either by ser or
estar, according to the meaning we wish to convey; natu
ral or permanent qualities being denoted by ser; and casual
or contingent attributes by estar: as,
Meu padrinho he coro. My godfather is lame.
Ha hum mes queestou coro. I have been a month lame.
Todos seus filhos sáo cégos. All his children are blind.
Estava cégo com a poeira. I was blind with dust.
Sou or estow neutral. I am neuter (neutral).
São or estāo do mesmo pa- They are of the same opi
j'eCer. nion.

RULE 67.

There are many cases in which the verb to be, can neither
be rendered by ser nor estar, the Portuguese idiom requiring
the verb ter to be used in their stead: as,
Ter fome. To be hungry.
Ter sede. To be thirsty.
Terfrio. To be cold.
Ter calma. To be warm.
Ter medo. To be afraid.
Ter razāo. To be in the right.
Ter pressa. To be in haste.
Ter ciumes, &c. To be jealous, &c.
Y 3
 246 VERBS.

VERBS ACTIVE.

RULE 68.
Verbs active, for the most part, govern the accusative
Case: as,

Wi muitos homens na come I saw many people at the

dia. play.
Amar Deos os homens, he It is evident that God loves
cousa evidente. men.
Tocarāo os sinos. They rung the bells.
0s sabios desprezāo as ri Wise men despise riches.
quezas. -

RULE 69.
In every sentence where the noun which is the imme
diate object of the verb, would not be sufficiently distin
guishable from its nominative case, the particle a must be
prefixed to that noun, if it denote a person: as,
Jorge matow a Pedro. George killed Peter.
AOs Turcos vencerão os The Greeks have beaten the
Gregos. Turks.
Enviará ao embaizador. He will send the ambassador.
Alexandre excedeo a Dario Alexander excelled Darius
no valor. in valour.
RULE 70.

The preposition a ought also generally to precede the

accusative case, whenever we wish to point out the sense in
a more clear, perspicuous, or emphatical manner; espe
cially if the object is a rational being: as,
Wi a muitos homens sup I have seen many men bear
portar a desgraça com misfortunes with fortitude.
firmeza.
Conhece vm.* a meu primo 2 Do you know my cousin
Eu conhego ao pai do sew I know your friend's father.
amºgo.
Amar a Deos he dever dos It is man's duty to love God.
homens.
 WERBS, 247

VERBS PASSIVE.

The usual manner of forming verbs passive, is by adding

the past participle to the verb ser; but they are likewise very
often expressed by a verb active preceded by the pronoun
se; particularly when inanimate objects are spoken of: as,
Compáe-se a palavra de Words are composed of yl
syllabas. lables.
Ama-se a virtude, or a vir- Virtue is loved.
tude se ama.
Espalha-se ruim fama. Bad reports are circulated.
Instead of he composta, he amada, and he espalhada.
RULE 71.
When the nominative case is in the plural, the verb
must agree with it in that number: as,
Contão-se muitas historias. Many tales are told.
Louvāo-se os ministros. The ministers are praised.
Desfizerāo-se as nuvens. The clouds were dispersed.
RULE 72.

The preposition by, coming after verbs passive, is ren

dered by de or por, in whatever manner those passives are
formed : as,
A paz universal he desejada. A general peace is desired
de (por) todos os homens. by every one.
Matārāo-se muitos cidadāos Many citizens were put to
da (pela) espada do ini- the sword by the enemy.
migo.
Quatro arvores forão derru- Four trees were overthrown
badas pelo vento. by the wind.

OF VERBS REFLECTED.

RULE 73.

Reflected verbs are usually followed by the preposition

de: viz., lembrar-se, to remember; atrever-se, to dare;
248 VERBS.

dignar-se, to deign; esquecer-se, to forget; compadecer-se,

to pity; jactar-se, gloriar-se, to boast; picar-se, to pre
tend to; envergonhar-se, to be ashamed, &c.—example:
Lembre–se das suas pro Recollect your promises.
772essaS.

* Não me atrevéra de fallar I should not dare to speak

a este homem. to this man.
+ Dignou-se de conceder a He condescended to grant
licença pedida. the permission requested.
Esquecer-se dos amigos. To forget or neglect one's
friends.
Compadeci-me das suas des I pitied his misfortunes.
graças.
Sejacta, or se gloria de ser He boasts of being the owner
senhor de #º bella of a fine house.
CatSC1.

Se picão de valentes. They pride themselves on

their courage.
Se avergonha da sua con He is ashamed of his beha
ducta. viour.

OF VERBS IMPERSONAL.

Both neuter and active verbs are frequently employed

impersonally, as may be seen by the following examples:
Admirar, to admire.
Admira-me a sua constan- I admire his constancy.
cia.
Admira-me a vossa ousa- Your assurance surprises me.
dia.

* Atrever-se has sometimes the preposition a after it: as, não

me atrevéra a tanto, I should not dare to undertake it.
f The preposition de is more frequently omitted after dignar-se:
as, digne-se escutar-me, be pleased to listen to me. Dignar-se
not uncommonly occurs also with a after it: as, não somente se
náo quizerāo dignar a dar-lhes resposta, mas—, they not only did
not deign to give them an answer, but—
 WERBS. 249

Cumprir and relevar, to be proper or necessary.

Cumpre defendé-lo do so- It is necessary to protect him
bresalto. from alarm.
Releva illustra-lo sobre os It is proper that he should
seus verdadeiros interes- be made acquainted with
ses. his real interest,
Doer, to grieve, or to pain.
Doe-me de over neste es- It pains me to see him in
tado. this situation.
Doe-lhe perder tanto di- It grieves him to lose so
mheiro de huma vez. much money at once.
Fazer, to do, or to make.
Faz calma, frio. It is hot, cold.
Nāo faz ao caso. That is not to the purpose.
Hir, to go. -

Que vai de novo 2 What news is stirring 3

Wai-me misso a honra. My honour is at stake.
Importar, to behoove.
Importa velar sobre a sua It is necessary to watch over
conducta. his conduct.
Importa obedecer mais a We ought to obey God ra
Deos, do que aos homens. ther than men.
Pesar, to regret, or be sorry for.
Pesa-me de 0 náo saber. I am sorry I did not know it.
Pesa-lhe de não ter tomado He regrets not having taken
o meu conselho. my advice.
Poder-se, to be possible.
Se påde que os sentidos nos It may be that our senses
engamem. deceive us.

There are some other verbs which are occasionally used

as impersonals, such as the following:
Acontecer, to happen.
Aconteced que aquella casa. It happened that that house
tinha por dono a hum belonged to a foreigner.
-
estrangeiro.
250 VERBS.

Succeder, to happen.
Succedeo achar-se alli hum There happened to be a fa
medico famoso. mous doctor there.
Bastar, to suffice.
Basta, não me tornes mais Let it suffice thee, speak no
a fallar misto. more to me of this.

Convir, to suit, or be fitting.

Conven a todos viver em It becomes every one to live
paz. in peace.

To the foregoing lists we may annex the auxiliary verbs

ser and haver, which often assume an impersonal form—
example:
Pouca gente ha que estude There are few persons who
a swa lingua. study their own language.
A lei he que o manda. It is the law that enjoins it.
Ha-se de fazer isto. This must be done.
Chegwei a Londres ha seis I arrived in London six years
(17???OS. ago.
Quanto ha de Paris a Flo- How far is it from Paris to
rença 2 Florence 3

RULE 74.

Let it be remembered that the verb to be, which in Eng

lish is put impersonally through all its tenses, in the third
person singular, before the pronouns personal I, thou, he,
she, we, you, they: as, it is I, it is thou, &c., is not imper
sonal in this case in Portuguese, but must be expressed by
eu sou, or sow eu, tu es, elle he, &c.—example:
Quem bate à porta 2–Eu Who knocks at the door 2–
SOU. It is I.
Estu, o Rei! que te fizeste It is thou, O king ! who art
poderoso. become strong.
Somos nos que fallamos. It is we who are speaking.
Vossois a quem eu fallo. It is to you I speak.
 PREPOSITIONS. 251

OF PREPOSITIONS.
w

The government of the prepositions having been explain

ed in Part I., it remains for us here only to give a few ac
ceptations of them not comprehended in the examples
there adduced; and to add a few remarkson the prepositions
a, de, em, por, and para.
Abaixo, below. -

O primeiro abaixo do coro- The next in rank to the co

mel. lonel.
Elle está abairo de toda a He is beneath all criticism.
critica.

Acima, above.
Está acima de qualiguer He is above all praise,
louvor.

Alem, beyond, besides.

Alem de tudo isto. Besides all this.
Debairo, under.
Encotai o gato debairo da Drive the cat from under the
Caºla. bed.
Debairo do reinado del Rei In (under) the reign of King
Guilherme. William.
Dentro, within.
Dentro deste reino. In this kingdom.
Em cima, above.
Em cima de tudo isto. Over and above all that,
Perto, near.
Perto de hum prado. Near a meadow.
Perto de perecer. Ready to perish.
Apar, compared with.
Apar de Cicero elles sáo They are feeble orators com
fracos oradores. , pared with Cicero.
Para cima, upwards; upon.
Tem para cima de dezanove He is upwards of nineteen
a??OS. years old.
Wow para cima do eirado. I am going to mount the ter
race,
252 PREPOSITIONS.

Para bairo, para debaixo, under, below.

Mora duas casas para bairo He lives two houses below
da alfandega. the custom-house.
Opais devolveoparadebaixo The country passed under a
de hum bom governo. good government.
A, to, at, in, on.
A Constantinopla. To, or at Constantinople.
A que horas? At what o'clock 2
A tempo. In time.
Andar a pé. To go on foot.
Com, with.
Com twdo. Notwithstanding.
Com grandes despezas. At a great expense.
De, of, from, by.
De membum modo. By no means.
De huma parte a outra. From one place to another,
De sua livre vontade. Of his own accord.
Entre, among, between.
Entre as magóes. Among nations.
-

Entre as sete e as outo. Between seven and eight

o'clock.
Para, for, to, towards, &c.
Para o cume do telhado The bird flew to the top of
v00u o passaro. the roof.
Nove para dez milhas. Nine or ten miles.
Para a semana proxima I shall set out next week.
parture.
* Por, for, &c.
Por amor de vés. On your account.
Pelo amor de Deos. For God's sake.
Por modo de dizer. As it were.
Após, pós, after.
Levar após (pós) si. To draw after one.

* Per, for por, is now nearly obsolete. It occurs only in the com
pound words perante, and pelo, pela, pelos, pelas. Some authors
e.clude it also from these last, and write polo, pola, polos, polas,
 PREPOSITIONS. 253

Rules on the prepositons, a, de, em, por, and para.

RULE 75.

The preposition a is always used with verbs implying

motion: as,
Chegåmos a Portugal. We are arrived in Portugal.
Tornemos ao nosso propo- Let us resume our subject.
sito.
Irei a Roma, ao Brasil. I shall go to Rome, to Brasil.
N. Irei para o Brasil would signify : I shall go to
Brasil (to remain there).
RULE 76.
The preposition de serves to denote possession, and also
to betoken the situation, form, &c. of a thing: as,
De quem he a casa? Whose house is it *
O quarto de cima. The upper room.
O andar de baixo. The lower story.
Andar de galope. To gallop.
Arma de fogo. Fire-arms.
A feira dos cavallos. The horse-fair.
O homem da barba com- The man with a long beard.
prida.
RULE 77.
De is often employed between two infinitives, and cor
responds to the English preposition to ; as,
Espero de over. I hope to see him.
Dei-lhe de beber. I gave him something to
drink.
RULE 78. ,
The preposition em is applied as in English to denote
local situation: as,
Mew irmāo está em Londres. My brother is in London.
Met pai assiste no campo. My father lives in the coun
try.
2.
 254 PREPOSITIONS.

RULE 79.
The verb to think, when accompanied by the preposi
tion of, is rendered in Portuguese by pensar, or cuidar,
with the preposition em before or after it: as,
Em que pensa vm.** What are you thinking of?
Penso nos meus negocios. I am thinking of my business.
Nāo se cuida misso. That is not thought of.

Por, para, for, &c.

Por and para require some explanation. Both these
prepositions are frequently translated in English by one
and the same word; but as they cannot be indiscriminately
used in Portuguese, the learner is often puzzled to know
which of them to make choice of. The following rules will
show the manner of employing them generally. They have
however other applications too numerous to detail, and
which must be learned by the aid of a good dictionary.
RULE 80.
Para is used to point out the person or thing towards
which an action tends, or is directed: as,
Esta carta he para João. This letter is for John.
Para a parte do Oriente. Towards the East.
Olhei para toda a parte. I looked on every side.
RULE 81.
. Para serves to denote the place to which a person is
going: as,
Wow para França. I am going to France.
Os justos väo para occo. The righteous go to heaven.
RULE 82. -

Para denotes the time or fixed period until which a

thing is deferred: as,
O deirarei para a manhã. I will defer it till to-morrow,
Para São João pagarei. I will pay at Midsummer.
Quero os sapatos para a I want the shoes for
quinta feira proxima. (against) Thursday next.
 PREPOSITIONS. 255

º RULE 83.
The relation between one person or thing and another, is
signified by para; as,
Para hum principiante. He has not done it amiss for
mão o fez mal. a beginner.
Para Inglez falla muito. He is too talkative for an
Englishman. -

Rule 84.
When para precedes the verb estar, it signifies to be
about, or on the point of: as,
Está para partir. He is about to set out.
Estáo para morrer. They are on the point of
- death.
Estava para casar. She was going to be married.
RULE 85.
Para, followed by com, is rendered by to, or towards: as,
Es ingrato para comigo. Thou art ungrateful towards
me.

He benigno para com todos. He is kind to all.

RULE 86.
The preposition por is used to limit the time, or fix the
duration of a thing: as,
Saio de Lisboa por huma I quit Lisbon for a week.
Se7700,720.

Me levantopela madrugada. I get up at day-break.

Samuel levantou-se antes de Samuel rose early to meet
dia para ir ter com Saul Saul in the morning.
pela manhã.
RULE 87.
Por denotes in whose behalf a thing is done: as,
Sahio a sentença por nás. The sentence (or 'cause) was
given in our favour.
Eu fallarei porteu primo. I will speak for (or in favour
of) thy cousin.
 256 PREPOSITIONS.

RULE 88.
Por is employed to signify in the room of, or as a sub
stitute for—example:
Escreverei por meu irmāo. I will write for (or instead of)
my brother.
Deo-lhe magās por peras. He gave him apples for
pears.
Daria o meu vestido pelo I would give my coat for
teu. thine.
Troquei vinho por azeite. I bartered wine for oil.
RULE 89.
Before an infinitive we may often use either por or
para, to denote the end or purpose for which a thing is to
be done: as,
Por (or para) máo repetir o In order not to repeat what
que já temos dito. we have already said.
Não me fica mais para I have now nothing more to
(or por/ pagar. pay.

When we wish to denote the reason or cause for doing

a thing, we must make use of por: as,
Huns jogāo para ganharem, Some play in order to win,
e outros por gamharem. and others because they
Wine

Por não vir mais cedo, per- He lost his share for not
deo a sua parte. coming sooner.
Elles forão enforcados por They were hanged for steal
furtarem. ing.
RULE 90.
When a negative comes after the infinitive mood, por is
englished by though: as,
Por ser pobre, não deira de Though poor, he is never
ser soberbo. theless proud.
Por sermoga, não deira de Though she is young, yet
ter muito juizo. she has a great deal of
SenSea
 ADVERBS. 257

OF ADVERBS.

RULE 91.
When two or more adverbs ending in mente occur in
the same sentence, this termination is omitted in all of them
except the last: as,
Fallow sabia e modesta- He spoke wisely and mo
7mente. destly. - -

Escreve clara, concisa, e ele- He writes plain, concisely,

gantemente. and elegantly.
Depois de me dizer breve e After having told me plainly,
distintamente tudo o que and in a few words, all he
quiz. had to say.
RULE 92.
The adverbs muito, much; pouco, little; tanto, so much;
quanto, how much; bastante, pretty much; demasiado,
too much, are used adjectively; and must consequently be
made to agree in gender and number with the nouns before
which they are placed: as,
Muito tempo. A long time.
Pouca paciencia. Little patience.
Tantas vezes. So many times.
Quantos livros ? How many books?
Bastantes homens. A great many men.
Dº (or muita) am- Too much ambition.
1920.
Assaz or assas, takes de after it: as, assaz de pāo, bread
enough.
RULE 93.
Pouco is often preceded by the indefinite article, and
seems to partake of the nature of a noun adjective; yet it is
always followed by de in this case, and agrees in gender
and number with the noun to which it is prefixed: as,
Traze-me hum pouco de sal. Bring me a little salt.
Dá-me em hum copo huma Give me a little water in a
pouca de agua. glass. -

z3
258 ADVERBS.

Sete påes, e huns poucos Seven loaves, and a few lit

de peirinhos. tle fishes.
Humas poucas de pessoas A few persons took their
se postarāo no largo de stand in St. Stephen's
Santo Estevão. square.

RULE 94.
As, as much as, are rendered in Portuguese by assim
como, tanto como, or quanto: as,
He isso assim como win." Is that as you say?
diz 2
Amo a tanto como (or quan- I love her as much as I love
to) a mim mesmo. myself.
RULE 95.
The adverb mais, preceded by the definite article, is
sometimes translated by the rest: as,
Em quanto ao mais. As for the rest.
Tenho visto seu tio, sua tia, I have seen his uncle, his
e Os mais seus parentes. aunt, and the rest of his
relations.
Os de mais. The rest, the others.

Among the other significations of this adverb, are the

following:
Para mim o tenho por For my part I think it use
de mais. less.
As mais (das) vezes. For the most part; most
commonly.
Tanto mais. The more ; so much the
more.
Ao mais. At most.

RULE 96.
Only, or but, is rendered in Portuguese by the adverbs
só, somente, or by náo mais que, or sendo: as, -

Só de si falla. He talks only of himself.

Quizéra sómente que me I only wish that you would
dissessels. tell me.
 CONJUNCTIONS. 259

Ella não faz mais que She does nothing but play.
jogar.
Nijº.
vös.
assim disse senāo Nobody has said so but
yourself. *

Não ha senāo hum degrão, There is but a step, as it

por assim dizer, entre a were, between life and
vida, e a morte. death.

OF CONJUNCTIONS,

*- RULE 97.
Conjunctions in some cases govern the indicative; in
others the subjunctive mood. There are also some con
junctions which govern the infinitive mood, with the
preposition de after them; such as, aftm, antes, a pesar,
depois, sem embargo, &c.—example:
Aftm de mostrar o seu des- In order to show his disin
interesse. - terestedness.
Antes de culpar-me por isso. Before I am blamed for that.
A pesar de ser ella rica. For all she is rich.
Depois deter fallado. After having spoken.
Sem embargo deser elle meu Notwithstanding he is my
primo. cousin.
RULE 98.
The conjunction que requires the subjunctive mood
after it, whenever it is preceded by a verb expressing a
wish, doubt, fear, desire, surprise, &c.; as,
Quero que me diga a sua I wish you to give me your
opinido. opinion.
Duvido que isso succeda. I doubt whether that will
take place.
Teme win.” que morra? Are you afraid she will die 2
Desejamos que cada hum de We desire that every one of
vös mostre o mesmo zelo. you do show the same di
ligence.
Não vos admireis que o Do not be surprised if the
mundo vos tenha inveja. world envy you.
260 CONJUNCTIONS.

Espero que me falleis com I hope you will be very

toda a sinceridade. candid with me.
Supplico-vos que me máo I entreat you not to condemn
condemneis antes de me me, without first hearing
ouvir. Ime.
Esperava que vissemos I expected weshould see my
minha prima. cousin.
Receio muito que nos arre- I am greatly afraid we shall
pendámos da compra que repent the bargain we have
temos feito. made.
RULE 99.
Que, coming after verbs which denote fitness or necessity,
commonly governs the next verb in the subjunctive”: as,
Conven que vos socegueis, e You ought to be quiet, and
que nada façais inconsi- to do nothing rashly.
deramente.
Cumpre que eu te manifeste I must disclose to thee a plan
hum projecto com que which I have in view.
estow. -

He preciso que elles consin- It is highly necessary that

tão misto. they should agree to this.
He necessario que a multi- The multitude must needs
dāo se ajunte. come together.
Importa que os juizes sejão Judges should be upright
rectos e intelligentes. and intelligent men.
RULE 100.
The conjunction que following a verb impersonal used
interrogatively or negatively, generally requires the second
verb to be put in the subjunctive: as, -

He possivelquevos nãolem Is it possible that you should

breis de ter visto esta not recollect having seen
cara 2 my face before ?
Não ha mal que não venha It is an ill wind that blows
por bem. nobody good.

* The conjunction que is frequently understood in English. In

Portuguese it must be always expressed: as, sou de parecer que
vm.ee lhe escreva, I think you should write to him. Disse-lhe que a
iria procurar ao theatro, I told her I would rejoin her at the theatre.
 CONJUNCTIONS. 261

Não era possivel que eu ob It was impossible for me to

servasse com tranquillidade behold such excessive grief
huma dor tāo excessiva. with tranquillity.
Quem ha de haver que diga, Who is he that can say, that
que o homem que, está the man who is placed on
posto no elevado de huma the pinnacle of a tower,
torre, seja wais homem is more a man thqn he
que aquelle que está posto who stands in an open
em campo raso 2 field.
Que importa #. no exterior What avails it that men differ
do homem haja tanta dif so much externally, if they
ferença, se no interior do not differ at all inter
mão ha menhuma? nally *
RULE 101.

When the conjunction que follows a verb which implies

command, direction, permission, persuasion, recommenda
tion, joy, sorrow, opinion, advice, consent, prohibition, &c.
the next verb is usually put in the subjunctive: as,
Mandow-me que assim vo He ordered me to tell you
lo dissesse. SO.

Dize ao mogo que estou es Tell the young man I am

crevendo; que venha logo. writing, and that he must
come by and by.
Permitti-me que faça por Allow me to exert myself in
vös tudo o que a amizade, your favour so far as gra
e o reconhecimento pe titude and friendship re
de mim. º
quire.
Não soffreremos nunca que We will never suffer our.
nos enxovalhem impune selves to be calumniated
mente. with impunity.
Sôte recommendo que con I recommend thee above all
descendas em tuao com things to behave thyself
a dama Jacinta. respectfully to dame Ja
cinta.
Me alegro que se ache tāo I am glad he is in so
bom. .. good
Estimo que escrevais tao I am pleased with your writ
bem, e ainda mais, que ing, and still more with
sejais tio instruido. your understanding.
262 CONJUNCTIONS.

Sinto muito que lhe prohi- I am very sorry that he is

bāo o ird corte. prohibited from going to
- to COUrt.

Os mais delles forão de pa- Most of them were of opinion

recer que se passasse adi- that we should proceed.
ante.
Aconselho-vos que fiqueis I advise you tokeep at home.
€772 Gasa.

Consinto em que se retirem. I agree to let them retire.

Prohibio que lhe fallassem He forbade them to speak
mais misso. any more to him about it.
It appears from the preceding examples, that the verb which -
in English is governed in the infinitive mood, is very fre
quently rendered in Portuguese by some tense of the sub
junctive, as: he told his sister to go into another room,
and leave us two alone, disse a sua irmā que fosse para
outro quarto, e nos deixasse ambos sés. This construction
ought generally to be adopted, unless the action, &c. im
plied by the infinitive in English, has a direct reference to
the subject of the governing verb, in which case the regimen
will be in the infinitive in Portuguese also, as: I wish to
put you in mind of my former services, quero-vos trazer 4
memoria os meus serviços anteriores.
RULE 102.
The following compound conjunctions govern the next
verb in the subjunctive: com tanto que, com tal que, pro
vided that; primeiro que, before; % o caso que, sup
posing that; caso que, no caso que, in case that; para que,
por que, in order that; sem que, without, unless; por—que,
how—soever; antes que, before; talvez que, perhaps; a
(com) condigăo que, on condition that; com que, in such
a manner that; ainda quando, although,
Examples.
Tudo soffreria com pacien- I would bear all with pa
cia, com tanto que mos tience, provided we were
deixassem juntos. allowed to remain toge
- ther.
O entendimento resolve pri- The understanding resolves
meiro que duvide. before it doubts.
 CONJUNCTIONS. 263

Este recurso sò devia ter lu I purposed recurring to this

gar no caso que as cousas resource only in case things
me corressem mal. should turn out ill. º

Elles dāo motivo para que They give people reason to

se nāo julgue bem da sua. judge unfavourably of their
conducta. conduct.

Para que ao Portuguez selhe tornasse,

Em roxo Sangre a agoa que buscasse.
Eu volo digo, por que tome I tell it you, that you may
a este respeito as medidas take your measures accord
que julgar convenientes. ingly.
Não passava hum só did Nota single day passed with
sem que o Viessem con out some one coming to
sultar. consult him.
Por douto que seja, não co- How learned soever he is,
nhece a causa deste effeito. he does not know the
cause of this effect.
O juizo duvida antes que The judgment doubts before
resolva. it resolves. .

Talvez que vm.” esteja em You are now perhaps on the

vesperas de ver bem re eye of seeing all your ser
compensados todos os seus vices well rewarded.
serviços.
Hum sentimento de ternwra A sentiment of tenderness
fez com que derramasse made him shed some
algumas lagrimas. tearS.
Ainda quando elle nāo esti- Though he were not in so
vesse táo adiantado em advanced an age,
gºtos.

RULE 103, *

Conjunctions formed with que (those in the last rule

excepted) sometimes require their regimen in the indicative,
and sometimes in the subjunctiye, but most commonly in
the latter mood. In order to become well acquainted with
this important part of the Portuguese grammar, the learner
should pay particular attention to the foregoing rules, and
the remarks on the subjunctive mood, page 231. These,
it is presumed, together with the numerous examples here
264 CONJUNCTIONS,

subjoined, will generally point out which mood the dif

ferent conjunctions, or conjunctive expressions, ought in
each case to govern.
Ainda que volo digio, não Do not believe that you are
vos julgueis a oitava ma the eighth wonder of the
ºravilha do mundo. world, though you should
be told so. -

Ainda que a tua letra he Though thou writest a good

boa, estimaria que as hand, I could wish my ho
minhas homilias fossem milies to be copied by the
copiadas pelo author des author of this specimen.
ta amoStra.
Disse-lhe que sahiria ao I told him I should go and
encontro de seu irmā0, meet his brother as soon
logo que acabasse de es as I had done writing.
Cretjer.

Logo que appareceo, ercitou As soon as he appeared he

hum estrondo de palma called forth a thunder of
das. applause.
Por mais que as expressóes Truth is always to be dis
se elevem, sempre a ver tinguished from fiction,
dade se distingue da ea however lofty the expres
aggeração. sions may be.
Por mais que exaggerava a How much soever he ex
bondade do vinho, túo tolled the quality of the
the pude achargosto. wine, I could not relish it.
Posto que não tivesse recom Though I had not directed
mendado ao meu despen my butler to provide a
seiro huma céa mais more splendid supper,
abundante, fez com que yet there was a profusion
reinasse a profusāo. , of every thing.
Conheceo-me logo, posto que e knew me immediately,
ew hia de vestido mudado. . though I had changed my
dress.
Não vos soltarei até que me I shall not let you go till you
digais quem o fez. tell me who did it. -

Besde que deixão o rochedo From the time they leave

... nascem, até que the rock from whence
entrão no mar onde mor they spring, until they
rem. enter the sea where they
disappear.
 CONJUNCTIONS. 265

Accommodarci a cousa, de I shall arrange the matter to

maneira que vn.” fique your satisfaction.
contemte.
Em toda a cidade faltava There was no bread at all
pāo, de maneira que in the town, so that many
muita gente morreo de people died for hunger.
fome.
RULE 104.

The conjunction if, sometimes governs the present indi

cative in English, though the verb relate to a future action.
In Portuguese the future subjunctive must be employed in
this case: as,
Se elle vier & manhã, lem If he comes to-morrow, I
brar-lhe-hei a sua pro will remind him of his
770,6880, promise.
Senáo passaro enterro antes If the funeral does not
das outo horas, tornarei by before eight o'clock,
para COLSO. I will return home.
RULE 105. -

In conditional phrases, where the action does not extend

beyond the time present, and where no contingency is in
volved, se may be followed by the indicative, as in English—
example:
Se eu vos digo verdade, por If I tell you the truth, why
que não me credes 2 do you not believe me?
Se elle sabe que ha de estar If he knows he will be busy,
occupado, para que nos why, does, he insinuate
dá a entender que virá 2 that he will come *
RULE 106.
When the conjunction if precedes the imperfect, or com
pound imperfect of the indicative, and the verb is used to
express a thing as doubtful or uncertain; or is equivalent to
a sort of contingent future, the first or second preterit of the
subjunctive must be always used in Portuguese. See page
41—example:
Se o recebeste, porque te If thou didst receive it, why
glorias, como se o não dost thou glory, as if thou
tiveras recebido 2 hadst not received it.
A A
266 CONJUNCTIONS.

Setu conheceras o dom de If thou knewest the gift of

Deos. God.
Setu houveras (tiveras) es- If thou hadst been here, my
tado aqui, não morréra brother had not died.
*new irmāo.
Se tu a amáras, casarias If thou lovedst her, thou
com ella. wouldst marry her,
RULE 107.
Como, as, when, governs the subjunctive, when the sub
sequent verb is in the imperfect, or pluperfect tense in Eng
lish—example:
Como a carruagem fosse tâo As the carriage was so bad,
máo, preferi fazer o ca- I preferred performing the
minho a pé. journey on foot.
Como se tivesse passado When much time was spent,
muito tempo, e mao fosse and sailing was become
jā segura a navegação, dangerous, Paul encou
Paulo os alentava. raged them.
- RULE 108.
The conjunction quer, repeated, is rendered by whether
—or, and governs the verb that follows it, in the subjunc
tive : as,

Quer seja verdade, quer náo. Whether it be true, or not.

Irei lá, quer chowa, quer I will go there, whether it
não. raln, Or not.
RULE 109. -

The conjunctions afim, até, não obstante, posto, and

visto, are often used without que; but in this case they are
followed by the infinitive mood: as,
Afim de me certificar da In order to ascertain my
minha suspeita. suspicion.
Até chegar o correo. Until the post arrives.
Nāo obstante saber elle Notwithstanding he knows
melhor que més. better than we.
Posto terem com que pas Though they have enough to
$0.7". live on.
Wisto ser assim. This being the case,
*
 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES. 267

Of the Superscriptions and honorary Appellations

used in writing Portuguese Letters.
It might justly be deemed superfluous to attempt to give
the learner any instructions with regard to titles to be
used in commercial letters, or the manner of addressing
these, the present practice of the merchants of Portugal,
as well as of almost every other part of the continent of
Europe, being to omit every species of compliments, both
in the inward and outward superscription. Nothing is put
at the beginning of the letter, to the left, except the name
of the person, or firm, and the place of abode. On the
right hand, of course, the date. Nor does the direction
contain any thing more than the name and place of resi
dence, unless it be found indispensably necessary to add
some other particulars, in order to prevent the miscarriage
of such letters as are addressed to persons who have lately
changed their domicil, or who may not yet be sufficiently
known, from having but recently formed an establishment.
Examples. -

Aos Senhores Sousa, e Oliveira,

Em Lisboa.
or merely,
Sres. Sousa, e Oliveira,
Lisboa.

Sr. Francisco Soares,

Assiste na Rua do Corpo Santo, N° 25,
Primeiro Andar,
Lisboa.

For the different forms used in concluding commercial

letters, see the correspondence at the end of this Grammar.
The foregoing observations must be understood as apply
ing to commercial letters only; for, in respect to every
other kind of epistolary correspondence, all the titles and
honorary appellations which were so long ago brought into
use, are still continued without any material alteration.
268 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES.

The following forms must therefore be adopted in writing

to such persons of distinction as are mentioned below:

ECCLESIASTICAL DIGNITIES.

f
To the Pope.
Direction : A Santidade de nosso Santissimo Padre
Pio . . . . At the beginning of the letter: Santissimo e
Beatissimo Padre. In the context: Vossa Santidade.
At the conclusion : Beija os Santissimos pés de Vossa San
tidade, &c. -

To a Cardinal.
Direction : Ao Eminentissimo, e Reverendissimo
Senhor Cardeal Sampayo de Castanheda guarde Deos
muitos annos, Lisboa. At the beginning : Eminentissimo,
e Reverendissimo Senhor. In the context: W. Eminencia.
Conclusion : A' pessoa de V. Eminencia guarde Deos,
&c.—About the middle of the blank space remaining in
the page, write as follows :
Eminentissimo, e Reverendissimo Senhor,
Beija a sagrada Purpura de W. Eminencia,
Fernão Garcia de Coutinho.

Note. If the letter is intended for the Patriarchal

Cardinal of Lisbon, his other titles must be added, as fol
bows: Ao Eminentissimo, e Reverendissimo Senhor Cardeal
Patriarca de Lisboa, Conselheiro de Estado, e Capellao
Mór, guarde Deos muitos annos.

To the Archbishop of Braga.

Direction : Ao Senhor D. N. . . . . . Arcebispo, e
Senhor de Braga, Primaz das Hespanhas, guarde Deos
muitos annos. At the beginning : Senhor D. N. . . . . .
Arcebispo Primaz. In the context: W. Alteza. At the
conclusion : A' pessoa de V. Alteza guarde Deos muitos
annos, como a sua Santa Igreja necessita, &c.
 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES. 269

To a Principal, or Head of the Patriarchal

Church at Lisbon.
Direction : Ao Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo
Senhor Principal de . . . . . , do Conselho de Sua Mages
tade, guarde Deos muitos annos. At the beginning : Ex
cellentissimo e Reverendissimo Senhor. In the context:
V. Excellencia. At the bottom, to the left: Excellent
issimo e Reverendissimo Senhor Principal de . . . . . (in
serting his titular surname),

To an Archbishop, or Bishop, appointed by

His Majesty. -

Direction : Ao Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo

Senhor Arcebispo, or Bispo de . . . . . , do Conselho de
Sua Magestade, guarde Deos muitos annos, Porto. At
the beginning : Excellentissimo e Reverendissimo Senhor.
In the context: V. Excellencia. At the foot of the letter,
to the left: Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo Senhor Ar
cebispo, or Bispo de . . . . .

To the Bishop of Coimbra.

Direction : Ao Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo
Senhor Bispo de Coimbra, Conde de Arganil, do Conselho
de Sua Magestade, guarde Deos muitos annos. (the rest as
above).

To the Archbishop of Goa.

Direction : Ao Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo
Senhor Arcebispo de Goa, Primaz do Oriente, do Conselho
de Sua Magestade, guarde Deos muitos annos. (the rest
as above).

To the Bishop of Algarve.

Direction : Ao Excellentissimo, e Reverendissimo
Senhor Arcebispo Bispo do Algarve, guarde Deos muitos
annos. (the rest as above).
A A3
270 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES.

To a Prelate of the Patriarchal Church

at Lisbon.
Direction: Ao Illustrissimo, e Reverendissimo Senhor
Monsenhor B. . . . . . , do Conselho de Sua Magestade,
guarde Deos muitos annos. At the beginning: Illustris
simo, e Reverendissimo Senhor. In the context: W.
Senhoria Illustrissima. At the bottom, to the left ; Illus
trissimo, e Reverendissimo Senhor Monsenhor de . . . . .

To a Bishop, not appointed by His Majesty.

Direction : Ao Illustrissimo e Reverendissimo Senhor
Bispo de . . . . . (the rest as above).

To a Canon of the Patriarchal Church at Lisbon.

Direction : Ao Senhor D. B. . . . . . , Conego da
Santa Basilica Patriarcal, guarde Deos muitos annos.
(nothing is put at the beginning) In the context:
W. Senhoria. At the bottom, on one side: Senhor D.
B. . . . . .
To a Prelate of any of the Religious Societies.
Direction : Ao Reverendissimo Senhor Padre . . . viz.
Reformador, Geral, or Provincial, D. Prior, Reitor de . . . .
&c., guarde Deos muitos annos. At the beginning: Re
verendissimo Padre. In the context: Paternidade Reve
rendissimo. At the conclusion, to the left: Reverend
issimo Padre Geral, e Reformador, D. Prior, Provincial,
Reitor de . . . . . &c.

SECULAR DIGNITIES.

To the King.
Address—(N.B. Letters to His Majesty must be di
rected to the Secretary of State). At the beginning:
SENHOR. (leave a large space, and then begin): Pedro Car
valho, A. R. P. de V. M. (Aos Reaes Pés de Vossa Ma
gestade) diz, or expóe, &c. In the contert: Vossa Ma
gestade. Conclusion: SENHOR. Pedro Carvalho
 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES. 27]

To a Duke, Marquis, Earl, or Count.

Direction : Ao Illustrissimo, e Excellentissimo Senhor
. . . . viz. Duque, Marquez, or Conde de . . . . , do Con
selho de Sua Magestade, guarde Deos muitos annos. At
the beginning: Illustrissimo, e Excellentissimo Senhor.
In the context : V. Excellencia. At the conclusion, to
the left: Illustrissimo, e Excellentissimo Senhor.
The same formalities must be observed in writing to the
Secretary of State, to Ambassadors, and to all other gentle
men whose situations entitle them to the appellation of
Excellency. If they have any other special titles, they
must be added also to the outward superscription; such, for
example, as Estribeiro Mór, Mórdomo Mór, Aposentador
Mór, Vice-Rei, or Governador, and Capitão General
de . . . . , Mestre de Campo General, &c.
Women are addressed with the titles of their husbands,
unless they possess higher ones derived in some other way.
For example, if the wife of a nobleman fills, or has filled
the situation of Camareira Mór, Aia, Dona de Honor, or
Dama do Paço, she has the title of Excellencia; and in
writing to her we must make use of similar formalities to
those observed with regard to Dukes, Marquises, Earls,
Counts, &c.
The address of a letter to a Dutchess, Marchioness, or
Countess, is as follows: A' Illustrissima, e Excellentis
sima Senhora, viz., Duqueza, Marqueza, or Condessa
de . . . . . &c.

The title of Senhoria is given to the following persons:

Wiscounts, Barons, Envoys, Residents, Officers of the
King's, Queen's, or Princesses' household, Chamberlains
to the Infantes, legitimate sons and daughters of Grandees,
Viscounts, Barons, Officers of the King's, Queen's, or Prin
cesses' household, and of gentlemen of the Infantes' bed
chambers. The title of Senhoria is also given to those
officers in the King's service called Moços Fidalgos com
exercicio, and to their sisters, and legitimate daughters.
The address of a letter to a lady who has the title of
Senhoria, is: A' Illustrissima Senhora Dona N. . . . . &c.
272 OF PORTUGUESE TITLES.
No higher a title than that of Mercé is given to indivi
duals not honoured with any of the above, or similar offices,
qualities, or dignities. We may put the name of the person
at the top of the letter; but in official correspondence it
must never begin with Meu Senhor, or Senhor Meu.
To a Commoner.
Direction : Ao Senhor Francisco Parrilha guarde Deos
muitos annos. . At the beginning: Senhor, or Meu
Senhor. In the context: W. M. (vossa mercé). Con
clusion: Deos guarde a vm.ee muitos annos.
There are no established forms for beginning and con
cluding letters of this last description; every one varies
them according to his fancy, and the degree of intimacy
or friendship which exists between him and his correspon
dent; thus, in writing to a mere acquaintance, we gene
rally begin the letter with: Meu Amigo, e Senhor; or, Mew
Amigo, e Senhor da minha maior veneração; and to an
intimate friend: Meu Amigo; Meu estimado Amigo;
Meu Amigo estimado; Meu Amigo estimadissimo; and
sometimes, in familiar language: Meu caro Amigo. If it
is a female friend: Estimada Senhora; Minha Senhora
estimada; Minha estimada Senhora; Minha Senhora
estimadissima, &c.
 PART III.

containING,

I. A vocabulary of words most frequently occurring in

conversation.

II. Familiar dialogues on divers subjects.

III. Extracts in prose and verse, intended as reading
lessons for beginners.

The SUPPLEMENT to this Part contains a mercantile

vocabulary, and a variety of commercial letters.

Y(D)(CABUIAARYo

Os Mezes do Anno. The Months of the Year.

Janeiro, January.
Fevereiro, February.
Março, March.
Abril, April.
Maio, May.
Junho, June.
Julho, July.
Agosto, August.
Setembro, September.
Outubro, October. ,
Novembro, November.
Decembro, December.
274 WOCABULARY.

Os Dias da Semana. The Days of the Week.

Domingo, Sunday.
Segunda feira, Monday.
Terça feira, Tuesday.
Quarta feira, Wednesday.
Quinta feira, Thursday.
Serta feira, Friday.
Sabbado, Sabado, Saturday.

Profissôes e Officios. Professions and Trades,

Contador, aCCOuntant.

advogado, avogado, advocate.

algebrista, algebraist.
boticario, apothecary.
architecto, architect.
arithmetico, arithmetician.
astrologo, astrologer.
astronomo, aStronomer.
procurador, attorney, solicitor.
padeiro, baker.
banqueiro, banker.
barbeiro, barber.
cesteiro, basket-maker.
mendigo, pobre, mendi beggar.
cante, pedinte,
fundidor de sinos, bell-founder.
encadernador, bookbinder.
Livreiro, bookseller.
botanico, botanist.
ferreiro, blacksmith.
caldeireiro, brasier, tinker.
calceteiro, breeches-maker.
fabricante de cerveja, brewer.
cervejevro,
ladrilhador, bricklayer.
corretor, broker.
brunidor, burnisher,
carmiceiro, butcher.
despenseiro, dispenseiro, butler.
botoeiro, button-maker.
 VOCABULARY. 275

ebanista, cabinet-maker.
cardeiro, card-maker.
carreteiro, Carman, Carter.,
carpinteiro, carpenter.
arrieiro, almocreve, reco carrier, muleteer.
veiro,
carpinteiro de carros, cartwright.
caleceiro, chaise-driver. , º
camareira, chamber-maid.
alimpádor de chaminés, chimney-sweeper.
touceiro, china-man.
corografo, chorographer.
chronologista, chronologer.
chimico, -
chymist.
careiro, caireiro, clerk.
relojoeiro, relogeiro, clock-maker, watch
maker.
tosador (de pannos), cloth-shearer.
segeiro, coach-maker.
Cochevro, coachman.
remendāo, cobler.
moedeiro, coiner.
carvoeiro, collier.
comediante, comedian.
compositor, compositor.
pregoevro, COmmOIn-Crier,
confeiteiro, conserveiro, confectioner.
cosinheiro, cozinheiro, cook.
tamoeiro, cooper.
corrector, corrector.
corréo, correio, courier.
surrador, currier.
cutileiro, cutler.
jornaleiro, day-labourer.
théologo, divine.
deburador, draughtsman.
droguista, druggist.
tintoreiro, dier. a

bordador, embroiderer.
esmaltador, eliameller.
abridor, engraver.
276 WOCABULARY.

feitor, farmer.
jerrador, farrier.
mestre de florete, mestre fencing-master.
de esgrima,
rabequista, fiddler. -

pescador, fisherman.
peireiro, peizinheiro, fishmonger.
lacaio, footman.
algibebe, fripperer.
fruteiro, fruiterer.
fundidor, founder.
pelliqueiro, pelliteiro, furrier.
couteiro, game-keeper.
jugador, taful, gamester.
carcereiro, gaoler, jailer.
jardineiro, gardener.
genealogista, genealogist.
eografo, geograpner.
§:
vidreiro,
º
glass-man, glass-maker. *-

vidraceiro, glazier.
luveiro, lover.
ourivez do ouro, goldsmith.
batefolha. batifolha, gold-beater.
covetro, grave-digger.
amolador, grinder.
especieiro, grocer.
palafreneiro, mogo de groom.
estrebaria,
armeiro, gunsmith.
cigamo, gypsey.
hair-dresser, peruke-maker,
cabelleireiro,

verdugo, algoz,
periwig-maker.
hangman.
|
arlequim, harlequin, jack-pudding.
correeiro, harness-maker.
sombreireiro, hatter, hat-maker.
hervolario, ervolario, herbalist.
historiografo, historiographer.
contratador de cavallos, horse-dealer, jockey.
alveitar, horse-doctor, farrier,
 vocaBULARY.
carapuceiro, hosier.
criada, house-maid.
orevendāo, huckster.
caçador, monteiro, huntsman.
tavrador, husbandman.
estalajadeiro, innkeeper.
interprete, Interpreter.
lapidario, jeweller.
ensamblador, samblador, joiner.
marcemeiro,
juiz, judge.
pellotiqueiro, pelotiqueiro, juggler.
strugueuro, strºgueiro, pas lace-maker.
Samametro,
letrado, lawyer.
mercador de panno de linho, linen-draper.
fanqueiro,
serralheiro, locksmith.
violeiro, lute-maker.
maquinista, machinist.
fabricante, manufacturer.
pedreiro, haaSOIa.

mathematico, mathematician.
esteireiro, mat-maker.
mecanico, mechanician, mechanic.
mercador de seda, 'mercer.
negociante, mercador, merchant. -

palhago, merry-andrew.
mensagewro, messenger.
parteira, midwife.
moleiro, miller.
musico, musician.
agulheiro, needle-maker.
oculista, oculist.
oculista, optician, spectacle-maker.
orador, Orator.

pagem, page.
puntor, painter.
pasteleiro, pastry-cook.
calceteiro, paviour.
bofarinheiro, pedlar.
278 WOCABULARY.

picheleiro, pewterer.
filosofo, philosopher,
medico, physician.
gastador, pioneer.
poeta, poet.
politico, estadista, politician.
mariola, porter.
postilhão, postillion.
louceiro, oleiro, potter.
gallin heiro, polterer.
sacerdote, clerigo, priest.
impressor, printer.
titiriteiro, Puppet-man, puppet
player.
charlatào, quack.
trapeiro, ragman.
segador, ceifeiro, reaper, mower.
rhetorico, rhetorician.
fiteiro, ribbon-weaver.
cordoeiro, roper, rope-maker,
selleiro, sadler.
'mogo do cobre, bicho da Scullion.
cozinha,
escultor, sculptor, carver.
secretario, secretary.
"mogo de cadeirinha, cadei sedan-chairman.
Tetro,
costureira, sempstress.
criado, Servant.
sacristão, SeXtOn.
bainheiro, sheath-maker, case-maker
tosquiador, sheep-shearer.
carpinteiro de navios, shipwright.
Sapateiro, shoemaker.
tendeiro, shopkeeper.
ourives da prata, prateiro, silver-Smith.
saboeiro, soap-boiler.
semeador, SOWer.
pelleiro, Skinner, fellmonger.
freieiro, * Spurrier, bit-maker.
mórdomo, Steward.
meieira, méeira, stocking-knitter.
 \
WOCABULARY. 279

meieiro, méeiro, stocking-weaver.

canteiro, Stone-Cutter,

refinador de agugar, sugar-refiner, sugar-baker,

cirurgião, surgião, surgeon.
medidor de terras, medi surveyor.
dor dos campos,
espadeiro, sword-cutler.
cortidor, curtidor, tanner.
siseiro, tax-gatherer.
alfaiate, tailor.
colmeiro, thatcher,
telhador, tiler.
funileiro, tinnan.
sacamolas, tooth-drawer.
joyalheiro, joeiro, toyman.
traductor, translator.
tripeiro, tripe-man.
volteador, tumbler, vaulter.
torneiro, turner.
tapeceiro, armador, upholsterer.
onzeneiro, usureiro, uSurer.
camareiro, valet, valet de chambre.
vinhateiro, vine-dresser.
vindimador, vintager.
vendeiro, taverneiro, Vintner.
lavandeira, lavadeira, washer-woman, laundress,
guarda de noite, watch-man.
barqueiro, Water-man.
. certevro, wax-chandler.
tecelāo, Weaver.

sachador, weeder, raker.

lenheiro, lenhador, wood-cutter.
mercador de pannos, woollen-draper.
danäfero, wool-stapler.

Os cinco Sentidos. The five Senses.

A vista, sight.
o ouvido, ouvir, hearing.
o olfacto, olfato, smell, smelling. w
taste.
o gosto, -

0 tacto, feeling, touch.

-
280 WOCABULARY.

As quatro Estações. The four Seasons.

A primavera, spring.
o verão, estio, Summer.

o Outomo, autumn.
o inverno, winter.

Do Tempo. Of Time.
Hum segundo, a second.
hum minuto, a minute.
hum quarto (de hora), a quarter of an hour.
meia hora, half an hour.
tres quartos de hora, three quarters of an hour,
huma hora, an hour.
hum dia, a day.
huma semana, a week.
quinze dias, a fortnight.
hum mez, mes, a month.
hum anno, a year.
o anno bisserto, leap-year.
hum seculo, an age, century.
a eternidade, eternity. -

o meio dia, noon, mid-day.

a noite, the night.
a meia noite, - mid-night.
a manhã, the morning.
a tarde, the afternoon.
hoje, to-day.
hontem, ontem, yesterday.
ante ontem, antes de ontem, the day before yesterday.
dmanhã, to-morrow.
dmanhã de madrugada, to-morrow at day-break.
dmanhã pela manhã, to-morrow morning.
dmanhã de tarde, to-morrow afternoon.
hum dia de trabalho, a working day, work-day.
hum dia de festa, a holiday, holyday.
o romper do dia, day-break.
a alva, the dawn.
o nascer do sol, sun-rise.
o pór do sol, sol posto, Sun-Set.
depois de jantar, after dinner.
depois da céa, after supper.
 WOCABULARY. 281

Do Universo. Of the Universe.

Deos, God.
Jesu Christo, Jesus Christ.
a Trindade, Trinity.
o Espirito Santo, Holy Ghost.
o Salvador, Saviour.
o Redemptor, Redeemer.
a Virgem, Virgin Mary.
o purgatorio, purgatory. t

o diabo, devil.
os bemaventurados, the blessed.
os condemnados, the damned.
o anjo, angel.
OS Santos, Salnts.

o arcanjo, archanjo, archangel.

a gloria, glory.
a creação, Creatlon.

o martyr, martir, martyr.

o profeta, prophet.
o evangelista, evangelist,
o apostolo, apostle.
o consolador, comforter.
os maos, the wicked.
os justos, the righteous.
os peccadores, sinners. f

os discipulos, disciples.
as creaturas, CreatureS.
a natureza, natura, nature.

Dos Elementos, &c. Of the Elements, &c.

O fogo, fire.
O ar, air.
a terra, earth.
Water.
a agua, agoa,
o céo, heaven.
o inferno, hell.
o paraíso,
o firmamento, #. rmament.
O vento, wind.

BB 3
282 voCABULARY.
a chura, rain.
a meve, SnOW.

o gélo, frost.
o caramelo, ice.
a saraiva, chura de pedras, hail.
to grantzo, pedrisco,
a névoa, neblina, fog, mist.
o nevoeiro, § fog.
o orvalho, dew. -

o desfazer do gelo, derre thaw.

timento do gelo,
as muwens, clouds.
o trová0, thunder.
o relámpago, lightning.
a tempestade, tempest.
o temporal, Storm.
o redomoinho, whirlwind,
thunderbolt.whirlpool
p00
o raio, rayo,
o diluvio, flood, deluge.
o terremoto, tremor de earthquake.
terra,
o arco-iris, arco celeste, rainbow.
o calor, heat.
ofrio, cold.
a lua, InOOne

as estrellas, StarS.
os raios, rayos, rays.
a luz, light.
o sol, Sun.

a escuridão, escureza, es darkness.

curidade, o escuro,
os vapores, vapours.
a exhalação, exhalation.
a meia-lua, half-moon.
a lua nova, Inew-moon.
a lua cheia, full-moon.
o luar, moon shine.
o planeta, planet.
o cometa, COmet.
o meteoro, meteOr.
o eclipse, eclipse.
 WOCABULARY. 283

Os doze Signos do The twelve Signs of the

Zodiaco. Zodiac. -

Aries, Ram.
o Touro, Bull.
Gémeos, Twins.
Cancer, Cancro, Crab.
o Leão, Lion.
a Virgem, Virgin.
Libra, Scales.
Escorpido, Scorpion.
Sagittario, Archer.
Capricornio, Goat.
Aquario," Water-bearer.
Peires, Fishes.

Da Especie humana. Of Mankind.

O av6, grandfather.
a avo, grandmother.
o bisavö, great-grandfather.
a bisavö, great-grandmother.
o trisavö, great-great-grandfather.
a trisavö, great-great-grandmother.
o marido, consorte, esposo, husband.
a mulher, consorte, esposa, wife.
o pai, pae, father.
a mät, mäe, mother,
o parente, male relation, kinsman.
a parenta, female relation, kins
WOman.

o sogro, father-in-law.
a sogra, mother-in-law.
o padrasto, step-father.
a madrasta, step-mother.
o primo, he-cousin.
a prima, she-cousin.
0 neto, grandson.
a neta, grand-daughter.
o bismeto, great grandson.
a bisneta, great grand-daughter.
o genro, son-in-law.
a mora, daughter-in-law.
284 WOCABULARY.

o eunhado, brother-in-law.
a cunhada, sister-in-law.
o sobrinho, nephew.
a sobrinha, InleCe.

otio, uncle.
a tia, aunt.

os pais, paes, parents.

SOIn.
o filho,
a filha, daughter.
o menino, a menina, infant. (m. & f.)
—a mulher, WOman.
Imall.
_o homem,
o vºuvo, widower.
a viuva, widow.
o amigo, a amiga, friend. (m. & f.)
ownmugo, enemy.
a crwança, creamga, ehild.
o irmāo, mano, brother.
a irmā, mana, sister.
o enteado, step-son.
a enteada, step-daughter.
o noivo, bridegroom.
a noiva, bride.
o bastardo, a bastarda, bastard. (m. & f.)
o esposo, noivo, a man betrothed.
a esposa, nowa, a woman betrothed.
o aftlhado, –son.
a aftlhada, god-daughter.
o padrinho, god-father.
a madrinha, god-mother.
o compadre, he-gossip, male sponsor.
a comadre, she-gossip, female sponsor.
a 0.700, Inurse.

a ama de peito, Wet-nurse.

o orfão, a orfă, orphan. (m. &f.)

o herdeiro, heir.
a herdeira, heiress.
a parteira, comadre, midwife.
o rapaz, boy.
a raparuga, girl.
o tutor, tutor.
a tutora, tutores.S.
 WOCABULARY. 285

o pupillo, a pupilla, pupil. (m. & f.)

o gémeo, tWin. -

o solteiro, bachelor, single man.

a solteira, maid, single woman.
o welho, anciào, old man.
a velha, old woman.
o mogo, youth, young man.
a moga, young woman.
o casamento, Imarti

o noivado, a boda, wedding.

Instrumentos de Musica. Musical Instruments,

A rabeca, rebeca, violin, fiddle.
o rabecăo, rebecăo, bass-viol.
a frauta, flute.
o orgāo, organ.
a harpa, arpa, harp.
a guitarra, itar.
o cravo, fºod.
bassoon.
ofagote,
o piano, piano-forte, piano-forte.
a espineta, spinet.
a trombeta, trumpet.
o tambor, drum.
a bosina, bozina, bugle-horn.
o alaude, lute.
a charamela, charamella, hautboy; bag-pipe.
a gaita de folle, bagpipe.
o birimbdo, jews—harp.
a frauta pequena, flageolet.
a clarineta, clarinet. -

o atabale, atabal, kettle-drum.

a estante, music-desk,

Do Corpo humano. Of the human Body,

A alma, soul.
o corpo, body.
a cabeça, head.
os cabellos, o pello, pélo, hair.
286 WOCABULARY,

as orelhas, eats.

os olhos, eyes,
a cara, o rosto, face.
a barba, chin,
as barbas, beard.
a boca, mouth.
os beiços, lips.
os dentes, teeth.
a lingua, hingoa, tongue,
a face, cheek.
o mariz, InoSee

as ventas, nostrils.
o semblante, countenance.
as feiçães, features.
as fontes, temples.
a testa, forehead.
o céo da boca, paladar, roof of the mouth.
o beiço superior, upper-lip.
o beiço inferior, under-lip.
as bellezas, suiças, whiskers.
os bigodes, mustachoes, mustaches.
opescogo, neck.
o estámago, stomach.
as sobrancelhas, eye-brows.
as pestanas, eye-lashes.
as pālpebras, capellas do eye-lids.
olho,
a menina do olho, apple or pupil of the eye,
o lagrimal, corner of the eye.
a garganta, guéla, throat.
o sewo, , bosom.
a teta, breast, teat.
o bico (do peito), nipple.
os miolos, o cérebro, brains.
o toutigo, hinder part of the head,
occiput.
o peito, breast, chest.
os hombros, as espádoas, shoulders.
os membros, limbs.
Os OSSOs, bones.
a Carne, as carnes, flesh,
 WOCABULARY. 287

t; gordura, fat.
as entranhas, entrails, bowels.
& pelle, skin.
o sangue, blood.
o cotovelo, elbow.
o sobaco, sovaco, arm-pit.
o coração, heart.
as costellas, ribs.
o embigo, navel.
a verilha, groin.
o braço, arm. -

a molleira, moleira, crown of the head.

as gengivas, gums.
o timpano, drum of the ear.
as costas, back.
o espinhago, back-bone, spine.
o osso sacro, d, rabadilha, rump-bone.
os bofes, lungs,
o figado, liver.
o baço, spleen.
OS runs, kidneys.
as tripas,
a beriga, ń.
o fel, gall.
os intestinos, intestines.
a madre, womb.
as cadeiras, hips.
a veia, véa, vein.
os poros, pores.
a caveira, scull.
o musculo, muscle.
o nervo, nerve.
a arteria, artery.
a cartilagem, gristle.
a queixada, Jaw.
as ilhargas, flanks.
o joelho, knee. , -

a muca, nape of the neck,

a Coaca, thigh.
as madegås, buttocks.
*s māos, hands.
988 WOCABULARY.

os dedos, fingers.
a munheca, wrist.
o pulso, pulse; wrist.
fiSt.
o punho,
a palma da mão, palm of the hand.
thumb.
odedo polegar, back of the hand.
as costas da mão,
fore-finger. a
o dedo indice, dedo mos
trador, -

o dedo annular, ring-finger. *

o dedo maximo, dedo do middle finger.

theio,
o dedo minimo, dedo me little finger. -

mino,
as pontas (os bicos) dos fingers' ends.
dedos, mail.
a unha,
a junta, joint.
o mó, knuckle.
leg.
a perma,
opé, -
foºt.
a barriga da perma, calf of the leg.
toes.
os dedos do pe,
o peito do pá, instep.
o tornozelo, ancle.
sole of the foot.
a sola do pé, ankle-bone.
o artelho,
o calcanhar, heel.
ham.
a curva da perma,
a cana da perma, camela shin-bone.
da perma,
, o cuspo, saliva, spittle.
urine.
a ourina,
o excremento, excrement. - *

O Suor, perspiration, sweat.

o monco, ranho, mucus of the nose, Sriot.
scurf.
a carepa, caspa,
marrow.
a medulla, o tutăno,
tear.
a lágrima,
o chilo, chylo, (pron. kºlo), chyle, stomach-juice.
a pituita, flegma, phlegm.
 WOCABULARY. 289

Do Comer e Beber. Of Eating and Drinking.

A vianda, victuals, food.
a vaca, tacca, beef.
o carneiro, mutton.
a vitéla, vitella, weal.
o cordeiro, lamb.
o toucinho, bacon.
o presunto, ham.
a veaçao, venison.
openre, fish.
as salchichas, lingoigas, sausages.
as postas, steaks.
o leitão, a leitóa, roasting-pig.
o assado, rOast meat.
o cosido, cozido, boiled meat.
o pastel, pie.
a carme, meat.
a carne frita, fried meat.
o estufado, stewed meat.
ofricassé, fricassee.
oguisado, ragout, ragoo.
opicado, minced meat, hash.
o cabrito, kid.
o láparo, young coney.
o lombo de vitella, loin of veal.
as costellas de porco, pork chops.
a perna de carneiro, leg of mutton.
as māos de carneiro, sheep's trotters.
a manta de toucinho, flitch of bacon.
a fressura, forçura, pluck.
as almondegas, forced meat balls.
o chouriço de sangue, black-pudding.
as costellas de carneiro, mutton chops.
as costelletas de vitella, veal cutlets.
o salchicháo de Bolonha, Bologna sausage.
o caldo, broth.
a sopa, soup.
OS Owos, eggs.
os ovos escalfados, poached eggs.
os bolinholos, bolinhos, fritters.
as filhós, -

C C
290 . WOCABULARY.

os ovos de sorver, ovos boiled eggs.

molles,
a malassada, omelet.
a torta, tart.
o requeijão, cream-cheese.
o soro, whey.
os macarröes, macaroni.
a cuberta, coberta, COUTSé.

a guaria, o manjar, dish (of any meat).

a merenda, afternoon's luncheon.
a aletria, vermicelli.
as alcaparras, capers.
as azeitonas, olives.
os acipipes, kickshaws.
a sobremeza, dessert.
os confeitos, sugar-plums.
o pāo, bread.
o queijo, cheese. ---

o bolinho de leite, small white roll.

a manteiga, butter.
osal, salt.
a mostarda, mustard.
a pimenta, pepper.
a camela, C11] IlamOIl.
os Cravos, cloves.
a noz moscada, nutmeg.
O vinagre, vinegar.
O azette, oil.
o leite, milk.
a mata, cream.
a salada, salad. r

o bocado de pāo, mouthful of bread,

a fatia de pāo, slice of bread.
a codéa de pāo, crust of bread.
0 agucar, assucar, Sugar.
o chd, tea.
o chocolate, chocolate.
o café, coffee.
o pimentào, Cayenne-pepper.
a torrada, dry toast.
o vinho, WIIle.
 WOCABULARY. 291

Dos Vestidos. Of Clothing

A casăca, o vestido, COat.
o colete, a vestia, waistcoat.
os calçóes, small-clothes, breeches.
as meias, meyas, stockings.
os sapát0s, shoes.
as botas, boots.
as ceroulas, ciroulas, drawers.
as ligas, garters.
o chapéo, hat.
a qba do chapéo, brim of a hat.
a camisa, shirt.
as tiras, osbofes da camisa, frill.
os punhos, ruffles (at the wrist).
as luvas, gloves.
a roupa, ... ." linen. -

as polainas, leggings, spatterdashes.

o capote, sobretudo, great coat.
a capa, cloak.
o lenço, handkerchief.
o barrete, Cap.
o roupāo, morning-gown.
a gravata, neckcloth, cravat.
as chinelas, chanquetas, slippers.
as fivelas, buckles.
a algibeira, ket.
o calçador, ºlom.
doublet.
o gibá0,
os escarpins, as piugas, socks.
o vestido, -
suit of clothes.
o fato, wearing-apparel.
a cabelleira, wig.
o barrete, a touca de noite, night-cap.
o chapéo de tres bicos, cocked hat.
a manga, sleeve.
a renda, lace.
a franja, fringe.
o botáo, button.
a cinta, girdle.
a presilha do chapéo, hatband.
292 WOCABULARY,

opente, comb.
a navalha de barba, raZOt.

o bastão, walking-stick.
o relogio de algibeira, watch.
a caixa de tabaco, snuff-box.
os oculos, -
spectacles.

Do Serviço da Meza. Of the Table Service.

A toalha de meza, table-cloth.
o guardanapo, napkin.
o prato, plate.
o prato grande, dish.
o garfo, fork.
a faca, knife.
a folha, Y $ blade.
o cabo, S, haft, handle.
o gume, X- $
a COta,
a ponta,
a colhér,
J
§
'S
edge.
back.
point.
SOOOn.
:
o cópo, .
decanter.
a garráfa,
o saleiro, salt-cellar.
a caira da pimenta, pepper-box.
a vinagreira, galheta do vinegar-cruet.
vanagre,
a galheta do azeite, oil-bottle.
a rima de pratos, pile of plates.
a saladeira, salad-dish.
a mostardeira, mustard-pot.
a toalha de mâos, towel.
o sacarolhas, cork-screw.
ofaqueiro, knife-tray.
o talher, cruet-stand, casters.
a donzella, dumb-waiter.
a vasilha do mólho, mos sauce-boat.
tardeira,
a salvazinha, salver.
a tigéla, terrene, terrin,
 voCABULARY. 293

o aparador, - side-board.
a taça, drinking-cup.
o escalfador, a caldeira, kettle.
o bule, tea-pot.
o acucareiro, sugar-pot.
a manteigueira, butter-pot.
a chocolateira, chocolate-pot.
a cafeteira, coffee-pot.
a bacía, slop-bason.
a chavana, chavena, cicara, Cup.
huma chavena de châ, a eup of tea.
huma chicara de chocolate, a cup of chocolate, or coffee.
, ou café,
a collierinha, tea-spoon.
a leiteira, milk-pot.
a vasilha da nata, cream-pot.
a tenazinha do agucar, sugar-tongs.
o pires, Saucet.
a bandeja, tea-board.
a Caſca, %
chd, boceta do chd, tea-chest, tea-caddy.
hum serviço de porcelana, a set of china.
ogomil, gumil, jarro, wash-hand pitcher.
o alguidar, a bacia, wash-hand bason.

De huma Cidade. Of a Town.

A casa, house.
a praça, square.
o bairro, district.
0. estalagen, pousada, * inn.
a wºreja, church.
a loja, tenda, shop.
a taverna, tippling-house.
o hospital, hospital.
a casa de pasto, cook-shop, inn.
a esquina, COrner.
o jº, arrebalde, suburb.
a ponte, bridge.
a porta, gate.
a rud, street.
Cc 3
294 WOCABULARY.

o palacio, palace.
a alfandega, custom-house.
o carcere, a prisăo, cadéa, prison.
a muralha, rampart.
o passeto, public walk.
o chafariz, public fountain.
a casa do correio, post-office.
a casa do senado, casa da town-hall.
camara,
a casa da moeda, mint.
a praça, bolsa, bolça, exchange.
a officina de impressor, printing-office.
o Danco, bank.
o theatro, theatre.
a casa de café, o café, coffee-house.
o matadeiro, slaughter-house.
o mercado, market-place.
a travessa, lane.
o calçado, pavement.
o agougue, meat-market, shambles.
O Caes, cats, quay, key.
o corpo de guarda, guard-house.
a fabrica, manufactory.
a sege de aluguel, hackney-coach or cabriolet.

De huma Casa. Of a House.

O andar, story.
o aposento, r00m.

o quarto, a camara, apartment, chamber.

o gabinete, study, closet.
as agoas furtadas, garret.
a estrebaria, cavallariça, stable.
cavalheriça,
o celleiro, corn-loft, granary.
otecto, telhado, roof.
a adega, cellar.
a parede, wall.
o pateo, patio, yard.
o armazem, almazem, Store-room.
a janella, window,
 WOCABULARY. 295

a vidraça, window-glass,
os vidros, panes.
a escada, StalrS.
os degrãos, steps.
os alicerces, alicesses, foundation.
o sobrado, floor.
a fachada, front.
a abobada, vault.
as làgeas, pigarras, slates,
as telhas, tiles.
o algeroz, a goteira,
a sala, fºr.
all.
a livraria, bibliotheca, library.
o jardim, garden.
o banho, bath.
a porta, door.
a chave, key.
a fechadura, lock.
o ferrolho, bolt.
a tramca, bar.
o liminar, lumiar, threshold.
a aldrava, knocker.
a campainha, bell.
os gonzos, quicios, a cow hinges.
Ceyra,
o postigo, wicket.
0 cadeado, padlock.
a grimpa, weather-cock.
a cocheira, coach-house.
o pogo, well. N
a bomba, pump.
o ponbal, pigeon-house.
o gallinheiro, hen-house.
a commua, secreta, latrina, privy.
as necessarias,
o lar, fogāo, hearth.
a parede meia, mean-wall,
0 balcão, a sacada, balcony.
o corredor, a galeria, gallery.
a despensa, pantry.
a alcóva, alcove.
 296 WOCABULARY.

Dos Móveis de huma Casa.

Of household Furniture.
A tapegaria, tapestry, papering.
a mesa, meza,
table. -

—a cadeira, chair.
a cadeira de braços, , arm-chair.
o encosto,
a cadeira de palha, back (of a chair.)
matted chair.
a cadeira de junco, reed chair.
a commoda, chest of drawers.
o almario, armario,
cupboard.
o tapete, a alcatifa, carpet.
o relogio, clock.
o espelho, looking-glass.
a escova,
o bahit, bahul,
º
trunk.
a arca,
chest.
as cortinas, curtains.
a chita, chints. -

a cama, o leito, bed.

o chapéo de chuva, chapéo umbrella.
de sol, guarda-chuva.
a guarda-roupa, ward-robe.
o colcháo de pennas, feather-bed.
o cortinado,
o colcháo, hangings.
mattress.
o cobertor de la, cobertor blanket.
de papa,
o cobertor de felpa, rug.
a colcha, /
counterpane, quilt.
os lançoes, sheets.
o entergão, straw-bed.
o travesseiro, a almofada, pillow.
a cabeceira, bolster.
a fronha, pillow-case.
os balaustres do leito,
o sobrecéo, bed-posts.
tester.
a cuberta, cobertura, bed-clothes.
o quadro, retábolo, picture.
a painel, a pintura, painting, picture.
a moldura, frame.
 -- WOCABULARY." 297

o antepdro, Screen.
o tamborete, stool.
a trepega, tripod, three-legged stool.
o canapé, sofa, sopha.
o catre, leito de cilha, folding-bed, stretcher.
os varóes, curtain-rods.
a samefa, valance.
o esquentador, warming-pan.
a bacia da noite, o bispote, pot de chambre.
ourinol,
a gaveta, drawer.
o berço, cradle.
a ratoeira, rat-trap, mouse-trap.
a lanterna, lantern.
a lanterna de furta-fogo, dark lantern.
o descalçador de botas, boot-jack.
sacabotas,
a esponja, spunge.
o banco, bench.
a cadeira de retrete, cadet close-stool.
rafurada, o servidor,
a parteleira, prateleira, shelf.
a véla, candle.
a castigal, candlestick.
a tesoura de espivitar, o snuffers.
espivitador,
a palmatoria, hand-candlestick.
o prato do espivitador, snuffers-dish.
ovelador, stand.
as tesouras, tisouras, scissars.
a cuspideira, o escarrador, spitting-box, spittoon.
to cachimbo, tobacco-pipe.
a gaiola, bird-cage.

Da Cozinha. Of the Kitchen,

O lume, fogo, fire.
a chaminé, chimney.
o caldeirão, boiler.
ofumo, smoke,
98 WOCABULARY.

o carvāo, charcoal.
o carvão de pedra, coal.
a twrba, *
turf.
as cinzas, ashes.
a chama, lavareda, flame.
os folles, bellows.
a lenha, wood.
o guarda-fogo, fender.
as tenazes, tamazes, tongs.
a pa, ferra, shovel.
o esborralhador do lume, poker.
o espeto, spit.
o tigá0, firebrand.
a frigideira, sartă, frying-pan.
a caldeira, kettle.
a panella, cooking-pot.
a aza da panella, ear or handle of a pot.
o testo, a tampa, t-lid. '
a colher grande, i.
a bruza, night-lamp.
as grelhas, gridiron.
mortar.
o almofariz, gral,
a mão do gral, pestle.
a rodilha, dish-clout.
o esfregào, duster.
a vasssoura, broom, brush.
a vassourinha, hand-brush.
o ralo, grater.
O Cesto, a cesta, basket.
Stove.
a estufa,
OWen.
oforno,
a esteira, mat.
o balde, pail, bucket.
o parafºgo, fire-screen.
a quarta, jug, pitcher.
o coador, colander.
o passador, strainer.
o sabão, soap.
a escwmadeira, skimmer.
a cameca, mug.
as méchas, matches.
 WOCABULARY, 99

a sca, -
tinder.
ofuzil, fusil, foridor, steel.
a pedermeira, flint.
a redoma, vial.
a sopeira, soup-bowl.
o abanador, aban0, fire-fan.
os Cáes da chaminé, andirons.
a cassarola, stew-pan.
a torteira, pudding-pan. ,
a pingadeira, dripping-pan.
a prancha, o ferro de en Smoothing-iron.
gommar,
a lardeadeira, larding-pin.
o trincho, trencher.
a peneira, sieve.
a cuba, tina, tub.
a ceira, frail.
-

Da Adega. Of the Cellar,

O tonel, cask.
o barrºl, barrel.
a pipa, 106.
a barrica,
o bojo do tonel,
Fºia.
belly of a cask.
-o fundo do tonel, head of a cask.
o funil, funnel.
0 arco,
hoop.
as aduelas, 1pe-Staves.
o batogue, !. bung-hole.
a rolha, - cork.
o martello, hammer.
a torneira, cock.
o torno, tap, spigot.
a garráfa, botelha, bottle.
o gargalo, neck of a bottle.
ofrasco, flagon.
o vinho, Wine.
o vinho tinto, red wine.
o winho branco, white wine. º
300 WOCABULARY. f

o clarete, vinho clarete, claret.

o vinho do Porto, port wine,
o vinho de Champanha, Champaign.
o vinho de Borgonha, Burgundy.
a agoa-ardente, brandy.
a cerveja, beer.
as fezes, borras, lees, dregs.
o pinho de magás, a cidra, cider.
o vinho de peras, perry.

O Toucador dehuma Mulher. A Lady's Toilet.

A saia, saya, petticoat.
a and goa, o guardapé, under-petticoat.
o espartilho, stays.
o justilho, bodice.
o peitilho, COrSet.
a roupinha, jump, jacket.
a fita, ribbon, riband,
o vestido, gown.
os punhos, ruffles.
os falbalds, flounces.
a charpa, scarf.
a camisa de mulher, shift.
a vareta de espartilho, busk.
os braceletes, bracelets.
o toucador, dressing-table.
os brincos, pendentes, ear-bobs.
o avental, avantal, apron.
os chapins Inglezes, pattens.
a agulha, needle.
o agulheiro, needle-case.
o alfimete, - pin.
a côr, aint.
a passadeira, agulha de kin.
toucar, o passador,
a téa, linen.
o amido, a gomma, starch.
o dedal, thimble.
a joia, joya, jewel.
 WOCABULARY. 301

o legue, abanico, fan.

a agua de cheiro, scented water.
a seda, silk.
a linha, o fio, thread.
a agulhada, enfiadura, needle-full.
a dobadoura, reel.
o simal, patch for the face.
a almofadinha de alfinetes, pincushion.
o pente de tartaruga, tortoise-shell comb. ,
o espirito de alfazema, lavender-water.
a agoa de Colonia, Cologne water.
o laço de fita da cabeça, top-knot.
o fio de perolas, earl necklace.
o toucado, ead-dress.
a coifa, cap.
& roca, distaff.
ofuso, spindle.
as tesouras, scissars.
o estojo, **ase.
a mantilha, o manto, mantle.
a palatina, tippet. º

o annél, amél, ring.

as arrecadas, ear-rings, ear-drops.
o penteador, combing-cloth.
o espelho, looking-glass.
o regalo, manguito, muff.
os polvilhos, hair-powder.
o palito, tooth-pick.
ofichū, neck-handkerchief.
as temazinhas, tWeezerS.
o guarda-infante, - farthingale.
o véo, veil.
a renda, lace.
U bilro, bobbin,
o sabão, Soap.
a escova, tooth-brush.
o opiato, opiate.
d atacador, stay-lace.
a agulheta, tag.
o cingidouro; a cinta, sash ; girdle.
o papelão, paste-board,
* Db
302 WOCABULARY,

as mangas, sleeves.
os papelotes, paper curls,
o ferro de encrespar, curling-iron.
o annél, anál, curl.
a trança, tresses, weft.
a pomada, banha, pomatum.
a borla, powder-puff.
a mascara, careta, mask.
o brilhante, diamante, diamond.
a esmeralda, emerald.
a perola, pearl.
o rubim, rubi, ruby.
a cornelina, corneirina, cornelian.
o topazio, topaz.
o dmbar, dmbaro, amber.

Da Escritura. Of Writing.
A papeleira, o escritorio, writing-desk, scrutoire,
o papel, paper.
a penna, quill.
a penna de escrever, pen.
a timta, ink.
a follºq, sheet.
o diario, journal.
a aréa, areia, sand, pounce.
o tinteiro, ink-stand.
o lacre, sealing-wax.
a dobradeira, folding-knife.
o raspador, scratching-knife.
o lápis, pencil.
letter. +
a carta,
o sobrescrito, direction.
a capa de huma carta, cover of a letter,
o papel passento, mata blotting-paper.
borrão,
o livro, book. *

o pergaminho, parchment.
o camivete, penknife.
o cadermo, copy-book, stitched book,
 WOCABULARY. 303
w

a pāgina, page.
a linha, line.
o areeiro, pounce-box.
o compasso, compasses.
as obréas, wafers.
o sinete, sello, seal. '
a régoa, ruler.
o bilhete, InOte.
a carteira, pocket-book, port-folio
O tomo, volume.
a lage, lagea, lágem, slate.
a virgula, COmma.

o ponto e virgula, semicolon.

dous pontos, colon.
o ponto final, period, full stop.
a parenthesis, parenthesis.
o ponto de interrogação, note of interrogation.
o ponto de admiração, note of admiration.

Dos Metaes. Of Metals.

O ouro, gold.
a prata, silver.
o cobre, copper.
o ferro, lron.

o chumbo, lead - w

o estanho, pewter.
a follia de Flandes, tln.
o azougue, quicksilver.
O ago, steel.
o tambaque, pinchebeque, pinchbeck.
a tambaca,
o latāo, arame, brass.
o bronze, bronze.

Do Campo. Of the Country.

O monte, a montanha, mountain.
serra,
a planicie, plain.
304 WOCABULARY,

o valle, valley.
o lago, a lagóa, lake.
o moinho, wind-mill.
o outeiro, a collina, hill.
a calçada, turnpike-road.
a poeira, dust.
o caminho, road.
a estrada, estrada real, high-way.
a azimhaga, vereda, foot-path, by-way.
o atalho, carreiro,
a venda, country-inn.
a barreira, toll-bar, turnpike,
o molinete, turn-stile.
o carril, rut.

o mato, bosque, wood.

a cova, cave, den.
a selva, mata, floresta, forest.
a sebe, valada, o vallado, hedge.
a sebe viva, quickset.
a sarça, o arbusto, bush, shrub.
a arvore, tree.
o arvoredo, grove.
o ramo, branch.
a rama, the branches (collectively).
o passeto, walk, alley.
a vinha, o vinhedo, vineyard.
o castello, castle.
o campanario, steeple.
o prado, meadow.
o tanque, pond.
o campo, field.
o cerrado, enclosure, close.
o despenhadeiro, precipicio, precipice.
a rocha, penha, rock.
o fosso, ditch.
o ribeiro, rivulet.
o regåto, brook.
0 rºo, river.
a barca, ferry.
o lugar, village.
o pántano, bog, slough,
 WOCABULARY. 305

o charco, pail, , marsh.

ofardim, garden.
a quinta, casa de campo, country-house.
a cabana, choupama, cottage.

Da Agricultura. Of Husbandry.
A herdade, granja, casa farm, farm-house.
de lavrador, o casal,
o'celleiro, barn, granary.
o arddo, plough.
o ancinho, rake.
a fouce, scythe.
a aguilhada, goad.
o alviào, pick-axe, hoe.
aa pſi de cavar,
encada, r
spade.
mattock.
a grade de lavrar, harrow.
a joeira, winnowing-cribble.
a relha do arado, plough-share.
o forcado, dung-fork.
a fouce de ceifar, sickle.
o mangoal, - flail.
a penetra, o cravo, Sleve.

o sacho, weeding-hook.
o podāo, pruning-knife.
a carreta, Cart.
a roda, wheel.
o eico, axle-tree.
os rayos, spokes.
as caimbas, cambas, felloes.
o apeiro, geer.
o leito do carro, body of a waggon.
o cavallo de alquilé, cavallo hº. :
-
-
-
--->-

de aluquel, *

o cavallo de lavoura, waggon-horse. *

o chicole, latego, azorrague, whip.

a queijevra, dairy.
a posilga, hog-sty.
o regador, watering-pot.
DD 3
306 WOCABULARY.

o caramanchel, parreiral, arbour.

o esguicho, a fonte de re fountain. (jet d'eau)
puro,
o camponez, camponwo, countryman.
ofeitor, steward of a farm.
a ramada, bower.
opomar, orchard. d
a horta, kitchen-garden.
a leira, bed in *::.
o viveiro de plantas, nursery.
a estufa, hot-house, green-house.
o pasto, pasture.
os legumes, pulse.
o trigo, wheat.
os grä0s, COrn.

a avéa, Oats.
ofeno, hay.
o centeio, rye.
a cevada, barley.
o arroz, rice.
as ervilhas,
a vagem, o folhelho, º:
usk, cod.
os chicharos, grey pease.
as favas, eanS.

os feijöes de sapatas, as - kidney-beans.

bajes,
os feijóes, dried kidney-beams.
as lentilhas, lentils.
os tremogos, tramogos, lupines.
a espiga de trigo, ear of corn.
a cana de trigo, stalk of corn.
a semente, seed.
os lapulos, liparos, hops.
o rego, furrow.
o terreno, soil.
a relva, sod, turf, grass plot.
a herva, erva, grass.
o chão, ground.
ofoio, joyo, tares.
o linho, flax.
o mais, milho grosso, Indian corn, maize.
 WOCABULARY. 307

o linho canamo, hemp.

a pavéa, sheaf.
a palha, Straw.
o barro, clav.
a greda, i.
a cal, lime.
a canga, yoke.
o esterco, Imanure,

o monturo, -
dung-hill.
o restolho, rastolho, stubble.
o torrão, clod of earth.
a colheita, harvest, crop.
o mólho defeno, feive defeno, truss of hay.
ofeire de palha, bundle of straw.
a linhaca, linseed.
o curral, pen for cattle.

Das Hortaligas. Of Vegetables.

As alcachofras, artichokes.
o espinafre, spinage.
as azedas, sorrel.
as ortigas, nettles.
as cenouras, cinouras, CarrotS.
os nabos, turnips.
as cebolas, Onions.

o repolho, cole-cabbage.
a Couve, cabbage.
a couve-flor, cauliflower.
a salsa, parsley.
os agrióes, CreSSes.
o alho, garlick.
os grelos de couve, cabbage-sprouts.
a ortelä, mlnt.
a alface, cabbage-lettuce.
a salva, sage.
o tomilho, thyme.
as acelgos, beet.
o alho porro, leek.
o funcho, fennel.
308 WOCABULARY.

o hysópo, hyssop.
a mangerona, marjoram.
a cicuta, hemlock.
o feto, fern. º

os cogumelos, tortulhos, mushrooms.

as titharas, truffles.
os cominhos, cumin.
o aipo hortense, celery.
o almeirão, wild succory,
a chicoria, endivia, endive.
o cerefolio, chervil.
os mastruços, garden cresses,
o rabanete, radish.
o rabão, horse-radish. -

0 tomate, love-apple. .

a batata, - potatoe.
as echalotas, shalots.
as cenouras brancas, parsnips.
a abóbora, cabaça, gourd.
o pepino, cucumber.
os espargos, asparagus.
a beldroega, purslain.
a arruda, rule.

a mostardeira, * mustard.
a segurelha, savory.
o agafrāo, saffron.
o serpäo, serpál, a herva wild thyme, creeping
ussa, thyme.
o coentro, coriander.
o talo, stalk.
as folkas, leaves.
Cl raiz, rOOt.

Das Flores. • Of Flowers.

O craveiro de flores, flower-pot.
a 7'0Sal, TOSe.
a mosqueta, white musk-rose.
o jasmum, Jasmine.
a selindra, wild jessamine.
 , WOCABULARY. 309

o junquilho, jonquille.
o lirio, a aqucena, lily.
o lila, lilazaro, lilach.
o cravo, ink.
o goivo, gillyflower, July-flower.
a violeta, violet.
a angelica, tube-rose.
a anemone, anemola, anemone.

o ranunculo, ranunculus.
o narcisso, narciso, daffodil, narcissus,
a papoula, poppy.
o malmequeres, marigold.
o amaranto, cravo de de amaranth.
funto,
a coroa imperial, imperial lily.
a alfazema, lavender.
a acacia, acacia.
o monco, betony.
a madresilva, honey-suckle, woodbine.
o girasol, sunflower.
a losna, wormwood.
o louro, loureiro, laurel.
a tulipa, tulip.
o jacinto, hyacinth.
a rosa albardeira, peony.
o amor perfeito, pansy.
a bomina triste, evergreen.
o melindre, sweetbriar.
o poliante, primrose.
a margarita, daisy.
o réséda, mignonnette.
o abrótano, a lombrigueira, southernwood.
\

Das Frutas. º Of Fruit.

As magás, apples.
as camoezas, os camoezes, pippins.
as uvas, grapes. *
o cacho de uvas, bunch of grapes.
as passas, raisins.
310, WOCABULARY.

as peras, pears.
as m020S, walnuts.
as avelás, nutS.
as amendoas, almonds.
as castanhas, chesnuts.
os pecegos, pessegos, peaches.
as azeitomas, olives.
os limóes, lemons.
os morangos, strawberries.
as romás, pomegranates.
as passas de Corintho, Currants.
as amoras, mulberries.
os albricoques, apricots.
as melancias, water-melons,
as laranjas, oranges.
os melóes, melons.
os figos, figs.
as amoras de silva, fram raspberries.
boazes,
as amoras bravas, amoras blackberries.
de Sarga,
as ameiras, plums.
as cerejas, cherries. -

as agufeifas, magás de jujubs.

andfega,
os medronhos, arbute berries.
as tamaras, dates.
os tamarindos, tamarinds.
os fisticos, pistaches, pistachio nuts.
as alfarróbas, carob beans.
as mesperas, , medlars.
as limas, limes.
os marmélos, quinces.
as passas de ameiras, prunes.
os figos lampos, early figs.
as groselhas, gooseberries.
as groselhas miudas, currant-berries.
as laranjas azedas, Seville oranges.
as ginjas, black cherries.
as bergamótas, bergamot pears.
os alperches, IneCtarlileS.
 WOCABULARY. 311

os anands, pine-apples.
os abrunhos silvestres, sloes.
a pinha, fir-apple.
08 pinhóes, fir-apple kernels.
os arandos, as bagas de bilberries.
murta,
as boletas, bolotas, Sweet acorns.

*-*-

Das arvores fructiferas. Of Fruit-trees. -

A amendoeira, almond-tree.
o pirliteiro, barberry-tree.
a maceira, apple-tree.
a pereira, pear-tree.
o damasqueiro, albrico apricot-tree.
queiro,
a figueira, fig-tree.
o castanheiro, chesnut-tree.
a ameirieira, plum-tree.
a laranjeira, orange-tree.
o limoeiro, lemon-tree, lime-tree,
a oliveira, olive-tree. .

a amoreira, mulberry-tree.
a murta,
bilberry-shrub.
opecegueiro, pessegueiro, peach-tree.
a cerejeura, cherry-tree.
a palmeira, tamareira, date-tree.
o marmeleiro, quince-tree.
a mogueira, walnut-tree.
a parreira, vinha, grape-tree, vine.
a uva espum, gooseberry-tree.
a groselheira, Currant—tree.
a aveleira, nut-tree,
o morangueiro, a planta strawberry-plant.
dos morangos,
a romeira, pomegranate-tree,
a anafega, acofeifa, jujub-tree.
o medronheiro, arbute-tree.
o tamarindo, tamarind-tree,
tº alfarrobeira, carob-tree,
312 WOCABULARY.

medlar-tree.
a nespereira,
o marmeleiro, quince-tree.
a ginjeira, black cherry-tree.
o abrumheiro, sloe-tree, damson-tree.
fir-tree.
o pinheiro, pinho,
o alfostigo, pistachio-tree.

Dos Peixes. of Fishes.

Opeixe de mar, sea-fish.
opeire de agoa doce, ou de fresh water or river fish,
7°10,
as barbatanas, fins.
as escamas, scales.
as espinhas, bones.
as OvaS, spawn.
as guelras, gills. -

O focinho, SnOut.
o savel, shad.
a anchova, anchovy.
a enguia, anguía, o eiro, eel.
o lucio, pike.
o barbo, barbel.
o delfim, dolphin.
oa golfinho, porco marinho, cuttle-fish.
porpoise,
ciba, siba,
a lula, ink-fish.
a lampréa, lamprey.
o congro, conger-eel,
o goraz, roach.
o salmonete, mugem, mullet.
a dourada, gilt-head, John dorée,
o lingoado, sole.
a solha, patruça, plaice. /
bream.
o sargo,
o bordálo, sturgeon.
o caranguejo, bray-fish, crab.
a lagosta, lobster.
a sardinha, - pilchard.
b peire-rei, sºmelt, " .
 WOCABULARY. 3H3

o arenque, herring.
o arenque defumado, red herring.
o cadoz, a pardelha, gudgeon.
a baléa, baleia, whale.
o leviatáo, leviathan.
o bacalhão, dried codfish.
a ameijoa, amºjoa, cockle.
o merilhão, muscle.
a lira, sea-dog.
a cavalla, mackerel.
a pescada, whiting.
o bacalhão fresco, stockfish; haddock.
o rodovalho, turbot.
o voador, flying-fish.
a ostra, oyster.
o polvo, polypus, many-feet.
& perca, perch.
a tença, tench.
a truita, truta, trout.
o atum, - tunny-fish.
o camarão, shrimp, prawn.
o pargo, rocket-fish.
o salmāo, salmon.
a arraia, skate, thornback.
o torpedo, torpedo, cramp-fish.
a bóga, barse.
o mugem de rio, . dace.
o caboz, miller's thumb.
o themolo, grayling.
& azevia, asevia, bret, drab.
--

Das aves comestiveis. Of Birds that are eaten,

Operú, turkey-cock.
a perha, turkey-hen.
o gallo, cock.
a gallinha, hen, fowl.
os frangos, as frangas, chickens, pullets.
a cotovía, calhandra, lark.
opombo, E E pigeon.
ige
 *.

314 VOCABULARY,
a pomba, dove.
o gamso, goose.
oganso macho, gander.
opato, adem macho, drake.
a pata, adem, duck.
o pardal, sparrow.
o capão, - Capon. w

opombo trocáz, wood-pigeon,

a gallinhóla, woodcock.
a narcéja, snipe.
a perdiz, partridge.
operdigéto, - young partridge. ,
o pavāo, peacock.
a pavóa, peahen.
opássaro, bird.
a codorniz, quail.
o tordo, thrush.
a cerceta, marreca, teal.
ofaisào, pheasant.
a caça, Ime.

o pato bravo, wild duck.

o tarallião, ortolan.

De outras aves. Of other Birds,

O rouzinol, nightingale.
o camário, canary-bird.
'o papagaio, parrot.
a aguia, eagle.
a rola, turtle-dove.
O COrv0, raven, CrOW.
o abutre, - vulture.
a abestruz, ostrich.
a abetarda, betarda, bustard.
a péga, magpie.
o gralho, jackdaw.
a gralha, rook.
o gavo, jay.
o melro, blackbird.
o tentilhão, a chaffinch.
 WOCABULARY.

o chamariz, greenfinch.
o estorminho, starling,
o pintasilgo, goldfinch.
o verdelhão, yellow-hammer,
o pintarroro, robin-red-breast.
a milheira, linnet.
a arvéloa, alvéloa, rabeta, wagtail.
o esmerilhão, merlin.
a tarambála, plover.
o picanço, woodpecker.
o mergulhão, diver.
a gaivota, seagull.
o cusne, SWan,

a garça real, heron.

O CuCO, cuckoo.
a cegonha, stork.
opelicano, pelican.
a andorinha, swallow.
o mocho, owl.
a coruja, o bufo, screech-owl.
o milliano, milliafre, kite.
o falcão, -
falcon.
o gavião, sparrow-hawk,
a femir, pheniz, phoenix.
o grow, Crane.

o morcégo, bat.
a ave de rapina, bird of prey.
**

Dos Animaes domesticos. Of tame Animals,

O boi, OX.

a vaca, vacca, COW.

O touro, bull.
o cavallo, horse.
o garanhão, cavallo de lança stallion.
mento, cavallo castiço,
a egoa, Imare.

o potro, colt.
a poldra, foal.
0 bezerro, bullock or steer.
316 WOCABULARY.

a bezerra, heifer.
o burro, f aSS.

a burra, - she-ass.
o mulo, macko, - mule.
a mula, she-mule.
o gado, cattle.
o carneiro, wether-sheep.
a ovelha, ewe-sheep.
o carneiro castigo, Farn.

o câ0, dog.
a cadella, bitch.
o cordeiro, a cordeira, lamb. (m, & f.)
o porco, * pig, hog.
a porca, SOW.

o cabrāo, bode, he-goat.

a cabra, - she-goat.
o cabrito, kid.
, o gato, he-cat, boar-cat.
a gata, she-cat.
o rato, rat.
o ratinho, InOuSea

a cria, filly.
a faca, nag, pony.
o galgo, greyhound.
oveado, cervo, stag.
a cerva, hind.
o corço, buck, male-deer.
a corça, doe, she-deer.
o mastim, mastiff.
o alăo, bulldog.

Das Bestas bravas. Of wild Beasts.

O elephante, elefante, elephant.
o rhinoceronte, rhinoceros, rhinoceros.
rhinocerote.
o tigre, - tiger.
o biºfaro, biºfalo, buffalo.
a panthera, onga, panther.
oleopardo, leopard.
o leão, lion.
 WOCABULARY. 317

o camelo, camel.
o urso, a ursa, bear. (m. & f.)
o raposo, a raposa, fox. (m. & f.)
o favali, porco montez, wild boar.
o porco espinho, TCupline.
o ournço,
o forão,
ſº Og.
ferret.
a toupeira, mole.
a salamandra, salamander.
o lobo, a loba, wolf. (m. & f.)
o coelho, rabbit.
a lebre, hare.
a dominha, weasel.
o teicugo, terugo, badger.
o bugio, baboon.
O macaco, ape, monkey.
o lince, lynce, lynx,
o camaleão, chameleon.
o arminho, ermine.
a marmota, marmot, mountain rat.
o arganaz, dormouse.
a lontra, Otter.
a hyena, hyena.
o dromedario, dromedary.
o castor, beaver.
o alce, elk.
o unicornio, unicorne, unicorn.
a doninha de rabo felpudo, squirrel.
a fera, wild beast.

Dos Animaes reptis, e Of Reptiles, and amphibious

amphibios. Animals.
O crocodilo, crocodile.
o facaréo, jacaré, alligator.
a ra, frog.
O Sapo, .
o dragão, dragon.
a vibora, viper.
a serpente, serpent, adder.
318 WOCABULARY.

a minhoca, WOrm.

a cobra, snake.
a cobra de cascavel, rattlesnake.
o alacráo, lacráo, escorpiáo, scorpion.
a hydra, hydra.
a escolopendra, scolopendra.
a tartaruga, turtle, tortoise.
o cdgado, land tortoise.
o lagarto, lizard.
a Osga, eft, newt.
o basilisco, basilisk, cockatrice.
a seréa, sirena, mermaid.
o aspide, aspid, asp, aspic.
a sanguesuga, bicha, leech.
a tarantula, tarantola, tarantula.
o caracól, snail.
seal.
a foca, phoca,
a lesma, slug.
o gusano, maggot.
a lagarta, caterpillar.
o hippopótamo, hippopotamus.

Dos Insectos. Of Insects.

A borboleta, butterfly.
a aranha, spider.
o escaravelho, beetle.
a mosca, fly.
o mosquito, gnat.
opiolho, - -
louse.
o persovejo, porsovejo, bug.
a pulga, flea.
a léndea, nit.
o bicho de conta, millepedes, woodlouse.
ant.
a formiga,
a abelha, bee.
a bespa, vespa, wasp.
o ougāo, hand-worm.
o caruncho, wood-worm.
a cigarra, grasshopper.
 WOCABULARY. 319

o grillo, cricket.
o pirilampo, Cagalume, fire-fly, glow-worm.
a traça, polilha, moth.
o bicho 3. seda, silkworm.
o carrapato, tick.
o gurgulho, weevil, grub, mite.
ozamgāo, drone.
a cantarida, cantharida, Spanish fly.
o tabão, tavão, moscardo, gadfly.
obesouro, May-bug, cock-chafer.
o gafanhoto, locust.

Do Theatro. Of the Play.

A simphonia, symphony.
a comedia, comedy, play.
a tragedia, tragedy.
o drama, drama.
a opera, opera.
a farça, farce.
o pantomimo, pantomime.
o theatro, theatre.
o tablado, theatro, stage.
0 Camarote, box.
a platéa, plateia, pit.
a luneta, o oculo de punho, opera-glass.
O Cartaz, play-bill.
o comediante, comedian.
o actor, actor, player.
o dançarino, dancer.
a cortina, corrediga, o panno, curtain.
a orchestra, orchestre.
a Scéna, SCene.

O acto, act.
as decorações, scenery.
os bastidores, scenes, wings.
o gracioso, buffoon.
o primeiro galan, first comic actor.
0 bilhete, ticket.
320 voCABULARY.
Da Igreja. Of the Church.
O campanario, steeple.
o zimborio, dome, cupola.
a capella, chapel.
a sacristia, vestry.
o sino, bell.
o coro, choir.
font.
a pia,
o cemiterio, churchyard.
o orgão, organ.
o altar, altar.
o pulpito, pulpit.
a tribuna, genuflexorio, pew.
o pállio, docél, canopy.
a sobrepelliz, surplice.
a nave da igreja, º of a church.
a freguezia, parish church.
o bispo, bishop.
o arcebispo, archbishop.
o reitor, rector.
o dedio, dean.
Canon.
o comego,
o padre,
ofrade, º
riar, monk.
Illuſle
a freira,
a sepultura, grave.
O monument0, monument.
funeral.
o funeral, as erequias,
a campa, tombstone.
o curd, Curate.
o vigario, vicar.
o didcono, deacon.

Dignidades temporaes. Temporal Dignities.

O imperador, emperador, emperor.
a imperatriz, emperatriz, empress.
Ellèei, o rei, king.
a rainha, queen.
 WOCABULARY. 321

o delfim, dauphin.
0 duque, duke.
a duqueza, dutchess.
o principe, prince.
a princeza, princess.
o embaixador, ambassador.
a embaixadora, embaixatriz, ambassadress.
o governador, governor.
a governadora, governor's lady.
o marquez, marquis
a marqueza, marchioness.
o conde, earl, count.
a condessa, COunteSS.
o barão, baron.
a baroneza, baroness.
o fidalgo, nobre, nobleman.
a fidalga, lady.
o visconde, viscount.
a viscondessa, viscountess.
o cavalheiro, gentleman, squire.
o cavalleiro, knight.

Do Exercito e Marinha. º Of the Army and Navy. w

O general, general.
o coronel, colonel.
o temente, lieutenant.
o alféres, ensign.
o capitão, captain.
a sentinella, sentinel, sentry.
o soldado, soldier.
o sargento, sergeant.
o cabo de esquadra, corporal.
o major, * major. -

o ajudante de campo, aid-de-camp.

0. }. praça, fortress.
fort.
oforte,
o canhão, Cannon.
a bala, ball.
a polvora, powder.
322 WOCABULARY.

a espingarda, musket.
a pistóla, pistol.
a espada, sword.
o alfange, sabre.
a farda, uniform.
o mar, Sea.
o estreito, strait.
o cabo, cape.
o golfo, gulf.
a bahia, enseada, bav.
o isthmo, isthmus.
a ilha, island.
a peninsula, peninsula.
a angra, creek.
o bote, boat.
o barco, a barca, barge.
o navio, a ndo, ship.
a fragata, * frigate.
o mastro, masto, mast.
os cabos, ropes.
a amarra, maroma, cable.
a dºncora, anchor.
os remos, OarS.
as vélas, sails.
a bandeira, flag.
O camarote, - cabin.
a bissola, agulha de marear, compass.
a embarcagão, vessel.
o lastro, ballast.
a armada, fleet.
o leme, helm, rudder.
o naufragio, shipwreck.
o porão, hold. -

a cuberta, ponte, deck. - A.

O Casco, hull.
os apparelhos, rigging.

º
Joguemos huma partida Let us play a Game
As damas, at draughts.
4s cartas, at cards.
w
 WOCABULARY. 323

tio isque, at whist.

ao acadrez, at chess.
ao piquete, aos centos, at piquet.
ao quinze, - at cribbage.
ao reversano, reversim, at reversis.
a0 bilhar, at billiards.
disbolas, at bowls.
d pella, péla, at tennis, balls.
aos dados, at dice
aos pé0s, at nine-pins.
a0 volante, á raqueta, shuttlecock and battledoor.
4 banca, -
at basset.
a0 gamāo, as tabolas, at backgammon.
& cabra cega, at blindman's buff.

Defeitos do Corpo. Defects of the Body.

A reméla, raméla, blearedness.
a tinha, scald-head.
a corcova, bunch, hump.
a torcedura, sprain.
as Sardas do rosto, freckles.
o lobinho, Wen.
o tumor, -
tumour, bunch.
a arranhadura, scratch.
a ruga, wrinkle.
o mariz rombo ou chato, flat nose.
a empigem, impigem, ringworm, tetter,
a borbulha, pimple.
a verruga, - Wart.
o sinal de berigas, pock-hole.

Alguns Attributos e Quali Certain Accidents and Quº

dades do Corpo. lities of the Body. -

O cégo, blind man.

o torto, one-eyed man,
o surdo, deaf man. t

o mudo, dumb man.

9 coro, lame man.
324 WOCAEULARY.

o tolhado, one who has lost the use

of his limbs.
stanmerer.
o gago,
o can hoto, left-handed man.
o direito, right-handed man
o corcorado, hunch-backed man.
o aleijado, cripple.
o calvo, bald-headed man.
o gigante, giant.
0 anao, dwarf.
breath.
a respiração,
a falla, speech.
a fealdade, ugliness.
handsomeness.
a formosura,
a belleza, beauty.
o gemido, groan.
o susparo, sigh.
o espirro, sneezing.
o roucar, romco, Snoring.
o sonho, dream.
0 &omno, sleep.
a 1:02, voice.

0 arroto, belch.
o solu%0, hiccough; sob.
a vigia, sitting up, watching,
a postura, posture.
O ruso, laughter.
a estatura, Stature. -

o talhe, shape.
a doença, sickness.
a febre, fever.
fortune.
a fortuna,
bad luck.
a desgraça, ind fortuna,
a boa fortuna, good luck.
a terºſi, as terºſis, tertian ague.
a quartà, quartan ague.
o suor frio, cold sweat.
os calefrios, calafrtos, shivering fits.
a ferida, wound.
a contusdo, contusion.
º, desºnato, swooning, fainting.
 VOCABULARY. 325

tº estocada, thrust with a sword.

stab.
a punhalada, kick.
O pontapé, COvtce, w

o murro, tuff.
a podagra, gota, gout. -

o móvito, aborto, miscarriage.

a colica, colic.
a diarrhéa, os puros, dysentery.
a pena, dör, pain.
o accidente, fit.
a loucura, insanity, madness.
a enformidade, molestia, disease, complaint.
a tericia, jaundice. *

a rowquidio, rouquice, hoarseness.

a peste, plague.
as berigas lowcas, chicken-pox.
a pistula, blister, wheal.
a ulcera, ulcer.
o sedenho, Seton.

a fonte, o cauterio, issue.

o garrotilho, quinsy.
o enjóo do mar, sea-sickness.
o frunculo, gallo, bile, tumour.
a căibra, cramp. -

o afordoamento, heaviness in the head,

o sarampo, measles.
a bila, colera, bile.
'as beſtigas, small-pox.
a bofetada, box on the ear.
o defluxo, catarro, estillicidio, catarrh, cold.
o piparote, paparote, fillip.
a Sarma, -
itch.
a coceira, comichéo, itching.
a tosse, cough,
a quéda, fall.
a queira de aréas, gravel.
o calculo, a dor de pedra, Stone. -

opus, a materia, corruption, matter.

a apostema, imposthume.
as almorreimas, hemorr piles.
hotdas,
F F
 VOCABULARY,
o reumatismo, rheumatismo, rheumatism.
as alporcas, king's evil.
o panaricio, whitlow.
a tisica, ethiguidade, consumption, decline.
a vida, life.
o scorbuto, scurvy.
a pisadura, bruise, contusion.
o pleuriz, pleurisy.
, a cicatriz, SCar.

o callo, COrn.

a paralysia, parlesia, alsy.

o fluico de sangue, bloody flux.
a morte, death.

Nomes proprios de Homem. Christian Names of Men.

Arão, Aaron.
Allāo, Alan, Allen.
Abel, Abel.
Abrahão, Abraham.
Adão, Adam.
Aleiao, Alexis,
Adolfo, Adolphus.
Adriào, Adrian.
Alarico, Alaric, Alric.
Alberto, Albert.
Alexandre, Alexander.
Alfredo, Alfre.
Affonso, Afonso, Alphonsus.
Ambrosio, Ambrose.
Amadeo, Amedeus, Amadeus:
André, Andrew.
Anselmo, Anselm.
Antonio, Anthony.
Arnaldo, Arnold.
Augusto, Augustus.
Agostinho, Austin, Augustus,
Balthasar, Balthasar. ~

flaptista, Baptist.
Barnabé, Barnaby.
Bartholomew, Bartholomew,
 w WOCABULARY. 327

Basilio, * Basil.
Baldožno, Baldwino, Baldwin.
Benjamin, Benjamin.
Bento, Benedict, Bennet.
Bernardo, Bernardino, Bernard.
Berträo, Bertram.
Bonifacio,
Boaventura, r
Boniface.
Bonadventure.

Cesar, Caesar.
Carlos, Charles.
Christóvão, Christopher.
Chrysostomo, Chrysostom.
Claudio, Claudius.
Crispim, Crispin.
Clemente, Clement.
Conrádo, Conradino, Conrad, Conrade.
Constantino, Constantine.
Cornelio, Cornelius.
Cypriano, Cyprian.
Cyrillo, Cyril.
Daniel, Daniel.
David, David.
IDionysio, Denys, Dionysius, Dennis.
Domingos, Dominick.
Edmundo, Edmund.
Eduardo, Duarte, Edward.
Eleazar, - Eleazar.
Elias, Elias.
Eliseo, Ellis, Elisha.
Manoel, Emmanuel.
Erasmo, - Erasmus.
Eugenio, Eugene.
Eusebio, Eusebius.
Ezequias, Ezekias.
Ezequiel, Ezekiel.
Ernesto, Ernest.
Isaias, Esaias.
Felis, Felic, Feliz, Felix.
Fernando, Fernão, Ferdinand.
Francisco, Francis.
Frederico, Friderico, Frederick.
Federico,
330 WOCABULARY,

Silvano, Silvan.
Silvestre, Silvester.
Simeão, Simeon.
Simão, Simon.
Estevão, Stephen, Steeven,
Estanisldo, Stanislaus.
Theodoro, Theodore.
Theodosio, Theodozio, Theodosius.
Theofilo, Theophilus.
Thomas, Thomas.
Timotheo, Timothy.
Tobias, Tobias, Toby.
Tito, * Titus.
Thaddeo, Thaddeus.
Urbano, Urban. ,
Valentim, Valentine.
Vicente, Vincent.
Walter, - Walter.
Guilherme, . William. -

Zaccarias, Zachary, Zachariah.

Zaqueo, Zaccheus.

Many of the foregoing names admit of a feminine termi

nation, and are applied to women: as, Alexandra, Au
gusta, Dionysia, º, Lourença, Theodora, Tho
tnasia, &c.

Nomes proprios de Mulher. Christian Names of Women.

Adelaida, Alice.
Agatha, Agatha.
Ignez, Agnes.
Amelia, Amelia.
Anna, Ann.
Antonia, Antonia.
- Barbara, Barbara.
Beatriz, Beatrix, Beatrice.
Benedicta, Benedicta.
Branca, Blanch.
Brigida, Brigid, Bridget.
 VOCABULARY. 331
Carolina, Caroline, Carolina,
Catharina, Catherina, Catherine, Catharine.
Cecilia, Cecily.
Carlota, Charlotte.
Christina, Christina.
Clara, Clare.
Claudia, Claudia.
Constança, Constance.
Constancia, Constantia.
Damaris, Damaris, Damrosee.
Débora, Deborah.
Diana, Diana.
Dorothea, Dorothy.
Leonor, Eleanor.
Isabel, Elizabeth.
Esther, Esther, Hester.
Eva, Eve.
Flora, Flora.
• Francisca, Frances.
Gertrudes, Gertrude.
Henriette, Henriqueta, Henrietta.
Helena, Hellen, Helen, Helena.
Anna, Hannah.
Isabel, Izabel, Isabella, Isabel.
Joanna, -
Jane.
Judith, Judith.
Laura, Laura, Lora.
Luiza, Louisa.
Lucia, Luzia, Lucy.
Lucrecia, Lucretia.
Lydia, Lydia.
Lucinda, Lucinda.
Magdalena, \ Magdalen.
Margarida, Margaret. -

Maria, Mary, Maria.

Martha, Martha. -

Matilda, Mathilde, Maud, Maude, Matilda.

Marianna, Mary Ann.
Priscilla, Priscilla.
Raquel, Rachel.
Rebecca, Rebecca, Rebekah.
 WOCABULARY.

Rosimunda, Rosamonde, Rosamund.

Rosa, - Rose.
Ruth, Ruth.
Sara, Sarah.
Susanna, Susanna.
Theresa, Therese.
Tabitha, Tabitha.
Ursula, Ursula, Ursly.
Guilhermina, Wilhelmina.

As quatro Partes do The four Quarters of the

Mundo. World.
A Europa, Europe.
a Asia, Asia.
a Africa, Africa.
a America, America.
*

Paizes. Countries.
Argel, Algiers.
a Arabia, Arabia,
a Austria, Austria.
a Baviera, Bavaria.
a Barbara, Barbary.
a Bohemia, Bohemia.
Bengala, Bengal.
o Brasil, Brazil, Brazil, Brasil.
as Ilhas Baleares, Balearic Islands,
Castella, Castile.
a Corsega, Corsica.
, Catalunha, Catalonia.
a China, China.
Cypro, Cyprus.
Ceilâo, Ceylon.
Candia, Candia.
Cornwalha, Cornwall.
a Dinamarca, Denmark.
o Egypto, Egypt.
 VOCABULARY, 333

a Inglaterra, England.
a França, France.
Galliza, Galicia,
Guiné, Guinea,
a Grão-Bretanha, Great Britain.
a Groenlandia, Greenland.
a Alemanha, Germany.
a Grecia, Greece.
a Hollanda, Holland.
a Hungria, Ungria, Hungary.
o Indostão, Hindostan.
a Irlanda, Ireland.
a India, India.
a Islandia, Iceland.
a Italia, Italy.
Ivica, Iviga.
Jamaica, Jamaica.
o Japáo, Japan.
Malta, Malta.
Maiorca, Majorca.
o México, Mexico.
Menorca, Minorca.
os Paizes Bairos, Netherlands.
Terra Nova, Newfoundland,
Nápoles, Naples.
a Noruéga, Norway.
o Perú, Peru.
a Polonia, Poland.
Portugal, Portugal.
a Pricssia, Prussia.
a Persia, Persia.
a Russia, a Moscávia, Russia, Muscovy.
a Sardenha, Sardinia.
a Sarônia, Saxony.
a Escócia, Scotland.
a Sicilia, Sicily.
Samatra, Sumatra.
a Suácia, Sweden.
a Suiça, Suissia, Switzerland,
a Siberia, Siberia.
Sido, Siam.
334 WOCABULARY,

a Hespanha, Spain. -
a Tartória, Tartary.
a Turquía, Turkey.
Valença, Valencia.
Wesphalia, Wesfalia, Westphalia.
ſirtemberga, Virtemberga, Wirtemberg.
Zelandia, Zelanda, Zealand.

, Naturaes. Natives, -

Argelino, Algerine.
Africano, African.
Austriaco, . Austrian.
Asiatico, Asiatic.
Americano, American. ,
Arabe, Arabo, Arábio, Arab. -

Bavaro, Bavarian.
Bárbaro, Barbarian.
Bengalez, Bengalese.
Bohémio, Bohemian.
Britanno, Briton.
Brasileiro, Braziliense, Brasilian.
os Brasis, Brasil Indians.
Chinez, Chinese.
Corso, Corsican.
Dinamarquez, Dane.
Hollandez, Dutchman.
Européo, European.
Egypciano, Egypcio, Egyptian.
Inglez, Englishman.
Flamengo, Framengo, Fleming.
Francez, Frenchman.
Alemão, German.
Grisóes, Grisons.
Grego, , Greek.
Húngaro, Ungaro, Hungarian.
Indio, Indian.
Irlandez, Irishman.
Italiano, Italian.
Japonez, Japanese.
 WOCABULARY, 335

Maltez, Maltese.
Mericano, Mexican.
Mouro, Moor. -

Napolitano, Neapolitan.
Norwegano, Norwegian.
Persa, Persian.
Polaco, Polonio, Pole, Polander.
Portuguez, Portuguese.
Prussiano, Prussian.
Russo, Russian.
Romano, Roman.
Escocez, Scotchman.
Hespanhol, Spaniard.
Saronio, Sarāo, Saron, Oll. º
Saronez,
Sardenhez, Sardo, Sardinian.
Siciliano, Sicilian.
Sueco, Swede.
Suiço, Swiss.
Turco, - l
Turk.
Tártaro, Tartar.
Tunezino, Tunisian.
Toscano, Tusco, Tuscan.
Veneziano, Venetian.
Wesphaliense, Westphalian.
Wirtemberguez, Wirtemberger.

Cidades. Towns.
Athenas, Athens.
Antuerpia, Antwerp,
Argel, Algiers.
Alicante, Alicant.
Amsterdão, Amsterdam.
Alexandria, Alexandria.
Aquisgräo, Aix-la-Chapelle,
ordeos, Bourdeaux.
Bremen, Bremen.
Basilea, Basle, Bale.
Brandenburgo, Brandenburg. ,
336 voCABULARY,
Brunswick.
Brunsvique, Berlin.
Berlim, Berlin,
Babylonia, Babylon.
Bolonha, Bologna.
Belgrado, Belgrade.
Bolomha,
-
Boulogne.
Brussels.
Bruzellas,
Barcelona.
Barcellona,
Bayona, Bayonne.
Cadiz.
Cadis, Cadiz, Cadiz,
Cork.
Corke,
Colonia, Cologne.
Copenhague, Coppendguen, Copenhagen.
Ceita, Ceuta, Ceuta.
constantinopla, a Port” Constantinople.
Ottomaha;
Corunna.
Corunha,
Carthagena, Carthagena,
Calcutta.
Calecut,
Corinth.
Corintho,
Dover.
Dovres,
Dublin.
Dublim, Dublin,
Edimburgo, Edinburgh.
Florence.
Florença,
Gottemburgo, Gottenburg,
Génova, Genoa.
Genébra, Geneva.
Gibraltar.
Gibraltar, -
Granada.
Granada,
Hamburgo, Hamburg.
Haya,
the Hague.
Jerusalem.
Jerusa lem, Hierusalem,
London.
Londres,
Lisbon.
Lisboa,
Hiorne Leghorn.
Luneburgo, Luneburg.
Leão, Lyons.
Marseilles.
Marselha, Madrid.
Madrid,
Marrocos, Morocco,
Mecca.
Meca,
 WOCABULARY. 337

Mompelher, Montpelier.
Malaga, Malaga.
Milào, Milan. l

Messina, Messina.
Norimberga, Nuremberg.
Napoles, Naples.
Porto, o Porto, Oporto.
Ostende, Ostend.
Perpinhão, Perpignan.
Paris, Pariz, Paris.
Palermo, Palermo.
Mahon, Port Mahon.
Roterdão, Rotterdam.
Roão, Rouen.
Roma, Rome.
Saragoga, Saragossa.
Petersburgo, St. Petersburgh.
Setúbal, St. Ubes.
Sevilha, Seville.
Syracusa, Syracuse.
Stockolmo, Stockholm.
Strasburgo, Strasburg.
Smirna, -

Smyrna.
Tunes, Tunez, Tunis.
Tripoli, Tripoli.
Tutuáo, Tetuá0, Tetuan.
Tanger, Tangiers.
Tolosa, Toulouse.
Tulon, Toulon.
Trieste, Triest.
'roia, Troy. *

Turim, Turin, Turin.

Wersalhes, Versailles.
!/eneza, Venice. ,
Wienna, Vienna.
Valletta, Valetta.
Walença, Valence.
Warsovia, Warsaw.
 ~
*

FAMILIAR DIALOG UEs,

| DIALOGOS FAMILIA RES. *

*************

DIALOGUE I. DIALOGO Í.
Returning from Church, Voltando da Igreja.
Good morning to you, Meu Senhor, desejo-lhe
Sir. -
bons dias. -

From whence do you come? Donde ven vn.ce 2

I am returning from our Wenho da nossa igreja, com
church, with my aunt. ninha tia. 4.
Have you heard a good ser Ouvio vnt.* hum bom ser
mon 2 māo ?
A very good, and very learn Muito bom, e muito scien
ed one. - -
tifico.
Who preached this morning? Quem prégou esta manhã2
It was your friend Mr. L. He o Senhor L. sew amigo.
He is a good man; and his Elle he hum homesto homem;
character is in perfect cujo caracter corresponde
unison with his profes em tudo a sua profissão. :
sion. - -

He preaches good sermons. Faz muito bons sermöes.

He does not tire his healers Nāo cança o sew auditorio
with long discourses. com discursos prolitos.
Whither are you going now? Onde vai vim.* agora 2 s
To dinner; and then to see
a friend just returned from
Aiº, e entāo a cer a
um amigo movamente
the country, windo do campo,
 DIALOGUES. 339

Will you dine with me? Quer jantar comigo 2

What have you for dinner *
Que ten vin.” para jantar?
We have some beef, some Temos vaca, toucinho, e
bacon and beans. favas.
A couple of rabbits, and Hum par de coelhos, e al
some veal. guma vitéla.
Some lamb and salad. Algum cordeiro, e huma
salada.
Some ducks and pease. Huns patos, com ervilhas.
A leg of mutton and tur Huma perna de carneiro,
nips, with caper sauce. com nabos, e molho feito
com alcaparras.
I am sorry I cannot dine Sinto não poder jantar com
with you to-day. vm.” hoje.
I expect a friend whom I Aguardo hum amigo, que
engaged a fortnight ago. me deo a sua palavra ha
já quinze dias.
Let it be some other day, Será para outra occasiao
then. pots.
Farewell; your servant. Adeos ; sou seu servidor.

DIALOGUE II. DIALOGO II.

- Of Walking.
Good afternoon, Sir.
How do you do?
Tolerably; pretty well.
How does your brother do *
Well, very well.
Where are you going?
I am going to take a walk.
It is very fine weather.
For that reason I wish to en
joy it. . to.
You are perfectly in the Faz muito bem.
right.
Do Passeio.
Boas tardes, meu Senhor.
Como esta de saude 2
Soffrivelmente ; imos pas
sando.
Como passa o Senhor seu
trmāo ?
Bem, optimamente.
Onde vai vrm.*2
Vow passear.
Faz muito bom tempo.
Por isso quero aproveita
340 DIALOGUES.

I could wish to accompany Eu quizera acompanhar a

you, but I cannot do it. vm.*, *nas he-me impos
* sivel.
I am busy. Tenho que fazer.
I must be at home at three Devo estar em casa dis tres
o'clock. horas.
Well, some other day, then. Bom / será outro dia.
Farewell, Sir. Adeos, meu Senhor.
Good-bye. Passe muito bem.

DIALOGUE III. DIALOGO. III.

On going into the Country. Para ir ao Campo.

Whither shall we go this Aonde iremos esta tardeg
afternoon 2
Let us go to Greenwich. Vamos a Greenwich.
Will you go on foot, or in Senhores, querem vm.“ ir
a coach, gentlemen 2 a pé, ou em coche 9
On horseback, or in a boat? - A cavallo, ou em bate!?
Let us go in a boat, I beg, Vamos em hum batel, ew
lhes rogo.
But let us drink a bottle of Porem antes de partir be
wine together before we bamos huma botelha de
Set Out. vinho juntos.
Waiter call your master. Rapaz / chama tew amo.
Where is he * Onde esta elle 2

He is gone into the country, Senhor, tem ido ao campo,

Sir, with his wife and com sua mulher, e suas
children. crianças,
He left me in charge of the Encarregow-me o cuidado
house in his absence. da casa na sua ausencia.
I can draw as good wine as Ew posso tirar hum tăo
any man in England. bom vinho, como qual
quer homem em Ingla
terra.

Bring us a bottle of the best Traze-nos huma garrafa

red wine you have. do melhor vinho tinto
que ha em casa. .
 DIALOGUES. 341

Go quickly, make haste, Wai depressa, avia-te, des

come, run pacha, corre /
In the mean while, let us Entretanto concertemos com
bargain with this water este barqueiro hum batel.
man for a boat.
What shall we give you Quanto tomareis daqui a
Greenwich 2
from hence to Greenwich.
Three shillings, Sir. Tres relins, Senhor.
That is too much, we will Isso he muito, vos daremos
give you two shillings. dows arelims.
It is too little; you must give He pouco; dar-me.hāo tam
me something handsome bem huma boa gorgeta. .
to drink, besides.
Go and fetch your boat, Ide, trazei o vosso batel,
make haste! correi depressa!
I find this wine exquisite. Acho este vinho especial.
Waiter | draw another bottle Rapaz! tira outra botelha
of wine. de vinho.
Bring a glass; rinse it well. Traze hum cépo; lava-o
bem.
And a glass for this gentle E hum vidro para o Se
Iºnan.
, nhor.
Your health, gentlemen. A vossa salide, Senhores.
Drink it up, let us finish, Beba tudo, acabemos, pa
pay, and be gone. guemos, e vamos.
You are in a great hurry, Wm.” está mui apressado,
Why so much haste 2 Porque tanta pressa?
I wish to return early, Eu quero tornar cedo,
And I too. E eu tamben.

• DIALOGUE IV. DIALOGO IV.

On learning a Language. Para aprender huma Lingua.

Are you a Portuguese, Sir? O Senhor he Portuguez 2
Yes, Madam, at your service. Sim, Senhora, a sew serviço.
From what province of Por De que £º de Por
tugal are you ? tugal he vim." 2
G G 3
342 DIALOGUES.

From the province of Algarve. Do Algarve.

Were you never in Lisbon 2 Não esteve em Lisboa 2
Yes, Ma'am, before I went Sim, Senhora, antes de as
to live at Oporto. sistir no Porto.
How long have you been in Quanto tempo ha que vim.”
England está em Inglaterra?
A year and a half. Ha hum anno e meio.
You speak English, then 2 Então vim.” falla o Inglez?
I understand it better than I Eu entendo-0 methor do que
speak it. o fallo.
Do you find the English lan Acha vm.* a lingua Ingleza
guage very difficult 2 muito difficultosa?
I think Portuguese must be Creio que para os Inglezes
easier for Englishmen. deve ser mais facil o Por
tuguez.
What are you learning now 2 Que anda vm.* aprendendo
agora 2
I am learning some words in Estow aprendendo as pa
lavras do vocabulario.
the vocabulary.
Application is the only way A applicação he o unico meio
to learn the languages. de aprender as linguas. .
Will you dine with me to Quer wm.” jantar comigo •
day, and we will converse , hoje, e conversaremos
together in this language? mesta lingua?
I shall wait on you with Terei muito gosto em ren
pleasure; but as forspeak der-me ao sew convite ;
ing English, I should like mas quanto a fallar In
it much, but dare not do glez, eu o quizera, e não
it. - 7me atrevo.
I am afraid of making blun Tenho medo de commetter
ders. erroS.

Never mind who hears you Não se peje dos que o ouvi
speak. rem fallar.
Do you not know, that to Não sabe win.", que para
speak well you must be fallar bem, he preciso co
gin by speaking ill? megar por fallar mal?
Yes, but if I speak wrong, Sim, mas se eu fallar mal
I shall be laughed at by todos hao de fazer escar
every one. neo de mim.
 DIALOGUES. 343

Do not fear that, the guests Não lhe cause isso pavor,
are persons of education, os convidados seráo pes
who will excuse you. soas de educação, e terão
paciencia para com win.”.
I thank you for encouraging Eu lie agrade;o por me
me. a?-???lar.

I shall follow your advice. Quero tomar o sew con

selho.
Your servant, Ma'am. Minha Senhora, sou sew
criado.

DIALOGUE V. DIALOGO V.

Between two Friends. Entre dous Amigos.

Good morning, Sir.
How do you do?
Very well, I thank you.
I am glad to see you in good
health.
How does your sister do?
Not very well; she has the
head-ach, and is, besides,
a little feverish.
Poor girl! how I pity her
Bons dias, meu Senhor.
Como passa vm.**
Muito bem, para servi-lo.
Me alegro de over com (em)
boa saide.
Como está a Senhora sua
mana 2
Não muito bem ; tem dér
de cabeça, e mesmo hum
pouco de febre.
Coitadinha / Quanto a las
• timo / -

Has she consulted any phy Tem ella consultado hum

sician * medico 2
She likes neither the advice Nāo gosta mem das consul
of doctors, nor their pre tas de medicos, nem das
scriptions. suas receitas.
She says it is a trifling ail Ella diz que não he quasi
ment, and hopes to walk mada, e espera sahir nos
out in a day or two. primeiros dias.
God grant she may not be Queira o Ceo que assim
mistaken seja /
Is your brother well? O Senhor sew irmāo passa
bem 2
344 DIALOGUES.

It is above three thonths since Ha mais de tres mezes que

I had the pleasure of see nāo tive a homrade over.
ing him.
He has been in the country Elle está no campo desde
these two months, keeping hum par de mezes; faz
his aunt company. companhia a sua tia.
Did Mr. Sims accompany Foi tamberm o Senhor Sims
him thither 2 com elle 2
No, Sir, he is in Manchester Nāo Senhor, elle está em
carrying on a very good Manchester, onde faz
business. muito bons negocios.
Do you know that Mr. Bland Sabe vm.* que o Senhor
has got married. Bland esta casado £
No; how long is it since 2 Não, Senhor; e desde quan
do?
Nearly a fortnight ago. Desde perto de quinze dias.
Has he married a rich lady ? Casou elle com huma mulher
rica 2
That I do not know; but he He o que ignoro ; mas não
will undoubtedly be happy. ha divida de elle ser feliz.
A friend of mine who knows Hum amigo meu que co
the lady, has assured me nhece a mulher delle, me
that she is as good as she affirmou que ella he tāo
is amiable. homesta, como amavel.
I am glad of it. I take a Estimo isso. Tomo gran
lively interest in his wel parte em tudo que lhe
fare. respeita.
A propos, are you going to A proposito, irá vm.” esta
to the concert this evening?
I have no inclination at all.
noite ao concerto 2
Não tenho vontade nenhu
:
7900.

Why not? Por que razāo ? .

Because it lasts too long, and He que dura muito tempo, e
I wish to go to rest. eu gosto de repouso.
DIALOGUE WI. DIALOGO VI.

Of the Seasons. Das Estações.

What season do you like Que estação lhe agrada
best ? melhor 2
 DIALOGUES. 345

I think spring is the plea-. A primavera me parece a

santest of all the seasons. mais agradavel de todas
as estaçöes.
Every thingsmiles in nature. Tudo se ri conformed sua
natureza. -

The weather is very mild. O tempo he muito suave.

The air is temperate. O ar he temperado.
It is neither too hot, nor too Nem faz muita calma, mem
cold. -

muitofrio.
All creatures then make love. Todas as creaturas fazem
t

entāo o amor.
We have no spring this year. Nós não temos primavera
este anno.
Nothing is forward. Nada avança.
The season is very backward. A estação está bem atra
zada.
We have a very hot summer. Temos hum verão muito
quente.
How hot it is Que calma que faz /
I am quite in a perspiration. Estou todo em hum suor.
I never felt such heat. Nunca experimentei tal ca
bor.
I cannot endure heat. Não posso aturar o calor.
Let us retire into the shade. Recolhamo-nos para a som
bra.
We shall have a great storm. Teremos huma gran tor
menta.

It is always either very hot, Nesta terra #. sempre ow

or very cold in this coun muita calma, ou muito
try. frio.
The weather here is seldom
O tempo mella he raras vezes
mild. /* temperado.
It was freezing a month Ha hum mez que ainda
grO. gelava.
Yesterday it rained all the Ontem choveo todo o dia.
day.
Notwithstanding, the coun Todavia as campinas sāo
try round about looks very fertilissimas nestes arre
fertile, and the air is sa baldes, e o ar melles he
lubrious. w
bastante sadio.
346 DIALOGUES.

It is fine weather for the Está hum bello tempo para

fruits of the earth. os frutos da terra.
There is abundance of fruit. Ha muita abundancia de
frutas.
All the trees are loaded with Todas as arvores estāo
fruit. cheias de fruta.
Harvest time draws nigh. Wem—se chegando o tempo
da ceifa,
They have begun to shear Comega-se a segaro trigo.
the corn,
We are in the dog-days. Estamos ma canicula.
Summer is over.
Autumn has taken its place.
O verão passou.
O outono tem tomado seu
|
lugar.
The days are now very short. Os dias já sáo muito pe
quenos.
The evenings are long. As tardes sáo grandes.
Fire begins to smell well, Ofrio já nos faz gostar do
tume.
We must lay in a stock of He preciso fazer provisão de
fuel for the winter. lenha para o inverno.
-

DIALOGUE WII. DIALOGO VII.

To speak to a Shop Para fallar com hum

keeper. Tendeiro.

Are you the master of the IIe vm.* o dono da loja 2

shop *
Yes, Sir, at your service. Sim, Senhor, dissuas ordens,
Walk in, Sir. Entre win.<e Senhor.
Have you any good gloves 2 Tem algumas boas luvas 2
Yes, Sir, no better assort Sim, Senhor, em nenhuma
ment is to be found any tenda achard tâo bom sor
where. timento.
Show me some of the best. Mostre-me algumas das
* melhores.
Feel these; try them on. Apalpa vm.” estas; prove
G&.
 *

DIALOGUES. 347

They are very soft, and of a Ellas sáo muito brandas, e

good colour. tem boa côr.
They are too little; they are Ellas sáo mui pequenas;
too strait. são mui estreitas.
What do you ask for these ? Quanto pede por estas 2
Half a crown. Meia coróa.
That is an unreasonable price. Esse preço não he razoavel.
Come! take these two shil Tome / ahi estāo dous
lings. t acelins.
Have you any rooms to let?’ Tem quartos para alugar 2
Yes, come in, if you please, Sim, venha dentro se lhe
and you shall see them. agrada, e os verá vrm.”
This is a very fine house. Esta casa he muita bella.
But the stairs are dark. Mas as escadas sáo escuras.
What do you ask for these Quanto pede por estas duas
camaras 2
two chambers ?
Will you give me three Quer dar-metres libras por
pounds a month 2 mez 2
Give me earnest-money, the De-me sinal, o concerto
bargain is made. está feito.
There is a crown; are you Ahi esta huma coróa 5 esta
satisfied ? vm.ee contente 2
Yes, Sir, come when you Sim, Senhor, venha quando
please. quizer.

DIALOGUE WIII, DIALOGO VIII.

Of News. De Novidades.

Gentlemen, your most obe Meus Senhores, sou seu ve

dient. merador.
Mr. Sims, we are glad to see Seja vm.” bem windo, Sen
Oll. hor Sims.
What news do you bring us? Que novidadénos traz van.”
I have heard none. Eu nada sei, ,
What news is stirring in Que dizem de novo pela ei
town dade 2
There's no talk of any thing, Não se falla em cousa als
guma.
, 348 DIALOGUES.

Did you hear any thing of a Ouvio cm.” fallar em cousa

war * de guerra 2
I heard nothing at all of it. Eu não ouvi dizer nada
della.
You jest; nobody knows Wm.* Zomba; ninguem co
better than you what is whece melhor oque se passa.
going on.
I thank you; you are very Agradego-lhe; he favor que,
polite indeed. me faz.
No, without jesting, you have Não, zombaria & parte,
always the best news to vm.* sempre nos dé as
tell us. melhores noticias.
Well, what I have now to Pois, a que lhes wou darmāo K.

tell you is not the best. he muito boa.

It is a piece of domestic news. He huma nova domestica.
Pray, what is it? Então, qual he?
Our friend B. has lost his Nosso amigo B. perdeo a
lawsuit. sua demanda.
Indeed! He possivel/
How is it possible, when his Como pode ser, tendo táo
cause was so good? boa causa 2 -

Nothing is more true. Não ha cousa mais certa.

I am sorry for his misfortune. Doe-me a sua desgraça.
However, his situation is not Com tudo, não he tāo infeliz
the most painful. a sua situação.
He has still considerable pro Resta-lhe ainda hum cabe
perty left. dal assaz consideravel.
What news is there in the Que noticias vem na gazeta
paper to-day? de hoje ?
It contains nothing fresh. Não contem mada de novo.
The news in general is so Todas as movidades săo táo
contradictory, that one contradictorias, que não
cannot rely on any thing. se sabe a que ater-se.
I have resolved to read no Eu tomei a resolução de
more newspapers, nor to mão ler gazeta menhuma,
trouble myself any further e de me máo occupar mais
about politics. de politica.
What says our friend N. 3– Que diz o amigo N. 2–elle
he is a great newsmonger, he muito novelleiro,

-
 DIALOGUES. 349

He is fond of news, it is true; He verdade que elle he ami

but he laments the great go de movidades; mas se
\learth of it likewise. queirã igualmenteda gran
esterilidade dellas.
However, we learn from pri Porém, por cartas particu
vate letters, that there haslares sabe-se, que houve
been a naval engagement. hum combate por mar.
It is affirmed that the ene Assegura-Se que a armadu
my's fleet has been totally inimiga foi destrogada
destroyed. - por inteiro.
That news wants confirm Essas movidades māo se ve
ation. rifică0.
I place no reliance in the Eu não faço firmeza mas
current reports. vozes que correm.
Nor I, but a captain who is Nem eu, porém hum capitão
just arrived, asserts that he que acaba de chegar, cer
heard the report of cannon tifica que ouvio pela sua
on his passage. rota a trovoada dos ca
mhóes.
At all events, we shall learn Seja o que for, sempre se
what has taken place, on ha de saber com a che
the arrival of the packet. gada dopaquete.

DIALOGUE IX. HDIALOGO IX.

The Physician's visit. Visita do Medico.

Sômebody knocks at the Batein 4 porta; vé quem

door; see who it is.
Who is there?
A friend. Open the door.
Good morning, Sir.
What is your complaint:
I have the rheumatism, and Tenho reumatismo, e huma
a violent head-ach.
I have a pain in my chest.
I have got a bad cold.
I have a sore throat,
HH
e
he.
Quem he 2
He de paz. Abre a porta.
Bons dias, Senhor.
Que doença he a sua 2
violenta dār de cabeça.
Estou doente do peito.
Tenho forte defluwo.
Tenho mal na garganta,
 DIALOGUES.
350
i
I fear I have caught the Receio terem-se-me pegado
small pox. as berigas.
What! have you not been Logo, não foi inoculado?
inoculated 2
No, never. Não, Senhor, nunca.
Have you a pain in the loins? Tem vn.ºe dºres de rins 2
Have you any appetite? Tem vontade de comer?
Is your stomach in good or Acha-se bem de estomago 2
der?
Do you sleep well? Dorme vm.ee bem 2
Are you thirsty 2 Tem sede 2
Yes, I am frequently thirsty. Sim, Senhor, tenho muitas
vezes sede. *

I have the hiccough every Tenho o soluço cada in

moment. Stante.

Are your nerves irritable? Tem nervos melindrosos ?

Have you had this complaint Ha muito que tem esta
long queira 2
What is your usual diet? Que he o seu regime ordi
mario?
Do you think, Sir, that bath Parece-lhe, Senhor, que os
ing would be good for banhos me fariáo bem?
me? -

Yes, I think so. Assim o creio.

But what shall I do for a Mas como farei para ter
bathing-tub? huma tina 2
If you find it difficult to meet Se for difficultoso achar
with one, you need only huma, bastará pár os pés
put your feet in lukewarm em agua morna.
water.
Let them remain in it only Que fiquem nella sémente
a full quarter of an hour, hum bom quarto de hora,
or twenty minutes. ow vinte minutos.
Let me feel your pulse. Deive-me tomar-lhe opulso.
Have you taken many me Tem tomado muitos reme
dicines? dios ? .*

Are you averse to being As sangrias sāo-lhe contra

bled? rias 2
Shew me your tongue. Vajamos a sua lingoa.
 DIALOGUES. 351

I will write a prescription Eu vow escrever huma re

for you. ceita.
You must send it to the apo Manda-la-ha ao boticario.
thecary.
You will take the pills be Tomará as pilulas antes de
fore you go to bed. 7metter-Se na Cama.

You must apply eight leeches Deitar-se-ha à manhã pela

to-morrow morning. manhã outo bichas.
An hour afterwards, you must Huma hora depois, tomará
take the potion, fasting. a bebida, em jejum.
Two spoonfuls of the other Da outra medicina bastard
medicine every hour, will tomar duas colheradas de
be sufficient. hora em hora.
Do not forget the bark at Nāo se esque a vm.* da
eleven o'clock. quina is onze.
Oh! Doctor, I feel myself Ay! Senhor Doutor, sinto
very weak. me fraquissimo.
This cough exhausts me very Esta tosse me cança muito.
much.
I have cramps in my hands Quando acordo, sinto as
and feet when I awake. pernas e as māos entor
pecidas.
I am constantly sneezing. Espirro de contino.
I shall try to compose my Procurarei aquietar-me,
self, for I find that patience pois acho que a paciencia e
and resignation are better a conformidade, valem mais
than any physic. que todos os remedios.
I do not despair of your per Não desconfio do vosso re
fect recovery, provided stabelecimento total, com
you give yourself up to my tanto que se entregue d
Care. minha disposição.

DIALOGUE X. DIA LOGO X.

At a Tea-party. Tomando Chá em Sociedade.

I wish you a good evening, Minhas Senhoras, desejo

Ladies. !hes boas moites. -

Good evening to you, Sir, Tamlem lhas desejamos,

Senhor,
352 DIALOGUES.
I am glad to see you all well. Estimo de as ver todas em.
boa saide.
Do you take tea so late * Tào tarde tomáo vm.ees a
chd 2
As you see. Do you choose Como vé : querería vm.”
to join us? participar commosco.2
No, I thank you; sit still. Muito obrigado; não se
desacommodem.
Pray take a chair, Sir. Assente-se, eu pego-lhe.
I will take a seat by your Vow assentar-me ao pé do
son, who will be kind Senhor seu filho, que terá
enough to relate to me a bondade de contar-me
some of his travels. alguma cousa das swas
vie.gens.
I have been almost constant Senhor, eu andei quasi sem
ly at sea, Sir, and have pre no mar, endo vi mais
only seen a few colonies. que hum par de colônias.
That is not surprising; the Isso não he de estranhar;
same happens to most of o mesmo succede aos mais
the navy-officers. officiaes da marinha.
As I never travelled by sea, Como eu nunca viajei por
I have a great desire to mar, estow mui curioso
hear the sailors. de ouvir os marinheiros.

Betty! bring some more cups Isabel / traze mais chicaras

and saucers. epires.
Hand us some slices of bread
Bá cd algumas fatias de
and butter, and some dry pāo com manteiga, e hu
toast. mas torradas.
This cream is curdled, give Esta mata está coalhada;
us some milk instead of it. dá-nos leite em sew lugar.
Shall I send you another cup Meu Senhor, hei de servir
of tea, Sir? lhe mais huma chavena
de chd 2
Say, without ceremony. Diga, sem ceremónia.
You know l never make Wm.” sabe que nunca as
any. faço.
Would you take any thing Quereria tomar alguma
else? outra cousa 2
No, Ma'am; I am much Não, Senhora; fico-the
obliged to you, muito agradecido,
 DIALOGUES. 353

DIALOGUE XI. DIALogo. XI.

On buying a Horse.
Let me see the horse first in
the stable.
He does not stand well on his
legs.
Para comprar hum Cavallo.
Comecemos por ver o ca
vallo na cavalheriça.
Tºm-se mal sobre as per
7001S.

He is very lean. He bem magro.

He has a fatigued look. Parece bem cancado.
Lead him out of the stable. Tiremo-lo da estrebaria.
He is broken-winded. Tem polmoeira. Da aos
r
folles. -

He is dimsighted. Tem os olhos turvos.'

He is lame. Coreia.
His neck is bad. Tem md presença.
He has the glanders. . . Tem o mormo.
He keeps his head low. Traz a cabeça baica.
His buttocks are not fine. Tem feias ancas.
He has clumsy legs. Tempernas grossas.
He has the spavin. - Tem o esparavāo.
What country does he come De que terra he 2
from ?
He is of the best Andalusian He de Andaluzia; e da
breed. melhor raça.
What's his age 2 Que idade tem. 2
How high is he? Que altura tem 2
Let me see his mouth. Vejamos-lhe a boca.
He is above seven years old. Já cerrow.
It is an old horse. He hum cavallo welho.
What do you ask for him Que preço quereis por elle 2
Will he stand fire? Está acostumado ao fogo 2 -

Let me sce. Let metry him. Vejamos isso : provemo-lo.

He is skittish. He boggles. IHe espantadiço. -

It is an excellent horse for a IIe hum excellente cavallo

gig. de varaes. -

HH3
354 ° DIALOGUES.

He is a good saddle-horse. -
He hum bom cavallo de sella.
He is very well broken. He perfeitamente ensinado.
I will buy an English saddle Comprarei huma sella di
and some laced boots, to Ingleza, e botas atacadas,
ride post at full speed. para correr a posta a
rédea solta.
Without that precaution, you Porque sem isso, corre-seo
run the risk of breaking risco de quebrar as per
your legs every moment. mas a todo instante.
As we have agreed about Poisque conviemos do preço,
the price, you shall give a dareis hum Luiz ao meu
Louis d'or to my groom, mogo, e eu darei outro
and I will give one to tanto a v0SSOS criados.
your servants.
With all my heart: let it be De boa vontade; fiquemos
-

SO. misso.

DIALOGUE XII. DIALOGO XIF.

Of Misers and Spendthrifts. Dos Avarentos e Prodigos.

Well! what's the news of the
day?
The post is not arrived.
Nothing has transpired yet.
Well, but you have been on
Change, and have surely
heard something.
Do you know that the weal
thy Goldman is dead?
What! that rich old fellow?
That hoarder of millions?
What heirs has he?
Some cousins, or nephews.
What is the use of these
vaunted riches? They
must be left behind after
all.
But people have the enjoy Mas goza-se dellas.
ment of them.
Então, qual he a novidade
do dia?
O correo não chegou.
Ainda não se sabe nada.
Mas vamos, vrn.” esteve na
praça, certamente ouvio
alguma cowsa.
Sabe que morreo o rico
Goldman 2
Aquelle ricaço welho 8
Aquelle millionario?
Quaes sáo seus herdeiros ?
Primos, ow sobrinhos.
De que servem, estas rique
zas tſio gabadas, já que
em fim deixar-se devem?
 DIALOGUES, 355

Yes, when they employ them Sim, quando se empregão

in charitable purposes. em fazer bem.
A rich miser has no enjoy Hum rico awarento não go.
ment; he is miserable. za : atormenta-Se.
Let us drop the subject of Deiremos ads avarentos
misers, and talk a little of
fallemos hum pouco mos
spendthrifts. prodigos. -

I heard some one say that Alguem me disse, que o

young Dashley lost two joven Dashley a semana
hundred Louis d'or last passada perdeo no jogo .
week, by gaming. duzentos Luizes.
I am not surprised at that: Não me admira isso: he ra
he is a young man who paz que tem todos os vir
C&OS,
has every bad quality.
He is a disgrace to hisfamily. Elle deshonra a sua fa
milia,
He has been ruined by bad As més companhias o tem
company. perdido.
Young men cannot shun it Hum mancebo não póde
too carefully. assaz evita-las.
A propos, are you going to A proposito, irá win.” Do
Mr. Freeman's country mingo à quinta do S.”
seat on Sunday? Freeman 2
He invited me the other day, Elle convidou-me no outro
but I do not know yet dia; mas não set ainda
whether I shall go, or not. se irei.

If you do not go, he will be Se la não for, lie fará

sorry. pena.
Besides, you will meet with Alem disso, achard alli mui
some very pleasant com boa sociedade.
pany there.
In that case, agreed; but we Pois entào, seja : porém
must go there together. havemos de ir juntos.
With pleasure: where shall Comprazer; onde nos acha
we meet? - remos ?
If you will take the trouble Se uizer ter o incómmodo
to call on me at nine e vir à minha casa ds
o'clock to-morrow morn move pela manhã, achar
ing, you will find me in me ha pronto.
readiness
 356 DIALOGUES.

Very well, I shall not dis Muito bem, não lie falta
appoint you. 7'ez.

Good-bye, till Sunday. Até Domingo.

DIALOGUE XIII. DIALOGO XIII.

On dining at an Inn. Para jantar em huma Esta

lagem.
What can we have for din Amigo, que nos podeis dar
ner, friend ? de jantar 2
Do you like French soups? Gostão vim.” de sopas à
Franceza 9
Yes, provided they acquire Sim, com tanto que venha no
their consistence from the caldo a substancia da carne.
meat.

I do not like soup made of Nāo gosto de sopas feitas

dripping. compingos. -

Waiter! lay the cloth. Rapaz / påe a toalha.

Bring us some home-baked Traze-nos pāo caseiro.
bread.
We have both white, and Temos pào alvo, e pāo de
brown bread. rala. - * > }
Give us some new bread; Dá-nos pào molle; este pāo ?
, this is mouldy, -
está bolorento. -------
| Shall I cut you some of the Querem da codéa de cima,
upper, or under crust? ow da debaia:02
Have you any game? Tendes caça 2
Such as venison, partridges, Como veação, perdizes, le
hares, deer, wild boar, bres, weado, javali, galli
woodcocks, wild ducks. wholas, patos bravos.
We have hung-beef, fresh Temos vaca fumada, porco
pork, cold meat, hog's fresco, fiambre, chouriço
pudding, dried tongue, de sangue, lengoa fuma
chickens, pigeons, a da, frangos, pombos, hu
young fat hen roasted, ma franga assada, hum
Q??SO.
a goose.
Have you any vegetables? Tendes hortaligas 2
Yes, Sir, there are potatoes, Sim, Senhor, ha batatas,
headed cabbage, and cau repolhos, e couve-flor.
liflower.
 DIALOGUES. 357

Let us have a calf's head, a Dai-nos huma cabeça de

quarter of mutton, a turkey, vitella, hum quarto de
and some larks. carneiro, hum perú, e
algumas cotovías.
Make us a salad of lettuce, Fazei-nos huma salada de
with some chopped parsley, alface, com hum pouco de
and chervil. salsa, e cerfollo picado.
And another salad of cucum E outra salada de pepinos
bers and onions. e cebolas.
Cut the cucumbers as small Cortai os pépinos o mais
as you possibly can. miudo que puderdes.
Do not dress the salad; we Nāo tempereis a salada; mos
will do that ourselves, if mesmos a adubaremos, em.
you will give us oil, vine dando-nos vós azeite, vi
gar, salt, and pepper. magre, sal, epimenta.
Gentlemen! dinner is on the Senhores / o jantar está na
table. 777,680.
Let us take our seats. Assentemo-nos.
This table-linen is not clean. Esta roupa não he limpa.
Have you no finer napkins 2 Não tendes guardanapos
mais finos ?
We wish to have some that Queremos alguns que sejão
are not SO COarse. memos grossos.
John! take away this dish. João! tira este prato grande,
Bring that plate of anchovies Chega esse prato de ancho
this way. Qjas.
Where are the knives and Onde estāo as facas e gar
forks? fos?
Take these pewter spoons Leva estas colheres de esta
away, and bring some sil nho, e traze outras de
Wet OneS.
prata.
Instead of these two-pronged En lugar destes garfos. de
forks, have you none with dous dentes, haveria ow
three prongs? tros de tres dentes?
We want more plates. Nos faltāo pratos.
The tumblers are not clean. As copas estāo mal lavadas.
Give me that decanter, two Dá cd aquella garrafa,
wine-glasses, and a cork com dous cépos, e hum
SCI'ew. sacarolhas.
358 DIALOGUES.
Put a Saltcellar at each end Pöe hum saleiro em cada
of the table. extremidade da mesa.
Fill this jug with beer, to the Enche esta bilha de cerveja,
brim. até a borda.
What do you say to this Que diz v.m.* deste vinho do
Port wine 2 Porto 2 *

I have not tasted it yet. Eu ainda não o provei.

Shall I help you to some Quer que lhe sirva deste
capon? - capāo ?
Do you like a wing, or a leg De que gosta mais, da aza,
best ? º
ou da perna?
'Tis all one. Tudo he hum.
How do you like this pigeon Como acha esta tortă de
pie? pombos ?
What do you think of the Como lie agrada o presunto?
ham *
It is very good, indeed. He excellente.
Waiter! go and lay the back Rapaz / vai pór o arca
and rump of this capon on bouço e a rabadilha deste
the gridiron. capāo nas grelhas.
This meat is raw. Esta carne esta crua.
The turkey is not done O perú mào está bem as
enough. sado.
I will carve this loin of veal, Vow trimchar este lombo de
with your permission. vitella, se quizerem.
Do, if you please. De mui boa vontade.
May I help you to some of Tere: a honra de servir–lhe
this dish * de este prato 2
I thank you, I have eaten Agradego-lhe, jä comi, mui
enough already. to.

I have made a hearty dinner. Jante; muito bem.

Mr. N., will you be so kind Senhor N., quer passar este
as to hand round this plate prato de queijo 2
of cheese ?
Let us say grace. Demos graças a Deos.
We will take a turn in the Depois da sobremeza dare
garden after the dessert. mos huma volta no jar
dim.
 DIALOGUES. 359

Mr. T., I have the pleasure Senhor T., temho a honra de

to drink your good health. beber d sua saide.
I thank you, Sir. Bem proveito faça a vm.ee
Take away, John João º levanta a mesa.

DIALOGUE XIV. DIALOGO XIV.

On playing at Cards. Parajogar as Cartas.

Shall we play at cards? Querem win.” jogar 4s
cartas 2
I have no objection. Como lhe parecer.
Let us play a few games at Joguemos algumas partidas
whist. a0 isque.
William | and prepare Guilherme! vai preparar
tWO idiº in º: duas mesas de jogo na
ting-room. sala.
Place them near the fire. Colloca-as ao pé do lume.
And put two packs of new E påe sobre cada huma
cards upon each of them. ellas dous barallios de
Cartas movas.
Come, gentlemen, let us Vamos, Senhores, levante
draw for partners. mos, para sabermos como
ha de ser a parceirada.
Mr. Carr, you and I are Senhor Carr, eu sow sew
partners, and I must claim parceiro, e requero-lhe de
your indulgence before antemão muita paciencia.
hand.
I play very indifferently. Eu jogo muito mal.
No matter; we play only for Não importa; só jogamos
amusement. por passatempo.
Is this a whole pack of cards? Este baralho esta inteiro 2
Whose deal is it? A quem toca a dar as cartas?
I am the dealer this time. Eu sou pé esta vez.
The cards are not well shuf As cartas māo estāo bem ba
fled. ralladas.
Cut, if you please. Faça o favor de tºlhar.
 360 DIALOGUES.
One card is faced, you must Ha huma carta virada, he
deal again. preciso baralhar de novo.
I have dealt wrong, I lose Dei mal as cartas, perco a
my hand. 777&O.
I am one card short. Falta-me huma carta.
You must have a good hand, Wm.” deve ter bom jogo,
for I have nothing. poiseſ não tenho móda.
I have always bad cards when Sempre tenho mao jogo
you cut. quando vim.* corta.
Who has the lead 2 Quem he a jogar? *

I am the elder hand. Eu sou mào.

Play away! - Jogue /
What has become of the Onde ficou o trunfo 2
trump card? -

You should not take it up Nāo o deve, vim.* recolher

. the first round is play
eCl.
até depois da primeira
putada.
I play a heart, a diamond, a Jogo capas, ouros, espadas,
spåde, a club. paos.
I had ace, king, queen, Tive o az, o rei, a sota, o
knave, ten, nine. cavallo, o dez, o move.
How many honours had you, Parceiro / quantas honras
partner? tetre 2
Only that of playing with Sómente a de jogar com
Qºm.ce
you.
You are very polite, but that Wm.* he muito cortez, pol
honour does not count. rém esa honra não se
COmta.
I had nine cards of one suit. Tive move cartas do mesmo
metal.
There wanted only four cards Sö faltaväo quatro para
of a whole suit. nape ºntevro.
Why did you not return my Porque não tornow a jogar
lead? a minha tirada 2
If you had not trumped my Se nāo tivera cortado a mi
queen, we should have nha dama, gamhavamos
won another trick. outra waza.
How many must I score? Quantos pontos hei de marº
car?
 DIALOGUES. 361

I have no markers; lend me Não tenho marcas; empres

some of your counters. te-me alguns dos seus ten
tos. -

How many do our adversa A quanto estáo os contra

ries count? rios ?
They are nine, and we are Elles tem move pontos, ends
eight. temOS Outo.
Let us not forget to call, if Não nos esquega o chamar,
we have honours. se tivermos honras.
I have five winning cards in Eu tenho cinco cartas Reis
my own hand. na mão.

They have won the odd trick. Já fizerāo a vasa.

They would have lost the Sem o sarilho que estable
me, but for the saw they cerāo, perdiáo a partida.
ad.
You have revoked Renunciarão J
We shall take three tricks Descontar-lhes-hemos tres
from your score. pontos.
No revoke can be claimed Nāo se péde chamar renun
until the trick is turned cia, em quanto a vasa
and quitted. náo estiver cuberta, e lar
gada da mão.
We will now see who gets Veremos agora quem ga
the winning game. nhard a decisiva.
We are seven love. Temos sete a nada.
We are eight all. Estamos outo a outo.
I had a sequence of queen, Tive huma rifa de sota, ca
knave, ten, and two small vallo, dez, e duas cartas
cards. pequenas.
We have won a double, a Ganhámos huma partida
single, and the rubber. dobrada, huma singela, e
o rober.
You must give us our re Dar-nos-hāo a nossa des
venge. forra.
With all my heart. De todo o meu coração,
Let us change places, a
Troquemos lugares,
I I
 362 DIALOGUES.
-

DIALOGUE XV. DIALOGO XV.

With the Tailor. Para fallar a hum Alfaiate,
Make me a suit of clothes of Far-me-heis hum vestido de
black cloth. panno preto. -

Of what cloth shall I make De que panno o quer wm.*2

it *
Of some fine French cloth. De algum bom panno Fran
C62.

I must have this suit by Sun Eu quero este vestido para

day. Domingo.
Be very punctual, I pray Peço-vos de ser bem eracto.
you... .
It shall be ready, without O terá vrm.*, sem falta.
fail.
Will you take my measure ? Quereis tomar-me a medida?
Is my blue suit not yet Ainda não acabastes o meu
made * S vestido azul ?
Yes, Sir, here it is." Sim, Senhor, ei-lo aqui.
Let me try it on. , Proval-mo.
The pantaloons are too long. As pantalónas sáo muito
compridas. -

That is the fashion now. Esta he agora a moda.

The waistcoat is rather too O colete ficou hum pouco
short. curto.
Button the coat. Abotoai a casaca.
It is very tight. Está muito apertada.
To fit properly, it ought to He preciso que seja aper
be tight. tada, para que lhe esteja
bem ao corpo.
Do not you think the sleeves Não vos parece que estāo as
are too wide 3 mangas muito largas 2
No, Sir, they fit very well. Não, Senhor, ajustão-lhe
bem,
I think the whole suit be Acho que o vestido inteiro
comes you mighty well. lhe está perfeitamente bem.
Make me of this stuff a Far-me-heis de esta fazenda
pair of small-clothes, and humas calças, e ceroulas.
a pair of drawers.
 DIALOGUES. 363

There is not enough for that. Não ha o que basta.

I cannot get any more of the Não posso ter mais da mes
same, so you must make ma, he preciso que a fa
it do. çais chegar.
When you have finished Quando acabardes tudo o
every thing you have to que la tendes para mim,
make for me, make out fareis o vosso rol.
your bill.
I shall pay you ready mo Pagar-vos-hei de contado,
ney, deducting ten per rebatendo-cos dez por
cent. discount. cento de desconto.

DIALOGUE XVI. DIALOGO. XVI.

Between two Officers of the Entre dous Officiaes de

Army. -
Guerra.

Will you barter your watch 3 Quer wm.* alborcar o sew

relogio?
Against what? Pelo que?
Against my sword. Pela minha espada.
With all my heart; but what Deboa vontade; mas quanto
will you give me to boot? me ha de tornar?
How much do you ask? Quanto me pede win.<e 2
Half a guinea. Meia guinea.
It is an old watch; it is not He hum relogio welho; não
worth so much. vale tanto.
But it goes well, for all that. Mas não deira de andar
bem.
I cannot give you anything Nāo posso tornar-lhe nada.
• to boot.
My sword is as good as your A minha espada vale o seu
watch. relogio.
You are surely jesting. Na verdade, vm.* está zom
bando.
What sword is it? Que espada he essa?
It is a sword I just now He huma espada que acabo
bought at the sword cutler's. de comprar ao espadeiro,
Is the hilt of gilt copper ? As guarniçães sáo de cobre
dourado?
 364 DIALOGUES.

Undoubtedly. Sem divida.

How much did it cost you? Quanto lie custow 2

I gave three pounds for it. Custou-metres libras.
Well, will you change even Veja se quer troca por tro
hands? ca 2 -

You are certainly making Wm.* quer fazer zombaria

game of me. de mim.
I am not to be taken in so ea Não he tāo facil como cuida
sily as you imagine. o enganar-me.
Well, come, I will exchange Bem está, troca por troca.
even hands.
Done? Consinto /

DIALOGUE XVII. DIALOGO XVII.

On taking a Journey. De fazer huma Jornada.

How many miles is it from Quantas milhas ha de Cadiz

Cadiz to Gibraltar * a Gibraltar?
It is forty-nine miles. Ha quarenta e move milhas.
What sort of road is it 2 Que tal he o caminho 9
It is shocking. He infame.
If we set out at eleven Separtirmos esta manhã ds
o'clock this forenoon, when onze horas, quando che
shall we reach Gibraltar * , garemos a Gibraltar?
To-morrow afternoon. A manhã pela tarde.
Then, we shall have to sleep Pois entāo, será preciso pow
on the road 2 sar no caminho?

Yes, you will have to sleep Sim, devereis permoitar, em

at Bejer. Bejer.
You need not ascend the Não será necessario subiro
mountain; you may re monte; pādem apear 4
main at the inn at the venta ao pé delle.
foot of it.
Are there rivers and woods Ha bosques e rios que
to pass 2 passar 2
, Yes, you will meet with a Sim, encontrarão huma
ferry before you come to barca antes de chegarem
the wood. ao mato.
 DIALOGUES. 365

Is the road safe 2 O caminho he seguro 2

Do they not say there are Não dizem que ha ladróes
robbers among the bushes? na charneca º
That was the case formerly; Os houve em outro tempo,
but there is no talk of it porém não se falla nisso
at present. agora.
There is nothing to appre Não ha nada que recear,
hend, neither by day nor nem de noite, nem de dia.
night.
Is the road sandy, or stony? He arreento, ou pedregoso
o caminho 9
It is very mountainous, with He cheio de serras, com hu
some small plains, and a mas pequenas planicies,
precipice here and there. e algum despenhadeiro cd
eld.
Is the guide not yet come Não chegou ainda o guia
with the mules 2 com os machos?
Yes, Sir, all is ready. Sim, . Senhor, tudo esta
prompto.
Come, gentlemen, let us Vamos, Senhores, montemos
Imount. a cavallo. -

Good-bye, gentlemen Fiquem-se embora,Senhores!

I wish you a pleasant jour Fação win.” muito boa jor
ney. mada.
Farewell! gentlemen, fare Adeos / Senhores, adeos /
well !

DIALOGUE XVIII. DIALOGO XVIII.

On hiring a Lodging. Para tomarhum Alojamento,

Excuse my calling to trou Senhora, perdoe se the ve
ble you at so early an nho dar incómmodo táo
hour, Madam. cedo.
I observe a bill on your Wejo aqui na sua porta hum
door, which shews that escrito, que indica haver
you have rooms to let. em camaras para se alw
garem.
Yes, Sir; do you wish to see Sim, Senhor; quer ve-las 8
h
them * *
II 3
366 - DIALOGUES.

I am come for that purpose. Eu wenho de proposito para

2SSO,

Must your rooms be furnish- Quer vm.ee os quartos orna

ed, or unfurnished 2 mados, ou não 2
Furnished; and on the first Ornados; e no primeiro
floor. andar.
Be so kind as to stay a mo- Queira demorar-se hum
ment in this parlour, and I pouco nesta sala, que ew
will go and fetch the keys. vou buscar as chaves.
Will you take the trouble to Quer tomaro incómmodo de
come up, Sir 2 subir, Senhor?
Directly, Madam. Eu wou, Senhora.
Here is the apartment you Aqui está o quarto que um.”
wish to have in the first quer no primeiro andar.
story.
You have here a very good Alli está huma boa cama;
bed; and as you see, there e como vé, ha tudo o que
is every thing necessary he necessario em huma
in a furnished room. camara ornada.’
Tables, looking-glass, stands, Mesas, espelho, veladores, e
and fine hangings. boa tapegaria.
But where is the closet 2 Mas onde he (está) o gabi
nete?
Here it is, in this corner. Aqui está, neste canto.
This will suit me very well. Isto conven-me sufficiente
7mente.

How much do you ask a Quanto leva vm.” por mez?

month for it?
I never let my rooms but by Eu não alugo as minhas
the quarter. camaras senāo por tri
7meStre.

Well, I shall take them by Bem está, eu as tomarei ao

the quarter; what will you quartel; quanto quer
have for them * vºn.ce 2
Three moidores. Tres moedas.
That is too much. . He demasiado.
You ought to consider that Wm.” deve considerar, que
this is the finest part of este he o melhor bairro da
the town; and that you cidade; e que não está
are not far from the Court. muito distante do Paço,
 º

DIALOGUES. 367

Well, the bargain is made; Pois, está feito o ajuste; que

I shall take them. fiquem para mim.
Pray, Madam, are there any Diga-me vim.*, Senhora,
lackeys to be hired in this haveria nesta cidade al
toWT). -
guns criados de aluguel 2
Yes, Sir, I will send for one Sim, Senhor, mandarei bus
immediately. car hum logo logo.
Some one knocks. Who is Batem d porta. Quem está
there 2 t ld 9
It is Francis, the valet de He Francisco, o criado de
louage. aluguel.
Are you disposed to enter Quereis servir-me em quanto
into my service during the eu ficar nesta cidade?
time I shall stay in this º

town 2
Will you accompany me to Quereis vir comigo até
Brussels, and perform the Brucellas, e fazer a jor
journey to Paris and Rome nada de Paris e Roma
along with me * comigo 2
I shall remain here a few Eu ficarei aqui alguns me
months, and then spend zes, e depois gastarei seis
six or seven weeks on the ou sete semanas major
road. mada
Have you performed this Fizestes já esta viagem?
journey before ?
Do you speak French, Ger Fallais vos correntemente
man, English, and Italian, Francez, Alemão, Inglez,
fluently e Italiano 2
Do you understand Spanish, Sabeis vós o Castelhamo, o
Portuguese,Danish, Swed Portuguez, o Dinamar
ish, and Low-German * quez, o Sueco, e o Bairo
Alemão 2
Are you well acquainted Conheceis bem as moedas
with the coins of the das terras por onde have
countries we shall pass mos de andar *
through *
Have you any good sureties, Tendes bons affiançadores,
or certificates ? ow certidoes 2
What wages do you ask? Que ordenado pedis 2
How much do you ask by Que he o que quereis por
the week 2 semana 3
 368 DIALOGUES.

Eighteen franks is too much. Dezoito francos he muito.

I can give you no more than Năo posso dar-vos senāo
ten franks, and your board; dez francos, e de comer;
or, I will give you eigh ou dar-vos-hei dezoito
teen franks, and you shall francos, e comereis d vos
maintain ...; Sa Custa.
Return again to-morrow, and Tornai d manhã, dar-vos
you shall have a definitive hei a minha resposta fi
anSWer. mal. -

Well, I give you my word, Muito bem, eu vos aceito,

and take yours. Go and e ficais apalavrado. Ide
fetch your bundle, and re buscar a vossa trouza, e
turn quickly. tornai logo,
I must inform you before Advirto-vos, que não quero
hand, that I will have no roes de despezas. Quero
bills. I shall pay every pagar logo; isso he, todos
thing immediately; that is, os dias.
day by day.
You must give me every Dar-me-heis & noite, o rol
night an exact account of por miudo do que pa
what you have laid out gastes por mim naquelle
for me during the day. dia.
If you answer my expecta Se, como espero, me servic
tions, you may rest assur des bem, podeis estar cer
ed, that over and above to, que alem do nosso
our agreement you will t
ajuste recebereis de mim
receive a handsome gra hum bom galardão.
tuity from me,
. I wish to speak to the laun Quero fallar com a lavan
dress. "Go for her, and deira. Ide busca-la ; e
desire her to bring my dizei-lhe que traga com
linen along with her. sigo a minha roupa.
. She is just now come in, Senhor, ella acaba de en
Sir. trar.

I am glad you have brought Eu me alegro que troute a

my linen, for I was much minha roupa, pois me
in want of it. fazia gran falta.
Take it into that room, and Traga-a messe aposento, que
I will count it over. vow conta-la.
Eleven shirts, fourteen neck Onze camisas, quatorze gra
cloths, six pairs of stock vatas, seis pares de meias,
 DIALOGUES. 369

ings, five waistcoats, two cinco coletes, dos pares de

pairs of silkstockings, two meias de seda, duas ce
pairs of drawers, three louras, tres pares de luvas
pairs of kid gloves, four de camurga, quatro bar
nightcaps, seven pairs of retes de noite, sete pares
socks. de escarpins.
Two pairs of sheets, four Dos pares de lençoes, qua
pillow-cases, a flannel tro fronhas, hum gibāo
waistcoat, eight pocket de framéla, outo lenços
handkerchiefs, four tow de algibeira, quatro toa
els, fifteen napkins, three lhas de mâo, quinze guar
combing-cloths, five pairs danapos, tres penteadores,
of worsted stockings, two cinco pares de meias de
pairs of cotton stockings, laya, dos pares de meias
four table-cloths. de algodāo, quatro toa
dhas de meza.
There are two pieces wanting. Faltā0-me duas pegas.
Here is a handkerchief which Ahi tem hum lenço que não
does not belong to me. he meu.
These shirts are badly iron Estas camisas estāo mal en
ed; the frills are not well gommadas ; e as pregas
plaited. dos seus bofes sáo mal
feitas.
Have you brought your bill? Traz von.<e o sew rol?
Sit down a few minutes, and Assente-se hum bocadinho,
I will give you some more que vou dar-lhe mais row
dirty linen. pa Suja.
Pray, let it be carefully Peço-lhe que seja lavada
washed. com cuidado.
You need not put any Para o futuro, não precisa
starch in my nightcaps, wsar de gomma quando
in future. lavar as minhas toucas de
noite. “
Do you know any one who Conheceis alguem que saiba
mends silk stockings? concertar meias de seda?
I should wish to have some Quizera fazer concertar al
mended before they are gumas, antes de irem a
washed. lavar.
When will you bring the Quando trará toda esta row
whole of this linen? pa?
370 DIALOGUES.

I expect to receive it this day Espero recebe-la primoro

sennight, very well wash samente lavada, de hoje a
ed. outo dias.

DIALOGUE XIX. DIALOGO XIX.

On Business. Sobre Negocios. -

Where are you going, Sir 2 Aonde caminha, meu Se

mhor 2
I was going home to deli Hía para casa, fazer entre
yer a lot of hides, which I gar huma partida de
have just sold on Change. couros, que vendi agora
na bolça.
But as I must wait till our Porém, como devo esperar
workmen return from din até que voltem os jorna
ner, we will take a short leiros do jantar, iremos
walk in the mean while, entretanto passear hum
if you please. bocadinho, se quizer.
Have you done any good Fez vn.“ bons negocios na
business on Change? praça £
Goods have risen very much Os preços dos generos sāo
in price. mui puzados.
I bought nothing. Nào comprei nada.
In fact, people are not very Alem disso, a gente náo se
anxious to sell. lheda de vender.
They are in the right. Nisso tem razáo.

You will find the prices ad Wm.” verá que os preços

vance sixteen per cent. algarão ainda de dezaseis
before the end of the por cento, antes do fim da
week. Se7700,720,
In that case it would be well Nesse caso seria acertado de
to speculate. especular.
I dare not advice you so to Nāo me atrevo a conselhar
do. lho.
Will you take a share in a Querería vm.” participar
speculation of coffee? em huma especulação de
café2 -

I have no objections; but we Sim, quero; mas apresse

must lose no time. 770–7103, -
 DIALOGUES. 371

It is not the time to be Quando se trata de especu

sleeping when we think of laçães, não se deve ador
speculating. - 7necer;
O P. º know whether A proposito, sabe se o Ca
Captain Bell will soon pitão Bell partird cedo?
leave us?
He is ready to set sail. Elle está prompto para
fazer-se d vela.
I am glad of that; for I was Estimo isso; poisque eut
afraid, if he remained receava, se elle tardasse
much longer, he might be muito, que seria detido
detained by the ice. pelos gelos.
What do you think of the Que pensa vm.” da mossa
present state of our trade 2 situação relativo ao com
mercio 2
These critical times cannot Estas circumstancias criti
last for ever. cas não pódem durar sem
pre.
It is to be hoped that a fa Deve-se esperar, que cedo
vourable change will soon sobrevirá huma feliz mu
take place. dança.
We have been many years Vamo-nos lisonjeando ha
living in hopes, but still varios annos para cá, e
we keep advancing to náo deiramos de avançar
wards our ruin. para nossa ruina. -

You ought not to be so un Wm.* nao deveria affligir

easy, your gains were for se tanto; ganhou muito
merly very great. em outro tempo.
For the present you must be Agora ha de ter paciencia.
Content. -

It is easy to perceive that Bem se vé que vm.* he es

}. are a stranger, and
now little of commercial
strangeiro, e que pouco
sabe o que he huma ci
townS. dade de commercio.
But there is great wealth in Porém vm.*tem aqui gran
this place. des fortunas.
Not so great as you imagine, Nem tantas como vm.* cré.
Most of the inhabitants had He verdade que o geral dos
become somewhat opu habitantes timha adgui
lent, it is true; but during rido huma certa opulen
the last four or five years cia; mas desde quatro
-
372 DIALOGUES.

every thing has disap para cinco annos tudo

peared. desapareceo.
Are there many poor people Ha porcá muitos pobres 2
here *
Yes, even before the war our Sim, já antes da guerra o
mendicity-society distri nosso estabelecimento pa
buted immense sums of ra os pobres distribuid
money. S077,7700S 1770.7me?SaS.

You may easily suppose that Bem póde julgar como, de

the number of paupers pois da cessagão dos nego
must have greatly increas cios, o mitmero dos indi
ed since business has géntes se terá augmentado
been at a stand. consideravelmente.
The gifts of the rich are, no Os ricos, sem divida, pro
doubt, proportioned to the
exigencies. w
porcionāo os seus beneft
cios d necessidade.
They are daily making new Elles fazem diariamente no
sacrifices. vos sacrificios.
But what is most distressing Mas, o que ha de mais tris
to mankind, is, that the te para a humanidade, he,
number of benefactors de que à proporgāo que a
creases in the same ratio necessidade augmenta, di
as poverty increases. minue o mitmero dos bem
feitores.
Why, certainly! when the Mas como! quando em hum
means of industry in any pais stio prohibidos quasi
country are nearly all pro todos os meios da indus
hibited, not only thousands tria, māo sòmente desfa
of families are thereby lecem na inaccāo milhei
rendered inactive, but the ros de familias, , mas
greatest estates become ainda as maiores fortu
annihilated. nas vem a derribar-se.
Your discourse really affects Na verdade em.* me more.
Ine. - -

These wars are the scourge Estas guerras sáo o flagello

of mankind. , da humanidade.

It is greatly to be wished, Seria muito a desejar que

that a peace would soon a paz se fizesse cedo.
take place.
There is great need of it. Temos grande precisio della,
 DIALOGUES. 373

But unless it were a general Mas a não sergeral a paz,

peace, it would avail but de pouco serviria.
little.
I think it is time, however, Mas penso que he tempo de
for us to return home. armos para casa.
We will call on Mr. Spink Iremos ver ao Senhor Spink,
by the way. de passada.
With pleasure; it is at least Com gosto; pois haverd dous
two months since I saw him. mezes que o não vejo.
His company will enliven A sua companhia nos ale- .
uS. grará.
Above all, let us never de Sobretudo, nunca percamos
spair of seeing better a esperança de vermos ter
times. minar-se os mossos males.
DIALOGUE XX. DIALOGO XX.
Between a Portuguese and Entre hum Portuguèz, e hum
a Frenchman, on their Francéz, sóbre as suas
Languages. Linguas.
(Accented for BEGINNERs.)
P. Good morning, Sir: how Bons dias, meu Senhör :
do you do? como vai de saide?
F. Pretty well: and how are Wämos andándo: e o Se
you ? -

mhór como pássa?

P. Very well, I thank you. I Mui bem, para servár-lhe.
now observe, with plea Ora obsérvo, com gósto,
sure, the progress you are os progréssos -que está
making in the Portuguese fazéndo ma lingua Por
language. tuguéza.
F. You are extremely polite. Héfavor que me fiz. Mās
However, Ispare no pains ao mémos máo lhe poupo
to learn it; for it is a lan a diligēncia; pois tomei
guage I find very sonorous muita affeição a sta
and expressive, and I am lingua, que dicho mui so
become very partial to it. nára e expressiva,
P. Not every foreigner will Hé o que nem todos os es
admit that to be the case, trangeiros admittem, e o
and least of all our neigh memos os mossos visinhos,
bours, who will only allow os quaes so lhe concédāo
it to possess some trifling algûma singeléza e grâca
simplicity and elegance de expressão.
of diction. K K
374 DIALOGUES.
F. Theirs, indeed, is a more A lingua delles, com effeito,
noble language; but I
think the multiplicity of
gutturals it contains, is a
great diminution of its
softness.
P. On the other hand, ours Em contracámbio, podia
might be objected to on se argu%r a nossa de
account of its superabun huma demasta de vözes
dance of nasal sounds.
But let us cease to draw
comparisons between two
brother-tongues, both of
which have their beauties
and defects. The worst of
all, is, that many persons
will not deign to look upon
the Portuguese language
as the brother-tongue of
the Castilian, but only as
a dialect derived from it.
F. Such persons are certainly
unacquainted with history,
otherwise they would know,
that both of them were
formed at the same time,
of a mixture of the ancient
\
language of the country,
with that of the Roman
invaders, against whom
Lusitania made the long
est resistance; and after
wards with the language
of the Moors, whose ex
pulsion from Portugal was
prior to that from Spain.
P. They are undoubtedly dis
tinct languages. However,
should they at any period
be reduced to one and the
same, Spanish would very
likely assume a greater re
tem maiſºr magestſide ;
porém deho que a sua.
abundancia de sons gut
turaes lhe talhe muito a
suavidade.
nasaes. Mās deirémo
mos de comparér dias ir
más, que dmbas tem suas
bellézas, e seus defeitos.
Opećr hē, que muitas pes
sóas nem se digmáo con
siderdºr a néssa Lusitana
comotingua-irmã da Cas
telhána, mds sóménte
como dialecto derivado
délla.
E'ssas certaménte nitnca lé
rāo a história, alids sa
bertão, que àmbas se for
marão contemporánea
ménte, de huma mistüra
do antigo idióma macionál
com o dos invasGres Ro
manos, a quem a Lusité
nia fez a mais lönga re
sistência; e depois com o
dos Mouros, os quaes de
Portugal firão capitlsos
primeiro que da Ilespá
mha. -
Nāo ha divida em serem as
dias linguas distinias.
Se, porém, algûm día fi
rão huma, provável hô,"pue
a Castelhama se parecésse
mais com a Portuguéza
 DIALOGUES. 375

semblance to modern Por modërma, a julgár por

tuguese, if we may judge taes vocabulos como fazer,
from such words as fazer, fillo, &c., que se encontráo
fillo, &c., which are found mos antigos autóres Cas
in the ancient Castilian telhd.nos.
authors.
F. Another argument occurs Outro arguménto que ain
to me; namely, that most da me occórre, hé, que os
of the ancient poets of the mais antigos poétas da
Peninsula were Portu Peninsula fºrão Portu
guese: nor have the Ro guézes : nem ao depois, o
mance of Bernaldim Ri Romance de Bernaldim
beiro, the Idyls of Sa de Ribeiro, os Idyllios de
Miranda, or the Lusiad of Sá de Miranda, e as Lu
Camoens, ever been rival síadas de Camoens, achá
ed there. rão mélla protótypos.
P. Well, may Apollo reward Ora, Apóllo lie pågue a
your charitable defence of caridãde com que acóde
a language so much neg por huma lingua täo des
lected | valida /
F. That is no longer the case Já o não he no dia de
in the present day; for the hoje, poisque o amável
worthy German poet Schle poéta Alemão, Schlegel,
gel, in his journal entitled no jornál Europa, e M.
Europa, and Mr. Sané, Sané, na sua Poésie ly
in his Poésie lifrique por rique portugaise, lite pro
tugaise, have lavished the digalizārāo os mais hon
greatest encomiums on it: rósos elogíos. E påsto
and though the number of que o mitmero dos que a
persons in Europe, who füllāo séja pequéno na
speak this language, is cir Európa, dcha-se ésta lin
cumscribed, yet it has been gua transplantáda no
transplanted on the im immémso continénte do
mense continent of Brasil; Brasíl, assim como flo
it flourishes also through réce em toda A'sia meri
out the south of Asia, and diondº, e mas cºstas de
on the coasts of Africa, in Africa, igualménte como
the same manner as the éntre n0s a Francéza.
French language prevails.
among us.
 w EXTRACTOS,
EM PIRO SA, E E M P E RS O.

Sobre a Vaidade,

A mais funesta paixão da nossa alma, que ataca e per

turba a cabeça do homem, offusca o seu entendimento,
inflamma o sangue, e faz com que o homem se esquega do
vil e desprezivel nada de que foi formado, se nāo conhega,
náo conbeça aos seus iguaes, arrebata-o, e o precipita em
maiores desatinos, he a desagradavel, medonha, inquieta,
e peccaminosa Vaidade. O homem possuido de Vaidade,
nenhuma outra cousa faz do que ensoberbecer-se, elevar.
se ao cume da mais desenfreada altivez, e presumpção.
Ambiciona tudo quanto vé nos mais. Julga-se superior
aos outros. A todos despreza; máſa de todos. Não ha
defeitos, por leves que sejão, que os não pinte, e aderege
com as mais terriveis, e espantosas córes de maldade. A
mesma virtude, a nobreza, e a sciencia que vé resplandecer
nos outros, sāo para elke ridicularias, nada, de que não
faz caso, Só elle tudo póde, så elle apeteee tudo—
Tristes mortaes, que estrago não fazem vös esta mortifera,
contaminada elevação ! z

Se os homens pensassem que os talentos, que as bri

lhantes qualidades com que a natureza pródigamente or
nou o seu espirito, a todos, ou mais ou menos, forão
concedidos; que estes à proporgão dos trabalhos, dos fre
quentes exercicios, das avezadas applicaçòes, do methodo,
do gosto, do conhecimento proprio, e do amor dos prin
cipes se aperfeiçoao, se augmentāo; estou certo que a
ninguem assomaria Å cabeça a opinião, ou o conceito de
que elle fosse o melhor de todos. Todos se despreoccu
pariáo da Vaidade. -
 EXTRACTOS. 377

Releva para que o homem evite este tâo terrivel defeito,

que faça huma séria, e filosofica reflexão sobre as cousas
deste mundo; as conhega como ellas sáo em si, mäfe dos
seus ardilosos e fantasticos appetites, tema os seus encantes.
Porém de balde trabalharia o homem em querer arrancar
de si hum habito que a má educação tem encanecido.
Da educação nascem todas as boas, ou màs manhas. Esta
só he capaz de poder crear em nós hum sólido e per
manente gösto, hum verdadeiro conhecimento proprio.
Que extravagantes e monstruosas idéas não carregåo a
cabeça daquelle que a nobreza tem distinto do commun
dos homems! Este, devendo educar seus filhos mostrando
Ihes que a natureza he a mesma, que os homems sāo
iguaes, que a estimação he que faz com que elles estejão
em maior, ou menor gráo; que assuas boas, ou más acqūes,
a sua virtude, a generosidade, a humanidade, hum fallar
benigno e affavel, sāo os unicos caracteres que os pódem
affastar do vulgar, e eleva-los ao cume da mais solida
grandeza ; pelo contrario, o que lhes introduz, São quime
ricas e imaginaveis memorias de antigos solares, pre
sumpção, soberba, orgulho; desenterra carunchosos papeis,
onde lhes mostra pintados os feitos dos antigos progenitores
de que procedem; não como acqöes uteise proveitosas à
humanidade, porém como grandes, e differentes das dos
mais homens. Estas, sāo estas reflexões que o nutrem.
Olha com desprezo para aquelle que comegou depois.
Finalmente, a maior parte dos homens se endeosáo com as
honras, com as dignidades, e com os mesmos talentos; e
estes, em lugar de es tornarem melhores, os habituáo
peiores. Que triste e feio espectaculo! Quâomiseravel he
a condigăo dos homens !

O Estratagoma de Annibal para fazer atravessar hum

Rio aos seus Elefantes.
Annibal, general dos Carthaginezes, em huma das suas
expedicòes contra os Romanos, se vio na necessidade de
atravessar hum rio bastantemente largo, e fundo; porém,
sendo desprovido de barcos, e outros materiaes, nem tendo
tempo de os procurar, *
K
. formar huma ponte, fez
378 EXTRACTOS.

passar o seu exercito a nado. A difficuldade não estava,

senāo no modo de passar os elefantes, o que não podia
fazer, se elles o não quizessem Seguir a nado. Por diversas
vezes tentou faze-los entrar na agua; porém elles obstina
damente fugião della. Occorreo-lhe finalmente hum feliz
pensamento, ou lhe foi suggerido por algum daquelles que
conheciąo a natureza daquelles sensiveis animaes; o qual
foi, que hum dos melhores madadores ferisse o mais feróz
delles debaixo da orelha, e fugindo immediatamente, pas
sasse a nado para a outra parte do rio. Assim o fez, e o
elefante, estimulado do golpe, partio atraz delle com a
maior velocidade que pède, e com a mais arrebatada furia
se langou á agua em seguimento delle. O resto imme
diatamente seguio o seu exemplo, e por-aquelle meio se
salvārāo todos, passando com facilidade para a outra parte.

Da Electricidade.

Huma das descobertas mais importantes do século XVIII.,

foi o combecimento de que o fluido electrico compunha a
matéria do raio, e que o homem podia em consequencia
dispör delle a seu arbitrio. O célebre Doutor Franklin,
descobridor deste grande fenêmeno, foi o primeiro que se
servio de pontas de metal para dirigir o raio, de maneira
que não fosse nocivo aos homens. Assim forão os
homens instruidos dos méthodos de livrar as casas, as
embarcagóes, e os templos do terrivel effeito, que o
raio costuma fazer, quando não he dirigido. Conheceo
se ao mesmo tempo, que as gentes estāo sempre intei
ramente livres em huma sala durante a trovoada, se
tomâo huma situação de tres ou quatro pés distante das
paredes, por quanto a materia do raio sahindo das nuvens
para a terra, ou da terra para as muvens, passa sempre
pelas paredes das casas, pelos troncos das arvores, ou por
qualquer outro objecto elevado; excepto havendo algum
objecto mais håmido, como hum animal, que esteja em
contacto com estes objectos, ou pelo menos mais perto:
neste caso o raio deixa as paredes, ou as arvores, e passa
pelo animal. Porém como o raio póde passar pelos me
taes ainda com maior facilidade, deixará sempre os corpos
 *

EXTRACTOS. 379
animaes, para passar pelas substancias metálicas com pre
ferencia a tudo.
Para se conhecer a distancia que tem a trovoada do
sitio em que cada hum se acha, deve attender-se ao tempo
que medeia entre o relámpago, e o trovão, contando–se
treze segundos e meio por cada legua que houver entre o
sitio em que estivermos, e o lugar da nuvem, donde sahio
O trovä0.

O Homem, e as suas duas Amigas.

Hum homem de meia idade, nem mogo, nem velho,
mas que comegava jã a encanecer, pensava seriamente em
casar-se. Nāo era por interesse que elle procurava huma
mulher, pois era rico, e não teria difficuldade de achar
huma; porém queria escolher, e tinha razāo. Em huma
certa casa vivião duas mulheres juntas: huma dellas era
moqa; a outra era mais idosa, mascom tudo isso, era muito
amavel. Ambas o queriao por marido, e se esforçavāo
a agradar-lhe em tudo. Hum dia que ellas openteavão,
a mais moga lhe arrancou todas as cans, afim de que não
parecesse mais velho que ella; no emtanto que a mais velha,
pela sua parte, lhe arrancava os cabellos pretos; de sorte
que o galan ficou calvo. Agradego-lhes, de véras, minhas
queridas, lhes disse elle, de me terem tosquiado táo bem;
mais ganho nisso do que perco, pois já náo quero casar.
Aquella de vim.* que eu tomaria por mulher, quereria
que eu vivesse a seu modo, e não ao meu. Isso não me
quadra. Me alegro muito de me haver tirado de embaraços,
só pela perda dos meus cabellos.
Hum filosofo dizia, que quando somos mogos, não he
tempo de casar ; e quando Somos welhos, já he tarde.

Desafio estranho.
(tirado da Vida de Dom João de Castro.)
D. João Manoel, e João Falcão, fidalgos de muita opi
nião, andaváo entre simal avindos por desconfianças leves,
que no juizo dos homens Vem, a pesar aquillo em que se
380 EXTRACTOS.

estimão. Tratárào de averigliar no campo estes desabri

mentos, fazendo juiz desta porfia o valor, ou o caso. Os
padrinhos, que entravão na contenda com mais livre juizo,
reduzirão a questão ao mais honrado duello, discorrendo
que o Governador tinha a pique a jornada, e que o desafio,
que sempre era delicto, seria agora escandalo ; que pelo
bando perdiáo as cabeças; e que D. João de Castro não
era pai, ainda que o parecia; sofria culpas, mas não atre
vimentos; que podiáo sanear as honras, onde arriscavāo
as vidas, concertando–se que o que primeiro, e com maior
valor, subisse o muro do inimigo, ficasse por melhor repu
tado na singular, ena commum batalha, inventando com
engenhoso valor, mortes com premios, desafios sem culpa.
Satisfizerão-se da proposta hum e outro inimigo; pedirão
a parentes e amigos lhes tivessem as escadas, como homens
que havião de pelejar pela honra do estado, e pela sua. .
Comegárão de subir a hum mesmo tempo. D. João
Manoel, lançando huma máo ao muro, lha levárão de hum
golpe; acudindo com a outra, tamben lhe foi cortada;
soccorrendo-se dos cotos para ferrar o muro, com hum
golpe de alfange lhe levárào a cabeça. João Falcão accom
metteo ao mesmo tempo o muro, e tendo-o já vencido,
defendendo–se valerosamente, foi morto a cutiladas. Sobre
qual destes dous contendores deo maiores provas de valor,
fizerāo os soldados debrio juizos differentes. Nós diremos,
ena beneficio de ambos, que não devia mais à honra,
quem deo tudo por ella.
i

- Astucia de hum Arabe.

º

O tyranno. Hijai, andando hum dia na caça, tinha-se

perdido dos seus criados, e encontrando-se com hum Arabe,
perguntou-lhe: “Que casta de homem he ovosso Baxá "
—“He hum cruel, atraigoado, sanguinario, e hum adál
tero,” respondeo o Arabe.—“E conheces tu quem eu
sou?” tornou o tyranno.—“Não,” disse o Arabe.—“Eu
sou Hijai,” lhe replicou elle. Então o Arabe: “E vös,
Hijai, conheceis-me a mim *—“Nāo.”—“Pois sabei,”
proseguio o Arabe, “que eu sou hum dos moradores deste
deserto, e que todas as pessoas da minha familia padecem
 - EXTRACTOS. 381

huma fatal moléstia, pela qual tres dias no anno sáo ata
cados de doudice, e este dia he hum delles.” O tyranno
sorrio-se, e a pesar da ousadia do Arabe, não sò permittio
que tranquillamente se retirasse, mas deo-lhe huma porção
consideravel de dinheiro,
---

o Bobo, e o Saloyo.
Querendo hum homem riquissimo dar algumas fungöes
ao povo Romano, offreceo huma recompensa a todos aquel
lesque tivessem alguma cousa curiosa para mostrar, ou que
pudessem, de qualquer modo, contribuir para o diverti
mento publico. Hum bobo se apresentou alli, subio ao
tablado, e depois de ter saudado a companhia, e feito
algumas peloticas divertidas, principiou a arremedar o grito
de hum leitão, o que fez tao bem, que toda a gente julgou
que tinha algum debaixo do seu capote, e gritarão-lhe que
se desembuçasse para verem se assim era. Toda a assem
blea bem satisfeita, bateo as palmas, gritou da capoº da
capoſ e o encheo de applausos, dizendo que era impossivel
imitar o leitão melhor que elle o fazia; quando hum saloyo
gritou do meio da multidāo, que selhe permittissem subir
ao tablado no dia seguinte, elle se lisonjeava poder con
trafazer o porquinho muito melhor. O Senhor da terra
prometteo-lhe huma boa quantia de dinheiro se o fizesse,
e ordenou ao bobo que voltasse. No dia seguinte quan
do toda a gente estava reunida, os dous homens subirão
ao tablado. O bobo comegou primeiro a arremedar o
porguinho, e todo o mundo o applaudio, e prorompeo em
gritos dealegria, mais que no dia anterior. O saloyo tendo
recebido ordem de faze-lo tambem por seu torno, torceo as
orelhas a hum leitão que tinha debaixo do seu capote, o
qual fez retumbar a assemblea com osseus berros. Opovo
immediatamente lhe deo pateada,” gritou, que não imitava
tão bem o leitão como o outro; que não havia semelhança
nenhuma, e não quiz ouvir mais. Então o aldeio tirou o
* Dar pateada signifies: to stamp with the foot; this being the
manner in which the Portuguese express their disapprobation of
any performance in a public assembly. It is translated into English
by the word hiss.
38.2 EXTRACTOS.

porduinho que tinha debaixo do seu capote, e o mostrou

aos espectadores, dizendo: eis-aqui, Senhores, vēde que
taes juizes sois; não he a mim que vós dais pateada, mas
sim ao leitão. -

O nobre Estratagema de Archidamo para salvar os

Cidadāos de Espárta.
Archidamo foi hum dos melhores, e mais nobres reis que
teve a Espárta. Houve no seu reinado hum tăo terrivel ter
remoto, que morreráo perto de vinte mil pessoas, e apënas
escapáráo da ruina cinco, ou seis casas. No meio daquella
horrivel confusão, observou o bom rei, não com pequena
dör, a vehemencia, e confiança com que os cidadãos se
esforçavāo para salvar o mais precioso dos seus bens,
ainda que com imminente perigo das suas vidas, as quaes
elle considerava de muito maior valor. Depois de muitas,
-
e infructuósas fallas, que lhes fez para os desviar daquillo,
discorreo hum expediente, o qual sortio o effeito desejado.
Mandou tocar a rebåte, como se algum poderoso inimigo
estivesse ás portas da cidade, pelo que elles immediatamente
corrèrão is armas, e marchárào com elle para o campo.
Fste excellente estratagema, o qual mostrou naquelle prin
cipe nāo sómente huma verdadeira mágoa pelos seus vas
sallos, mas tamben huma singular presença de espirito no
meio da maior, e universal consternação, Ihes fez hum
dobrado serviço ; porque salvou hum grande numero de
vidas, que deviño perecer debaixo das ruinas das suas .
abaladas casas, e ao mesmo tempo os póz em estado de
rechaçar os Helótes, póvo visinho, a quem os Espartanos
tinhão condemnado a huma perpètua escravidāo, e os quaes,
sem que o rei o soubesse, se aproveitavāo da confusão que
reinava na cidade, para irem armados contra elles, na
esperança de recobrarem a sua liberdade.

Tratamento do Conego Sedillo, pelo Doutor Sangrado.

(tirado da Historia Gil Braz.)
O Doutor Sangrado era hum homem alto, magro, pållido;
e havia quarenta annos, pelo menos, que dava exercicio à
 EXTRACTOS, 383

tisoura das Parcas. Este sabio tinha o exterior grave;

pesava as palavras, e dava hum ar de nobreza is suas ex
pressóes. Os seus raciocinios pareciáo geometricos, e as
suas opinióes fora do commum. Depois de ter observado
o Conego Sedillo, disse-lhe com aspecto doutoral : aqui, o
ponto he supprire remediar a falta de transpiração. tº:
em meu lugar, sem divida, receitariáo remedios salinos,
ourinosos, volâteis, que pela maior parte levão enxofre, e
mercurio; mas purgantes e sudorificos, São drogas perni
ciosas, e todas as composições chimicas, como que só se
fazem para prejudicar, e empecer. Os meios de que uso,
são mais simples, e mais seguros. A que alimento estais
costumado? (continuou elle). Como ordinariamente sópas
e carnes substanciaes, lhe respondeo o Conego. Sopas, e
carnes substanciaes! exclamou o Doutor, como admi
rado. Ah! não he muito que estejais doente. Os comeres
deliciosos sáo prazeres envenenados, São laços, que o appe
tite arma aos homens para lhes dar fim por hum modo
mais seguro. He preciso deixar alimentos gustosos; os
mais insulsos sáo os melhores para a sañde. Como o
sangue he insipido, quer alimentos que se conformem com
a sua natureza. Ebebeis vinhof (acrecentou elle). Sim,
com agoa, respondeo o Licenciado. Oh! com agoa, pois
mão 1 (tornou o medico) quanto quizerdes. Que desor
dem | Que espantoso regime! Ha muito tempo que devieis
estar morto. Que idade tendes? Wou para sessenta e
move annos, disse o Conego. Justamente (replicou o
medico). Huma velhice anticipada he o fruto da intem
perança. Senáo tivessels, bebido toda a vida Senáo agoa
pura, e vos contentasseis de hum sustento simples, verbi
gratia, de peros cozidos, favas, ou ervilhas, não estarieis
atormentado de gota, e todos os vossos membros fariáo
ainda sem custo as suas funçöes.

A Lande e a Abélora.
Hum aldeño, contemplando a grandeza da abóbora, e
quanto o seu pé he pequeno, exclamou : Em que pensava
o author da natureza, fazendo esta planta ? O seu tronco
he tāo pouco proporcionado ao seu tamanho, que a nãº
 384 EXTRACTOS,

póde soster, e o seu fruto he obrigado a rastear-se pela

terra, e a perder-se. Aquelle fruto teria sido mais-bem
collocado sobre este grande carvalho; he huma arvore
forte. Epor outro exemplo ainda—porque a bolota que
náo he maior que o meu dedo minimo, não crece ella sobre
huma astea pequena? Ah! em quanto a isto, Deos en
ganou-se-Estas reflexães o embaraçavāo terrivelmente.
Com tudo, elle se deita ao pé de hum carvalho para dormir
hum pouco; , mas não póde adormecer. Quem he tāo
experto, não dorme facilmente. Sendo o vento forte, der
rubou algumas landes, huma das quaes cahio sobre o nariz
do nosso critico, o qual o foi logo apalpar. O sangue lhe
corria. Oh! Oh! disse elle, mudando de linguagem, eu vejo
agora que Deos fez muito bem o que tem feito: se estas
bolótas fossem abóboras, me teriſſo quebrado a cabeça.
Assim voltou para casa, louvando a Deos por todas as suas
obras.

Filosofia. t

Huma opinião abstracta, quando se liga com o interesse

exaltado de hum homem, ou de hum povo, converte-seem
hum sentimento fanático, e produz effeitos extravagantes e
crueis. O califa Omar, quando queimou a bibliotheca de
Alexandria, persuadio-se que queimaria naquelle fogo a
consciencia do género humano. Todos os perseguidores,
que usão da mesma lögica, persuadem-se alcançarem o
mesmo fim; porém a historia das perseguições mostra,
que o meio de arraigar huma opinião, he contraria-la.
Tödos os systemas metafysicos, huma vez adoptados, sāo
defendidos, quando mesmo a razāo inteiramente os não
approva, por isso mesmo que São contrariados. O amor
proprio, que sejulga offendido, toma entāo toda a protecção
eloque antes julgava indifferente, paranão deixar parecer
inferioridade de talento na fraqueza da causa que tem abra
çado. Madame de Sevigné, a pesar de ser huma pessoa
que vivia no grande mundo, e que inteiramente parecia
separada de todo o espirito dogmático, diz, que hum dia
disputára com tanto calor sobre alguns pontos, a que ella
náo dava antes grande importancia, que na förgada disputa
ella voluntariamente morrêra mártyr pela sua opinião,
 EXTRACTOS. 385

Nesta disposição do espirito humano ha argumentos para

tudo, na linguagem mesma do raciocinio. As opinióes as
mais absurdas, as máximas as mais detestaveis, entrão
nas cabeças dos homens, huma vez que elles as julgāo
COnvenienteS aoS SeuS linteresses.
r

Carta de ham Pai a seu Filho, sobre as Linguas.

O conbecimento das linguas, amado filho, pertence nos
estimaveis estudes do commerciante. Adornão-no, ao
mesmo tempo que ajudio a extender os termos da sua
ventagem. Náo ha cousa mais agradavel que poder fallar
com qualquer estrangeiro na sua lingua; e outro tanto
tem de lucroso. O estrangeiro concede com mais gèsto
as suas ordens a aquelles que sem intervenção o compre
hendem, do que a outros que precisão para o mesmo, de
interprete. No nosso século he, em verdade, a lingua
Franceza a principal da Europa, por isso se faz de bom
gösto o comego com ella; masquem póde, cultive mais
adiante este campo. São poucss as linguas, que mais ou
menos não tenhão alguma coherencia entre si. Tendo-se
primeiro feito senhor de duas, entāo he cousa de brinco
o capacitar-se materceira, quarta, &c. Não se deve cessar
em quanto ha forças, e caminho que andar. Muitas vezes
acontece ao commerciante dever viajar, ou que a natureza
do seu trato lhe occasiona fazer em alguma paragem certa
inquiriçáo; entàe he que se evidencia patentemente quáo
util seja saber mais que huma lingua. Os dispendios que
por ellas se fizerāo, se resarcem depois, cem, e talvez mil
vezes, por meio do que com ellas se avança. Os homens
que semter combecimento de idiomas fazem viagens kargas,
só podem, verisimilmente, fazer suas cousas a meias, e
tamberm mui imperfeitas. Nāo negligencies, amado filho,
tão bella esperança! Extende o conhecimento deste ge
nero quanto puderes. Emprega nelle todos os instantes
que forem teus. O dispendio não o sentirei. Tu conbeces
meu modo de cuidar: sou pródigo quando a occasińo o
requer; e sobretudo quando consiste o caso em procurar
a tua felicidade futura. -

L Teu affectuosissimo Pai.

L
386 ExtRActos.
Descripgāo do Brasíl.
A América he hum terreno abundantissimo; o Brasíl he
to mais abundante da América. Debaixo de hum clima
quente; mas doce, ameno, e temperado pelas chuvas e
pelos ventos, está sempre produzindo em hum continuo
giro. A terra está em todo o anno cuberta de hum alegre
verde, e em huma primavera continuada. As àrvores estāo
sempre floridas, eem cada huina dellas se vé, ao mesmo
tempo, a flor, o fruto verde, e o sazonado. Os matos
produzem immensos frutos silvestres, com os quaes se
nutre a infinita caça grossa e volátil, que vaga por todos
aquelles sertöes. . He, em fim, innumeravel a variedade de ſ
peixes, que se criao nos rios, lagos, e mares, que bordão.
aquelle terreno delicioso. Allio Indio, aquelle homem
bárbaro e selvagem, sem agricultura nem indústria, de
baixo de hum clima agradavel, e que o não incommoda,
soberbo e altivo com a força e robustez do seu braço, sem
mais vestidos do que aquelle que lhe deo a natureza, vive
e dorme descançado, sem já mais se lembrar donde lhe
ha de vir o sustento para o outra dia. O arco e a frécha
he todo a sua riqueza, e todo a sua indústria. Assim
vivem milhares e milhares de homens, sem trabalharem
para comer, que parece nasceräo sò paragozar. A terra
da promissão, regada do mel e do leite, alli se vé retra
tada. Aquelle precioso torrão produz immenso gado de
toda a especie: o vacám he tanto, que a maior parte delle
só se mata para se lhe tirar a pelle; os muitos milhares
de couros, que todos os annos vem daquelle continente,
fazem ver esta verdade: a abundancia do leite he em con
sequencia a proporºño. As carnes que bastão para o
consumb do paiz sáo nada em comparação das que sé
desperdigao: as aves, as feras, sáo bs que se aproveitão
deste supérfluo; e todo este desperdiciose faz pela carestia
do sal. No Brasil a natureza produz o sal naturalmente
na bahia junto a Cabo-frio; e na outra perto do cabo de *

São Roque he tanto, que podem-se carregar muitos navios;

mas até o anno mil outb centos e hum, estava prohibido
6 commercio livre deste genero naquelle paiz, por ser
hum contracto régio deste reino. No continente das minas,
principalmente nas geraes, o sal he tāo necessario até para
os alimentos, que ëlle precisio não Sé os homens, mas
*-
 EXTRACTOS. 387

tamberm os gados, e todos os outros animaes., Desde que

se sobe à grande serra do mar para as minas, he necessario
dar sal principalmente äs bêstas, que muitas vezes não
querem comer sem elle. Os campos daquellas minas,
ainda que produzem muita erva, não tem com tudo todo o
sal necessario para o gosto e nutrigão dos gados; e por
isso, se ha de dar sal aos gados por hum preço multas
vezes mais caro do que elles valem. He digno de notar-se,
que em alguns outros campos mais para o interior dos
sertóes, ha terras naturalmente impregnadas de sal, a que
chamão barreiros, em que se cria muito gado, ao qual a
natureza ensinou, assim como a todos os outros animaes,
e ainda as aves daquelles contornos, a irem comer daquelle
barro. A concurrencia de tantos animaestão differentes,
e tâo variados nas suas córes, juntos em hum sö pasto,
apresenta o mais bello espectaculo ao olho contemplativo
do filósofo, e desafia a cruel paixão do caçador.

O Macaco, e o Delfim.
Hum navio naufragou ao pé de Athénas, e toda a tripu
lação pereceo. Dizem que o delfim he amigo do homem.
Passando este animal junto ao navio meio affundado na
agoa, vio hum macaco no convez. Tomou-o por hum
homem, e o fez assentar sobre as suas costas, dizendo
lhe: não temais nada. Folgo deter vindo assaz a tempo
para vos salvar a vida. Sois vós de Athénas? Ihe per
guntou depois o delfim ; e tendes alli alguns amigos ?
Sim, respondeo o macaco, e lá sou bem conbecido. Tenho
hum primo que foi governador; e meu tio he juiz pre
sentemente.—Vossos parentes sáo de consideração, disse
o delfim—conheceis vös o Pireo —Se o conhego res
pondeo o macaco: he hum dos meus melhores amigos;
e nós bebemos a miudo huma garrafa de vinho juntos. A
estas palavras, o delfim deo huma gargalhada de riso;
porgue o Pireo he o nome do porto de Athénas. Depois
virou a cabeça, e vendo quesó levava huma besta, se
desembaraçou delle, e o deixou ä discrição das ondas.
Seria por ventura mão, se mergulhassemos hum pouco
certos homens, que såo grandes palradores, e muito igno
rantes?
388 EXTRACTOS.

Anecdota de Washington.
Hum soldado do exército Americano teve sentença de
ser espingardeado; mas este infeliz, pelo que poupava, era
desde muitos annos o amparo de seu pai e sua mãi, mui
velhos. O general Washington sabendo da piedade filial
deste criminoso, commutou-lhe a pena, e o fez sémente
expulsar do regimento.—Porque, se o fizessemos morrer,
diz, elle, havia risco de se matarem tres pessoas em lugar
de huma. º -

Da viciosa Ambigão, e dos seus terriveis Effeitos.

Os Grégos, os Romanos, e outras nações Gentias estavão
tão longe de condemnar esta perniciosa paixão, que antes a
applaudiáo e amavāo como huma virtude, e como a mãì
de todas as nôbres acqöes que se faziáo entre elles. Pre
sentemente o seu excesso he na verdade condemnado uni
versalmente; porém ainda ha entre nós alguns, que se
atrevem a defende-la debaixo do especioso nome de emu
lação, ou desejo de exceder aos outros. Mas com tudo,
seria bem difficultoso o fixar limites entre a emulação e
ambigão; porque a experiencia muito bem nos mostra,
gue aquelles, cujos corações se abrem para huma, não
estarão por muito tempo isentos da outra. Ainda podemos
acrecentar mais, que destas duas paixòes, se ellas naver
dade são distintas, nascerá outra ainda de muito mais
perigosa natureza, chamada inveja, inseparavel compa
nheira da soberba, e da ambigáo; e a fructifera mãì de
innumeraveis damnos, tanto para quem a possue, como
para todos os que se lhe oppoem, ou pertendem eclipsar.
Hum coração, que he muito inclinado à superioridade, ou
seja em poder, riqueza, seiencia, ou em outra º qualquer
cousa, aborrecerá naturalmente aos seus competidores;
desprezará os seus inferiores; invejará os que o excedem;
e senåo', puder ehegar ao fim que pertende, por meios
licitos, circumstancia em que a ambigão muito frequente
mente predomina, a sua vexação fará com que elle use
dos mais deshonrosos e illicitos meios para o alcangar.
Por isso he feliz, e sómente o será aquelle, que obra todas
 EXTRACTOS. 389

as suas accées com huma verdadeira contemplação em

Deos, e com o designio de lhe agradar. Quem assim
obrar, accumulará thesouros inexhauriveis de paz e conten
tamento, que nada do mundo. lhe poderá roubar: á vista
disto, segue-se, que a ambigáo he huma origem infalivel
da vexação, do desgosto, e de todas as acqūes más.

Relação feita em 1700, pelo Fidalgo Jorge Davis, do que

a elle mesmo tinha succedido.

Ha cousa de sessenta annos que a peste reinava furiosa

mente em Nápoles, quando o Senhor Jorge Davis, con
sul da nação Ingleza, se retirou para França. Succedeo
hum dia que elle fosse, por curiosidade, ver, os leães do
Grão-Duque. Na extremidade da casa dos bichos, estava,
em huma das prisóes, hum leſſo, o qual os guardas, por
tempo de tres annos, não puderāo domesticar, a pesar de
toda a sua arte, e do mais brando trato imaginavel. O
Senhor Jorge apenas appareceo às grades da prisão,
quando o leão correo para elle com todos os sinaes de
alegria e transporte, que era capaz de mostrar. Elle se
ergueo, e lhe lambeo a mão, que este Senhor meteo pela
grade. O guarda atemorizando–se, lhe pegou no braço, e
o desviou dalli, exhortando–o a não arriscar a sua vida,
approximando–se tanto ao mais feroz animal daquelle
genero, que.jámais tinha entrado maquellas prisóes. Porém,
náo obstante tudo o que se lhe disse para dissuadi-lo, não
quiz contentar-se sem entrar na mesma prisão. Mal tinha
entrado, quando o leão langou as suas garras aos hom
bros do Senhor Jorge, lambeo-lhe a cara, e, correo daqui
para alli na prisão, afagando-0, cheio dealegria, à maneira
de hum cao, ä vista do seu dono. Depois de varios abra
gos e saudaçöes reciprocas, despedirão-se emboa amizade.
O rumor desta passagem entre o leão e o estrangeiro,
correo logo por toda acidade, e pouco faltou que o Senhor
Jorge nāo passasse entre a plebe, por hum santo. O
Gräo-Duque ouvindo esta novidade, mandou chamar o
fidalgo, o qual acompanhou sua Alteza Á casa dos bichos;
e para satisfazer a sua curiosidade, fez-lhe a seguinte
relação, do que tinha parecido táo estranho ao duque, e à
L L3
390 EXTRACTOS.

sua comitiva.—O capitão de hum navio da Barbaria me

deo este lead quando era muito pequeno. Eu o criei
e domestiquei; mas quando o julguei demasiadamente
grande para andar solto na casa, lhe fiz construir no meu
pateo huma prisão. Desde aquelle tempo não se lhe
permittio de sahir dalli, excepto quando o fiz entrar na
casa para o mostrar aos meus amigos. Aos cinco annos
da sua idade, fez algum mal, lançando as patas,e brincando
com a gente. Hum dia que elle apretou hum homem
com bastante força, eu ordinei que o espingardeassem,
portemor de incorrer no crime do que podia succeder;
sobre, isto, mopedio hum amigo, que estava jantando co
migo. Agora, o modo por que elle aqui veio ter, não o
sei. Aqui acabou o cavalleiro Jorge Davis a sua historia;
pelo que o duque de Toscana lhe assegurou de que elle
tinha alcangado o leão daquelle mesmo seu amigo.

Utilidade de viajar.
Todos os grandes filósofos da antiguidade viajarāo. Tha
les empregou a sua mocidade em correr a Asia, e a in
struir-se no Egypto. Solon recolheo conhecimentos de
todos os povos sábios. Pythagoras viajou no Egypto, na
Caldéa, na India, correo tudo o Peloponneso, e as prin
cipaes cidades da Itália. Platào, depois de ter visto as
eidades da Grecia, fez a viagem de Memphis, onde vived
longo tempo, observou huma parte do Oriente, e voltou
pela Itália. Entre nós, ainda que as viagens paregāo me
mos necessarias por se acharem todos os conbecimentos
encerrados nos livros, e diffundidos pela imprensa em toda
a terra, póde com tudo julgar-se, que o universo composto
pela máo dos homens seja semelhante ao universo real da
natureza? Idéas adquiridas pela reflexão lenta e fria de
hum gabinete, podem acaso comparar-se á viveza, e à
força das que devem nascer do espectaculo do mundo? O
homem que lé, acredita sobre a fé de outro; o homem
que vé, julga por si mesmo; pergunta a natureza, e póde
arrancar-lhe segredos, até entāo escondidos. Quando se
tem corrido por huma multidāo de grandes objectos, he
-que a alma se costuma a ver bem, e a comparar com jus
 EXTRACTOS. 391

tica. O espirito dilata-se com o espaço que deseja abraçar.

. Descartes dizia que o seu melhor livro era o mundo. Se
ria para desejar que todos os homens, que se destináo ao
governo da sociedade, empregassem dez annos ad menos
da, vida em viajar. A historia natural, que se liga com
todas as sciencias fysicas, faria immensos progressos: a
historia da especie humana, donde depende a sciencia
moral, teria em fim o seu principio. Para que as viagens
poisse fizessem com utilidade para o género humano, con
viria ou que os filósofos fossem ricos, ou que os ricos
fossem filósofos.

Generosidade de hum General Musulmano.

Malek, visir do califa de Bagdad Mustafá, fez prisioneiro

em huma batalha ao imperador dos Gregos. O visir tendo
mandado trazer o imperador à sua presença, perguntou-lhe,
qual era o tratamento que esperava do seu vencedor.—
Setu fazes a guerra como rei, respondeo o imperador,
manda-me libertar; se a fazes como mercador, vende-me;
se a fazes como carrasco, degola-me.—0 general Musul
mano deo immediatamente liberdade ao imperador.

Do Termo da Vida humana.

Por mais perfeitos que sejão os nossos Órgãos, a

concurrencia insensivel de corpos heterogéneos, que de
continuo os encontráo, ven a destrui-los, e os proprios
alimentos destinados a prolongar a existencia da máquina
humana, promovem a sua dissolução. A natureza poz
hum termo à vida, e a filosofia só serve de o não adiantar.
Com tudo, o homem, a pesar deambos os flagellos do mal
fysico, e do mal moral, não quereria já mais cessar de
existir; e por isso, em todos os tempos tem sido logrado
pelos charlatāes, que lhe tem promettido a immortalidade.
Paracelso pertendeo ter achado hum elixir, que fazia
vivir ao menos mil annos; porém elle mesmo morreo de
quarenta e oito, sem deixar desenganados os prosélytos que
tinha a alquimia. Vanhelmont imaginou tambem huma
392 EXTRACTOS.

beberagem, em que havia feito dissolver cedro do Libano,

persuadindo–se que porteremos máos fysicos contemplado
esta arvore como immortal, sendo tomada em alimento,
podia procurara immortalidade. Nos nossos tempos tem
havido ainda pessoas, que tem acreditado as maravilhas
do ouro em pó, dos panacéos, universaes, e de todas as
quintas-essencias alquimisticas, pelas quaes o homem cré
dulose arruina, a fim de nunca morrer. Conviria que o
homem se persuadisse, que não ha mais poder na medi
cina, do que na alquimia para conseguira immortalidade.
Os adeptospodem descompôr os entes, massem organi
zar cousa alguma; nem a filosofia hermética com as suas
anályses, com os seus systemas, e com as suas formalhas,
póde nunca obter o vivificar hum atomo. Se houvesse
hum meio de desviar o periodo da morte, parece seria
aquelle que evitasse a volatilização, a que tendem todos os
corpos; porém os mesmos principios que a arte empre
gasse para este effeito, serviriáo unicamente a dar mais
actividade ao effeito contrario.
Imaginou-se huma especie de possibilidade para pro
longar a existencia, demorando a vegetação dos corpos, da
mesma maneira que as plantas encerradas em subterráneos
vivem por mais tempo, do que aquelle que lhes permittiria
o calor, e a vegetação ordinaria. He desta sorte, que se
conservāo por muitos annos insectos debaixo do envolvi
mento da chrysálida; porém se este segredo passasse à
especie humana, seria pouco capaz de lisonjear a nossa
waidade; pois qual seria o homem que quizesse viver du
zentos annos, com a condição que passaria a metade no
somno lethârgico das chrysálidas. Se neste género houvesse
alguma engenhosa quimera capaz de realizar-se, seria a do
doutor Senac, que promettia humamocidade eterna. Este
doutor tendo observado que a brancura da pelle vinha
unicamente da sua tesura, e que o bello encarnado que
caracteriza a adolescencia, vinha da plenitude dos vasos
sanguineos, propoz, quando não fosse para ser sempre
mogo, ao menos para o parecer, o impedir, a transpiração
do rosto por meio de óleos. Este segredo, porém, não
fez fortuna entre as mulheres; pois overniz que odoutor
destinava para os rostos, apënas servio parafazer oleados.
Em geral a duração total da vida, mede–se pelo tempo
 EXTRACTOS. 393

da crecença. O homem, que gasta quasi vinte e cinco

annos a crecer, deve passar cincoenta em viver, e vinte e
cinco em morrer. Hum século he quasi a medida da
nossa carreira, quando nós não procuramos contrariar a
Inatureza.
Tal he tambem a medida da vida de quasi todos os
filósofos prácticos, que não herdárão de seus pais hum
germe de degradação. Solon, Thales, e Pittaco, vivěráo
cada hum cem annos. Demócrito cento e quatro. Fon
tenelle foi nos ūltimos tempos hum centenario célebre,
assim como o tinha sido Cornaro em Veneza. Este homem
he hum exemplo do poder da temperança para conservar
a saúde, e a vida; tendo vivido até aos quarenta annos
no meio dos prazeres, e das enfermidades que os excessos
produzem, fez-se hum filósofo práctico; e, chegando aos
oitenta annos, compoz hum livro intitulado: Verdadeira
methodo de viver mais de cem annos com huma sañde.
perfeita.-Depois de ter publicado quatro edigöes da Sua
obra, morreo tranquillo, sem agonia, e sem dér, aos cem
annos da sua vida.
Entre os selvagens o námero dos centenarios he mais
consideravel. Geralmente nos homens do campo, aonde.
ha maior sobriedade e temperança em todo o genero, do
que nascidades, as vidas sáo mais prolongadas.
Muitos escritores tem relatado extraordinarias prolonga
çöes da carreira da vida humana; mas taes relaçöes
quasi sempre suspeitas, servem sö a lisonjear a credulidade
de homens que nunca desejariño morrer, para nunca
deixarem de ser inăteis ao mundo.—Porém abandonemos
à sua insignificancia o adulador e homem fraco, que
necessita do incenso da mentira.

A infeliz Expedigão de Dario contra a Scythia.

Quando hum poderoso monarcha acommette hum rico
paiz, racionavelmente se julga, que a ambigão e a cobiça
são quem a isto o conduz; porém, quando acommette hum
estado pobre, ainda que a nação seja valerosa e guer
reira, seguramente se póde concluir, que nenhuma outra
cousa mais que huma séde de vanglória, e de illicitas con
 394 EXTRACTOS,

quistas opóde mover a isso. Deste género foi esta ex

pedigăo de Dario contra os Scythas, póvos que não tinhão
cidades, nem thesouros; habitavāo todos juntos em bar
rācas, nutrindo–se de leite dos seus numerósos rebanhos,
vestindo–se de pelles das feras, e servindo-se, em lugar
de casas, de carros cobertos, puchados por bois ou cavallos,
em que levavāo as suas familias, camas, e tudo o que
rtencia Å cozinha. Desprezavāo o ouro e prata como
inuteis, e toda a sua riqueza consistia nos seus filhos,
e gado; de sorte que se podia affirmar, com verdade, que
elles possuião por natureza, todas aquellas virtudes, que a
resto do mundo apénas podia alcangar pelo soccorro da
literatura, e filosofia.
Se a Dario não cegasse outra cousa mais que a sua
ambigào, a intrépida resposta que elles em outro tempo
mandárào a hum dos reis do Egypto, o devia desvanecer
de tāo extravagante emprêsa. Que loucura! lhe disserāo
elles; será possivel que os ricos e opulentos Egypcios
queirão invadir huma nação táo pobre como a nossa,
donde não, podem tirar outra cousa mais que mortes e
feridas? A vista disto, nós, que combatemos por nossas
mulheres, filhos, e liberdades, vos investiremos com do
brada füria, pela esperança das grandes riquezas que trazeis
comvosco. Porém, como menhuma destas reflexöes era
bastante motivo para fazer mudar de parecer a Dario, elles
he mandārāo a seguinte mensagem, quando elle Ihes
mandou os seus arautos a pedir-lhes terra e agoa. Nós
náo temos cidades, campos, vinhas, nem outros estimaveis
thesouros, excepto as nossos familias, e os sepulcros dos
nossos antepassados. E como todo o mundo sabe, que
nós combatemos por estes téo valerosamente como as
outras nações pela gloria, ou pelo roubo, os nossos inva
sores devem naturalmente correr maior risco do que nós.
Para o convencer de que o diziáo de véras, em lugar do
tributo que se lhes pedia de terra e agoa, lhe mandārāo
hum pássaro, huma toupeira, huma rā, e hum feixe de
setas, sem mais alguma explicação. Com tudo, Gobrias,
hum dos mais experimentados generaes de Dario, muito
bem entendeo, que a significação de todas estas cousas
era; que os Persas nunca deviáo esperar ventagem alguma
sobre os Scythas, senāo pudessem, como elles, ser velozes
 EXTRACTOS, 395

como os pássaros, mergulhar como as räs, enterrar-se

como as, toupeiras, e unir-se tāo estreitamente, como
aquelle feixe de setas. , Porém, o infatuado rei, cujo
coração estava inclinado às conquistas, achdu traças para
explicar o enigma em seu favor, e mandou immediatamente
o seu exercito, que constava de seiscentos mil homens,
para os territorios dos Scythas.
Apénas elles forão informados da sua chegada, In
dathyrso, o qual náo era menos politico que valeroso,
fingio oppér-se-lhe com o seu pequeno exercito; porém,
o seu designio era, arrastar os, Persas o mais que
pudesse pelos seus territorios dentro, com retiradas
fingidas, queimando, e destruindo todos os lugares por
onde passava, a fim de Ihe fatigar, e fazer morrer de
föme a metade da trópa, para depois destrogar o resto.
A primeira parte do seu designio completou-se; porque
os Persas 6 seguirão de paiz em paiz, até chegar quasi
ao ponto de morrer pela fadiga, e falta de mantimentos.
Porém, considerando entāo o monarcha, no grande
perigo em que se achava, e temendo que os inimigos os
acommettessem naquelle inféliz estado, se resolveo a
desamparat a sua teméraria emprêsa, para o que man
dou ſazer grande numero de fogueiras no seu campo,
para se retirar com o soccorro da sua luz, deixando os
doentes, velhos, º e incapazes, ā discrição
dos Scythas, para poder chegar ao Danubio, antes que
elles Ibes viessem embaraçar a passagem daquelle rio.
A felicidade de Dario foi, que os Jonianos, aos quaes
tinha entregue a guarda da ponte, sendo solicitados
pelos Scythas a deita-la abaixo, para expór o exercito
dos Persas ao seu resentimento, forão dissuadidos de
lhe fazer esta justiga; pois, de outra sorte, tanto elle
como o resto do seu exercito, séria inevitavelmente
derrotado. Dario, tendo a felicidade de se për a salvo
da outra parte do rid, tornou para Sardis, onde tomou
quarteis de inverno, e juntamente teve o contentamento
de empregar o proximio estio em refrescar o seu lacerado
exercito, depois de haver soffrido táð excessivos trabalhos
naquella temeraria, ć mal lograda expedigao,
396 EXTRACTOS,

A Vibora, e a Sanguesuga.
A Sanguesuga disse à Viborahum dia:
Inda que ambas picamos, heinotado,
Queta tua boca o homem se confia,
E da minha anda sempre acautelado.
E a chupona responde: sim, querida;
Mas não picamos ambas de huma sorte,
Eupicando os enfermos, lhes dou vida;
E tu picando os sāos, lhes das a morte.
Enxertemos agora huma sentença.
Todos censurăo, sim, leitor benigno;
Porém bo-fé que he muita a differença,
D'hum censor util, a hum censor maligno,

O Burro Flautista.
Saia bem ou mal,
Mesmo de repente,
Lembrou-me esta fabula,
Casualmente.

D' huns verdes prados,

Junto a corrente,
Passava hum Burro
Casualmente.

Alli hum Pastor,

Que estava ausente,
Deixára a flauta,
Casualmente.

Cheirou.-a o Burro,
E de repente,
Deo hum espirro
Casualmente.

Movido o vento
Como he patente;
Tocou a flauta
Casualmente.
 EXTRACTOS. 397
Oh! disse o burro,
Que bem sei tocar !
E a musica asnal,
Não se ha d'approvar?
Sem regras d'arte,
Ha muita gente,
Que diz acertos,
Casualmente.

O Rico, e o seu Amigo.

Houve hum rico em Madrid, e dizem que era
Mais necio que rico;
Cuja casa
Móveis magnifica adornavāo
exquisitos. y

He pena que em vivenda tão preciosa,

Lhe disse hum amigo,
Falte huma livraria, bello adorno,
Util e preciso—
Dizes bem, torna o rico: que essa idea
Não me tinha occorrido!
Inda estamos em tempo: aquella sala
A este fim destino:
Que venha o carpinteiro, e faça estantes
Com soberbos frizos,
A todo o custo; e logo trataremos
De comprar livros.-
Estantesjá nás temos pois agora,
Disse o necio rico:
Cansar-me em procurar doze mil tomos,
Não he máo exercicio !
He obra de cem annos!—serāo caros —
Perderei o juizo!—
Mas não fora melhor faze-los todos
De papelão fingidos?—
Sim senhor; porque não º parataes casos
Sei d’hum pintorzinho,
M M
398 EXTRACTOS.

Que titulos escreve, e bem imita

, Pasta, e pergaminho—
Pois māos à obra—livros curiosos,
Modernos, e antigos,
Mandou pintar; e além dos estampados
Varios manuscritos;
Eo bemdito senhor repassou tanto
Seus tomos postigos,
Que decorando ostitulos de varios,
Julgou-seerudito.—
Que mais precisa pois quem sö estuda
Titulos de livros,
Selhes podem servir da mesma sorte
Sendo so fingidos?

Os dous Cäes perdigueiros.

Tinha dous Cäes perdigueiros
Certo mogo caçador;
Hum excellente no faro,
Outro no feitio e cér.

Aquelle pela esperteza

Do prompto, do agudo olfacto,
A rola, a perdiz sumida,
Desencantava domato.

E apenas soando o tito,

Cahia a caça no chão,
Compasmosa ligeireza,
Do dono a trazia a mão.

O segundo inerte e molle,

Que o primeiro acompanhava,
Por costume, ou arremedo,
Não por gènio farejava.
Té as aves multas vezes,
Ao venatório ruido, -

D'entre os pés lhe rebentavāo,

E não as tinha sentido.
 *

EXTRACTOS. 399

Mas, sendo incapaz, ao sócio

Excedia na ventura,
Eo necio dono prezava
Mais que o préstimo a figura.
Assim succede, Leitores,
A hum semsabor Narciso
N’ huma assemblea com outro
De má cara e bom juizo.
Diz hum d’alli: Este amigo
He de graça e prendas cheio.—
Respondem a isto as damas:
Aprelá! que homem tăo feio !
Diz outro: Aquelle peralta
Pöe mil asneiras n' hum dito.—
Acodem logo as meninas:
Qu'importa? se he tāo bonito :

A Dominha, e o Cavallo.
Certo dia huma Doninha
Hum alazá6 vio andar,
Que docil é espora, e redea,
Se adestrava em galopar;
Wendo-o fazer movimentos
Tào velozes, e a compasso,
Deste modo lhe fallou,
Commuito desembaraço:
Meu Senhor;
Do primor,
Ligeireza,
E destreza,
Não me espanto,
Que outro tanto
Sei fazer, e talvez mais;
Eu sou viva, ,
Sou activa,
400 EXTRACTOS.

Eu rodeio,
Eu passeio;
Se carego,
Subo e desgo,
Nemestou quietajá mais.
O passo deteve o potro,
E com todo o serio seu,
Nestas palavras seguintes
Aſ Doninha respondeo:
Tantasidas,
Evenidas,
Tantas voltas,
E revoltas,
Quero, amiga,
Que me diga,
São de alguma utilidade?
Meu afāo
Não he em väo,
Sei fazer
Meu dever,
Eem abono
De meu dono
Luz a minha habilidade.

Alguns Authores serāo

Doninhas por modo igual,
Seem obras frivolas gastão
Todo o calor natural.

A Fidalguia.
Pobre ou rico, vassallo ou soberano,
Iguaes săo todos, todos São parentes;
Todos nascèrão ramos descendentes
Do antigotronco do primeiro humano.
Saiba quem deseus titulos ufano,
Toma por qualidade os accidentes,
Que duas gerações só ha diff'rentes,
Virtude e vicio; tudo o mais he engano.
 ~

EXTRACTOS. 401

Por mais que affecte a vä Genealogia,

Introduzir nas véas a nobreza
De melhor sangue do que Adão teria:
Não fará, desmentindo a Natureza,
Que seja, sem virtude, a fidalguia
Mais que hum triste fantasma de grandeza.

Os dous Coelhos.
Por entre humas matas,
Os galgos temendo,
Não digo corria,
Woava hum Coelho.
Sahio-lhe ao encontro
Hum seu companheiro;
Amigo, que he isto:
Comega dizendo.
Que ha de ser? (responde),
Sem alento chego,
Dous galgos malvados,
Traz mim verm correndo.

Sim, respond’ o amigo,

Lávem, eu os vejo;
Porém não São galgos:—
Pois que são?—podengos.
Podengos! que dizes?
Eujá sou mais velho,
São malditos galgos,
Que bem visto ostenho.—
Podengos te digo,
Eu bem o entendo—
São galgos, aposto—
Não São, São podengos.
Assim disputavāo,
Eis-que os galgos chegào,
Descuidados pilhão,
Os meus dous Coelhos.
M M 3
402 EXTRACTOS.

Os que por questóes

De pouco momento,
Deixão o que importa,
Tomem este exemplo.

A Nobreza verdadeira.

Ser prôle de varöes assinalados,

Que nas azas da Fama, e da Victoria,
Ao templo forão da immortal Memoria,
Pendurar mil troféos ensanguentados.
Lerseus nomes nas páginas gravadas
D'alta epopéa, d'elegante historia,
Não, não vos serve d'esplendor, de gloria,
Almas soberbas, Corações inchados'
Ouvir com dèr o miseravel grito
D'innocentes, que hum bárbaro molesta;
Prezar o sábio, consolar o afflicto:
Prender teus vôos, Ambigão funesta!
Ter amor 3 virtude, 6dio ao delicto,
Das almas grandes a nobreza he esta,

-
O Fusil, e a Pedermeira.
Contra o Fusil certo dia,
Arma a Pederneira queréla;
Pois para tirar fogo della,
Muito a miudo a feria.
Entre a mutua gritaria,
Disse ao Fusil: pois em fim,
Wai-te com Deos:—Irei, sim;
Mastu sem mim de que vales?—
Ora he melhor que te cales,
E que vales tu sem mim *
Neste exemplo material,
Deve o Author considerar,
 EXTRACTOS. 403

Para o estudo ajuntar

Ao talento natural.
Não dá lume o pedernal,
Se do fusil falta a acqāo;
Nem farás composição
Brilhante, faltando a arte;
Seobra cada qual a parte
Ambos inuteis seráo.

—0000&0000—
 WOCABULARIO MERCANTIL.

MERCANTILE VOCABULARY.

------

Wocábulos mercantis. Mercantile Terms.

O rebate, abate, abatement.
o aceite, a accitação, acceptance.
o aceitante, aceitador, accepter.
a conta, o rol, account, bill.
a conta COrrente, aCCOunt-Current.
a conta de venda, account of sales.
os comprimentarios da so acting partners.
ciedade,
o adiantamento (de fundos), advances, money advanced.
o augmento de preço, advance in price.
o agente, agent.
o agwo, agio.
o, ajuste, acordo, a con agreement.
venção,
o abono, a abomagão, allowance.
o importe, emporte, a im amount.
portancia,
o aprendiz, apprentice.
o arbitrio, arbitration.
o arbitro, lowvado, arbitrator, referee.
os syndicos, assignees.
a avarma, average.
o saldo, balance.
o balanço, a conta da liqui balance-sheet.
dação,
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 405

a liquidação, balancing, liquidation.

o balão, fardo, a bala, bale.
pacca,
o lastro, ballast.
o banqueiro, banker.
a conta do banco, banking-account.
o bilhete de banco, bank-note.
o quebrado, fallido, bankrupt.
a quebra, o fallimento, bankruptcy, failure.
o aguste, concerto, bargain, agreement.
a troca, barter.
o lançador, bidder.
a letra, bill.
a letra de cambio, bill of exchange.
o livro de vencimentos, bill-book.
a carteira, bill-case.
a carta de transporte, bill of carriage.
o conhecimento, bill of lading.
a conta de venda, factura, bill of parcels.
o guarda-livros, bookkeeper.
o fiador, bondsman.
a diario de compra, livro bought-book.
de entrada,
o corretor, broker.
o corretor do numero, sworn broker.
a corretagem, brokerage.
o negocio, assumpto, businesss, affair.
o comprador, buyer, purchaser.
o cabedal, capital, capital.
a carregação, carga, cargo.
o transporte, carriage.
o carreto, cartage.
a caica, caca, cash.
a conta de caira, cash-account.
o livro de caixa, cash-book.
o caira, cashkeeper.
a certiddo, certificate.
as despezas, os gastos, charges, expences.
a escritura ou carta de fre charter-party.
tamento, o instrumento
de fretamento,
406 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

chattels.
os effeitos máveis,
a assignação, check, bank-check.
a circular, carta circular, circular.
o despacho, clearance.
o caireiro, clerk.
cocket.
o guia, commands.
os preceitos, as ordens,
a commissão, o provimento, commission.
o commussarvo, commissioner.
o compromisso, composition.
o juro de juro, juro com compound interest,
posto,
o escritorio, compting-house.
a consignação, consignment.
o correspondente, correspondent,
o curso de cambio, course of exchange.
o abono, credito, credit.
o credor, creditor.
o ha de haver, a columna credit side.
do crédito,
customer.
ofreguez, custom-house.
a alfandega,
o guarda de alfandega, custom-house officer.
as fazendas avariadas, damaged goods.
o débito, -
debit. *-

o deve, a columna do débito, debit side.

a divida, debt.
o devedor, debtor.
Os autos, actos, deeds (of a lawsuit).
o mandatario, deputy, lawful substitute.
os debuzos, designs (of goods).
o sobrescrito, sobreescrito, direction,address (of a letter).
o desembolço, disbursement.
o desconto, discount.
a dissolução de huma so dissolution of partnership.
ciedade,
as partidas dobradas, double
draft. entry.
ry
o saque, a saca,
o sacador, passador, drawer.
o sacado, drawee.
a côpia, duplicate, copy,
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 407

o endossador, endorser.
o endosso, endorsement.
o endossatario, endossado, endorsee.
o assento, a parcella, entry.
o vencimento, expiration, time when due
or at maturity.
a massa, estate of a bankrupt.
a avaliação, evaluation.
o cambio, exchange.
a bolça, praça, exchange. (edifice)
a casa das sisas, excise-office.
a exportação, exportation.
os direitos da sahida, exportation-duties.
o factor, factor.
a baica, baza (no preço), fall (in price).
a firma, firm.
a multa, fine.
a primeira de cambio, first of exchange.
a follia, folio.
ofrete, freight.
o affretador, afretador, car freighter, one who hires a
regador, ship.
os fundos, funds.
o lucro, gain.
as fazendas, mercadorias, goods, merchandise.
mercancias, os generos,
effeitos,
os dias de respeito, de cor grace, days of grace.
tezia, de favor, ou de de
mora,
o peso bruto, gross weight.
a garantia, o del credere, guarantee, del credere.
a estréa, handsel.
o portador, holder of a bill.
a importação, importation.
os direitos da entrada, importation-duties.
a renda, 1nCOme.

o repertorio (do livro de ra index (to the ledger).

zāo),
a insolvabilidade, insolvency.
os avisos, indicios, instructions.
408 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

o seguro, insurance. -

o segurador, assegurador, insurer, underwriter.

os juros, interesses, interest.
o inventario, inventory.
a factura, invoice.
o diario, journal.
o carregamento, lading.
a escritura de arrendamento, lease.
o livro de razào, livro mes- ledger.
tre, livro grande,
o arrendador, lessee. . z

a carga, load.
o empréstimo, empréstido, loan.
o manéo, maneio, ou ma- management of the business.
nejo dos negocios,
a medida, measure.
o negociante, merchant.
o cambiador, cambista, money-changer, cambist.
a hypotheca, mortgage.
a negociação, negotiation.
o peso liquido, net weight.
a encommenda, ordem, o en- order.
cargo,
o commettente, one who gives an order.
ofretador, owner, one who lets a ship
to hire.
o socio, companheiro, partner.
a sociedade, companhia, partnerhip.
os prées e precalços, perquisites.
a carta de procuração, o in- power of attorney.
strumento de procuração,
o encarregado, portador, power-holder, manager.
a procuração, procuration.
a factura simulada, pro forma invoice.
os bens ou effeitos de raiz, landed property.
o enfardador, packer.
o maço de cartas, packet of letters.
o par do cambio, par of exchange.
o pacote, parcel, bundle. • *

a amoStra, , pattern, sample,

o mappa de amostras, a car- pattern-card.
teira de amostras,
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 409

b pago, pagamento, a paga, payment.

a apolice, apolice do seguro, policy of insurance.
o porte (de cartas), postage.
o corréo, correio, postman.
o corréo (onde se lanção as post-office.
cartas), ,
o prémio, premium.
o preço corrente, price-current.
a capa, primage. _*

os lucros e perdas, profit and loss.

a nota, obrigação, promes promissory-note, note of
sa, o bilhete, 1. hand.
o protesto, protest.
a compra, purchase.
o dinheiro de contado, ready money.
a quitação, o recibo, receipt, discharge.
a receita, receipt (of money, &c.).
a cobrança, recovery (of a sum).
o recambio, re-exchange.
o reembolso, reimbursement.
a remessa, remittance.
o remittente, remitter.
a caira, o cofre do dinheiro, safe (for money).
o salario, as gages, gajas, salary.
a venda, sale.
o diario de venda, livro de sale-book.
sahida,
g penhora, seizure, distraint.
o arranjamento, settlement.
as accàes, shares.
o accionista, share-holder.
a expedicio, shipment, forwarding.
o expeditor, shipper, forwarder.
a assignatura, firma, signature.
o rascunho, sketch, rough draught.
o socio commandatario, sleeping partner.
o contrabandista, smuggler.
a solvabilidade, solvency.
a especulação, speculation.
o padrão, standard (for weights and
measures).
N N
 410 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY,
º

os fundos publicos, as ac- stocks. * *,

çöes, -

os livros auxiliares, subsidiary books.

o sobrecarga, supercargo.
openhor, surety.
a tara, o desfalque, tare.
os dizimos, as dizimas, tithes.
o mercador, trader.
o thesoureiro, depositario treasurer.
dos dinheiros,
o gasto, a mingoa no peso, tret, waste.
o balote, fardo pequeno, trusS.
os administradores da massa, trustees of an estate,
o sobre-arbitro, umpire.
o armazem, almazem, warehouse.
o aluguer do almazem, warehouse-rent.
o borrador, - waste-book.
o peso, weight.
*-

Verbos, &c. Verbs, &c.

Rebater, to abate.
aceitar, acceitar, to accept.
d conta, On acCOunt.
por conta de B, for account of B.
subir, alºar, to advance, rise (in price).
avisar, dar aviso, to advise.
ajustar,
abomar,
to agree for, settle the price,
to allow. t

importar, to amount to.

avaliar, to appraise, value.
chegar, to arrive.
chegar a salvamento, to arrive safe.
authorizar, to authorize.
liquidar, saldar, soldar, to balance, liquidate.
a balança do commercio, the balance of trade.
langar no livro, to book.
pedir emprestado, to borrow.
comprar, to buy.
comprar fiado, to buy on credit or trust.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 411

segue a follas 24 do livro carried to folio 24 in the

de razāo, ledger.
barato, cheap.
despachar, to clear at the custom-house.
a custa do commercio, at the expense of the con
Cetn.

consignar, to consign.
revogar huma ordem, to countermand an order.
lançar em crédito, acreditar, to credit.
abonar,
o prazo concedido, the term of credit allowed.
caro, dear.
debitar, carregar em divida, to debit.
abrir máo do commercio, to decline business.
entregar, to deliver.
desembolçar, to disburse, lay out.
descarregar, to discharge.
descontar, to discount.
sacar, tirar, prevaler-se, to draw.
vencer-se, to fall due.
tencido, due, expired.
tratar do seguro, effeituar to effect or procure insur
ance.
ou concluir o seguro,
endossar, to endorse.
salvo error de calculo, e errors and omissions ex
omissão, cepted.
verificar huma conta, to examine an acCOunt.
exportar, sacar, to export.
quebrar, to fail, to break.
baixar, descer, to fall or lower in price.
huma letra sacada em seu a bill drawn in his favour.
proveito, *

fechar huma carta, to fold and seal a letter.

expedir, to forward, ship.
por inteiro dumprimento de in full of all demands.
todas as contas,
dar huma ordem ou encom to give an order.
menda,
conceder hum prazo, to grant a credit.
a concessão de hum prazo, the granting of a credit.
baratear, regatear, to haggle, cheapen.
412 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY,

importar, to import.
insolvente, insolvent.
segurar, assegurar, to insure.
por conta de ametade, for joint account.
reger a caixa do dinheiro to keep the cash.
corrente,
arrematar, to knock down (at auction).
emprestar, dar emprestado, to lend.
carregar, to load.
tratar da correspondencia, to manage the correspon
dence.
fabricar, to manufacture.
de bom feitio, well manufactured.
pontwar, to mark off.
medir, to measure.
atravessar, abarcar, to monopolize, forestal, en
gross.
procurar o necessario, to do the needful.
em caso necessario, em caso in case of need.
de necessidade,
negociar, to negotiate.
por falta de aceite, ou de for non-acceptance.
aceitação,
por falta de pagamento, for non-payment.
tomar nota, to note, take note of.
abrir huma conta, to open an account.
ao Sr. N., ou por sua ordem, to Mr. N., or order.
huma saca a sua ordem, a draft to his order.
enfardar, to pack.
langar em crédito a, to pass to the credit of.
pagar, satisfazer, to pay.
pagóvel, payable.
assentar em (na) conta, lan to place to account.
gar na conta,
lançar em débito a, to place to the debit of.
apresentar huma letra, to present a bill. -

trasladarhum artigo para o to post an entry into the

!ivro de razāo, ledger.
protestar, to protest.
a conta particular, the private account.
sob protesto, under protest.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 413

nomear penhores, to provide security, give bail.

tarar, to rate, estimate.
quitar, passar hum recibo, to give a receipt.
receber, to receive.

recebi a quantia desta conta, received the contents.

calcular, to reckon, calculate.
cobrar, to recover money.
embolsar, reembolsar, to reimburse.
remetter, to remit.
dar contas desi, to render accounts.
ter prompta sahida, to have a ready sale.
dar caugāo ou seguro, to give security.
vender, to sell.
vender atacado, vender por to sell by wholesale.
junto, ou em grosso,
vender a tempo aprazado to sell at six months credit.
de seis mezes,
vender por miudo, ou ao to sell by retail.
retalho,
vender a peso, to sell by weight.
vender por arrátel, quintál, to sell by the pound, hun
arróba, dred-weight, arrove.
vender por cévado, to sell by the covado. (1}=
1 yd.)
vender por ana, to sell by the ell.
vender por vara, to sell by the yard.
vender em. lotes, to sell in lots.
vender em leilâo, to sell by auction.
ajustar huma conta, to settle an account.
praticar contrabando, tirar to smuggle.
ou passar por alto,
enviar, mandar, to send.
d vista, at sight.
solvente, solvent.
fazer inventario geral, to take the stock,
prestar juramento, to take oath.
commercwar, negocar, tra to trade.
ficar,
wire-se, turn Over.
a uso, ä usança, at uSance.

N N 3
414 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

por valor em mim mesmo, value in myself.

ou de mim mesmo,
pesar, to weigh.

Nomes de varias Merca Names of sundry Mer

dorias. chandise.

As bolótas, landes, aCOrns.

os arcabuzes de vento, air-guns.
as maquinas pneumaticas, air-pumps.
o alabastro, alabaster.
as matracas, alarm-rattles.
as améndoas, almonds.
as amendoas em cascas, almonds in the shell.
as amendoas em miolos, almonds out of the shell.
o aloe, aloes.
o ambar, ambre, alambre, amber.
ambaro,
o ambar-gris, ambergris.
as anchovas, anchovies.
a erva doce, anise-seed.
o antimonio, antimony.
o arsénico, arSenic.

o assafétida, asafoetida.
a barrilha, barilla.
o bálsamo, balsam.
a quina, bark, Peruvian bark.
o oleo de Copaiva, bālsamo balsam of Copaiba or Ca
de Copaiva, plv1.
a cevada, barley.
os chapéos de castor, beaver hats.
a cera amarella, bees' wax.
o borax, tincal, borax.
as caiacas, caras, boxes.
a tinta de sapateiros, graca blacking.
para sapatos,
bran.
o farélo,
a agoa—ardente, brandy. .
o fio de arame, brass-wire.
os tijolos, ladrilhos, bricks.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 415

o enrofre, brimstone, sulphur.

as sedas de porco, bristles, hogs' bristles.
as fivelas, buckles.
o trigo sarraceno ou negro, buck-wheat.
os bezerros, calf-leather, calf-skins.
o alcanfor, alcamphor, camphire, camphor.
o alpiste, canary-seed.
as velas, candles.
as velas de cebo, dipped candles.
os gastóes, cane-heads.
a chirivia, alcaravia, caraway-seed.
o oleo de carrapatos ou de castor-oil.
palma, o azeite de mamóna
ou de ricino,
o betume, Cement.
o queijo, cheese.
as castanhas, chesnuts.
o chocolate, chocolate.
a camela, cinnamon.
os cravos girofes, cloves.
o carvāo de pedra, coal.
o cacáo, COCOa.
o café, coffee.
as rolhas, corks.
a cortiga (de sovereiro), cork-wood. f

o algodāo, cotton wool.

os cadinhos, crysoes, chry crucibles.
SOes,
as cubebas, cubebs.
as passas de Corintho, CurrantS.
as tamaras, dates.
as taboas de pinho, deal planks.
o frouzel, down.
o bacalhão, dried codfish.
as drogas, * drugs.
o almagre de Flandes, Dutch pink. º

os escaravelhos, dentes de elephants' teeth.

elefante,
o esmalte (para ourives), enamel, smalt.
o salamargo, Epsom salt.
os figos, figs.
416 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

a pelle de lira, fish-skin.

o linho, linho canamo, flax.
as pederneiras, flints.
a farinha, flour.
a genebra, gin.
o gengibre, gengivre, ginger.
irkins.
os peptnos pequenos,
a pellezinha de batefolhas, goldbeater's skin.
as pedras de amolar, grindstones.
as Semeas, groats, shelling.
a gomma, gum.
a gomma Arábica, gum Arabic.
a gomma laca, gum lac.
a polvora, gunpowder.
as pelles de lebre, hare-skins.
o canamo, hemp.
os arenques, herrings.
os arenques defumados, red herrings.
os couros, hides.
os couros atamados, tanned hides.
os rebolos, hones.
o mel, mel de abelhas, mel honey.
de pâo,
os liparos, lupulos, hops.
9 ºncenso, emcenso, incense.
a gomma elastica, resina do Indian rubber, lead-eater.
Pará,
as borrachas, Indian-rubber bottles,
a pécacuanha, ipecacuanha.
as chapas de ferro, iron plates.
a cola de peire, isinglass.
o marfim, Ivory.
a jalapa, jalap.
as bagas de zimbro, juniper-berries.
a grá alguermes, kermes.
aspás de sapatos, lampblack,
as repas, laths.
as follias de louro, laurel leaves.
o chumbo (em barra), lead (in pigs).
os odres, leather bottles.
os limóes, lemons.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 417

a cal, lime.
as limas, limes.
o oleo de linhaga, linseed oil.
o alcaçuz, liquorice.
o lithargyrio, a almartaga, litharge.
a pedra iman, pedra de ce loadstone.
var,
a magnesia, magnesia.
opdo maogne, mahogany,
o mannā, mand, Inanna.

o marmore, marble.
as tdboas de marmore, marble slabs.
as malvas, marsh-mallows.
as pelles de marta, martin skins.
as esteiras, mats.
o milho, paingo, millet.
as más, pedras de moinho, millstones.
o almiscar, musk.
a mostarda, mustard.
o marroquim, morocco leather.
o macar (de pérola), mother of pearl.
as velas de fºrma, mould candles.
os prégos, nails.
as agulhas, needles.
a noz moscada, nutmeg.
a avéa, Oats.
os trapos, farrapos, old rags.
o ocre, ochre.
o azeite, oil.
as azeitonas, olives.
o opio, anjiào, opium.
as laranjas doces, oranges.
as laranjas azedas, ou de Seville oranges.
Sevilha,
os chifres de boy, ox horns.
a guita, o barbante, bra packthread.
bante, fio de carreto,
o arrebøl, paint (for the face).
o pergaminho, parchment.
a cevada mondada, cevadi pearl barley, peeled barley.
mha,
 418 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

a pimenta, pepper.
o pimentāo, Cayenne pepper.
as redomas, phials.
as sardinhas, pilchards.
os alfinetes, pins.
as aduélas, pipe-staves.
opez, pitch.
o brew, breo, pitch and rosin,
as tdboas, planks.
os alicates, pliers.
a vidraça para espelhos, plate-glass,
a cerveja, porter.
a potassa, potash.
o alcohol, alcofor, alqui potter's ore.
folho,
o cobalto beneficiado, azul powder blue.
de oleiros, azul de esmalte,
as ameiras passadas, prunes.
o azul de #. Prussian blue.
o azougue, quicksilver.
as pelles de coelho, rabbit-skins.
as passas, raisins.
a rezºna, resuma, resin.
o ruibarbo, rheubarbo, rhubarb.
as cordas, ropes.
o almagre, a almagra, ruddle.
a cachaça, Turne

a moscóvia, os couros de Russia leather.

Moscóvia,
o centeio, rye.
o agafrāo, saffron.
o salitre, saltpetre.
a salsa-parrilha, sarça-par Sarsaparella.
rilha,
o sassafraz, sassafras.
os cheroutes, segars, cigars.
os cigarros, paper cigars.
o senne, sene, Senna.

o fio de seda, sewing silk.

a camurga, chamois-leather, shammy
leather.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY, 419

a carmeira, sheep-leather.
os calçadores, shoeing-horns.
as formas de sapatos, shoe-lasts.
o sabão, soap.
as cantáridas, cantharidas, Spanish flies.
o alcaçuz en sumo, Spanish juice.
as velas de espermacete, spermaceti candles.
a agoa-ardente de cabeça, spirits of wine.
as esponſas, spunges.
o dimido, a gomma, starch.
o ago, steel.
os chapéos de palha, straw-hats.
o acucar, assucar, sugar.
o azeite doce, sweet oil.
o sebo, cebo, tallow.
a tapioca, tapioca.
o alcatrāo, tar.
o chd, tea.
o fio torcido, thread.
as telhas, tiles.
a madeira, timber: , ,
o ouropel, tinsel, leaf-brass,
o tabaco, tobacco.
o azeite de baléa, train-oil.
o mel de acucar, melaço, treacle.
mel de tanque,
a terebenthina, termentina, turpentine.
a tutenaga, - tutenag.
a baunilha, vainilha, vanilla. . .
o verdete, -
verdigris, verdigrease.
os fideos, a aletria, vermicelli.
as velas de cera, wax-candles.
as barbas de baléa, whalebone, whale-fins.
o trigo, wheat.
o alvaiade, white lead.
o vidro para vidraça, window-glass.
a losna, o absynthio, wormwood.
a lºya, o fio de sarja, worsted yarn.
—
420 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

De huma Fábrica de Pannos. Of a Cloth-Manufactory.

bobbins.
As canilhas,
burlers.
as espingadoras,
as pingas ou tenazinhas de burling-irons.
espunçar,
as māquinas de cardar, carding-machines.
os cópos, cardi ngs.
cards.
s
as carda (de ferro ),
carrion wool, mortlings.
as peladas, cloth-shears.
as tesouras de tosar,
os tosad ores, cloth -shearers, croppers,
coarse-wool.
a lă churra,
a percha, dubbing-board.
fleece of wool.
o wello de li,
fribs.
a lä refugada, fuller's earth.
o cré, a greda, argilla para º

limpar as läs, handles.

os palmares, handle-stocks.
os cruzeiros, lamb's wool.
a agmelina, lá de anho, de
aninho, ou de cordeiro,
looms.
os teares,
moiters.
as esmoutadoras,
press.
a premsa,
os cartóes para o lustre, press-papers.
press-setters.
os aprensadores, scoured wool.
a lä lavada,
os maquinas de emborrar, scribbling-machines:
os amoladores, shear-grinders.
as maquinas de tosar, shearing-machines.
shuttles.
as lançadeiras, slubbing-machines.
as maquinas de preparar,
as maquinas de far, spinning-machines.
o moinho de apisoar, stocks, fulling-machine,
teasels, teazles.
as carduças, tenterS.
os ramos,
tenter-hooks.
as escapolas, tuft of wool.
o tufo de la, weavers' reeds.
os pentes de tecelào,
a lä, wool.
a lá lidrosa, lá churda, wool in the yolk or grease,
 MERCANTILE VOCABULARY. 421

Na Tinturaria. In the Dyehouse.

A pedra hume, alum.
a orsella, orzella, archil.
o sarro de pipa, tirtaro, argol.
a agoa forte, aquafortis, muriatic acid.
block-tin.
o estanho em lingotes,
o vitriolo azul, blue vitriol.
o páo Brasil, páo de Per Brasil-wood.
nambuco, páo da rainha,
a calandra, calender.
opdo Gabáo, camwood.
a cochonilha, cochineal, grain.
a caparosa, copperas, sulphate of iron.
o cremor de tártaro, cristal cream of tartar.
tartaro,
a grança, ruiva, crop-madder.
opáo amarello, a jataiba, fustic.
tataiba,
as galhas, agalhas, galls.
o grude, glue.
a caparosa verde, green vitriol.
o anil, indigo.
o caldeirão, a caldeira, kettle.
a laca, lac.
o páo de Campeche, páo de logwood.
timta,
a lä comprida, long wool.
mull-madder.
a grança em på,
o oleo de vitriolo, oil of vitriol.
opamno tinto em pega, piece-dyed cloth.
a casca Americana, uercitron bark.
a cylindra, o cilindro, singeing-plate.
o encoladeiro, stiffening-house.
sumach.
o sumagre,
o sifáo, a cantimplora, siphon.
turmeriC,
a curcuma,
Vat.
a tina,
weld.
a gauda,
woad.
o glasto, pastel,
opamno tinto em crit, ou em. wool-dyed cloth,
lä,
oo
422 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY,

Côres. Colours.

Amaranto, amaranth.
cinzento, ash-coloured.
preto, negro, black.
cardeno, cardeo, black and blue, livid,
azul, blue.
azul celeste, sky-blue.
azul claro, light blue.
azul ferrete, turqui, aper dark blue.
tado, ou fechado,
azulado, bluish, of a blue cast.
corado, blush colour.
pardo, brown; grey.
trigueiro, moreno, light brown.
leonado, buff.
encarnado, carnation, red.
castanho, chesnut.
cór de camela, cinnamon colour.
carmesim, crimson.
cór de camurga, fawn colour.
verde, een.

verde-negro, verdinegro, i. green.

verde escuro, dark green.
verde-gayo, verdegai, saxon green.
verde mar, sea-green.
verde montanha, mountain green.
louro, gilt colour.
verdezinho, greenish, of a green cast,
esmeraldino, emerald green.
gris, pardo, grey.
ruço rodado, dappled grey.
azul pombinho, lead colour.
cór de limão, lemon colour,
lila, lilach.
misturado, mesclado, mixed.
morado, amorado, mulberry,
azeitonado, olive.
laranjado, cór de laranja, orange.
cór de cravo, pink.
purpureo, purpura, purple.
 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 423

vermelho, red.
carmin, bright red.
roco, full red.
rosado, cór de rosa, rose colour.
cór de sangue de touro, deep red.
pongó, red poppy colour.
escarlata em grä, scarlet in grain.
fusco, smoke colour, dusky.
cór de palha, straw colour.
furtacóres, cambiantes, variegated.
cor de viola, violado, violet.
branco, white.
branquinho, whitish.
amarello, yellow.
matizado, of various hues.

Nomes de varias Manufac Names of sundry Manufac

turas. tures.

As sempreduras, os amens an lens.

de li,
a baetilha, baetinha, baize.
os cobertores de li, ou de blankets.
papa,
a baeta, bocking.
a estramilha, o panno de bolting-cloth.
peneiras,
a alepina, bombazina, bombasin, bombazeen.
a serapilheira, serpilheira, buckram.
a estamenha para bandeiras, bunting.
os baetóes de lustre e felpa, calmucks, bearskins.
baetóes calmucos, ou encor
pados, -

as chitas, zitas de algodāo, printed callicoes.

o panninho, paninho, cambrick muslim.
a cambraia de França, French cambrick.
o chamelote, chamalote, camlet.
o chamalote ondeado, watered camlet.
o calliamago, canhamaço, CanWasS.

as alcatifas, os tapetes, carpets.

 424 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

a cazemira, cassimere.
as cazemiras pintadas, ou printed cassimeres.
estampadas,
a porcelana, china, porcelain.
as saraças, chints furniture.
o panno, pano, cloth.
o panmo fino, fine cloth.
o panno superfino, superfine cloth.
o panno entrefino, middle cloth.
o panno ordinario, Common cloth.
o panno grosso, very coarse cloth.
os baetóes, coatings.
os baetóes lisos, plain coatings.
os baetóes entrançados, bae twilled coatings.
tàes defio de sarja,
os baetóes de riscas, striped coatings.
os baetóes lavrados, figura figured coatings.
dos, ou de lavor,
a encarcia, cordage for ships.
o algodăo de bordar, embroidering cotton.
oscobertores, as cubertas de coverlets.
Cama,
as cobricamas, counterpanes.
ocendal, crape.
ofumo, black crape.
o crespāo, a beatilha de la, shroud crape.
a louga de faiença, delft ware.
os alemamiscos, diaper, huckaback.
a cotonia, o demitim, dimity.
a cotonia de realce, balloon dimity.
a cotonia encordoada, ou de hair-cord dimity.
cordãozinho,
o cré, dowlass.
o durante, durant.
a louga, earthenware.
as sempiternas, everlastings.
a flaméla, framéla, flannel.
as florentinas, setinas, florentines.
o fustão, fustian.
a garça, gauze.
os guingóes, riscados, ginghams,
 - MERCANTILE WOCABULARY. 425

o passamane, gold lace.

o gorgorào, a grossagrana, grogram.
a nobreza de Florença, gros de Florence.
a quincalharia, hardware.
as hollandas cruas, brown holland.
oferro para arcos, hoop iron.
oferro em verguinhas, bar iron. |

os generos charoados, - japanned goods.

a cartsea, kersey, honley.
as luvas de camurga, kid gloves.
as rendas, lace.
o duraque, lasting.
o duraque acolchoado, twilled lasting.
a cambraieta, lawn.
as estopilhas, Silesia lawn.
a lençaria, panneria, linens.
o panno de linho, linen cloth.
as estopas de Hamburgo, tow-linen.
os ourelos, listings.
os pannos compridos, long-cloths.
os perduraveis, long ells.
o lustrim, os cadilhos, lutestring, lustring.
o molletào, molton, moleton.
a melania de li, o esparagão, moreen.

o algodăo fiado em moinha, mule twist.

a caça, muslin.
a caça lisa, plain muslin.
a caça de penicos, ou de bo loom seeding.
toes,
a caca de raminhos, ou de sprig muslims.
mosquetas,
a caça bordada, tambour muslin.
a caça arrendada, laced muslin.
a caça riscada, ou de riscas, striped muslin.
a caça encordoada, corded muslin."
as gangas agucaradas, nankings.
as gangas (cangas) azues, blue nankings.
as aniagens, osnaburgs.
as platilhas, latillas.
os ruffes de cofre, platillas reales.
a felpa, pelucia, plush, shag,
O O 3
426 MERCANTILE WOCABULARY.

a prunela, prunell, Nellwall lasting.

o acolchoado, quilting.
a ratina, ratteen.
as fitas, ribbons, ribands.
o brim de Russia, Russia duck.
a lona, sail-cloth.
a sarja de seda, SarCenet.
o setim,” satin.
OS escotes, says.
a estamenha Franciscana, Serge.
a sarja de li,
as saetas, os chalóes, shalloons.
os chales, wales, shawls.
as meias de seda, silk stockings.
as meias de laya, worsted stockings.
O tafetá, -

taffety.
o tamis, a estamenha, tammy.
os cristaes de la, stoved-white tammies.
a serpilheira, tarpauling.
os cadilhos, thrums.
o algodāofiado, ou em fo, twist.
o algodăofiado em maquina, water twist.
o veludo, terciopelo, velvet.
o debrum, welt.
as drogas de li, woollen goods.
o envoltorio, wrapper.
o fiado, yarn,
 CARTAS M ER CAN TIS.

Porto, 7 de Julho, 1824.

Sr. Rodrigo Smithson, -

Londres.
Ainda lhe agradego do fundo do meu coração, as ex
cellentes ligöes de commercio, que portantos annos recebi
no seu escritorio. Wm.” sempre se deo por satisfeito da
minha conducta e diligencia, e devo ao seu conselho, e à
sua valia o meu estabelecimento nesta praça. Wm.* sabe
que principiei o negocio com hum ºl. cabedal que
me veio por herança, o qual porém se dobrou por muitas
vezes nestes ultimos dez annos. Com tudo não he elle
assaz consideravel, para eu aventurar-me em muitas em
sas mercantis, que ao meu ver dar-me-hiáo grande
ucro. Bem sei, pela Sua propria instrucqāo, assim como
pela minha experiencia repetida, quáo feliz he o nego
ciante, cujas especulaçöes não São restringidas pela fra
queza do seu cabedal; e faz-se me isto mais sensivel todas
as vezes, quando pela insufficiencia dos meios, me vejo
impedido de tomar parte em maiores empresas. Wm.<e
sabe quantas vezes o commercio desta praça offerece taes
occasióes; e sendo eu por ora mais versado em negocios
do que dantes era, sinto-me com mais animo e juizo para
entrar em maiores empresas, e mais me afflijo de ver a
tale tal conseguir grandes lucros em hum negocio, de que
se póde com certeza prever o successo, o qual eu teria
obtido para mim mesmo, se as minhas azas não estivessem
muito aparadas. Todavia no anno passado aventurei a
metade da minha propriedade em huma especulação sobre
algodăo, que me valeo hum ganho liquido de 22 por
CentO.
428 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

Vou pois dirigir-me a vm.ee, rogando-lhe de me fiar

huma parte dos seus grandes cabedaes, a ser-me adiantada
no negocio, participando vm.* oganho procedendo do
uso della. Para melhor convencê-lo do bom successo do
meu träfico, como tamben de já náo ser inconsideravel a
minha fortuna, junto vai hum extracto dos meus livros,
pelo qual se capacitará vrm.* do emporte da minha pro
priedade no anno findo, fechadas as contas. Se vim.”
'approvar da minha proposta, como espero, será servido
dictar-me os termos conforme o seu arbitrio. Sei pelo
conhecimento que tenho do seu caracter, que esses não
serão de menhum modo duros nem injustos para comigo.
Nesse caso transferir-me-hia para Londres o mais breve
possivel, a fim de arranjar mais miudamente qualquer
particular.
A minha ida para Londres tamben he occasionada por
hum motivo que interessa o meu coração, e que franca–
mente confiarei a vm.* Já sabe quantas obrigaçães eu
devo ao Senhor Percy meu antigo tutor. A sua filha mais
nova, em quem fitei os olhos estando eu nessa, não he
provida ainda, e o meu intento era de pedi-la em matri
monio, logo que as minhas circumstancias mo permittis
sem. Não houve promessa de casamento, por eu não
querer ser obstaculo à sua melhor fortuna; e tendo ella
ficado solteira até agora, propuz-me a ella e a seu pai, por
escrito, e de ambos recebi resposta favoravel. Nāo cuide
vm.* que a minha petiqāo por hum adiantamento de
dinheiro fosse felta com intento de me për em melhor
estado de casar. A minha situação me convence que com
a propriedade que tenho, e os negocios que faço, sempre
me será possivel sustentar huma familia; ainda que eu
seria obrigado de cortar o meu panno Segundo as circum
stancias. Persuado-me pois, que este casamento não será
motivo contra a determinação que espero receber da Sua
bondade; ainda que julguei sero meu dever de informa-lo,
ao mais cedo, desta circumstancia. Fico com a mais per
feita consideração, de vnm.*,
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Carlos Frontinho.
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 429

Ao Rio de Janeiro. Senhores Lavanha e Brito.

Lisboa, a 20 de Julho, 1824.
O conhecimento que temos da reputação e credito
de vnm.*, nos convida a participar-lhes em como estabele
cemos nesta cidade a nossa casa de negocio, com as firmas
de Beja e Lobo; e nesta conformidade se servirão vim.”
de tomar nota, para que, Caso que se queirão servir do
nosso préstimo para a compra de fazendas e effeitos desta
cidade, nos fação mercé dar-nos as suas ordens; e ao
mesmo tempo dar-nos tambem a faculdade de lhes fazer
mos as encommendas do que necessitarmos dessa; windo
por este modo a sero negocio reciproco; para o que nos
obrigamos por esta (carta) ao desempenho da nossa firma,
cada hum por si, e hum por ambos. Teremos muita honra
em ser de vim.ee, , **

Muito veneradores, e attentos servos,

João Afonso de Beja,
Francisco Lobo,

Londres, 3 de Agosto, de 1824.

Senhor Carlos Frontinho,
Porto.

Nāose enganou de nenhuma maneira na boa opi

nião que tenho de vim.*. Desde a sua mocidade julguei,
que vim.<e viria a ser hum homem prospero no commercio,
e estimo muito de veristo confirmado táo evidentemente
pelo seu bom successo no Porto. De toda a maneira ap
provo o seu casamento com a Senhora Percy. Eu mesmo,
em circumstancias não iguaes Äs suas, obtive hum tenue
dote com a minha mulher, e com tudo me achei bem.
Deveria ser o intento de qualquer homem de bem, certi
ficado de huma renda decente, de passar o resto da sua
vida na companhia de huma boa e bem escolhida esposa,
e como pai de filhos, de quem possa esperar que nelles
será feliz, se cuida como deve da educação delles. Da
minha parte, ainda que seja adiantado em annos, sou
muito sensivel a esta felicidade; e a cada mancebo em
430 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

quem noto.o desejo de morrer solteiro, segundo o costume

prevalecente nestes tempos, me faço hum gosto de advertir:
quantos serão os seus lamentos na velhice, achando–se
solitario, e privado da assistencia de huma amante familia.
Como à vista da primeira parte da sua missiva logo me
senti inclinado de cumprir com o seu desejo a respeito do
adiantamento proposto; a intelligencia que me dà no fim
della não me }. mudar de resolução. Quero tomar parte
nos seus negocios por £8,000. Digo mosseus negocios,
pois não gosto de taes adiantamentos onde se faz negocio
separado com o cabedal da pessoa que adianta. Dahi
segue-se naturalmente que huma parta de quem a outra
deve fiar-se, faz os melhores e mais lucrativos negocios
para si sã, lançando o ganho na sua conta particular. Eu
certamente convirianisto, se vim.” estivesse sem proprie
dade alguma, e que o mandasse para lá estabelecer huma
nova casa de commercio. Porém nas circumstancias pre
sentes, desejo entrar com vm.ee em huma especie de socie
dade commercial por hum termo de dez annos, de forma
que cada parte contará anticipadamente 4 por cento do
seu cabedal; maso ganho total ha de ser repartido igual
mente. Este contracto de sociedade poderá compór-se
em devida forma quando vnm.ee vier para Londres.
Devo porém advertir huma condigăo para minha segu
rança, visto a possibilidade de huma mä sahida dos ne
gocios; quando entāo hum socio real he obrigado de
responder pelo contracto com toda a sua fortuna; para
impedir o qué, o nosso negocio sò será publico debaixo da
denominação de sociedade passiva. Wm.* usarà pois na
circular que mandará para annunciar esta cousa aos seus
correspondentes, do termo de sociedade passiva; annun
ciando-lhes ao mesmo tempo, em particular, que eu fico
responsavel de qualquer sahida dos nossos negocios com
hum cabedal de £8,000 Esterlinas. Fortificará isto o seu
crédito do mesmo modo como se já se soubesse que Vim."
adquirira por casamento huma somma igual; ao qué nem
todos, que para o futuro lhe fiarão, puderão aspirar.
De mais fico com amizade, de vn.”
Muito fiel amigo,
Rodrigo Smithson.
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 431

Hamburgo, 1 de Janeiro, 1824.

Senhores Barreira e Comp.,
Porto.
Tendo servido por muitos annos a duas respeitaveis
casas daqui, cujos negocios dirigi ä inteira satisfação dellas,
tomei a resolução de formar, hum estabelecimento por
minha conta. Recommendo pois esta minha casa a benigna
memoria de vm.*, segurando-lhes da minha diligencia
por cumprir com as suas ordens o melhor possivel.
Fundos sufficientes, hum conhecimento preciso da bolça
de Londres, e o credito que me capacito possuir, junto
com o meu zelo pelo interesse dos meus estimados amigos,
me fazem esperar de adduirir a sua approvação, para o
que lhes pego me dem cédo occasióes.
Sejão vim.*** servidos de informar-se do meu caracter e
solidez, com as casas dos S.* Druse e Companhia, e
Correa e filhos; pois-que esses Senhores me conhecem ha
vinte annos; como tamben de tomar nota da minha assig
natura, ficando eu de vnm.***
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Diogo Meyer.

Hamburgo, 4 de Janeiro, 1824.

A que precede he carta circular, de que lhes con
firmo o conteudo; e como gozo o favor de seu conheci
mento pessoal, permittào-me vim.** de recommendar-lhes
mais especialmente a minha casa de commercio. Oramo
principal della, será o negocio de commissão; e para
facilitar aos senhores consignatarios, lhes franquearei de
sacarem sobre mim as #.” partes do importe da factura,
mandando-me o conhecimento, e dando ordem para o
seguro. -

Espero que vm.* approvarăohuns termostăo racionaes,

e náo me tomarão a mal, o solicitar-lhes eu pela sua
benigna intercessão, da que sempre lhes sereigrato.
No nosso commercio nada de novo tem occorrido. Os
açucares se notáo, os brancos, de 15%d. até 18}d., e os
mascabados, de 12d, té 15d.; ocafé tem cahido hum pouco,
 432 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

tendo cessado o pedido delle, e se paga de 16s. até 20s.

de B." Os gräos, pelo contrario, tomárào favor; pelo
trigo se pede até 190 Rixdalles por lastro; e pelo centeio
até 110 Rix. De algodăo e anil o provinento he muito
pequeno, e o preço do primeiro muito favoravel: subio
ate 70d. pelo de Pernambuco. De panneria se esperäo
cá grandes partidas; o que succedendo fará cahir muito o
preço, e dará occasiao de compras muito baratas.
Como mais profundo respeito, sou de vim.”
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Diogo Meyer.
|

Porto, 17 de Agosto, de 1824.

Senhor Rodrigo Smithson,
Londres.

- Muito estimo o seu prompto consentimento na

minha proposta, o que augmenta summamente a gratidio
que portantos annos lhe estou devendo, como ao promotor
da minha felicidade. Estou obrigado a esperar pela che
gada da frota do Brasil, e então ainda aproveitarei a boa
estação, para fazer a minha viagem de Londres, ficando
ahi sã hum mez, e tornando para cá, Com a minha futura
esposa, por via de Lisboa.
De boa mente aceito a condigào que vim.ee prescreve.
Incluso achará vm.ee hum rascunho da minha circular,
Se elle encontrar com a sua approvação, digne-se vnm.“
dar-me licença, de a espalhar pelo tempo da minha au
sencia de Portugal, para que não se dilatem, por essa causa,
os bons effeitos que della me prometto. Näo quizéra do
meu proprio acordo tomar esta liberdade anteriormente à
minha partida, por mais importante que fosse para mim
nesta època; poisque a chegada dos navios mencionados
ha de avivar aqui muito o commercio, e dar occasińo a
especulaçöes muito avantajosas. Com tanto, não tomará
a mal que eu communicasse aos meus amigos nesta, huma
cousa de tāo alta importancia para mim. Isto me habili
tará de fazer maiores compras na chegada daquelles navios,
do que me föra possivel pela minha presente influencia e
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 433

crédito. Ecomo a sua palavra dadame inspira tanta con

fiança, não me julgará vm.* atrevido, se já me animo a
sacar sobre vim.ce o importe de £2,000 Esterlinas. Hei
de pois considerar esta como a primeira transacqāo da
nossa nova sociedade, e dividirei o lucro em partes iguaes.
Espero vir para Londres em hum navio que eu mesmo
pretendo fretar; ficando com a maior estimação, de vim.**
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Carlos Frontinho.

A Londres. Senhor Francisco Bacon. -

Trieste, 3 de Margo, 1823.

Huma experiencia sufficiente, e hum cabedal apto
para os meus intentos, me justificăo a poder tomar parte
naroda do negocio, dando a vm.*pela presente, noticia do
estabelecimento da minha casa, e domodo da minha firma.
Meu negocio se conterá principalmente na compra e
venda de ferro, ago, azougue, cobre, potassa, e trigos; e
mais, a tudo o que o commercio do nosso lugar der desi.
Incluso envio a vm.** a nota dos preços das nossas fa
zendas, e supplico me honre com as suas ordens, caso
topar na mesma, cousa que seja de seu agrado.
Termino com recommendar-me na sua graça, qual
espero merecer por meio de hum louvavel serviço quelhe
convença quáo certo sou de vnm.ee º

Seu mais certo amigo, venerador, e servo,

Jorge Ferreira de Tavares.

Veneza, 20 de Dezembro, 1822.

Senhores Tilman e Comp.
Leeds.

Para avivar de novo a nossa já ha tanto tempo

esmorecida correspondencia, supplicamos a vm.* nos en
viem quanto antes, 200 pegas de sempreduras kavradas, das
cöres das amostras * e terão cuidado que os de
P
434 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

buxos sejão bonitos, e bem relevados. Estafazenda deve

estar aqui por todo omes de Abril do anno proximo futuro,
e segura de todo o risco, abonando win.” asseguradores.
Pelo importe se podem prevaler vm.* por nossa conta,
sobre os Senhores Bilver e Comp., de Londres, a tres
mezes data, rebatendo o desconto costumado.
Por varios offerecimentos sabemos que a sobredita fa
zenda se póde obter de vim.* a bom preço; não obstante
isso, não queremos prescrever-lhes limite algum, na espe
rançaque nos servirão à satisfação, sem abusar no minimo
da nossa confiança.
Aguardamos a sua resposta, ficando de Vm.*
Muito veneradores, e certos criados,
r Balbini e Filho.
Post-scriptum. Quasi esqueciamos o dizer a vm.*, que
desejamos por envoltorio desta fazenda duas pegas debae
töes lisos, azeitonados.

Londres, 31 de Agosto, de 1824.

Senhor Carlos Frontinho,
Porto.
*

Na supposição de que esta carta ainda o achará no

Porto, e talvez a tempo, antes de vnm.ee ter passado sobre
mim o saque de £2,000; servilă esta de lhe dar mais
animo, com eu certificar-lhe, que approvo desse grande
saque, e o aceitarei.
Todavia não posso deixar de advertir-lhe, que vm.ee vai
obrando hum tanto precipitadamente. Nós outros nego
ciantes welhos não gostamos de semelhante proceder; e
antes preferimos de ver cada cousa finalmente arranjada.
Quero pois adherir a esta maxima, e não considerarei o
negocio, para o qual vim.* agora se prevalece sobre mim,
como pertencente ao nosso contracto.
Aceito pois, como já lhe disse claramente, o saque das
£2,000; cujo importe vim.ee cubrirá portanto da maneira
usual; consignando-me as fazendas, e remettendo-me o
conhecimento. Até vou mais longe! Aceitarei os seus
saques pelo importe de £4,000, sevm.“, por boas razóes,
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 435

intenta estender a sua empresa, procurando-me humase

gurança sufficiente. Porém neste caso, todo o ganho que
espera, ficará por sua, conta, enada terã que fazer com o .
contracto da sociedade passiva.
Espero com ansia pela sua chegada; e mais ainda a sua
noiva, à qual, como a seu †: fui estes dias dar os meus
sinceros parabens. Fico de mais como sempre, de Vm."
Muito fiel amigo,
Rodrigo Smithson.
P.S. Em quanto ao que lhe escrevi na minha ultima,
a respeito do termo de sociedade passiva, ainda tenho as
minhas dàvidas, sendo que hum habil letrado me advertio
do perigo que com elle se corre, em caso de huma sahida
desgraçada, de ser tomado por socio activo, e feito respon
savel de toda a falta. A vista trataremos mais largamente
sobre este ponto. Entretanto o principal negocio está
seguro; e tamben Ihe confirmo a minha palavra de aceitar
os seus saques até £4,000, segundo a minha promessa
acinna.

Porto, 15 de Fevereiro, 1824.

Senhor Diogo Meyer,
Hamburgo.
Temos recebido a sua circular, junto com outra
carta de 4 de Janeiro, e damos-lhe os nossos sinceros pa
rabens do seu estabelecimento. A amizade que sempre
existio entre nós, e de que vn.* deo tantas provas ad es
crevente desta, durante a sua demora nessa cidade, lhe
será documento de que faremos tudo no nosso poder para
servir-lhe, recommendando a todos os nossos amigos a sua
casa, de que lhes representamos o Chefe como homem moto
pela sua actividade, inteireza, e solidez.
Tivemos estes dias occasińo de comprar huma boa par
tida de 200 caixas de aqucar do Rio de Janeiro, ao preço
módico de 2,400 Reis por arroba os brancos, e 1,600 Reis
os mascabados. Sevm.* intenta interessar-se nesta com
pra, pelaterceira parte, ser-nos-hia agradavel de entrar com
 -

436 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

vm.* em negocios. Os aqucares săo de bom gräo, e bem

assortidos.
A falta dos navios no nosso porto he muito sensivel, o
que faz subiros fretes. Os melhores navios Hamburguezes
pedem até 25 Marcos correntes por 45 arrobas; porém o
tempo sendo ainda muito atrazado para a navegação, es
peramos que não tardarão a chegar mais navios, o que lhes
fará moderar as suas pretensöes.
Sem mais nada de preciso, estamos de vim.*
Muito attentos servos,
Barreira e Comp.

Londres, 30 de Janeiro, de 1824.

Senhores de Varella e C.9,
Lisboa.

Da nossa antiga amizade poderāo vm.*** facilmente

conjecturar, que temos com Portugal negocios consideraveis,
e que annualmente pagamos nelle grandiosas sommas
por vinhos. Sem dāvida que vim.* nostem mostrado até
o presente a mais constante confiança; como porém o nosso
trato vai em augmento, e por consequencia deveremos cui
dar no alargarºo nosso crédito, se queremos continuar o
mesmo com affinco e commodidade, tomamos a ousadia
de demandar a vm.ces, se nos querem ceder hum crédito
corrente até a somma de 16,000,000 Reis, estendendo-nos
a sua confiança. Wm.” se podem informar de nós com o
Senhor Guilherme Gonzalez, em Cadiz. Temos motivos
para crer que o seu informe será em nosso abono. -

Muito sentiriamos se devèramos quebrar, ou pelo menos

minorar, a nossa antiga alliança, caso nos acharmos obri
gados a acudira outras casas. Esperamos com tanta mais
certeza huma resposta favoravel, por soster-se a nossa de
manda sobre a verdade; e por sermos em effeito, com in
explicavel veneração, de vim.”
Muito attentos servos,
Nightingale e Filhos.
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 437

Ao Rio de Janeiro. Senhores Mascarenhos e Comp.

Lisboa, 14 de Outubro, 1823.
Pelos conhecimentos, e factura junta, seráo vm.“
servidos mandar tomar conta das fazendas que contem,
carregadas no navio Lavinia, Capitão J. da Rocha, com o
importe de 250,000 Reis, parame fazerem a graça vender
por minha conta, pelo mais alto preço que puderem alcan
çar, e o estado da terra permittir, preferindo sempre a
dinheiro de contado; e da sua venda me farão logo aviso,
para saber se heide, ou não continuar com as mesmas fa
zendas. Desejára que me avisassem se terão extracqāo huns
20 fardos de calhamaços de Hamburgo, e dez ou doze caixas
de chapéos de castor paralhos enviar, e aproveitar-me do
favor que vim.ºes me fazem; em recompensa do qual me
offerego para os servir como
Seu reverente e obrigadissimo Criado,
Manoel da Cunha.

Lisboa, 16 de Fevereiro, de 1824.

Senhor Guilherme Gonzalez,
Cadiz.
Sabemos que vm.ee está interessado com os Senhores
Nightingale e filhos, de Londres. Nós igualmente mante
mos, já ha varios annos, com os mesmos, negocios de
importancia. Como porém ao presente toma este objecto
mais que commum augmento, tomamos a liberdade de
perguntar a vm.* se sem risco se póde ceder a ditos
amigos hum crédito de 16,000,000 Reis. A amizade que
entre nós existe, nos persuade que vm.* responderá a esta
nossa demanda com a mesma imparcialidade que nôs, em
semelhantes casos, estamos sempre dispostos a fazer. Ter
minamos com o maior respeito, nomeando-nos de vin.”
Muito veneradores e criados,
De Varella e C.o

P P 3
438 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

Em Lisboa. Sr. Manoel da Cunha.

Rio de Janeiro, 20 de Maio, 1824.
Tivenos a honra de receber a de vnm.ee com data
de 14 de Outubro, a. p., vinda pelo navio Lavinia, que
se recolheo em 15 de Fevereiro, livre de avarias; e nesta
förma recebemos a factura e fazendas que nos consignou
com o valor pelo carregado de 250,000 Reis, das quaes
fizemos logo venda, metade a dinheiro de contado, e me
tade a seis mezes, tudo a pessoas de crédito, que creio não
faltarão ao pagamento no dia de seu vencimento. Pela
conta de venda, quelhe remettemos pelo navio Tritão, que
está a partir, verá vm.ee as fazendas que fazem mais conta
para continuar; assim como poderá remetter os calhamagos
de Hamburgo, e os chapeos de castor, que tem nesta(cidade)
prompta sahida. Ficamos de vim.* º
Muito attentos servos,
Mascarenhos e Comp.

Estamos em 10 de Julho, 1824.

Acima he a côpia da nossa última, Cujo conteådo
confirmamos; e com estatem vm.* a conta de venda das
fazendas que nos consignou, em que mostra sero liquido,
cobrado que seja, Reis 287,100; de que vm.* disporá
como for servido.
Ficamos no emtanto, de vnm.ce
r Muito servos e veneradores.
Os mesmos.

Cadiz, 3 de Março, de 1824.

Senhores de Varella e C.",
Lisboa.
Dez annos ha que mantenho correspondencia com
os Senhores Nightingale e C," de Londres, qual se aviva
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 439

por meio de continuas commissóes; e nenhuma vez tive

motivo de queixar—me dos mesmos por falta de Ordem e
inteireza, muito menos para limitar o vasto crédito que
lhes tenho confiado.
Isso he o que sobre a minha propria experiencia com
ditos amigos se me offerece dizer em resposta da sua es
timada de 16 do passado. Fico com a mais perfeita con
sideração, de vnm.”
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Guilherme Gonzalez.

Ao Rio de Janeiro. Senhores Mascarenhos e Comp.

Lisboa, 10 de Agosto, 1824.
Recebi a muito estimada de vin.” de 20 de Maio p., e
com ella a noticia de haver recebido a factura das fazendas
que lhes consignei, e da suavenda; de que sou contente.
Agradego a vm.** a noticia que me participáo das fa
zendas que dizem nessa (cidade)tem prompta sahida, o que
me anima a novamente me aproveitar de seu favor, re
mettendo-lhes nesta occasińo, pelo navio Nereida, Capitão
da Costa, o que consta da factura e conbecimentos in
clusos, com o valor de Reis 915,500, de que vm.ees seräo
servidos mandar tomar conta, e dispör na mesma förma,
procurando em tudo os meus interesses, como costumão.
Nesta occasińo tomei a confiança de sacar sobre vm.ces
huma letra de risco (ou segura) com o valor de Reis
200,000, que vm.* terão a bondade de pagar ao Sr. João
Mascăo; e o resto, cobrado que seja, me farão a mercé em
pregar em Açucares e Tabaco, e remetter-mos na primeira
occasiao; e se antes da sua sahida sahir algum mavio, me
avisarão para haver de Segurar. Para tudo o que prestar,
fico certo em servir a vm.ees como

Seu muito attento amigo e servo,

Manoel da Cunha.
440 CARTAS MERCANTIS.
l Lisboa, 20 de Agosto, 1824.

Acima he a cópia da minha ultima, e seu conteódo

confirmo, menos na parte em que digo empreguem em
assucares (se na chegada desta os não tiverem já compra
do) pois pela carta que de vm.* recebi de 10 de Junho,
vejo não fazerem conta, por valerem nesta a 1,900 Reis por
arroba os brancos, e 1,200 Reis os mascabados; e em lugar
destes comprarão vnm.* tabaco em rolos, de primeira
SOrte.
Recebi a conta da venda da factura No. 11, com o liqui
do de Reis 100,000, de que fico a vm.* obrigado; pois
me convida a continuar. Sirvāo-se vm.ees em me daros
seus honrosos preceitos, para executar como quem he de
Wm.ces

Muito attento amigo e servo,

Manoel da Cunha.

Lisboa, 8 de Margo, de 1824.

Senhores Nightingale e Filhos, -

Londres.

A nossa já ha tanto tempo mantida alliança, se

conservará com satisfação da nossa parte, se sómente con
sistir no dar a vm.* névos sinaes de ser para com vm.ee.
sem termo a nossa confiança. Com todo gosto dese
jamos contribuir no accrescentamento do seu negocio,
honrando pontualmente os seus saques até a somma de
16,000,000 Reis, tantas vezes quanto a occasińo lhes
offerecer prevaler-se de dita quantia sobre nós. Nāo
temos a minima dāvida que vim.* nos apontarão cada
vez a nossa resaca sobre Cadiz.
Favoregāo-nos brevemente com as suas ordens, a fim
que nos achemos em estado de vos podermos convencer
que somos
*

Seus muito attentos amigos e servos,

De Varella e C.9
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 441

Leipzig, 20 de Janeiro, 1824,

Senhores Reimer e Comp.
Altona.

Fico sciente do que vim.*** me tem, baixo o 12 do

corrente, avisado." Desde entāo tenho dado ordem ao
Senhor R. Dupont, em Bordeos, para a effectuação de
diversas fazendas, com o aviso de expedir as mesmas a
vm.ee", sacando o seu montar sobre suas pessoas, por minha
conta, ao tempo de mandar o combecimento.
Melisonjeo que vim.*approvarāo estaminha disposição,
concedendo, com a costumada pontualidade todo honor ao
meu saque. Não deixarei de mandar-lhes, antes do ven
cimento, o devido cubrimento.
Tenhão vim.” a bondade de me enviar promptamente
ditas fazendas à sua chegada, por Luneburgo, por meio
dos Senhores Martim Bauer e Comp. de dito lugar, dando
me a noticia do succedido. Devo ainda pár a noticia de
vm.ee, que as minhas encommendas para França impor
tarão quasi 20,000 Livras, e por consequencia sacarão os
amigos de Bordeos o importe de dita summa sobre vnm.*
Tenho a honra de ser de vm.***
Reverente e obrigadissimo criado,
Patricio Biedermann.

Londres, 31 de Março, de 1824.

Senhores de Varella e C.", -

Lisboa.

O conteådo da sua amigavel carta de 8 do corrente

conforma inteiramente com a experiencia que temos da
sua amizade. Nós daremos todo trabalho para comprovar
a vm.*, que desejamos merecer esta sua confiança.
Hoje já fizemos uso da Sua permissão, nas seguintes
sacas; a saber:
1,370,420 ă ordem do Sr. Diogo Sampson.
969,790 . . . . Sr. João de Deos.
2,610,570 . . . . Sr. Manoel Bernardez.

4,950,780 Reis
442 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

das quaes supplicamos a sua admissão. O mez proximo

sacará por nossa conta sobre vim.* Reis 1,700,000, o Sr.
André Nunes Carvalho de Vasconcellos, no Porto, e a pro
pria somma o Sr. Francisco de Alcobaça, em Setubal.
Tamben por estas duas sacas supplicamos a sua protecção
dando-nos no seu tempo aviso do succedido.
Ao tempo do cumprimento poderāo vm.* prevaler-se
pelo montar destas tres partidas sobre o Sr. Guilherme
Gonzalez, em Cadiz, a dous mezes data; aguardando se
gundo costume o mais prompto aceite.
Ficamos no emtanto de vnm.ces
Muito attentos veneradores, e menores criados,
Nightingale e filhos.

Altona, 1 de Fevereiro, 1824.

Sr. Patricio Biedermann,
Leipzig.
Temos feito a devida observação do que vn.“ nos
tem avisado na sua estimada de 20 do passado, concernente
ă admissão do saque de 20,000 Livras, que por sua conta
farão os amigos de Bordeos.
Assim como as suas fazendas chegarem, cumpriremos
promptamente a sua disposição. Até aquinos falta ainda
o aviso do seu envio. -

Esperamos ver-nos brevemente honrados com as suas

ordens; erogamos a Deos guarde a vm.“
Seus mui certos servidores,
Q. S. M. B.
Reimer e Comp.

- Hamburgo, 17 de Março, 1824.

Senhores Barreira e Comp.
Porto.
A sua estimada carta de 15 de Fevereiro me veio
ontem à mao. As benevolas expressóes do meu estimado
amigo o Sr. Antonio José Barreira me confundem, e não
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 443

tenho outro desejo que de poder mostrar-lhes a minha

gratidao.
A sua proposta de eu tomar interesse pelaterceira parte
nas 200 caixas compradas por vm.*, he muito agradavel
para mim, eaceito-ade boa mente. Wm.* terão pois a
bondade de me enviarem a factura desta partida, de que
sacarão sobre mim o importe pela terceira parte, na cer
teza de Serem aceitos e pagos os seus saques. E sendo
que os preços degrãosinessa cidade favorecem muito, me
tenho animado de comprar, para ir à sua consignação :
100 lastros de trigo,
50 dito de centeio,
de que lhes offerego o interesse pela metade, tendo tido
occasińo de alcangar o trigo a Reis 190, e o centeio a
Reis 110. Os gastos sáo 10 por cento do importe, e o frete
30 Cruzados novos por lastro, com 15 por cento de avaria
ordinaria e capa. Approvando vm.* a minha proposta,
lhes mandarei logo a factura. -

A falta dos navios nessa cidade he muito desagradavel;

espero porém que as pretensöes exorbitantes dos capitães
náo sejão attendidas.
De mais fico às suas ordens, como de vnm.***
Muito humilde criado e venerador,
Diogo Meyer.
*

Em Barcelona. Senhor Pedro Correa.

Cadiz, 4 de Abril, 1822,
Meu Amigo e Senhor,
Espero que lhe agrade a noticia favoravel que tenho
recebido do senhor seu filho do Brazil, com huma re
messa que me mandou de 200 quilates de diamantes brutos,
de dous quilates cada hum; não duvido que se venderão
com muita ventagem, pois São mui pedidos de tal peso
para a Italia, e a Turquia. Ao mesmo tempo me deo ordem
de remetter a vm.**as mezadas de 200 Pesos, para cujo fim
incluo nesta huma letra de cambio de 200 Pesos em seu
favor, sacada por hum amigo desta cidade, sobre o Senhor
 444 CARTAS MERCANTIS,

J. Rubio, ä vista, Wm.** me mandará a sua resposta ä

receita da tal letra, por meu governo, e se quizer vm.”
escrever a seu filho, deve mandar as cartas com toda pressa,
para ir com hum_navio que está para partir com toda
celeridade para a Bahia de todos os Santos, que será em
duas semanas. He quanto se me offerece agora. Dedi
cando-me sempre às suas ordens, fico de vnm.“
Mui certo servidor,
Q. S. M. B.
Jacinto Andrade.
*—

Porto, 23 de Margo, 1824,

Senhor Diogo Meyer,
Hamburgo.
Confirmando-lhé o contetido da nossa ultima de 15
de Fevereiro, eachando-nos sem as prezadas suas, servirá
esta sómente de communicar-lhe, em como fomos bem
succedidos em acharmos hum navio a frete mais racional,
isto he, a 15 Marcos correntes por 45 arrobas, com 15
por cento de avaria ordinaria e capa: o navio he Hambur
guez, chamado Diana, e o Capitão J. G. Heilmann, o qual
tomará todas as 200 caixas; e será vm.ee pois servido de
as mandar segurar portodo o risco o e por conta Portugueza,
as menor premio possivel, e pelos seguradores mais sólidos,
do importe de 25 contos de Reis; sendo
150 caixas brancas, e Q com a marca -- N.” 1. te 150. ;
50 ditas mascabadas, Š e N.0 151. te 200.

Os conhecimentos se assignarão provavehmente ainda

esta semana, e para a que ven o capitão cuidava de partir.
Çuanto 4 proposta que lhe fizemos, esperamos pela sua
resolução. -

E como para encher ainda algum väo no navio, encon

tramos com huma partidinha de algodăo de Pernambuco,
tamben a carregamos pornossa conta, à sua consignäção.
Consiste a mesma em 8 ballóes, com a marca B, e C.; os
 CARTAS MERCANTIS, 445

quaes lhe pedimos queira mandar assegurar por todo o

risco, do importe de 400 Mil Reis. Ficamos no entretanto,
de Vim."
Muito servos e veneradores,
Barreira e Comp.

Bremen. Senhor Francisco de Ribeiro,

Cadiz, 7 de Julho, 1823.
Tenho a honra de escrever a vm.*, avisando-lhe que
por momentos estou aguardando a balandra que despedi
para Cuba; que logo que chegar farei descarregar a sua
carregação, e a despacharei por minha conta para Genova,
à consignação do Senhor seu irmāo, o que, com o favor
Divino, seguirá em breve. Sirva-Se vnm.* participar-lho.
Espero me dé aviso, com primeira occasiao, da venda do
anil remettido-lhe já ha outo mezes, pelo navio Diligencia,
Capitão Jorge Briones; e igualmente da expedigao das
fazendas que lhe pedi para o assortimento do meu arma
zem. He quanto se me offerece agora; ficando de vm.“
O mais obrigado servidor,
Antonio Guasco.

Porto, 13 de Abril, 1824,

Hamburgo. Senhor Diogo Meyer,
Confirmando a nossa ultima de 23 de Março, servirá
esta sómente de mandar-lhe os conhecimentos do Capitão
J. G. Heilmann, avisando-lhe ao mesmo tempo a partida
do dito Capitão, o qual se fez à véla em 5 deste mez.
Desejamos pois que a vm.* faça boa e prompta entrega
das fazendas carregadas, e que as mesmas achem hum
bom mercado. Sem mais, ficamos de vm.“
Muito servos e veneradores,
Barreira e Comp.
P. S. Antes de fecharmos esta, recebemos a prezada sua
de 17 do passado, da qual venos que vim.* consente na
Q Q
446 CARTAS MERCANTIS,

nossa proposta de tomar interesse nos aqucates pela ter=

ceira parte; e quanto aos grãos, ospreços sāotão favoraveis,
que nos induzem a não só aceitar a metade dos 100 lastros
de trigo, e 50 lastros de centeio, por nossa conta; mas
tambem de ordenar-lhe humanova compra destes artigos,
por nossa conta separada, de 200 lastros de trigo, e 50
lastros de centeio, até sendo o preço de 10 Rix. por lastro
mais alto do que aquelle, que nos avisou ter comprado
primeiro. Wm.* terä pois a bondade de os remetter para
cá, pelo primeiro bom navio, procurando o seguro sobre os
mesmos, do importe da factura, com 10 pof cento de ganho
imaginario, ajuntando o premio.
Ainda podemos ter a honra de mandar-lhe factura de
200 caixas de aqucar, carregadas do Porto para Hamburgo,
pelo navio Hamburguez, Diana, Capitão J. G. Heilmann,
importando a sua terceira parte Rs. 7,892,215, que lhe
carregamos em conta; o que achando vim.* certo, lhe pe
dimos queira mandar notar com nosco em boa con
formidade. Sem mais nada de preciso, somos
º Os mesmos,
-

Madrid. Senhor Thomás de la Cruz,

Malaga, 10 de Maio, 1823.
Meu Amigo e Senhor,
Nesta presente occasińo sou indispensavelmenté
obrigado a pagar certa quantia de dinheiro, que me pedi
rão muito inopinadamente, a qual eu bem quizera que
mais tempo girasse no negocio; pelo que sou obrigado a
valer-me do seu favor, parame dar o saldo da nossa conta,
ou aquillo que me puder dar. Quando eu tiver occasińo
de informat a vm.ee da natureza deste peditorio, e da ne
cessidade que tenho de cumprir com elle, win.” não dei
xará de me perdoar logo a liberdade que presentemente
tomo; e como he de tanta importancia para minha fa
milia, eu espero que a amizade que vim.* me professa o
excitară a servir-me efficazmente, e fico de vnm.**
Muito obrigado e humilde criado,
* Diogo de Vasconcellos.
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 447

Malaga. Senhor Diogo de Vasconcellos,

z Madrid, 19 de Maio, 1823.
Meu amigo estimadissimo,
Causa-me particular gosto poder eu satisfazer ao
que vim.* me pede, e poder eu servir a huma pessoa que
tanto estimo. Obalanço da nossa conta he de quinhentos
Pesos duros, para os quaes alcancei hum bilhete no banco;
e para maior segurança o reparti em duas partes, huma
que mandei pelo portador, e a outra que remetto inclusa.
Estimarei que vim.* vença assim este, como qualquer
outro obstaculo, que possa oppór-se à sua felicidade.
Fico de vim.ce
Muito attento venerador e criado,
Thomás de la Cruz.

Hamburgo, 27 de Abril, 1824.

Senhores Barreira e Comp,
Porto.

Tenho de responder á grata sua de 23 de Março,

pela qual me informarão da carregação de 200 caixas de
açucar, + Nº. 1, a 200, pelo navio Diana, Capitão J. G.
Heilmann; e mais, de 8 ballóes de algodăo B.e C., No. 1 a S.
8, pelo mesmo navio; ordenando-me o seguro destas duas
partidas com Reis 25,000,000, e Reis 400,000; ogual
effeituei ao premio módico de 5 por cento; e tenho
pois a honra de acompanhar-lhes contas de seguro de
Bm.86,000, sobre 200 caixas de aqucar, pelo navio Ham
burguez, Diana, Capitão J. G. Heilmann, do Porto para
Hamburgo, por todo o risco, ao premio de 5 por cento;
importando, com os mais gastos, pelas suas 3. eS,
Bm.3.180 9; como tamben de Brm.1400, sobre 8 ballóes de
algodăo pelo mesmo navio, ao mesmo premio, importando
Bm.80 - 5, por cujas duas parcellas lhes tenho carregado
em conta. Espero que cedo aqui chegará o Capitão, en
448 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

tregando as fazendas em bom estado, de cuja venda tratarei

entāo o melhor possivel; ainda que este mercado não
seja por ahora muito favoravel para os aqucares, em
razáo de termos recebido de Inglaterra tantas partidas deste
genero, que fazem declinar os preços de huma vez, mais de
dous grossos. Farei porém tudo no meu poder para
procurar-lhes boa sahida. Ospreços do algodāo, pelo con
trario, sempre sobem mais, de forma que sendo a sua par
tida de boa qualidade, lhes poderei prometter huma conta
ventajosa; ficando, de mais, as ordens de vim.”, como
Muito attento servo e venerador,
Diogo Meyer.

Londres, 20 de Junho, 1823.

Senhores De Moraes e Estaço,
Lisboa.

Os vinculos da amizade que portantos annos tem

vm.ces sustentado com a nossa cassa, nos sugerem que a
noticia do fallecimento de nosso amado pai, acontecido
em 2 do corrente, lhes não póde haver sido indifferente.
Concedăo vm.* agora aos filhos aquella mesma confiança
com que constantemente tem honrado a seu pai; tomando
a devida nota da sua firma. A melhor lembrança com que
podemos eternizar a memoria do defunto, consiste certo
em seguiros impulsos da sua integridade, e em cultivar as
virtudes por meio das quaes elle fundou a nossa casa, e a
encheo j." bençóes. Estes mesmos passos queremos cul
tivar no porvir, para avivar a alliança que já hatanto tempo
mantivemos com os nossos correspondentes.
Conceda sua Magestade Divina a vm.* os seus auxi
lios, preservando-Os de todo sinistro acontecimento, e de
quanto pudera estorvar a sua tranquillidade,
Somos, com o mais profundo respeito, de vim.”
Muito attentos criados e veneradores,
Da Costa Irmãos,
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 449

Porto. Senhores Barreira e C.”

Hamburgo, 2 de Junho, 1824.
Referindo-me 4 minha ultima de 13 de Maio, pela
qual tive ogosto de escrever-lhes largamente, acho-me sem
as prezadas suas.
Agora posso ter o gosto de annunciar-lhes a chegada
do navio Diana, Capitão J. G. Heilmann, o qual entregou
tanto o aqucar como o algodăo, em assaz bom estado. Te
remos porém de pagar huma avaria grossa, importante, que
ha de ser regulada pelo nosso contador das avarias.
Ospreços do aqucar sempre continuáo sendo os mesmos,
do que lhes direi o preciso na minha seguinte. No em
tanto fico como sempre, de vnm.***
Muito attento criado,
Diogo Meyer.

Hamburgo. Senhor Diogo Meyer.

Porto, 5 de Julho, 1824.
Temos de responder a duas das estimadas de vim.*,
de 13 de Maio, e 2 de Junho; e passando em silencio no
que vamos conformes, diremos em primeiro lugar, que
muito approvamos de vnm.ee ter feito o seguro em 8 taxas.
A factura de 100 lastros de trigo, e 50 ditos de centeio.
por conta commum, pelo Capitão Schröder, importando
pela nossa metade Bm. 32,374. 9., temos achado certa, e
vm.* está abonado em conta pelo importe della, agrade
cendo-lhe o seu empenho relativo a esta carregação.
De mais, vimos pela segunda sua a chegada do Capitão
Heilmann, assim como pela primeira o retardamento que,
o mesmo encontrou, tendo sido obrigado de arribar em
Dovres; e estimamos muito que essa demora não nos fosse
prejudicial, visto obaixo estado dos aqucares.
Esperamos agora com impaciencia pelos seus avisos ul
teriores a respeito, do estado dos nossos aqucates e algodăo,
como tambem a respeito desse mercado; e ficamos como
sempre, de vim.”
Muito attentos criados,
Barreira e Comp.
Q Q 3
450 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

Barcelona, 19 de Julho, 1824.

Senhor Fernando Correa de Lacerda,
Lisboa.
Tive a honra de receber a mui estimada de vim.**
de 8 do corrente, com as duas letras de cambio de 4782
Pesos duros, sobre os Senhores Barco e Torres, os quaes as
tem aceitado, e as pagaráo com pontualidade ao seu ven
cimento. Seus pelles de camelo ainda não estāo vendidas,
poisos nossos armazens estāotodos cheios deste genero. O
seu pleito com o Senhor João Rameiro se acabou ontem a
seu favor, que he, que elle tem de pagar o seguro e os
gastos do pleito; e sendo o que porora se offerece, sou
de Vm,ce
Reverente e obrigadissimo criado,
Pedro Taltavull.

Hamburgo, 15 de Julho, 1824.

Senhores Barreira e Comp.
- Porto.

A estimada sua de 30 de Maio chegou a seu devido

tempo. Fiz logo tirar amostras das 200 caixas; as quaes
achei, as brancas como as mascabadas, de hum bom sor
timento, e tamben em assaz bom estado, ä excepgão da
taxa de Nº. 101 a 125; sendo estas caixas téo avariadas,
que as devi vender em leiláo. Convim com os seguradores
de aceitarmos o peso Portuguez a 30}lb. a arroba liquida,
contando a libra #d. mais alto do que se vendeo em leilāo;
e de pagarem elles a differença entre esse rendimento e
o dos aqucares avariados. Espero que vm.* approvem
este ajuste, que julgo ser o mais favoravel neste caso.
Os preços que consegui no leilâ0, vim.* observarão da
lembrança ao pé desta.
Tenhovendido de mais, 15 caixas brancas a 16d., e 5
caixas mascabadas a 13a. Os preços na verdade não São
brilhantes, mas paradar principio à venda julgava deve-lo
fazer.
 CARTAS MERCANTIS. 451

Pela sua partida de algodăo já se me tem offerecido o

preço de 72d.; porém sendo esta partida de huma quali
dade muito boa, e tendo a perspectiva de que o preço
antes ha de subir que cahir, esperarei para huma offerta
maior.
Julgo que neste instante já o Capitão Schröder terá
chegado a essa cidade; e lisonjeo-me de vm.” estarem
satisfeitos com a qualidade dos gräos. De mais, fico às
suas ordens, como de vnm.***
Muito criado e venerador,
Diogo Meyer.

* Porto, 20 de Julho, 1824.

Senhor Diogo Meyer,
Hamburgo.
Confirmando-lhe o conteådo da nossa ultima, servirá
esta, em primeiro lugar, de informa-lo da chegada do
Capitão Schröder. Já descarregou -os gräos em muito
bom estado, ha quinze dias; e estando elle outra vez a car
regar para essa cidade, approveitamo-nos desta occasiao
para enviar-lhes por nossa conta, segundo o conbecimento
incluso: -

B.*c.) 25 pipas por inteiro,

30 meias pipas,
40 quartas ditas,
de vinho tinto do
Porto:
ordenando-lhe, ao mesmo tempo, o seguro destes vinhos
por todo o risco, do importe de Reis 2,500,000.-Sendo
isto tudo o que temos para dizer-lhes, ficamos de vim.ce
Muito attentos amigos e servos,
Barreira e Comp.

Hamburgo, 25 de Agosto, 1824.

Senhores Barreira e Comp. -

Porto.
Tenho perante mim a prezada sua de 20 do pas
sado, e confirmando-lhes o conteådo da minha ultima de
15 de Julho, inclusa acharāo vm.*, Segundo a ordem
452 CARTAS MERCANTIS.
-
namencionada grata sua, conta de seguro de Bm. 8400, -

sobre **, *, * pipas de vinho tinto, com a marca B. & C.,

carregadas do Porto para Hamburgo, pelo navio Hambur
guez Iris, Capitão G. P. Schröder, por conta Portugueza, ao
premio de 6 por cento, importando, com os mais gastos,
Bm. 552, que lhes carreguei em conta.
A respeito destes vinhos sinto muito dever-lhes dizer,
que não acharāo aqui hum bom mercado: o vinho do
Porto cá náo se gasta muito, excepto em alguma sobre
meza; e para receber preços hum tanto soffriveis, me cus
tará muito tempo e trabalho para dispör delles. Farei
no emtanto tudo no meu poder para procurar-lhes os
melhores preços, e a mais prompta venda possivel. Fico
entretanto, como sempre, de vim.* -

Muito attento amigo e servo,

Diogo Meyer.

Em Madrid. Senhor Rodrigo da Pachana.

Barcelona, 3 de Janeiro, 1824.
Recebi a estimada sua de 20 do passado, em
resposta da qual lhe asseguro, que me pesa muito saber
que a fazenda que lhe mandei pelo ultimo correo sahio táo
roim. Na verdade tem vnm.* razáo de nāo estar satisfeito
de a ter achado assim; porém lha tenho já abonado em
conta, e à manhã enviarei outra em seu lugar, pelo almo
creve Manoel Ferreira. Bem sei a inclinação do meu
principal para obrigar a vm.* no que possa; e eu me
esforcei tamben a faze-lo: sinto que me nāo succedeo
bem. Fico para servir a vm.*, a quem Deos guarde por
multos annoS. -

Francisco Deboran.
*

Londres. Senhor Guilherme Dyer. -

Manchester, 30 de Maio, 1824.

Esta servirá sómente, em confirmando-lhe os con
teådos da nossa ultima de 13 do passado, de annunciar-lhe
a receita da estimada sua de 27 de Abril, pela qual rece
bemos contas de Seguro de 20 fardos, e nove caixas de
 CARTAS MERCANTIS, 453

roupa de algodāo, importando £895. 17s. 4d., que lhe

abonamos em conta.
Esperamos que os preços do panninho preto, e da caça
bordada, melhorem, para darem boa conta as nossas 80
caixas.
Sem mais de preciso, temos a honra de ser de vm.*
Muito attentos servos,
Milbank Irmãos, e Comp.

Porto. Senhores Barreira e Comp.

Hamburgo, 23 de Outubro, 1823.
Neste momento fui entregue da estimada sua de
25 de Setembro; em resposta da qual lhes seguro que
podem estar certos de eu ter maior cuidado do interesse de
meus amigos, que do meu proprio. Onáo estar eu fiador
dos seguradores he para mim maior motivo de nāo admit
tir na apolice senāo os mais sólidos; dos quaes vm.* terão
achadoos nomes em cada conta de Seguro, e aos quaes toda
a bolça dará o testemunho da maior solidez.
As reflexães que vim.* fazem sobre a expedigào dos
vinhos, ou da maior parte delles, para Inglaterra, acho serem
muito bem fundadas: e sé será preciso trasfegarem-se as
* pipas para 15 pipas' inteiras; a importação de meias
pipas não sendo permittida em Inglaterra. Já dei ordens
para isto, o que não he facil de obter; e entāo tratarei de
expedir estes vinhos antes do inverno, se for possivel.
Sendo isto quanto porora se offerece, fico de vim.”
Muito attento amigo e servo,
Diogo Meyer.

Hamburgo. Senhor Diogo Meyer,

r Porto, 12 de Novembro, 1823.
Reportando-nos ad conteido da nossa ultima de
10 do corrente; temos agora de accusar-lhes a receita da
sua prezada de 23 do passado; em resposta da qual lhe
 –
454 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

diremos, em primeiro lugar, que approvamos tudo o que

vm.* obrou a respeito dos vinhos, sendo-lhe muito agra
decidos pelo cuidado que teve a bondade de empregar
InistO.
Nunca duvidamos da particular cautela de vm.* relativo
à escolha dos asseguradores, porém não nos tomará a mal
de sermos muito ansiosos neste ponto, tendo tido por
muitas vezes a triste experiencia de pagarmos premio, sem
salvaro cabedal.
Ainda temos de avisar-lhe, que para servir hum amigo
nosso, passamos huma letra sobre vm.*, em data de hoje,
de Bm. 1000, a 1% uso, ä ordem de Jeremias Fulano, que
Ihe pedimos queira honrar, carregando a nossa contado
importe da mesma.
Entregamos esta carta a nosso socio o Senhor Antonio
José Barreira, que deseja, acrecentar-lhe algumas regras
particulares. Ficamos promptissimos ās suas ordens, como
de Vm.ces
Muito criados e veneradores,
Barreira e Comp.
Nao sei na verdade nesta presente occasiao, o modo
com que lhe hei de mostrar a minha viva gratidao pelo
seu especioso presente de carne de fumo de Hamburgo,
e bolsas de seda, senāo dando-lhe por ellas os devidos
agradecimentos; pois he admiravel tudo quanto vm.*faz,
e com hum agrado tal como pelas mesmas cousas se vé.
Desejo que me mande muitas occasióes em que o possa
servir. Deos guarde a vm.* por muitos annos.
Antonio José Barreira.
*-*-

- Londres, 2 de Maio, 1821.

Senhores Brown e Kirton,
Manchester. -

Em seu devido tempotivemos a honra da sua carta

de 25 do passado, e lhes pedimos perdão de lhe nāo
termos respondido mais cedo. A apolice de £850, pelo
navio Dous Irmãos, a respeito da qual nos pedem in
formaçães, e a qual está agora em nosso poder, foi con
 CARTAS MERCANTIS, 455

eluida aos 13 de-Janeiro, de 1817, de Carthagena a

Liverpool, pelos Senhores Talbot e Price, huma casa muito
respeitavel d'aqui, que cremos hio de conhecer vm.*
pela sua reputação. Os seguradores forão sòmente quatro;
a saber: o Senhor Timotheo Barker, João Saveall, Thomas
Riskit, e o Senhor Diogo Button. Do Seguro foitratado
só pelo risco do mar, a razào de 5 guineas por cento de
premio. , Tivemos já huma conversação com estes Se
mhores àcerca do assumpto, e colligimos serem as suas
razöes por não quererem resarcir a perda comeste vaso,
as seguintes:
1." Parece do protesto que se apresentouaos seguradores
com data de 19 de Outubro, de 1816, que arribou o navio
em Carthagena aos 18 de Outubro, por causa de mâo
tempo, e que fazia 14; polegadas de agoa cada hora.
2.0° Em outro protesto de 25 de Janeiro, de 1817, está
expressado que a embarcagão se pozá vēla de Carthagena
ads 24 de Janeiro, e que porter sobrevindo hum tempo
borrascoso se langou ao mar huma parte da carregação, e
deo depois em hum escolho, e naufragou. Esta relação
náo concorda em nada com a deposição que se tomou ao
capitão em Malta aos 9 de Novembro, 1817, na qual
affirmou que arribou a Carthagena só por causa do ruim
tempo, e não com designio de reparar o navio, pois não
p. nenhum reparo. Diz que, depois de sahir dalli
ez o navio naufragio na altura do cabo de Gata; masque
nāose tinha feito nenhuma reparação em Carthagena, pois
que foilà examinada a embarcagão, e achou-se que não
precisava nenhuma. As duas relaçöes do mesmo homem,
feitas em differentes epocas, sendo táo oppostas huma a
outra em factos téo essenciaes, re ugnarão os seguradores
de pagar a perda, e exigirão a informação Seguinte: -

1.” Huma prova do que obrigou a embarcagāo a arribar

a Carthagena; porque se demorou tanto tempo alli; o tempo
certo quando se deo à véla, e quando voltou; e tambense
se tomou entāo alguma carga abordo, e o que era.
2.” Porque não se fez o referido seguro ao principio da
viagem isto he, de Malta a Liverpool—quando foi con
cluido em Carthagena —e porque não se fez saber aos
seguradores que a embarcagão arribára alli, em razão do
náo tempo
456 CARTAS MERCANTIS.

3.” Pedem-se contas justificadas das reparações em

Carthagena.
4.” Porque não se fez a embarcagão a véla de Cartha
gena antes do 24 de Janeiro, pois que estava prompta para
isso perto dos 23 de Dezembro?
Os Senhores Talbot e Price escrevèrão, sem divida, por
estes documentos, mas não consta que jamais se recebèrão,
nem se apresentarão aos seguradores. Assim podem vm.”
julgar, que não ha senāo pouca esperança de cobrar alguma
cousa delles; e perceberào vm.ees facilmente, que como a
contradicqāo de documentos dá grande motivo de suspeitar,
assim os seguradores, em caso de pleito, não deixariño de
valer-se de qualquer outra ventagem. Ficamos promptos
para em tudo darmos inteiro cumprimento as suas deter
minações, e somos de vn.ces
Muito humildes criados e veneradores,
Carlow e Boynton.

—ooooºoooo
 LIST OF VERBS
CONJUGATED IN THIS GRAMMAR.
Page
A CUDIR, to help ..... 152
Adornar, to adorn, (reg.) 58
Advertir, to warm...... 138
Afferir, to stamp weights 143
Antepôr, to put before... 169
Antever, to foresee..... 109
Applaudir, to applaud(reg.) 66
Aprazer, to please (imp.) 169
Assentir, to assent...... 136
Atear, to light up . . . . . . 59
Avir-se, to agree.... . . . , 167
Brandir, to brandish.... 171
Bulir, to move. . . . . . . . . I53
Caher, 6 contain...... 110
Cahir, to fall. . . . . . . .-- 130
Cantar, to sing, (reg.) .. 54
Carpir, to weep ........ 173
Chover, to rain,(imp.reg.) 81
Colorir, to colour... . . . . 175
Comer, to eat, (reg.).... 61
Compellir, to compel.... 181
Compár, to compose.... 169
Comprazer, to please.... 170
Comprir, to fulfil. ...... 174
Condizer, to suit......... 100
Conduzir, to conduct.... 122
Conferir, to confer...... 143
Comhecer, to know..... 65
R. R.
Page
Conseguir, to obtain..... 128
Consentir, to consent... 136
Construir, to construct. - 155
Consumir, to consume ... 156
Conter, to contain....... 42
Contradizer, to contradict 100
Contrafazer, to counter
feit. ... ... ... . . . . . . . 95
Convir, to agree....... . 167
Crer, to believe........ 88
Cubrir, to cover........ 157
Cuspir, to spit......... 158
Dar, to give .......... 84
Deferir, to defer ....... 143
Deitar-se, to go to bed,
(reg.)... ----------- 76
Demolir, to demolish .... 176
Depór, to depose....... 169
Desaprazer, to displease,
(imp.)... . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Descahir, to decay...... 130
Descompár, to discom
pose...... . . . . . . . . . . 169
Descubrir, to discover... 158
Desdizer, to retract.... 100
Desfazer, to undo....... 95
Desmentir, to give the lie 146
Despedir, to dismiss..... 133
Despir, to strip . . . . . . . . 139

Page
Destruir, to destroy . . . .
Deter, to detain.... . . . .
Differir, to differ.......
Digerir, to digest. ... . . .
Discernir, to discern.... 178
Disconvir, desconvir, to
disagree.............
Dispár, to dispose....... 169
Dissentir, to dissent.... 136
Distinguir, to distinguish 117
Dizer, to say.. . . . . . . . . 98
Dormir, to sleep........ 118
Eleger, to elect........ 64
Empór, to impose...... 169
Encubrir, to conceal.... 158
Engulir, to swallow .... 154
Eyorzar, to strengthen,
(reg.)--------- . . . . .
Estar, to be........... 51
Erinanir, to annihilate... 179
Espór, to expose....... 169
Expellir, to expel....... 180
Fazer, to do, or to make 93
Feder, to smell rank.... 17 l
Ferir, to wound........ 142
Forzar, to force, (reg.). 58
Fregir, to fry .......... 144
Fugir, to flee.......... 160
Haver, to have.........
Haver, there to be, (imp.)
Hir, to go... . . . . . . . . . .
Hir-se, to go away......
Impedir, to hinder......
Impôr, to impose. . . . . . .
Indispór, to indispose....
INDEX.
- Page
150 Induzir, to induce... . . . . 122
42 Inferir, to infer........ 143
143 Interpár, to interpose... 169
141
Investir, to attack...... 138
Ir, to go. . . . . . . ------- 120
Ir-se, to go away....... 122
167
Jazer, to lie... . 109
Ler, to read... . . . . . . . . 90
Luzir, to shine. . . . . . . . 122
Manter, to maintain.... 42
Mediar, to intervene. . . . 60
Medir, to measure...... 148
Mentir, to lie. . . . . . . . . . 145
Monir, to admonish...... 181
Munir, to supply........ 183
58 Oppér, to oppose....... 169
Ordir, to warp . . . . . . ... 122,
Ouvir, to hear.... . . . . . . 134
Parir, to bring forth. ... 124
Pedir, to ask............ 131
Perder, to lose......... 87
Perfazer, to perfect..... 95
Perseguir, to persecute... 128
Poder, to be able........ 104
Pór, to put, or place.... 167
Pospór, to postpone..... 169
Prepôr, to prefer....... 169
45 Propór, to propose...... 169
82 Prazer, to please, (imp.) 169
120 Precaver, to prevent.... 170
122 Predizer, to predict..... 100
Preferir, to prefer...... 143
132 Presentir, to foresee.... 136
169 Presuppér, to presuppose 169
169 Prever, to foresee...... 109
 INDEX. -

• Page Page
Produzir, to produce..... 122 || Satisfazer, to satisfy.... 95
Proferir, to utter....... 143 | Seguir, to follow...... . 126
Proseguir, to prosecute. 128 Sentir, to feel.......... 135
Prover, to supply....... 113 Ser, to be . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Prover, to look to...... 115 Ser amado, to be loved... 72
Provir, to proceed...... 167 Servir, to serve........ 128
Sobrevir, to happen..... 167
Querer, to be willing.... 100 Soer, to be wont....... 186
Sortir, to take effect.... 149
Recahir, to relapse...... 130 Sotopór, to put under.... 169
Reduzir, to reduce...... 122 Subir, to ascend. . . . . . . . 151
Refazer, to do again.... 95 Submergir, to sink...... 185
Referir, to refer ........ 143 Sumir, to sink.......... 161
Reflectir, to reflect..... 184 Suppér, to suppose...... 169
Reluzir, to shine ....... 122 Surgir, to cast anchor... 162
Repellir, to repel....... 181
Repetir, to repeat...... 147 Ter, to have........... 38
Repôr, to put again..... 169 Tertido, to have had.... 42
Reter, to retain......... 42 Transpór, to transpose... 169
Rever, to see again..... 109 Trazer, to bring, or carry 95
Revestir, to dress again... 138 Tussir, to cough........ 163
Rir, to laugh .......... 125
Paler, to be worth...... 91
Saber, to know........ 102 Per, to see............ 107
Sacudir, to shake....... 153. Pestir, to dress........ 136
Sahir, to go out........ 129 Pºir, to come.......... 165
 INDEX.

Inder to the Pocabulary. *

Page
Os Mezes do Anno. 'The Months of the Year, 273
Os Dias da Semana. The Days of the Week. 274
Profissães e Officios. Professions and Trades. 27.4
Os einco Sentidos. The five Senses. 279
As quatro Estaçães. The four Seasons. 280
Do Tempo. Of Time. 280
Do Universo. Of the Universe. 281
Dos Elementos, &c. Of the Elements, &c. 281
Os doze Signos do Zodiaco. The twelve Signs of the
Zodiac. 283
Da Especie humana. Of Mankind. 283
Instrumentos de Música. Musical Instruments. 285
Do Corpo humano. Of the human Body. 285
Do Conner e Beber. -
Of Eating and Drinking. 289
Dos Pestidos. Of Clothing. 291
Do Servico da Meza. Of the Table Service. 292
De huma Cidade. Of a Town. 293
De huma Casa. Of a House. 294
Dos Móveis de huma Casa. Of household Furniture. 296
Da Cozinha. Of the Kitchen. 297
Da Adega. Of the Cellar. 299
O Toucador de huma Mulher. A Lady's Toilet. 300
Da Escritura. Of Writing. 302
Dos Metaes. "Of Metals. 303
Do Campo. | Of the Country 303
Da Agricultura. Of Husbandry. 305
Das Hortaligas. Of Vegetables. 307
Das Flores. Of Flowers. 308
Das Frutas. Of Fruit 309
Das Arvores fructiferas. Of Fruit-trees. 3]]
Dos Peires. Of Fishes. 312
Das Aves comestiveis. Of Birds that are eaten. 313
De outras Aves. Of other Birds. 3]4
Dos Animaes domesticos. Of tame Animals. 315
Das Bestas bravas. Of wild Beasts. 316

Dos Animaes reptis e amphibios. Of Reptiles, and amphibious

Animals 317
Dos Insectos, Of Insects 3.18
Do Theatro. Of the Play. 319
 INDEX.
- Page
Produzir, to produce..... 122
Proferir, to utter... . . . . 143
Proseguir, to prosecute... 128
Prover, to supply....... 113
Prover, to look to...... 115
Provir, to proceed...... 167
Querer, to be willing.... 100
Recahir, to relapse...... 130
Reduzir, to reduce...... 122
Refazer, to do again.... 95
Referir, to refer ........ 143
Reflectir, to reflect..... 184
Reluzir, to shine. ...... 122
Repellir, to repel....... 181
Repetir, to repeat...... 147
Repór, to put again..... 169
Reter, to retain......... 42
Rever, to see again..... 109
Revestir, to dress again... 138
Rir, to laugh .......... 125
Saber, to know....... ... 102
Sacudir, to shake....... 153.
Sahir, to go out....... . 129
Page
Satisfazer, to satisfy.... 95
Seguir, to follow....... 126
Sentir, to feel.......... 135
Ser, to be............ 48
Seramado, to be loved... 72
Servir, to serve........ 128
Sobrevir, to happen..... 167
Soer, to be wont....... 186
Sortir, to take effect.... 149
Sotopór, to put under.... 169
Subir, to ascend........ 151
Submergir, to sink...... 185
Sumir, to sink.......... 161
Suppūr, to suppose...... 169
Surgir, to cast anchor... 162
Ter, to have........... 38
Tertido, to have had.... 42
Transpór, to transpose... 169
Trazer, to bring, or carry 95
Tussir, to cough........ 163
Paler, to be worth...... 91
Per, to see............ 107
Pestir, to dress........ 136
Pºir, to come.......... 165
 * … ：- - --------- - - - -
-
-
… … ___- _）~~~~ ~--~
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.

º
-

-----
- - - -

- º --
º -
-
-
--

- - º:
-

--
º
-- - -

º - 2
2 tº

ºf 2 Aoi
rin ſº series 444
Fo
* ||||||||III